Explore by ELI Publishing

Focus on

ESP

Alison Smith

EXPLORE TRAVEL & TOURISM

‘When we allow ourselves to explore, we discover destinations that were never on our map.’ Amie Kaufman, Unearthed

Contents UNITS

1 SECTION A

The World of Tourism

2 3

Tourism in THEORY

The Tourism Industry p. 10

Marketing and Promotion p. 44

Working in Tourism p. 68

TOURISM CASE STUDY: Promoting a web business REVIEW SECTION A: Map your knowledge

SECTION B

Destinations and Services

5 6

p. 96

• The role of marketing • Market segmentation • The marketing mix • SWOT analysis • Life cycle of tourist destinations

• Market research • Analysing data • Promotional methods • Digital promotion

• Continuing your studies • Choosing a job • Working as a guide • Working in a Tourist Information Centre • Working in a travel agency

• Working in a hotel • Working in a resort • Working for an airline • Working for a cruise company • Working in marketing • Working as an event planner

Why people travel • Business tourism • Niche tourism • Nature and rural tourism • Adventure tourism • Weddings and honeymoons • Food tourism • Medical and wellness tourism

• Music and screen tourism • Religious tourism Where people travel • Natural resources • Man-made resources • UNESCO World Heritage Sites • Climate

• Before you travel - Identity documents - Insurance - Health - Money Air transport • Airlines and flights • Flight classes • Tickets • The airport

• International departure and arrivals procedures Land transport • Travelling by train • Travelling by coach and bus • Travelling by car Water transport • Ferries and water buses • Cruises and boating holidays • On board a cruise ship

• Choosing accommodation Serviced accommodation • Hotels • Facilities and amenities • Unusual hotels around the world • B&Bs and guest houses • Accommodation ratings

Self-catering accommodation • Holiday rentals • Youth hostels and residences • Campsites • Alternative forms of accommodation

VIDEO

p. 98

Transport p. 130

Accommodation p. 166

TOURISM CASE STUDY: Helping a hotel in difficulty

• Organisations for the promotion of tourism • Organisations for selling tourism products • The effect of ICT and the Internet on the tourism industry • Package holidays

p. 94

Motivations and Destinations

REVIEW SECTION B: Map your knowledge

• The nature of tourism • A short history of tourism • The world tourist industry today • The economic impact of tourism • The social and environmental impact of tourism • Sustainable tourism

p. 208

p. 206

VIDEO

Tourism in PRACTICE

Explore language

Test your knowledge and skills

• Communication in tourism: written communication - Emails - Memos - Formal letters - Faxes and electronic faxes - Forms

• Communication in tourism: oral communication - Telephone calls GRAMMAR Indirect questions - Voicemail - Face-to-face communication VIDEO • Communication in tourism: visual communication

• Travelling and travellers • The words journey, travel, trip and tour

• ‘Why Are Human Travel Agents Still so Much Better Than Websites?’

• Adverts VIDEO • Leaflets and brochures GRAMMAR Modifiers and order of adjectives • Websites

• Circular letters and newsletters • Promotional phone calls • Promotion at a fair VIDEO

• Marketing and advertising

• Looking for a job • Writing a CV - Example of a CV - Europass CV - Writing a personal profile GRAMMAR Past simple and Present perfect

- Other forms of CV VIDEO • Writing a covering letter • Preparing for an interview VIDEO

• Applying for a job

• Presenting a destination • Writing descriptive texts for a destination GRAMMAR The definite article with place names • Enquiries and replies - Written enquiries and replies

- Phone enquiries and replies • Giving advice GRAMMAR The verbs suggest and recommend VIDEO

• Natural resources • Man-made resources

• ‘Climate Change Is Destroying World Wonders’

• Presenting a transport company GRAMMAR Relative clauses • Enquiries and replies GRAMMAR Prepositions of time • Bookings and confirmations - Booking methods - Booking a flight online

- Bookings and confirmations by email - Bookings and confirmations on the phone and in person • Changes and cancellations • While travelling - Check-in at the airport - On board the plane - At the station • Complaints and replies

• Air transport • Land transport • Water transport

• ‘Really Slow Travel – Why we should walk more’

• Presenting accommodation • Writing descriptive texts for accommodation GRAMMAR The passive • Enquiries and replies • Bookings and confirmations GRAMMAR The infinitive • Modifications and cancellations

• Check-in and check-out VIDEO • During a stay GRAMMAR Use of will • Dealing with complaints • Complaints and reviews on social media and travel websites

• Hotels • Holiday rentals • Camping

• ‘Italy’s Fast Growing Agritourism Trend’

VIDEO ROLE PLAY In a tourist information office

• ‘Virtual Reality and Tourism Marketing’ VIDEO ROLE PLAY At a trade fair

• ‘Jobs in the Travel Industry’ VIDEO ROLE PLAY A job interview

VIDEO ROLE PLAY At a hotel

VIDEO ROLE PLAY Purchasing a rail ticket

VIDEO ROLE PLAY At a holiday resort

Contents UNITS

Explore Italy p. 210

Explore The British Isles

Explore The USA

p. 246

SECTION C

Exploring Countries

ESW

CLIL

p. 326

p. 318

Architecture • Prehistoric architecture • Greek architecture - Greek temples • Roman architecture - Types of buildings - Domestic architecture • Roman heritage in Britain - London - Bath - Hadrian’s Wall • Paleo-Christian architecture • Romanesque architecture • Gothic architecture - Gothic churches

p. 282

HIGHLIGHTS • Geography • Political system • A brief history of Italy • Key moments in the 20th and 21st centuries • SURVIVAL GUIDE Around Italy • The coast

• Mountains • Lakes • Rome • Cities of art - Venice - Milan - Florence - Lecce

• Geography • UK political system • A brief history of the UK • Key moments in the 20th and 21st centuries • SURVIVAL GUIDE Around England • The coast • Village life • Industrial heritage • National parks • London VIDEO The Shard • TFL – Transport for London

Around Wales • The capital • The coast • Action and adventure Around Scotland • The capital • Royal history • Lochs Around Ireland • Belfast • Dublin • Abbeys and monasteries • Prehistoric remains

• Geography • Political system • A brief history of the USA • Key moments in the 20th and 21st centuries • SURVIVAL GUIDE Around the USA • The coast

• National parks • Washington DC • Other major cities - New York City - San Francisco VIDEO The Golden Gate Bridge • Entertainment

Canada South Africa India Australia

A rail and coach trip across the Canadian Rockies A city break and safari in South Africa A package tour to the Golden Triangle and Goa VIDEO The Taj Mahal A multi-destination holiday in Australia VIDEO The Sydney Opera House

• English Gothic cathedrals: London’s Westminster Abbey • Norman architecture in England - The White Tower VIDEO The Tower of London - Dover Castle - Windsor Castle • Half-timbered houses in the UK • Renaissance and Classicism • Baroque • Gothic revival and Neoclassicism - Gothic revival VIDEO Tower Bridge - Neoclassicism

ITINERARIES

Creating your itinerary

Professional competences

Test your knowledge and skills

• Planning an itinerary – A practical guide • Itinerary 1 – A walking tour in Rome • Itinerary 2 – Day trips from Rome GRAMMAR Quantifiers • Itinerary 3 – A personalised fly-drive holiday in Sicily • Itinerary 4 – An independent tour of central Italy

• Guided itinerary • More practice itineraries

• How to present a church VIDEO The Basilica of St Francis of Assisi • Churches/Cathedrals • How to present a painting VIDEO The Scrovegni Chapel, Padua • Paintings

• ‘The Miracle of Matera’

• Itinerary 1 – A coach tour in southern England GRAMMAR The -ing form • Itinerary 2 – A walking tour in London • Itinerary 3 – A tour of Scottish islands • Itinerary 4 – A themed tour in Wales • Itinerary 5 – A coach tour in Ireland

• Guided itinerary • More practice itineraries

• How to present a museum VIDEO The British Museum, London • Museums • How to present a castle VIDEO Bodiam Castle in the south of England • Castles

• ‘Snowdonia’s Transformation – From sleepy park to adrenaline junkies’ paradise’

• Itinerary 1 – A tour of a New York borough GRAMMAR First conditional • Itinerary 2 – A fly-drive holiday on the East Coast • Itinerary 3 – A river cruise on the Mississippi • Itinerary 4 – Two package holidays in National Parks GRAMMAR Intensifying comparatives and superlatives

• Guided itinerary • More practice itineraries

• How to present a national park VIDEO Denali National Park, Alaska • National parks • How to present a theme park VIDEO Universal Orlando Resort, Florida • Amusement parks

• ‘Native American Culture in the USA’

Painting • Renaissance • Baroque • Romanticism • Impressionism • Post-Impressionism • Early Modernism • Pop Art Sculpture • Romanesque • Gothic • Renaissance • Baroque • Neoclassicism

VIDEO ROLE PLAY Booking a holiday

VIDEO ROLE PLAY At a tourist office in London

VIDEO ROLE PLAY Booking a guided tour of New York

Law • The UK political system - Parliament - The UK Government and Prime Minister • UK General Elections - Political parties • The European Union (EU) - A brief history of the EU - EU institutions • The US political system - The Constitution - The US Government • US elections - Political parties

Welcome to

EXPLORE

EXPLORE è un corso di inglese rivolto agli studenti degli Istituti Tecnici, Settore Economico, Turismo. Il volume si articola in 9 unità organizzate in 3 sezioni principali, organizzate in questo modo: Ogni unità delle prime due sezioni si suddivide in due parti principali: teoria e pratica. • La sezione Tourism in THEORY presenta testi teorici che affrontano i temi turistici con testi descrittivi, documenti, video autentici, mappe concettuali, attività per lo sviluppo delle abilità linguistiche e compiti di realtà.

• La sezione Tourism in PRACTICE mostra esempi completi della comunicazione turistica scritta e orale, attraverso esercizi incentrati sulle funzioni comunicative per lo sviluppo delle competenze professionali, box con approfondimenti grammaticali, video con simulazioni di situazioni professionali, video tutorial di grammatica e compiti di realtà.

• La sezione Explore language consente un approfondimento del lessico specialistico attraverso mappe, tavole illustrate e attività.

ES attività per la preparazione all’Esame

di Stato

PET attività per la preparazione all’esame

Puoi scaricare gratuitamente dal sito www.elilaspigaedizioni.it i seguenti materiali: materiale didattico supplementare | tutti gli audio in formato MP3 | FLIP BOOK Greyhound Schede di approfondimento online 6

Cambridge English: Preliminary (PET)

FCE attività per la preparazione all’esame

Cambridge English: First (FCE)

La terza sezione è dedicata all’esplorazione di alcune delle principali destinazioni turistiche di Italia, Isole Britanniche, Stati Uniti e di altri paesi di lingua inglese (ESW). • La sezione HIGHLIGHTS illustra la geografia, il sistema politico, la storia e le principali città o regioni e offre una guida pratica di viaggio per ogni destinazione.

• La sezione Creating your itinerary offre un modello guidato e numerose attività per la creazione di itinerari turistici personalizzati. • La sezione ITINERARIES presenta numerose proposte di itinerari e attività che guidano gradualmente gli studenti a sviluppare dei progetti turistici.

• La sezione Professional competences propone video e tavole illustrate che permettono di mettere in pratica in modo autonomo quanto appreso nell’unità e all’interno di un contesto lavorativo autentico simulato.

• CLIL: ampio spazio dedicato alle competenze trasversali: storia dell’architettura, della pittura e della scultura, diritto. 7

Il FLIP BOOK è la versione digitale interattiva del libro di testo, da utilizzare in classe con la lavagna interattiva (LIM) oppure a casa per studiare e ripassare in modo autonomo.

Il FLIP BOOK contiene l’intero volume in formato multimediale e sfogliabile e raccoglie tutte le risorse del corso in un unico ambiente: esercizi interattivi e auto-correttivi, audio e video.

Dalla barra degli strumenti potrai inserire all’interno del tuo libro digitale appunti, documenti, immagini, link e note vocali per esercitare la tua pronuncia. Sarà inoltre possibile costruire delle mappe mentali per la memorizzazione e il ripasso dei concetti chiave.

Tutti i video sono dotati di sottotitoli.

Accedendo al LIBRO LIQUIDO, potrai scegliere lo sfondo e il carattere del tuo libro digitale, e ascoltare la lettura dell’intero volume.

In più, il FLIP BOOK ti offre delle risorse extra: • accesso diretto al sito dedicato online dove troverai schede di approfondimento attinenti ad argomenti del corso • accesso diretto alla piattaforma di esercitazione grammaticale WebLAB e alla piattaforma di composizione creativa WebCLOUD • video tutorials di grammatica • una tavola interattiva con audio dei simboli fonetici della lingua inglese • mappe esplorabili dei paesi e delle città 8

SECTION

A The World of Tourism UNIT

UNIT

The Tourism Industry

Marketing and Promotion

UNIT

TOURISM CASE STUDY

Working in Tourism

Promoting a web business

UNIT

READY TO GO

When was the last time you travelled out of your town/ city, region or country? Why did you travel? Do you think you were a tourist on these occasions?

The Tourism Industry

Tourism in THEORY

The nature of tourism Going on a week’s holiday to Sardinia with your family? Visiting your relatives for a few days in another city? Going on a school trip to Brighton to study English? Taking part in a two-day medical conference in another country? Flying to New York for the weekend for some shopping? Which of these actions can be classified as those of a tourist? Well, according to UNWTO (the United Nations World Tourism Organization whose objective is the promotion of responsible, sustainable and universally accessible tourism worldwide), all the people doing the above things can be defined as tourists.

A visitor is a traveler taking a trip to a main destination outside his/her usual environment, for less than a year, for any main purpose (business, leisure or other personal purpose) other than to be employed. A visitor is classified as a tourist if his/her trip includes an overnight stay, or as a same-day visitor otherwise. UNWTO So, in other words, tourism refers to the temporary movement of people to destinations away from where they live or work and, as a consequence, the activities they do and the services they use in these places. To look more closely at the nature of tourism, we can consider where the visitor travels to and the purpose behind it.

What type of tourism are the examples in the opening paragraph?

Firstly, looking at where the journey takes place, we can find the following standard classification. Domestic tourism is when the trip or holiday takes place within a person’s country of residence. International tourism is when the trip or holiday involves another country and this is divided into: • Outbound tourism which refers to a person travelling out of their country of residence. • Inbound tourism which refers to a person entering a country which is not their country of residence.

UNI T 1 | TOURISM IN THEORY

Secondly, we can consider the motivations for travelling. People travel for many reasons and the most common sub-divisions are:

LEISURE This is what most people think of with the word tourism, and it basically refers to travelling for pleasure and enjoyment, whatever the length of the stay. It includes holidays for recreational activities, sports, or shopping; educational, cultural and religious trips; health and wellness breaks and so on.

BUSINESS People who travel for workrelated purposes, for example to conferences, exhibitions, trade fairs and meetings. It is likely that their employer will pay for all or most of the trip, so business travellers may spend more on transport and accommodation.

VISITING FRIENDS AND RELATIVES (VFR) Given that many people migrate to other countries, this form of international travel is extremely common particularly during holiday and festival periods when they return to their home country. Although they probably will not spend on accommodation, VFR tourists are likely to spend on other services and activities, such as transport, food and local attractions.

ACTIV I TI ES

Reading comprehension 2

PET Read the texts on pages 10 and 11 and decide whether these statements are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. T F 1 A person travelling for business cannot be considered a tourist. 2 According to the UNWTO definition, a tourist is someone who spends at least one night in a different destination. 3 An Italian family from Rome who goes on holiday to Sicily is an example of domestic tourism. 4 A US citizen who goes on holiday to London is an example of outbound tourism for the UK. 5 People who travel for leisure purposes spend more money than those travelling for business. 6 It is unlikely that VFR tourists spend money on accommodation.

Complete the mind map with details from the text.

Vocabulary 4 Find the words in the text for these Italian expressions.

1 parenti 2 gita scolastica 3 ambiente

______________________ ______________________ ______________________

4 scopo ______________________ 5 tempo libero ______________________ 6 piacere, divertimento ______________________

Speaking 5 In pairs, talk about what kind of tourism you and your family have been part of. The Tourism Industry | UNI T 1

A short history of tourism

READY TO GO

In pairs, discuss how you think tourism has changed over the centuries.

ease facilità holy shrines santuari

The word ‘tourist’ appeared at the end of the 18th century but tourism had existed long before this. THE ROMANS AND GREEKS travelled in order to expand their empires and to trade, but their wealthy citizens also travelled for educational, cultural and recreational reasons. They visited important historical sites, including the seven wonders of the Artemis Temple, Selcuk, Turkey ancient world; they travelled to take part in sporting or musical competitions; they relaxed in towns and resorts by the sea or at hot springs and thermal baths. The huge road network built by the Romans enabled them to travel with relative ease, but with the decline of the Roman Empire, this network began to deteriorate.

ACT IV IT IE S

During THE MIDDLE AGES travel was full of dangers, such as bandits and robbers on the roads ready to attack travellers for their money. Despite these risks, and the cost and time involved in undertaking a journey, the Middle Ages and particularly THE RENAISSANCE were periods of great travel. The reasons for these difficult and often dangerous journeys were primarily exploration and trade. In these periods, people also went on religious pilgrimages to visit holy shrines and needed services like change of transport, food and accommodation during these trips, just like tourists Canterbury Cathedral, England today.

In THE 18TH CENTURY , members of the British aristocracy and upper classes took part in the Grand Tour. This was a tour, lasting anywhere between one and three years, of the most important cities in Europe, especially in France and Italy, although some included Germany, Spain and Greece. It was undertaken Goethe in the Roman countryside by young men, accompanied by a guardian or tutor, and was intended to enrich their culture and complete their education. Later, it also became fashionable for rich young women to tour Europe in a similar way. They were always accompanied by a chaperone, an older lady who had to ensure their safety and protect their physical and moral reputation.

Reading comprehension 2 Read the texts on pages 12 and 13 and answer these questions. 1 Who could be considered to be the first tourists? Why? 2 What were the difficulties of travelling in the Middle Ages? 3 What were the most common reasons for travel in the Middle Ages and Renaissance? 4 Who took part in the Grand Tour? Why do you think it was only for these people? 5 How did developments in transport change the concept of travel and tourism? 6 In the past, how was the question of wealth connected to the possibility of travel? And today?

Complete the mind map with details from the text.

UNI T 1 | TOURISM IN THEORY

LOOK CLOSER

THE INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION saw the rise of the affluent, middle classes in England and short breaks for health reasons at spas and seaside towns in Europe became popular. The development of faster and better transport systems – steamships and trains – meant travel became quicker and more accessible to the average person and tourism was reserved less and less for only the wealthy. Travel for leisure purposes began to take hold: for Poster produced for London & North example, in the early 1900s many British families Eastern Railway (LNER) to promote rail travel to Bridlington were able to take day trips by train to the seaside from the big cities. With the introduction of paid holidays for workers and, later, the mass ownership of cars, people were able to travel easily and could have a short, cheap holiday by the sea, staying in places like holiday camps or caravan parks which offered simple accommodation, food and entertainment.

Thomas Cook was probably the first tour operator, back in the 19th century. He started by organising day trips by train in England, and then moved on to the rest of the UK. In 1855 he took his first tourists to Belgium, Germany and France. His tours soon expanded to include Switzerland and Italy, and culminated in an eight-month round-theworld trip in 1872. Today the company, Thomas Cook plc, is one of the world’s leading travel groups, with over 20 million customers.

International travel suddenly became more widespread in THE 1970s with jumbo jets which were able to transport large numbers of people quickly and safely to far-flung parts of the world. People started to have more paid holidays and tour operators were able to offer relatively cheap package holidays to destinations with better weather and more sunshine or to exotic locations, which had been out of the reach of most people until then. The consolidation of international mass tourism – standard products for large numbers of people going to the same destination during the same period – had begun.

www.thomascook.com

steamships battelli a vapore take hold prendere piede ownership possesso far-flung remote

4 Find the adjective forms in the texts for these nouns.

1 wealth 2 education 3 recreation 4 history

___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________

5 danger 6 religion 7 fashion 8 access

___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________

5 Find the words in the texts for these definitions.

1 ______________________ : to get worse 2 ______________________ : something bad that could happen 3 ______________________ : the buying and selling of goods 4 ______________________ : an increase 5 ______________________ : events, performances, activities etc. to amuse people 6 ______________________ : extensive, common, widely diffused

AC TIV IT IE S

Vocabulary

Internet research & Speaking 6 Which Italian cities were usually included in the Grand Tour? Why? Was your town/city part of the tour? Find out and prepare a short oral report on the most popular places in Italy for foreign tourists at that time.

The Tourism Industry | UNI T 1

READY TO GO

Do you think the tourism industry is currently growing and is this growth likely to continue in the future?

The world tourist industry today Tourism really took off in the second half of the 20th century and has continued to grow, almost without interruption, from the 1950s onwards, with 25 million international tourist arrivals (the term used by UNWTO to indicate overnight visitors) in 1950, 278 million in 1980 and 1,235 million in 2016. Tourists used to be predominantly from the advanced economies of Europe, the Americas and Asia, but with the fast economic growth of emerging economies, the number of international tourists arriving from the Middle East, Latin America and Central and Eastern Europe has increased rapidly. In the document Tourism Towards 2030, UNWTO has predicted a total of 1.8 billion international tourist arrivals by 2030, with an average yearly increase of 3.3%. It also predicts that arrivals in emerging economies should exceed those in advanced economies, with Europe and the Americas seeing a decline in their share of international tourism. The reasons for the continued growth can be attributed to the following factors: • More and more destinations have opened up to tourism and investments in infrastructure and tourism facilities (roads, airports, hotels etc.) have increased. • TV, the Internet and other media have stimulated people’s interest, knowledge and understanding of other countries and therefore they wish to experience them first hand.

• Travel has become easier and cheaper. Competition in the market has increased, with travel agents offering deals and packages from many different tour operators. Low-cost airlines, such as Ryanair and Easyjet which became hugely successful in the 1990s, opened the market for tourists on a budget and also for lesser-known destinations, such as those in Eastern Europe. The Internet has contributed to this increased competition, with online travel agencies for example, and has also allowed tourists to organise all aspects of a holiday independently.

ACT IV I TI ES

• People have more leisure time, more disposable income and there is a trend to have more than one holiday a year. The ageing population means that more retired people have time to spend travelling. Threats to tourism Accessible tourism

Reading comprehension 2 Read the first paragraph of the text and match each figure to the correct information.

1 25 million 2 278 million 3 1,235 million 4 1.8 billion 5 3.3%

a b c d e

international tourist arrivals in 1980 predicted yearly increase in international tourist arrivals predicted international tourist arrivals in 2030 international tourist arrivals in 1950 international tourist arrivals in 2016

Writing

3 Now read the rest of the text and make notes on how the following factors have influenced the growth of the tourism industry.

• investments • TV and other media UNI T 1 | TOURISM IN THEORY

• competition • low-cost airlines

• free time • income

4 Which ten countries do you think are the most popular tourist destinations in the world? Look at the table below and see if the countries you thought of are listed. Are the results surprising or what you expected?

ES Read the article and answer the questions below.

Holiday Hot Spots

Countries like France, the UK, Italy and the USA are consistently among the top destinations for tourism, and are likely to remain so for the foreseeable future thanks to their timeless and universal appeal. However, each year or so there are new trends and a previously little-known country is suddenly at the top of everyone’s list or a former top spot comes back into fashion. And, as in all walks of life, people follow holiday trends: one year everybody is going to Marrakech, the next it is New Zealand or Iceland. Forecasts for the next few years indicate that the trend for colder climates will continue. A study by Virtuoso, a global network of luxury travel agencies, has predicted that Iceland will continue to be popular, as will Alaskan cruises and adventure trips to the Arctic and Antarctica. Seeing the Northern Lights will also feature on many travellers’ wish lists. It is thought that Africa will remain a firm favourite as well, with countries such as South Africa, Kenya and the wilds of Botswana. Safaris will definitely have wildlife preservation and sustainability as priorities though. Virtuoso also reports an increase in

demand for international trips of at least two weeks, with some travellers asking for trips lasting up to five weeks. This is the luxury end of the market and, to be honest, not many of us can afford the money and time for such vacations. Lonely Planet, the well-respected guidebook publisher, also makes recommendations and predictions which might be more accessible for the majority of us. Recent suggestions include Portugal as an affordable destination with great beaches, art and cuisine; Chile for its geographical and environmental extremes and trendy capital Santiago; Djibouti for its amazing geological formations and thrilling whale

International tourist arrivals Rank

(million) 2016

1 France 2 United States 3 Spain 4 China 5 Italy 6 Turkey 7 United Kingdom 8 Germany 9 Mexico 10 Malaysia

ACT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension

82,6 75,6 75,6 59,3 52,4 39,5 35,8 35,6 35,0 26,8 Source: UNWTO 2017

shark diving, and Malta after Valletta’s turn as European Capital of Culture in 2018. So which destination will be at the top of your list for next year?

Valletta, Malta

1 Why are countries like the UK and Italy always so popular with tourists? 2 How do travel trends influence which destinations people go to? 3 Which cold countries and destinations are predicted to be popular in the next few years? 4 What type of safaris will people be interested in? 5 What kind of company is Lonely Planet and how does it differ from Virtuoso? 6 Why does Lonely Planet think Chile will be a popular destination?

Speaking 6 Answer these questions in pairs.

1 Which, if any, of the places mentioned in the table and article have you visited? 2 Why do you think they are popular with tourists? 3 Which of the countries would you like to visit? Why? 4 Are there any that don’t appeal to you? Why?

The Tourism Industry | UNI T 1

READY TO GO

The economic impact of tourism

In pairs, write down the first six businesses or industries you can think of that are connected to the tourism sector. Now look at the pyramid and check your answers.

Travel and tourism is a truly global industry and one of the world’s largest economic sectors. It is a key contributor to the economic progress of a country through the creation of jobs and businesses, the stimulation of capital investment and the development of infrastructure. As a worldwide export category it is in fifth position after fuels, chemicals, food, and automotive products. For many Less Economically Developed Countries (LEDCs) tourism ranks in first place. It contributes enormously to the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) and is a vital source of foreign currency. The latest UNWTO report shows that international tourism receipts reached US$1,220 billion in 2016, with Europe accounting for 36.7%, Asia and the Pacific 30.1% and the Americas 25.7%. Taking into consideration the earnings generated through international passenger transport services, the total tourism export earnings equal US$4 billion a day on average.

Gross Domestic Product (GDP) Prodotto Interno Lordo (PIL) real estate beni immobili supply chain filiera

The economic impact of the tourism industry goes well beyond the direct expenditure on tourism products in the core hospitality and transportation sectors (hotels, restaurants, airlines and so on) to include the indirect effects on other sectors like agriculture, construction, engineering, real estate development, food production, consumer goods and retail, to name only a few. Take the example of a couple going on a cruise. Purchasing the cruise package directly benefits the cruise company, and the travel agent, if any, who made the booking. Going on a trip around one of the destinations, eating in a local restaurant and buying a souvenir is a source of income ACCOMMODATION, CATERING, for several local shops and restaurants. But the impact ENTERTAINMENT, does not stop here, as many other sectors are involved TRANSPORTATION in the tourism supply chain before and during TOURISM PROMOTION, the couple’s two-week cruise: construction and TRANSPORTATION ADMINISTRATION, engineering, for example, to build and design the RENTAL CAR MANUFACTURING, SHIPBUILDING, AIRCRAFT MANUFACTURING, FURNISHINGS ship; furniture production and retail to furnish AND EQUIPMENT SUPPLIERS, FINANCIAL SERVICES, the ship; agriculture and food processing to grow SANITATION SERVICES, PRINTING/PUBLISHING and produce the food prepared and consumed FOOD & BEVERAGE SUPPLY, RETAILERS, MANUFACTURERS, on board, advertising and PR for marketing HOUSING, BUSINESS SERVICES, PERSONAL SERVICES and selling the cruise.

In macro-economic terms, expenditure by international visitors counts as exports for the destination country and as imports for the country of residency of the visitor.

A CT IV IT IE S

tourism receipts are the earnings generated in the destination country from expenditure on accommodation, food and drink, local transport, entertainment, shopping and other goods and services.

Reading comprehension 2 PET Read the text and decide whether these statements are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. T F 1 Higher employment is one of the benefits of the tourism industry. 2 Tourism as an export category is often less important for LEDCs. 3 Tourism can provide LEDCs with foreign currency. 4 The Asia and Pacific regions contribute the highest percentage of international tourism receipts. 5 The term ‘indirect effects’ refers to the extra money spent by tourists after paying for accommodation and transport. 6 The example of the cruise is used to show how much extra money tourists spend while on holiday. 7 The tourism supply chain is all the industries and businesses involved, directly and indirectly, in creating a tourism product.

Vocabulary 3 Find the words in the text for these definitions.

1 _________ : important, crucial 2 _________ : systems like transport and communication 3 _________ : origin UNI T 1 | TOURISM IN THEORY

4 _________ : effect, influence 5 _________ : spending 6 _________ : primary, main

The social and environmental impact of tourism We have seen that tourism is vital for a country’s economy which is why many LEDCs are keen to develop the sector in order to be able to increase investments in the country and improve all aspects of the quality of life. However, it is important to note that growing numbers of tourists can bring many drawbacks.

ADVANTAGES

PROBLEMS

Foreign currency can be invested in education, health and other services,

profits go to foreign companies, such as tour operators and hotel chains, and not the local community.

Jobs are created and people can learn new skills,

international companies employ foreign workers, leaving the locals to do only unskilled and badly-paid work, which is often seasonal.

Local infrastructure is improved,

these improvements are not where the locals need them and local projects might even be stopped in favour of developments aimed at tourists. There is also an increase in traffic and congestion.

New facilities and structures are built, using the local workforce,

BUT OFTEN

this leads to an increase in local house prices as developers and investors buy up land. New resorts and hotels can also be badly planned and they cause the destruction of natural landscapes, an increase in pollution and the overconsumption of precious resources, like water.

Tourists can meet and support local people and businesses,

tourists remain in the resort, particularly with allinclusive packages, and have little contact with locals.

Tourists can learn about and appreciate the country’s natural and cultural heritage,

these environments are under threat from too many visitors, with damage, erosion, litter and pollution.

Read the text and the table and answer these questions.

1 What financial problems can be caused by foreign companies operating hotels and resorts in a country? 2 How can local people’s lives be improved by tourism? 3 And how can they be made worse? 4 What are the environmental risks of tourism?

Critical thinking & Speaking 2 Discuss these questions in small groups. 1 Which is the most important benefit of tourism? 2 Which disadvantage is the most serious? 3 Can you think of any other pros and cons? 4 How can the negative effects of tourism be controlled or eliminated?

ACT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension

5 In your opinion, is tourism overall more positive or more negative for an LEDC? 6 Do you think it is only LEDCs which are negatively affected by tourism?

The Tourism Industry | UNI T 1

READY TO GO

Look at the photographs on this page. In pairs, discuss what they show.

niche di nicchia offset controbilanciare

LOOK CLOSER The United Nations declared 2017 as the International Year of Sustainable Tourism for Development, in recognition of the tremendous potential of the tourism industry to fight against poverty and encourage social inclusion, mutual understanding, and cultural and environmental preservation.

What changes could be made in Italy/your area to make tourism more sustainable?

Sustainable tourism Tourism that takes full account of its current and future economic, social and environmental impacts, addressing the needs of visitors, the industry, the environment and host communities. UNWTO Sustainable development – the aim of satisfying the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs – is a model which is also applied to the tourist industry. Tourism, like most other industries, will never be completely sustainable but it can certainly become more sustainable than it is at present. The aim of sustainable tourism is to control and reduce to a minimum the negative economic, social and environmental impacts of tourism, while maximising the benefits for current and future visitors, host countries and their people, our cultural and historical heritage, and the natural world. Sustainable tourism does not follow just one set of rules, since the impacts of tourism differ according to the place and so solutions are different too. And it is not just restricted to LEDCs and countries with an endangered ecosystem or important natural features, although these often feel the negative impacts much more. It is relevant to a resort in the Bahamas, which should find alternative energy sources and deal with recycling correctly, just as much as to a resort in Zanzibar, which needs to conserve water and help reduce poverty. All the countries of the world need to follow sustainable tourism principles which include: • following a code of conduct established by an international organisation such as UNWTO and the Global Sustainable Tourism Council; • having a certification from organisations such as the Rainforest Alliance; • employing local people, paying fair wages and offering training; • using and buying locally-produced goods, for example for restaurants and souvenirs; • protecting the environment with conservation projects; • recycling, using alternative energy, conserving water and implementing the correct treatment of waste.

The responsibility for creating sustainable tourism lies with governments, international organisations, tour operators and other tourist-based businesses, local people and, lastly, with the tourists themselves. Sustainable tourism is therefore not a niche or specialised form of tourism, the latest fashion amongst a small group of eco-warriors, but it is what tourism should be everywhere and for everyone. It does not matter what kind of holiday you want to take or where you want to go, what is important is how responsibly you behave from the moment you book your holiday to the moment you return: making a conscious choice to use a company with sound ethics; offsetting the carbon footprint made by your journey; respecting the history, culture and people of the place you are visiting; protecting animals. The consequences of tourism have a global effect; there www.gstcouncil.org www.rainforest-alliance.org needs to be a global effort to overcome them.

We use the term carbon footprint to indicate the amount of greenhouse gases that people cause, directly or indirectly, during their daily activities and lives, such as driving a car, heating a house or taking a flight.

UNI T 1 | TOURISM IN THEORY

2 Read the text on page 18 and answer these questions.

1 Is the idea of sustainability only applied to the tourism industry? Why/Why not? 2 In what way does sustainable tourism try to protect the future of our planet? 3 How do the two examples of the Bahamas and Zanzibar demonstrate that sustainable tourism is of global relevance? 4 Who is responsible for ensuring that the tourism sector works towards sustainability? 5 Why shouldn't sustainable tourism be considered as a specialised form of tourism? 6 Should tourists only consider the principles of sustainable tourism while they are on holiday? Why/Why not?

ACT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension

3 Complete the mind map with the responsibilities each category has and the actions they should take in order to make tourism more sustainable. Add your own ideas too.

governments and organisations

SUSTAINABLE TOURISM

tour operators, hotels, other businesses tourists

Vocabulary 4 Match these terms to the correct definition.

1 sustainable 2 endangered 3 conduct 4 fair 5 locally-produced 6 waste 7 conscious 8 carbon footprint

a b c d e f g h

determined, intentional the amount of CO2 produced by a person’s activities/lifestyle manufactured or grown in the area behaviour unwanted material, rubbish causing little or no damage to the environment right, reasonable in danger, at risk of extinction

Complete the mind map about sustainable tourism.

Listening 6

1.1 PET Listen to an executive from a national tourist board explaining how tourists should behave in order to contribute to sustainable tourism in cities. Complete the sentences.

1 Don’t ___________ on the steps of a church or historic monument. 2 Be ___________ of permanent residents of the city and their needs. 3 Try to speak a little of the local language and sample the ___________.

4 If renting an Airbnb apartment is ___________, don’t do it. 5 ___________ other areas beyond the typical main sights of the city. 6 Try to travel ___________ so there will be less congestion.

Speaking 7 In pairs, decide which of these actions of a tourist follow the principles of sustainable tourism. What would the positive and/or negative impact of each action be? • Buying a souvenir made with local seashells • Eating a speciality in a restaurant run by local people • Asking for clean towels in your hotel room every day

• Having a 3-minute shower • Throwing plastic bottles in the general waste bin • Booking all your excursions with your travel agent before you leave

The Tourism Industry | UNI T 1

Organisations for the promotion of tourism

READY TO GO

What organisations are there in Italy for the promotion of tourism? How many can you name? Check and see if they are mentioned in the text.

handicrafts oggetti di artigianato enhancing migliorare

The tourism sector has a number of international, national, regional and local agencies and organisations working for the promotion of tourism. The World Tourism Organization, UNWTO (www2.unwto.org/en), as already mentioned, is the specialised United Nations agency whose objective is the promotion of responsible, sustainable and universally accessible tourism worldwide. It serves to promote the social and economic importance of tourism for the development of a country, while not forgetting the negative impact tourism can have, by producing research and educational material and offering technical support and assistance to individual countries.

In the UK, the national tourism agency, VISIT BRITAIN (www.visitbritain.org), is a public body funded by the Department for Culture Media and Sport, which is responsible for promoting Britain across the world and for increasing inbound tourism to all parts of Britain. There are also partner agencies for each country within the UK (www.visitengland.com, www.visitscotland.com, www.visitwales.com, www.discovernorthernireland.com) and for the Republic of Ireland (www.ireland.com and www.discoverireland.ie).

The Italian National Tourism Board, ENIT (Ente Nazionale Italiano per il Turismo â&#x20AC;&#x201C; www.enit.it/it/), is a public body which is active in promoting Italy as a tourist destination, both for the country as a whole and for each region. Through promotional and commercial strategies, consultations and collaboration with other public and private bodies, it aims to stimulate tourism in Italy, increase the promotion of products, develop the hospitality sector and provide information to visitors. Then, on a regional, provincial and local level, there are several different organisations. The APT (Azienda di Promozione Turistica) provides information for tourists regarding the area, itineraries and accommodation. The IAT (Informazioni e Accoglienza Turistica) also offers tourist information on a local area, including accommodation, food and what to do and see. A Pro Loco is a non-profit association, formed by volunteers, whose aim is to promote the culture, traditions and heritage of a place, often a small village or town, such as the local handicrafts, food, wine and traditional festivals.

The US website of the National Travel and Tourism Office (tinet.ita.doc.gov) is aimed at creating a positive climate for growth in US travel and tourism and enhancing the international competitiveness of the industry. The US government website (www.usa.gov/recreation-and-travel) provides practical information to tourists regarding travelling around the country and recreational activities, as well as details on visas and the application process. Each of the fifty states and the District of Columbia has its own tourism website, while Welcome Centres or Visitor Centres can usually be found in major cities, at attractions and along important road routes into each state. Another source of information for tourists is www.visittheusa.com, run by Brand USA, a public-private marketing company. 20

UNI T 1 | TOURISM IN THEORY

2 Read the text on page 20 and say which organisation(s) mentioned in the text… 1 is non-profit? 2 is part of the United Nations? 3 is a public body? 4 produces research on the impact of tourism?

5 provides information regarding accommodation? 6 covers promotion for four different countries? 7 is the smallest in its country? 8 is a mixed public and private company?

3 Match each organisation to the most appropriate slogan. 1 2 3 4 5

UNWTO ENIT a Pro Loco VISIT BRITAIN VISIT THE USA

ACT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension

Find out about the tradition of hat-making in our town at this two-day festival.

Handy tip # 11: Don’t forget we drive on the left!

We strive to increase tourism’s contribution to poverty reduction.

Discover this immense land from coast to coast, like never before. Start planning your dream vacation today!

Promoting the unified image of the tourist offer.

Listening 4

1.2

PET Listen to this presentation of the organisation FAI and complete the sentences.

Fondo Ambiente Italiano Name in English: (1) _____________________. Its aim is the promotion and protection of Italy’s (2) _____________________. It was founded in (3) _____________________. It has restored many (4) _____________________ and opened them to the public. Educational activities include training as (5) _____________________. As a FAI member you can enter all (6) _____________________ free of charge.

Internet research & Writing 5 Go online and find out about the National Trust in the UK – www.nationaltrust.org.uk. Write a short report, presenting the main information of the organisation and comparing it with FAI (type of organisation, aims, membership, activities, links between the two, etc.)

COMPITO DI REALTÀ

Analysing a Pro Loco website

Find the website of a Pro Loco in Italy; it can be one near where you live or from another region. Each member of the group has to look at one aspect of the site and then report back to the group. Together, you will then prepare and give an oral presentation to the rest of the class, using slides/pages from the site to illustrate your points.

• Information: How many different topics are covered? How up-to-date is the information? • Languages: What languages are available? Is it well-written in the languages you understand? • Graphics/Style: Is it attractive? Are there lots of photographs and images? Ease of use: Is it easy to use? How useful would it be for an Italian/foreign tourist? Are there useful links? •

The Tourism Industry | UNI T 1

Organisations for selling tourism products

READY TO GO

The four main components of the distribution chain for tourism products are: the primary providers of the travel products (hotels, airlines etc.), the wholesalers (tour operators), the retailers (travel agencies) and the final consumer.

Which tour operators have you heard of?

A TOUR OPERATOR is a business which combines two or more travel services offered by primary suppliers (accommodation, transport, meals etc.) and then sells them as a single product – a package holiday – for a fixed price. The tour operator buys the separate elements in bulk from various providers – airlines, ferries, hotels – negotiating the best deals and rates due to the high volume of business. Sometimes, tour operators might also directly own the companies which offer various parts of the package, such as a resort. An inbound tour operator offers packages aimed at overseas visitors coming to a destination, while an outbound tour operator is based in the tourist’s own country and produces package holidays to destinations overseas. Their operations can be aimed at the mass tourism market, a specific country or activity (e.g. the Caribbean or skiing), or they may offer specialised packages for specific segments of the market: luxury, ecotourism, over 50s and so on. These packages can be sold directly to the final consumer or through a travel agency.

in bulk in grande quantità deals offerte speciali rates tariffe

Primary providers of travel products

travel agencies

final customer

ACT IV IT IE S

What else do you think travel agents should do or offer in order to remain competitive?

direct sales through the Internet

tour operators

TRAVEL AGENCIES are retailers for the tourist industry and they provide a wide range of services. As well as being an intermediary for promoting and selling package holidays on behalf of tour operators, they sell plane, rail and ferry tickets; they organise travel insurance, car rental, accommodation and excursions; they provide information on currencies, visa requirements and other general material and advice on destinations and travel. Travel agents usually receive a commission from the operator or company on the packages and tickets they sell. This is a percentage, which varies from provider to provider, of the total cost of the product. They may also charge customers a fee, either a fixed amount or a percentage, for some of their services. Travel agencies can vary in size, from multiples – agencies with many branches across a country – to miniples – smaller, independent travel agencies. Due to the increase in the number of consumers making their own travel plans using the Internet, and therefore bypassing the intermediaries, it is vital for travel agents to give reliable, efficient and professional advice and information, helping create a personalised itinerary, with the most convenient routes and at the best possible value to ensure happy customers and repeat business.

Reading comprehension 2 PET Read the text and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. T F 1 Tour operators combine the different parts of a holiday into one single product. 2 Tour operators are able to get low prices because they book the services in advance. 3 Some tour operators specialise in offering package holidays for a particular market segment. 4 Both tour operators and travel agents sell package holidays. 5 Travel agencies only give advice about holidays and transport. 6 Being a travel agent requires a lot of knowledge about different aspects of the travel industry. UNI T 1 | TOURISM IN THEORY

The effect of ICT and the Internet on the tourism industry As in all areas of business and industry, the tourism sector has changed dramatically thanks to the developments in ICT (Information and Communications Technology) over the last few decades. As well as being able to transform and streamline their internal operations and increase competitiveness, travel and tourism businesses have been able to change the way they interact with customers. The 24/7 availability of internet-based services means a hotel can accept bookings from anywhere in the world at any time; an airline can have passengers check in online, saving the company time and money and making the process at the airport much more efficient; a tourist site can promote its attractions, provide information and sell entrance tickets. Online travel agencies, such as Expedia.com, and comparison sites, like Kayak.com, are extremely successful. Online travel agencies offer thousands of hotels, flights, car rentals and packages at competitive rates and you purchase directly on the site. Comparison sites, on the other hand, just allow the user to quickly compare prices and offers, but then direct you to the providerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s website to complete the purchase. Just as the companies and organisations operating in the sector have benefitted from e-tourism, so have travellers and tourists by being able to access global services 24/7 from the comfort of their own home or while they are on the move. They can research and compare products, check timetables, look at maps, read reviews and see photographs before quickly and easily purchasing holidays, tickets, car rentals, hotel rooms and so on with instant confirmation. Another area which has had a huge impact on the tourism industry is social media. Consumers use social networking sites like TripAdvisor and Facebook to research and share their personal experiences of a resort, a restaurant, an airline and so on. Similarly, companies can use these same platforms to promote themselves and to increase customer awareness and loyalty.

Read the text and answer these questions.

1 What changes have tourism businesses been able to make due to developments in ICT? 2 How has the way they interact with customers changed? 3 What is the main difference between an online travel agency and a comparison site? 4 In what ways can a consumer use the Internet to help plan and book a holiday? 5 Why have social networking sites had a big impact on the tourism industry? 6 In what ways do you think this impact can be positive and negative for a business?

Complete the mind map with details from the text.

ACT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension

Speaking 3 Answer these questions in pairs. 1 What Italian tour operators do you know? Are they general or specialised in a particular country or type of holiday? 2 Are there any travel agencies in your town/city? Are they independent or part of a chain? 3 Have you or your family ever used an online travel agency? What for?

The Tourism Industry | UNI T 1

A charter flight is booked in advance by a tour operator, often for a specific season, and then the flights are sold to their customers as part of a package holiday, usually at a lower cost than that of a scheduled flight.

LOOK CLOSER

ACTIVITIE S

Gift experiences, sold by companies like Smartbox, are a way for a hotel, resort or restaurant to sell their services as a package. The person wishing to make a gift chooses a theme, while the recipient of the gift experience chooses their preference and the date from among those on offer and uses the voucher code to book.

LUXURY HOLIDAY PACKAGE

Package holidays

The most common type of package holiday offered by a tour operator, that designed for mass tourism, usually comprises the following elements: • a return charter flight ; • transfer to and from the airport to the hotel; • accommodation for the duration of the holiday; • some, or all, meals and drinks. Additional components of a package may include the services of a representative, who is responsible for helping guests during the transfer and at the accommodation, and is on hand to give advice and recommendations. Entertainment, such as children’s clubs and shows, are often included, as are certain sports facilities and activities, especially in larger resorts or hotels. Sightseeing excursions and tours with a tour guide can be part of the package or purchased during the holiday. Insurance may be included in the fixed price or added as a separate fee. It is advisable to read all the terms and conditions to know exactly what is included in the price and any extras you may need to pay for during the actual holiday.

Reading comprehension 1

Read the text and complete these sentences.

1 Package holidays for mass tourism usually include… 2 The role of a holiday representative is…

3 Other elements of a package holiday can be… 4 The terms and conditions contain information on…

Listening 2

PET Listen to this talk on tour operators and package holidays and complete the table with one or two words. 1.3

Advantages of package holidays for holidaymakers

• (1) ________ is normally lower • safety and (2) ________ • (3) ________ as everything is organised

Disadvantages of package holidays for holidaymakers

• (4) lack of ________

Difficulty for tour operators

• staying competitive • predicting the popularity of (5) ________

Factors affecting tourism

• global warming and (6) ________ • (7) ________ crisis • (8) ________ or terrorist attack

Critical thinking & Speaking

3 Discuss these questions in pairs. 1 What types of tourist do you think would choose a package holiday? Why? 2 What destinations are popular for package holidays? Why do you think this is? 3 Can you think of any more advantages or disadvantages of going on a package holiday? 4 Have you or your family ever been on a package holiday? If not, would you like to go on one?

UNI T 1 | TOURISM IN THEORY

PET Read the description of these people who want to book a holiday, then decide which of the package holidays would be most suitable for each person. There is one extra package holiday that you do not need.

Mary and Pete are in their early 50s and want to celebrate their wedding anniversary somewhere special. Budget is not a problem, but they only have a maximum of eight days. They love good food and wine.

Kyle and Greg are friends who love sport. They want a fun and exciting holiday where they can meet new people. They don’t want to spend too much money so would like to find a special offer.

SOUTH AFRICA

ACT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension

Graham and Susie have already travelled a lot in Europe and want to discover a new part of the world. They want to have very good service during their holiday and be free to travel around and explore the local nature.

Unique & Boutique Garden Route and Game Holiday | 14 days/13 nights from £1,386

COLUMBUS RESORT – BAHAMAS

Bringing together some of the region’s most charming, intimate and distinctive hotels and lodges, this fabulous self-drive itinerary combines the scenic Garden Route with the best of South Africa’s renowned hospitality.

This is where Christopher Columbus set foot over 500 years ago: a remote island with long white sandy beaches lining the turquoise waters of the Caribbean. San Salvador Island is a jewel in the archipelago of the Bahamas, totally dedicated to the discovery of new pleasures and activities.

Highlights • Cape Town Private City Tour • Franschhoek Wine Tram • Robertson • Cango Caves, Oudtshoorn • Plettenberg Bay • Amakhala Game Reserve

All inclusive resort

From £1,065 per adult instead of £1,568

Sports: beach volleyball, weights room, kayaking, snorkelling, windsurfing academy, Zumba

WITH THE EARLY-BIRD OFFER

Unforgettable holidays and cruises exclusively for over 50s

Wonders of the Mediterranean from £2,290 18 nights 2 people

DISCOVER THE CLASSIC CITIES OF ROME, FLORENCE AND BARCELONA

HIGHLIGHTS OF SICILY Prices starting from £2,150

This seven-night tour is a mouthwatering culinary exploration of this beautiful Italian island. Reflecting the multicultural history of the island, local dishes have Italian, North African, Greek and Arabic influences. Sample the best Sicilian cuisine and experience the island’s rich and varied history. What’s included? • International flights and transfers • English-speaking tour escort throughout • Local guides • Meals as indicated

Step aboard Sapphire as she heads to the Mediterranean Sea and traces the coast of the Iberian Peninsula. Pause at the British outpost of Gibraltar, head to the sparkling shores of Italy, visit the vibrant Spanish cities of Barcelona and Valencia, and spend time in Oporto – the home of Portugal’s famous fortified wine.

Including

• All meals on board, including

24-hour room service

• All on-board gratuities • Entertainment and activities • Welcome cocktail party and

Captain’s dinner

• Optional travel insurance and

additional cancellation rights

• All port taxes and visas • UK mainland travel service

and from Dover

Highlights • Syracuse’s food market • Visit the UNESCO-listed ‘Valley of the Temples’ • Explore Western Sicily • See the Roman mosaics at Villa Romana del Casale • Ascend the slopes of Mount Etna

COMPITO DI REALTÀ

Presenting a package holiday

In small groups, find two examples of a European family package holiday (online or in brochures from a travel agency). Compare the two offers in terms of: • price

• destination and length of stay

• services and activities

Give a short presentation on the two holidays, stating which you think is the best and why.

The Tourism Industry | UNI T 1

UNIT

READY TO GO

Which of the following adjectives best describe an email? Why? long − short − fast slow − detailed cheap − expensive friendly − accurate vague − concise courteous informal

sender mittente recipient destinatario blind nascosto (di copia di email) attach allegare

The Tourism Industry Communication in tourism: written communication

Communication is vital within the tourism sector to inform, present, promote and sell. Since tourism is an industry that sells intangible experiences, it is essential that communication tools are used effectively to provide customers with clear information and details about these intangible experiences on offer. Written communication is an important part of working in the tourism sector, whether it is replying to an enquiry, confirming a booking, filling in a registration form or composing a promotional brochure. Apart from evaluating which form of written communication is the most suitable for your purpose, it is also essential to decide whether you need to use a formal or informal tone. Emails and memos are usually informal, while business letters and faxes are normally more formal. There are various standard formats and practices to follow.

Emails Email (electronic mail) is a system of sending and receiving text messages digitally over a computer network, between personal computers, smartphones and similar devices. It is fast, convenient and eco-friendly, provided that you do not print out masses of emails unnecessarily. Emails are so direct and instant that they have changed the way businesses communicate and have led to a decrease in the formality of business correspondence.

FROM: The name and email address of the sender.

Mike Stewart <m.stewart@startravel.co.uk> Anne Gunnarson <agunnarson@balticcruises.com>

TO: The name and email address of the recipient(s). CC: Carbon Copy. Here you put the address(es) of those you want to share the contents of the message with. The CC recipient’s name is visible to all recipients.

DATE: The date and time the message was sent.

Tourism in PRACTICE

Ms K. Harrison <k_harrison@globetrotters.com>

15 September 20.. 11.26 a.m.

Request for information

BCC: Blind Carbon Copy. A list of addresses which will also receive a copy of the message, but whose names are not visible to the other recipients. The BCC recipients can see the To and CC addresses.

ATTACHMENTS: You can attach pictures, documents or links to your email.

Dear Ms Gunnarson, We were given your contact details by Ms Harrison from Globetrotters, who has done business with your company in the past. We are a travel agency based in Brighton, with over 15 years’ experience, and we would like to be able to offer high-quality cruises in Scandinavia to our clients. Could you please send us details of your current packages, with all the relevant terms and conditions? We look forward to your reply. Kind regards, Mike Stewart

SUBJECT: A short title for the email which refers to its contents. BODY: The message.

Phraseology 2 Find the equivalent expressions in the above email. 1 Ms Harrison gave us your name. We were given your contact details by Ms Harrison. 2 Our travel agency has been in business for more than 15 years.

UNI T 1 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

3 We are interested in offering… 4 Would you mind sending us…? 5 Looking forward to hearing from you. 6 Best regards,

ACT IV IT IE S

PASSEPARTOUT WRITING AN EMAIL OR LETTER Opening and closing salutations

OPENING SALUTATIONS INFORMAL

UK & US UK

FORMAL US

CLOSING SALUTATIONS

Dear Jack/Jennifer,

Best wishes, / All the best,

Dear Mr/Ms Fordham,

Yours sincerely, / Best/Kind regards, / Regards,

Dear Sir/Madam, / Dear Sirs,

Yours faithfully, / Yours truly, / Best/Kind regards, / Regards,

Dear Mr/Ms Fordham,

Sincerely, / Sincerely yours, / Yours cordially, / Cordially, / Best/Kind regards, / Regards,

Gentlemen: / To whom it may concern:

Truly yours, / Very truly yours, / Best/Kind regards, / Regards,

Body of the letter • I am writing in relation to/to enquire about… • Many thanks for your letter of 17th September 20.. • With reference to your letter dated 11th November 20.. • We are one of the largest groups of hotels/resorts in… • Our company specialises in… • Enclosed you will find our latest brochure for winter sun holidays.

• We would be grateful if you could… • We hope to welcome you to our hotel/on board one of our cruises in the near future. • Thanking you in advance for your kind assistance… • Please do not hesitate to contact us. • We look forward to hearing from you. • Looking forward to receiving a prompt reply.

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

3 Look again at the letter on page 26 and write an email to Anne Gunnarson. In your email, you should include: • how you heard of the company; • why you are contacting them;

• some details of your company; • a request for their current brochure.

Memos A memo (or memorandum – plural: memorandums/memoranda) is a short note informally conveying minimal information from one person, department or office to another. They can be on paper or electronic. Memos are used to tell employees about changes in procedures, rules or policy, or else for a specific purpose like a request to attend a meeting. Memos do not usually contain greetings or closing salutations. Use contractions and abbreviations. Imperatives can often be used.

Cardiff Tourist Office

MEMO

The subject should be brief and specific, relating to the purpose of the memo.

From: Jackie Pladstow, General Manager To: All staff Date: 18 February 20.. Subject: Staff Meeting There’ll be a staff Meeting at 12.30 p.m. on Thursday 21st February. This is preparation for welcoming the fans for the next Six Nations Rugby Match at the Millennium Stadium. Over 25,000 fans will arrive for the match so we need to be ready. Thanks for your co-operation.

State the most important points first and then move on to the details. The text should be clear and to the point. Use short sentences.

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 1

PET You are the manager of a travel agency. Write a memo (35-45 words) to all the staff to inform them of a meeting. You should include:

• when the meeting is;

• what the meeting is about;

• why it is important to attend the meeting.

The Tourism Industry | UNI T 1

Formal letters A formal letter has strict rules of composition. It should be correct, courteous and well organised. Here is an example:

Letterhead or heading

B&H

B&H Luxury Coach Hire 85 Melrose Terrace Milton Keynes, MK9 2EL Tel: 01908 689584 Fax: 01908 689588 Email: info@bhhire.co.uk

Luxury Coach Hire

References Date of writing Recipientâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s address Attention line (optional) Opening salutation

Your Ref: SG/rw â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 18th October 20.. Our Ref.: 21st October 20.. Siler Group PLC 52 Banbury Road Stratford-upon-Avon Warwickshire CV35 0RW Att: Ms Rose Wallace Dear Ms Wallace,

Subject line

Quotation for coach hire We were pleased to receive your enquiry regarding coach hire for the group of twenty delegates attending your next conference. All our coaches are a maximum of two years old, with air conditioning, WC and free Wi-Fi, to ensure an extremely comfortable journey for all passengers.

Body

On the basis of your request, we enclose our best quotation for coach hire for five days, with full insurance and comprehensive breakdown cover. Please do not hesitate to contact us if you would like to make any changes to this or if you require further details. We look forward to doing business with you.

Closing salutation Signature Position in company Enclosures

Yours sincerely,

Ed Murray

Customer Services Manager Encl. (1)

quotation preventivo enquiry richiesta di informazioni enclose alleghiamo

Ms is now the most common title for women, although Mrs can be used for a married woman and Miss for an unmarried woman.

Reading comprehension 1

Read the letter and answer these questions.

1 Who is sending the letter? 2 What is the name of the company he works for? 3 What kind of company is it?

UNI T 1 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

4 Who is the recipient of the letter? 5 What company does she work for? 6 What is the purpose of the letter?

Dear Sirs,

THE BODY OF THE LETTER Opening paragraph

The first paragraph states the purpose of the letter. It also refers to any previous correspondence or dealings.

Middle paragraphs

The middle paragraph or paragraphs are the main points of the letter, for example giving information about a company, specific details of a request or an explanation for a problem. Each point or theme should be in a new paragraph.

We are a leading luxury hotel group in Italy, with over 30 hotels across the country, and we would like to propose our hotels for your customers interested in visiting Il bel paese. All of our hotels are located in either breathtaking countryside, such as those in Tuscany and Le Marche, or in the historical centres of our country’s most famous cities, such as Turin, Rome and Palermo. We have been in operation for over 10 years and have built up an excellent reputation for high-quality amenities and top-class customer service. Our restaurant in Rome, for example, has just been awarded a Michelin star. Please browse our website www.grandihotels.it at your convenience in order to view the luxury experience we offer. Hoping to start welcoming your customers in the near future, we look forward to hearing from you. Yours faithfully,

Closing paragraph

This suggests a course of action and tells the reader what response is required.

HINTS & TIPS

amenities servizi

The most common way to separate paragraphs is to leave a line between them. It is also possible to indent the first line of each new paragraph.

2 Read the letter and answer these questions. 1 Does the sender know the recipient? 2 Who do you think the recipient could be? Why?

3 What is the purpose of the letter? 4 What details does it contain?

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 3 Look again at the letter on page 28 and complete this letter of enquiry that Rose Wallace sent to B&H Luxury Coach Hire.

ACTIVITIE S

Reading comprehension

Dear Sirs,

and we are interested in ______________________. We have seen your advertisement in ______________________ _______________. We are organising a ______________________ and require _______ Could you please send us ______________________? In addition, we would like to know ______________________. _______________.

Thank you for your co-operation. We look forward to _______ Yours ______________________, Rose Wallace

4 You work for a travel agency and have a client interested in getting married in the USA. Write a letter (60-80 words) to Carol Vodel at Las Vegas Dreams. In your letter you should: • say that you saw their advert on a website; • request the price for a two-week, all-inclusive package; • ask for further details about the documents needed.

The Tourism Industry | UNI T 1

Faxes and electronic faxes Most faxes today are sent directly using a computer, smartphone or tablet and the Internet. There is no additional cost – just the existing data fee – and it is environmentally friendly as there is no need to print out any documents. Given that electronic faxes cannot be signed by hand, it is possible to use electronic or digital signatures. Traditional faxes, sent using a telephone line and a fax machine, can still be useful for those without a computer or an internet connection. They are commonly used by tour operators to automatically send the latest deals to travel agencies to make sure they are fully aware of all the special offers. Companies often have template files or pre-printed forms for faxes, which usually contain the following elements: • the sender’s name, position, company name and fax number • the receiver’s name, position, company name and fax number • the date • the subject • the number of pages • space for the message

GREAT ADVENTURES 121 Kings Road Cambridge CB1 9HF Tel +44 1223 918655 Fax +44 1223 918654 Email: info@greatadventures.co.uk

fax TO:

Sam Nielsen, Hotel Manager, Four Seasons

FROM:

Kevin Linton

FAX:

+1 201 9756 481

DATE: 14th March 20..

NUMBER OF PAGES: 2 (including this one) SUBJECT: Amended booking form

Dear Sam, With reference to our phone conversation earlier today, please find attached the amended booking form. As you can see, I have corrected the number of guests and the arrival date, so there will now be 21 guests arriving on 22nd April for five nights. Sorry for any inconvenience. I look forward to receiving your confirmation. Best regards, Kevin

ACT IV IT IE S

template modello amended corretto

Reading comprehension 1

Read the fax and answer these questions.

1 Who is the sender of the fax? 2 Who is the recipient of the fax? 3 Have they been in contact before?

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 2

PET Write a short fax reply (about 35-45 words) from Sam Nielsen to Kevin Linton. In your fax, you should:

• thank him for the amended booking; • confirm the rooms are available;

4 What is the purpose of the fax? 5 What is the second page of the fax? 6 What action should the recipient take?

UNI T 1 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

• inform him the new spa will be open for the guests; • make a reference to future business together.

Forms Many commercial documents are forms, such as booking and registration forms, customer data forms, and payment forms. A form, whether it is printed or online, is made up of fields which need to be filled in with specific information. It is important to follow the instructions carefully. For example, many printed forms require you to write in block capitals or to use only black ink. Online forms, on the other hand, often have required fields – normally marked with an asterisk – which must be filled in otherwise the form is not valid and cannot be submitted.

ACT IV IT IE S

Vocabulary Match the expressions below to those with the same meaning on the form.

1 fill in _______________ 2 given name _______________

3 family name _______________ 4 ZIP Code _______________

5 check _______________ 6 mandatory _______________

Listening 2

1.4

PET Now listen and complete the form with the missing details.

Reading comprehension

3 Read the note that travel agent Leah Grisham has left her assistant and complete the online form.

Pick up location Type of car

Compact

Economy Medium Large SUV Convention code

Date

Time Time

‹› ‹› ‹› ‹› ‹›

Drop off location

Date

‹› ‹›

* * *

Name

‹› ‹›

Can you book a car for the Wilson’s holiday to the UK? Just in his name Drake Wilson. A compact car is fine – the cheaper the better – and don’t forget to use our convention code 12345. Their flight gets into Heathrow at 15.15 on 14th June, but they’ve changed the departure and they’re now leaving from Manchester on 24th June and want to leave the car at the airport there. The flight is at 10.40. Thanks, Leah

* The Tourism Industry | UNI T 1

Communication in tourism: oral communication Oral communication whether face-to-face, on the phone or via web conference is a vital part of any job today. Therefore good oral communication skills – in both your mother tongue and in English – are essential to help you make a good impression, express your ideas clearly and get ahead in the world of work.

Telephone calls Making and receiving telephone calls in a foreign language is one of the hardest things to do in the workplace. As we are unable to see the person we are speaking to, we cannot use non-verbal clues such as eye contact, facial expressions and body language to help us understand our interlocutor. Fortunately, you can learn some standard phrases which will help you to master telephone skills and reduce the anxiety that is so common at first attempts.

Receptionist

Geoff Riley Joanne Wilkins

Phraseology 1

1.5 Read and listen to the phone call and find the equivalent expressions.

1 My name is Geoff Riley. This is Geoff Riley. 2 Can I speak to…? _______________ 3 She isn’t here. _______________

UNI T 1 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

4 Would you like to leave a message? _______________ 5 This is Joanne Wilkins. _______________ 6 Could I have…? _______________

Listening & Phraseology 2

1.6 Listen to this phone call and complete the sentences.

Geoff Riley calls one of his customers, Samantha Cobb, about the last-minute holiday in Jamaica. Samantha Hello. Geoff

Hello. It’s Geoff Riley from TravelEase. (1) ___________ Samantha Cobb?

Samantha Yes, (2) ___________. Geoff

I’m (3) ___________ to tell you that I’ve got the information regarding the holiday in Negril. You can leave from Manchester Airport and it’s only a £30 surcharge.

Samantha Oh, good. Manchester would be perfect. (4) ___________ the hotel? Geoff

The tour operator has confirmed that the resort is Blue Cove, a 4-star hotel right on the beach. There is still (5) ___________ for departures on Saturday the 14th and the 21st, but I suggest (6) ___________ as soon as possible.

Samantha Sure. I’ll come round after work this afternoon. Geoff

We’re open until 7.30 p.m. tonight.

Samantha OK. See you later. Bye. Geoff

Goodbye.

1.7 Listen to this phone conversation between a tour operator, Janet Reese,

and a travel agent, James Lang, and answer these questions. 1 What 2 What 3 What 4 What

is the purpose of the phone call? is the destination of the holiday? changes are there to the holiday? does James Lang request?

1.7 Listen to the phone call again and write down the expressions for these functions. Then complete the table with other expressions from the previous phone calls.

Answering the phone Introducing yourself Asking to speak to someone Saying why you are calling Closing the conversation

The Tourism Industry | UNI T 1

ACT IV IT IE S

PASSEPARTOUT ON THE PHONE Answering the phone

Saying that someone is not available

• Good morning./Hello. Judy Lennon speaking. • Hello. This is Judy. Can I help you? • Speaking! (If the caller has asked for you by name)

• I’m sorry, but Mr Miller isn’t here at the moment/is out of the office/is in a meeting. • I’m sorry, but the line is engaged/Mr Miller is on another line. • I’m afraid he isn’t in today. Can he call you back tomorrow?

Introducing yourself • Good morning./Hello. This is John Boswell from Sun Travel Agency. • My name is John Boswell.

Offering to take/Leaving a message • Would you like to leave a message? • Can I take a message? • Can I take your name and number? • Could you ask Mr Miller to call me back, please? • Can I leave a message for Mr Miller?

Asking for caller identification • May I ask who’s calling? • Could I have your name, please? • Who’s calling, please?

Promising action

Saying why you are calling

• I’ll give Mr Baxter your message as soon as he comes back. • I’ll ask him/her to call you later. • I’ll do it straightaway/at once.

• I’m calling to…/about... • I’m phoning you about… • I’d like to…

If you don’t understand what the other person is saying

Asking to speak to someone

• Sorry?/Pardon? • Could you repeat that, please? • Sorry, I can’t hear you. Can you speak up, please? • I’m sorry I didn’t catch that. • Can you spell that, please?

• Could/May I speak to Mr Miller, please? • I’d like to speak to Mr Miller, please. • Could you put me through to Mr Miller, please? If you keep the other person waiting

Saying goodbye

• Hold on, please. • Can you hold on a moment? • Hang on a second. I’ll see if he’s there. • Sorry to keep you waiting.

• Thank you for calling. • Thanks very much for your help/the information. • You're welcome. Bye.

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

Speaking – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 5 In pairs, read the instructions and act out the phone conversation.

A You work for the travel agency GetAway. Call the local tourist office. Ask to speak to Mr Greyson. Leave a message asking him to call you back in the afternoon.

You work for the local tourist office. Answer the phone. Say Mr Greyson is not in the office. Ask if the caller wants to leave a message. Tell the caller you will give Mr Greyson the message.

Thank the person. Close the conversation Close the conversation.

UNI T 1 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

HINTS & TIPS • Be clear and concise. • Be careful with your pronunciation and speak slowly. • If necessary, ask or give the spelling of names. Note that not everyone uses the international spelling alphabet (Alfa, Bravo, Charlie, Delta and so on) so you might hear people saying ‘S for sugar, F for Freddie’. • Make sure there is little background noise. • Smile! It affects your tone of voice and makes you sound more confident and helpful.

INDIRECT QUESTIONS To make a question more polite, we can use the following expressions: Can/Could you tell me…? / Do you know…?/ I’d like to know… Note the changes in the word order: Could you tell me how much it costs? How much does it cost? Do you know if I can book online? Can I book online? I’d like to know if there are any special offers. Are there any special offers?

ACT IV IT IE S

EXPLORE GRAMMAR

Put these words into the correct order to make indirect questions.

1 to know / a brochure / have / I’d like / you / if 2 a supplement / me / is / could you / there / if / tell / ? 3 you / from / which / the flight / know / do / airport / leaves / ? 4 in the office / will / tell me / can you / he / be / when / ? 5 the tour / lasts / I’d like / how long / know / to 6 near / the hotel / do / the beach / if / you / know / is / ?

2 Change these questions into indirect questions. 1 Where can I buy a bus ticket? 2 When does the castle open? 3 Do I need to book in advance?

4 Are there any reductions for students? 5 Is there a bank near here? 6 How long does the journey take?

Speaking – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 6 In pairs, act out mini-telephone conversations for these situations. Sit back-to-back so you can’t see your partner’s face to make it more realistic. Remember to swap roles.

1 CALLER You want to speak to the hotel manager at Hotel Horizon, but he/she is out. Ask when you should call back.

RECEIVER You work for Hotel Horizon. The manager is on holiday and will return next Friday.

2 CALLER You want to speak to Julie Nielsen at Beach Villas, but she is not in the office. Ask for her to call you back.

RECEIVER You work for Beach Villas. Julie Nielsen is not in the office. Ask to take a message.

3 CALLER You call Ewans Coach Hire to ask about the costs of hiring a coach. You need the information urgently.

RECEIVER You work at Ewans Coach Hire. You can send the caller a price list immediately by fax or email.

4 CALLER You call to speak to Mr/Ms Wilson at Top Trips to ask if the details of the day trip to Oxford are ready.

RECEIVER You are Mr/Ms Wilson at Top Trips and you answer the phone. You don’t have all the details ready at the moment but you can send an email tomorrow.

The Tourism Industry | UNI T 1

Voicemail

ACT IV IT IE S

Voicemail is a useful tool for both landlines and mobile phones. It allows a company to leave an automatic message regarding information like opening hours or alternative contact numbers, while individuals can leave a personal message for when they are unavailable. Callers can leave a message directly for the person they are trying to contact without the risk that a colleague forgets to pass on a message. Many companies now use an automated information system for answering phone calls in order to direct the caller to the correct department without using a receptionist or switchboard operator. These systems have a recorded message which lists the various services or departments and the relevant number to press.

Listening 1

1.8 Listen to three people leaving voicemail messages for Martin Fleet. Tick (3) which of these points the callers include in their messages.

CALLER 1

CALLER 2

CALLER 3

Their name/position/company The reason for calling Their contact details Their availability

1.9 Listen to this automated information system for an airline and write which number (1-5) to press for each option. There are two extra options you do not need.

special deals

special assistance

change a booking

luggage allowance

UNI T 1 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

make a booking

talk to an operator

lost luggage claims

Face-to-face communication Many jobs in the tourism industry, from tour guide or travel agent to hotel receptionist and holiday rep (see pages 72-79), are client-facing roles and therefore rely on positive and successful face-to-face communication. While the content and tone of what you say will change depending on the context and how well you know your interlocutor, it is always important to smile and be pleasant and friendly. You should pay attention to your body language – gestures, eye contact and so on, and also respect the other person’s personal space. In addition, since you will often be dealing with people of different nationalities, you need to be aware of any customs to be respected or sensitive topics to be avoided.

Cultural awareness TIME Not everyone gives the same importance to punctuality for meetings. In Britain and Japan, for example, it is very important to be on time, but in certain parts of the Arab world it is standard to be kept waiting. PHYSICAL DISTANCE In the USA and Europe, you shouldn’t stand too close to someone when you are talking. It can seem invasive and off-putting. GREETING There are various ways of greeting people in formal and informal situations and it is best to know the custom for the country or nationality in question: shaking hands (Europe and the US), bowing (Japan), putting your palms together (Thailand) and so on. Hugging and kissing is best left to informal occasions and people you know well in order to avoid offence.

EYE CONTACT This is expected in Western culture and is a sign of interest and engagement with the conversation. In other cultures, especially hierarchical ones like Japan and some Middle Eastern countries, it can be seen as disrespectful or even aggressive.

Read the text and discuss these questions in pairs.

1 Can you think of other jobs in the tourism and hospitality industry where face-to-face communication is important? 2 How might what you say change if you know the person you are speaking to?

3 Do you think body language is an important part of face-to-face communication? Why/Why not? 4 Why is personal space important? 5 What foreign customs are you aware of, e.g. for greeting people?

Video

ACTIVITIE S

Reading comprehension & Speaking

Watch this video of a conversation in a tourist information office in Dublin and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). T F 1 The traveller has only just arrived in Dublin. 2 He is worried about getting lost. 3 The day trip he is interested in only takes place in the summer. 4 The tourist guide offers him two alternative trips. 5 She explains how to reach the destination by public transport. 6 The journey will take about 45 minutes.

3 In your opinion, was the tourist information office assistant helpful and efficient? What did she do well? Is there anything she could do differently next time?

The Tourism Industry | UNI T 1

ACT IV IT IE S

PASSEPARTOUT FACE-TO-FACE Offering help • Can/May I help you? • How can I help you? • Do you need any help? • What can I help you with today? Asking for information/help • Could you tell me...? • I’d like to know/have… • Have you got any information on…? Giving information • Here is a map of the city centre/the island/the underground.

• Here are some leaflets with information on day trips/ sightseeing tours/the main attractions. • The castle/museum opens/closes at 9 o’clock/7.30 p.m. • Tickets are available online or at the tourist office. • Adult tickets cost £15 and a child ticket is £8.50. • Entrance/Travel is free for children under 5. • You can catch bus 74 to the port/station. • It takes about 15 minutes by bus/on foot. Closing the conversation • Thanks very much for your help/the information. • You’re welcome. • Have a nice day/a good trip. • Enjoy your holiday.

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

Speaking – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

4 In pairs, act out the following situation. Stand up and move around to make it more realistic. Remember to swap roles. TOURIST You are in Dublin on holiday and would like some information about day trips to Kilkenny.

TOURIST INFORMATION ASSISTANT You work in the tourist information centre in Dublin. Use this leaflet to provide the tourist with the information he/she needs.

FITZPATRICK TOURS - GUIDED DAY TRIP TO KILKENNY Modern, high-quality, air-conditioned touring coaches, with free Wi-Fi Kilkenny's rich medieval heritage is evident in the city's treasure trove of historical buildings and landmarks, exemplified by the magnificent Kilkenny Castle. Kilkenny is arguably the most important medieval city in Ireland, with the current layout of the city clearly grounded in its medieval roots.

Adult Cost e33 per person Student/Child Cost e28 per person 08.45 – 09.00 Depart Dublin (please see our pick up schedule and map) The journey to Kilkenny takes you through some of Ireland’s most spectacular and varied scenery. 10.45 Arrive in the Medieval Capital of Ireland – Kilkenny City Take a Guided Walking Tour of the City (included) through Kilkenny’s medieval side streets and visit the 'Black Abbey'. Lunch (not included) and free time to explore the city, castle and gardens. USEFUL INFORMATION Always wear comfortable shoes (long walks are optional though!) Bring an umbrella – this is Ireland!! Always be at the departure points on time. For the comfort of everyone on board, we will not wait for latecomers. Hot drinks or alcohol are not allowed on board the coach.

UNI T 1 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

16.15 Depart Kilkenny 18.00 Arrive back in Dublin – drop off point Westmoreland Street (near Trinity College)

Communication in tourism: visual communication The tourism and hospitality industry relies on visual aids as promotional and informative tools. Imagine being a tourist in a foreign country where you can’t read the language. How would you know where to catch a bus or find a toilet without the internationally recognised symbols? How could you decide which resort to book without seeing any photos of the location and facilities? How long would it take you to compare hotel facilities if you had to read a long, written list instead of looking at the classic pictograms for the services on offer? Maps, diagrams, photographs, tables, pictograms and symbols are used in printed information like tourist guides, information leaflets, tour operator brochures and in towns and attractions to give immediate and clear information to all visitors or users.

Match these common pictograms/symbols to the correct service or facility.

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10

taxi bus train lift escalator

11 12 13 14

toilets tourist information no smoking restaurant picnic area D

park castle campsite viewpoint

ACTIVITIE S

Vocabulary

Speaking

2 In pairs, think of all the pictograms and symbols a tourist might see from his/her arrival at an airport to checking-in at a city centre hotel. How many did you come up with?

3 What visual aids would you include in... • a brochure for a beach resort? • a leaflet for a historical palace?

• a holiday brochure for a tour operator?

Here are some ideas to help you.

aerial view of the place − interior/exterior photos − maps/diagrams − symbols − graphs − tables The Tourism Industry | UNI T 1

UNIT

Explore language

Travelling and travellers voyage tourist

flight

itinerary

TYPES OF TRAVEL

holiday

(US vacation)

break

cruise

visitor

TYPES OF TRAVELLER

explorer

excursion

holidaymaker (US vacationer)

passenger

sightseer

The words journey, travel, trip and tour to go on a journey a ten-mile journey / a five-hour journey

I like travelling. Whatâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s the best way to travel? She travels a lot for her job.

verb to set out on a journey

TRAVEL

noun

JOURNEY How long does the journey take?

have a good/safe/ pleasant journey

business trip

day trip the trip of a lifetime

to be away on a trip

to go on a trip

UNI T 1 | Explore language

sightseeing trip return/ round trip

They toured the Great Lakes last summer. She has toured extensively in South America.

verb

school trip

TRIP

to take a trip

adjective

unlimited travel international travel air/road/rail travel overseas/foreign travel business travel travel agency/agent travel industry travel guide/brochure travel plans travel sickness travel insurance travel writer

TOUR

noun

adjective

a three-week tour Grand Tour a sightseeing tour a tour of the city a package tour to set off on a tour to go on a tour a tour operator a tour company

Look at the mind maps about travelling and travellers on page 40 and choose the correct word to complete these definitions.

1 A ________ is a long trip by sea. 2 A ________ is a journey by plane. 3 The person who visits monuments, historical buildings and interesting places is a ________. 4 A ________ is a short holiday of two/three days.

5 The time when you do not have to go to work or school is called a ________. 6 Someone who visits new and undiscovered places is an ________.

2 Look at the mind maps about the words journey, travel, trip and tour on page 40. Then choose the correct option.

1 I’d like to run a company specialised in business trip/travel/journey. 2 If you live near the south coast of England, it is quite easy to go on a day journey/tour/trip to France. 3 International travel/tour/journey has continued to increase since the early 1960s. 4 It is quicker to journey/travel/tour there by train, but the journey/travel/tour is much more interesting by bus. 5 If you have time, I really recommend going on a tour/trip/travel of the old mining town. It’s fascinating. 6 ‘Did you have a pleasant trip/travel?’ ‘Yes, but the return tour/journey was delayed by four hours.’

3 Decide whether the words in the box are countable (C) or uncountable (U). Then use some of them to complete the sentences below, making any necessary changes.

accommodation U − activity − advice − destination information − leisure − package holiday

− facility − service

− heritage

1 When booking a hotel, many people want to know about the _______________ available, such as a gym or pool. 2 Sustainable tourism is aimed at protecting our natural and cultural _______________ and minimising our environmental impact. 3 It isn’t easy to find _______________ in Sardinia during the summer season. My _______________ is to book early to find a good hotel. 4 _______________ are a product aimed at the mass tourism market. 5 ‘What’s the most popular _______________ for tourists in your country?’ ‘It’s probably the capital city.’

4 Match each verb in the first column to the verb with the opposite meaning in the second column. Then write the noun forms for each verb.

1 increase ________________ 2 improve ________________ 3 damage ________________ 4 strengthen ________________ 5 protect ________________ 6 fall ________________

5 Combine the words from each column to form common collocations.

a b c d e f

neglect rise weaken decrease deteriorate conserve

________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________

6 Match these words with their synonyms. 1 drawback

let

1 inbound

operator

2 aim

wealthy

2 overseas

tourism

3 enable

knowledge

3 economic

currency

4 affluent

destination

4 distribution

board

5 accessible

goal

5 foreign

chain

6 predicted

affordable

6 tourism

services

7 place

forecast

7 tour

visitors

8 awareness

disadvantage

8 global

impact

The Tourism Industry | UNI T 1

UNIT

Test your knowledge and skills

Why Are Human Travel Agents Still So Much Better Than Websites?

It’s been more than 20 years since Expedia was founded as part of Microsoft, kicking off the online travel market. Today, the industry has grown enormously: from apps like Hopper, which find the best flight at the best time, to Secret Escapes and its bargain luxury holidays, to a range of apps like Trivago, booking all kinds of holidays. But I still want more. I want travel apps to do my thinking for me. It’s not as silly as it sounds. We live in a world where the biggest online travel firms handle bookings for multiple parts of your holiday at once, letting you combine your flights, hotels and even car hire into one booking. Yet, despite the vast amount of data they go through to find you the best price, most require an incredibly specific set of instructions before they’ll get to work. On Skyscanner, for instance, you can find the cheapest flights between London and Tokyo for any given day, avoiding long layovers or non-direct flights. But you have to find out which days are the cheapest, bearing in mind that not every airline flies every day, and flying out and back on the same carrier usually saves you money. And what if your flexibility is more than just about travel times? Suppose you want to do a trip to the West Coast of the US incorporating San Francisco, Las Vegas and Los Angeles: you could fly in and out of any combination of those three airports, but would need to do almost 300 separate searches to find the cheapest holiday.

And what about hotels? What if you save money flying to Las Vegas first, but that week there is a big conference that pushes up the price of a hotel room? Would it work out cheaper overall to switch around the order of your trip? These are all questions which it should be easy to answer automatically, but isn’t. And I’m not alone in wanting this ability. According to travel company Trailfinders, people often just want to go somewhere hot in November and travel agents deal with such ‘vague requests’ very well, ‘although it’s obviously a lot easier if someone knows exactly what they want.’ The strange thing is that some of these online bookers offered similar features in the past, but stopped doing s. Skyscanner, for instance, once allowed you to specify a range of dates for flights, rather than just one. It now allows users on its website, but not its app, to search for flights leaving on a specific day, or a whole month, but nothing in between. Until they do, travel agents still have the advantage. It may not last, but for now it might be worth considering a visit to a human travel agent if you want anything complex from a holiday. Source:The Guardian

Reading comprehension 1

ES Read the article and answer these questions.

4 What does Trailfinders think is the advantage of 1 What can online travel agencies do today? human travel agents? 2 Why isn’t the writer satisfied with online travel 5 What does the writer think is strange about how agencies? online travel agents have changed? 3 If you have a flexible schedule, why is it difficult 6 When does the writer suggest we turn to human to use online travel agencies to plan your holiday? travel agents?

Tourism theory

2 Write two short paragraphs to explain: 1 the business of a tour operator and what package holidays are; 2 the role of a travel agent and why it is important.

UNI T 1 | Test your knowledge and skills

Listening & Phraseology 3 Read this conversation in a travel agency and complete the travel agent’s questions (1-5). 1 Travel agent Where ___________________________________? Client _________________. Spain, probably one of the (6) _____________________________________? 2 Travel agent Who Client ___________________________. One adult and (7) _________________________? 3 Travel agent What type of holiday Client A (8) _____________________________________. 4 Travel agent When ____________________________________? Client The middle of (9) ___________________________. ________________________________? 5 Travel agent How much Client Under £ (10) ________________________________.

1.10

PET Now listen to the conversation and complete the answers (6-10) with one or two words.

Writing 5

PET You work in a travel agency. Write an email to a tour operator with whom you have already done business. In your email you should:

• ask if their new brochure for Spain is ready; • explain that you have a large group of over 60s interested in a holiday there; • ask for suggestions for the best hotel and deal for them.

Video role play & Speaking 6

Watch this video of a tourist asking for information in a tourist information office. Read the prompts on the screen and take the role of the tourist asking for information.

Now watch the full version of the video and compare your answers.

8 In pairs, role play similar conversations between a tourist and a person working in a tourist information office. Use the ideas below to help you, referring to events and places in your local area. Remember to swap roles. Ask about: • cheap accommodation • public transport to another location • a festival or other event

• a sightseeing tour • opening times and ticket prices for a local attraction

The Tourism Industry | UNI T 1

UNIT

READY TO GO

What is marketing? Why is it necessary? Discuss these questions in pairs, then read the text and check your ideas.

LOOK CLOSER Tourists can also be classified by their personality or behaviour. On the one hand, there is the adventurous tourist who wants to discover new places and likes making their own arrangements. The other extreme is the safetyconscious tourist who prefers familiar areas and knowing what to expect from the food and activities. Most tourists probably fall somewhere between the two definitions.

A CT IV IT IE S

What demographic and psychographic differences might there be between a couple going on their honeymoon and a group of young adults going abroad for the first time?

Marketing and Promotion

Tourism in THEORY

The role of marketing The dynamic nature and continual growth of the tourism and hospitality sector provide tourists with more and more choice about where to go on holiday. At the same time, destinations, resorts, tour operators and other businesses in the industry face more and more competition. How can they remain competitive and increase their sales and profits? In a word, marketing. Through marketing a company can identify and analyse the needs of its customers, plan and create the relevant products and services to satisfy these needs and then promote them. This is true whether it is a national tourism organisation wanting to attract visitors from across the globe, a tour operator wanting to promote its package deals or a tourist attraction wanting to increase the number of visitors.

Market segmentation One of the first things to understand is the target market – the potential buying audience for either a product or a service. Given that markets change according to the product or service being offered, it is very important for an organisation to know who makes up their market: a couple planning their honeymoon is a very different type of customer from a group of young adults going on their first trip abroad. Marketing strategists use this information not only to know their market better and to target their products or services more accurately, but also to develop new ones based on the needs that these market segmentations reveal. Market segmentation is the classification of customers into subgroups or segments according to pre-set, shared characteristics. In the tourism and hospitality industry, there are four main types of segmentation: TRAVEL MOTIVATION business, visiting friends and relatives and leisure (see page 10), which can be subdivided further into religious, health, cultural, eco tourists and so on; DEMOGRAPHIC gender, age, ethnicity, education, income, social class or grade, family size, religion; GEOGRAPHIC resident country or region; PSYCHOGRAPHIC type of lifestyle, interests, values, attitudes.

Reading comprehension 2

PET Read the text and choose the correct option.

1 The term ‘market’ refers to… A the place where consumers buy a product or service. B the group of consumers interested in a product or service. C the people involved in the marketing decision process. 2 Market segmentation is used to… A understand customers better. B improve sales. C both of these. 3 What does demographic segmentation take into account? A where a customer lives B why a customer wants to travel C how old a customer is UNI T 2 | TOURISM IN THEORY

4 What is geographic segmentation based on? A the place where a customer lives B the place a customer wants to travel to C the places a customer has already visited 5 Consumers’ attitudes are at the basis of… A demographic segmentation. B psychographic segmentation. C geographic segmentation.

The marketing mix Four main factors, commonly known as the 4 Ps – product, price, place and promotion, determine how a product will be marketed. These elements of the marketing mix can be adjusted to find the right combination that will appeal to customers and simultaneously serve their needs while keeping the organisation competitive and generating optimum profits.

LOOK CLOSER

PRODUCT (or SERVICE) The first P stands for product, but in the tourism and hospitality sector we are generally not talking about tangible products but services which are intangible. This means they cannot be touched or possessed. The food served in a restaurant is a tangible product as it can be eaten, but the service offered by the waiter can only be experienced. Travel products are usually also perishable, meaning that the offer has a limited life. For example, a hotel room can only be booked for a certain date before the date in question has passed.

PRICE The travel and tourism sector is highly competitive so price is an extremely important element. Pricing must be calculated to provide a profit to the company, so has to take into consideration the fixed and variable costs the company has. However, it also has to be competitive against similar products or services on offer as most customers are always looking for value for money. It is usual for prices to be different for high and low seasons.

PLACE This refers to both the chain of distribution (how the product or service is distributed and where it can be purchased) and the physical location of the destination/holiday/service. A company has to consider factors like cost and control when deciding whether to distribute their products directly to consumers or indirectly through intermediaries like travel agents. The physical location can be an entire country, a city or a purpose-built resort.

PROMOTION This is the way a company provides customers with information about itself and its products or services. It includes activities like branding, advertising, public relations, special offers and exhibitions, and often focuses on the USP of the product or service. Promotion is important to improve a company’s image, launch a new product, increase popularity of existing products, attract new customers and, naturally, increase sales.

Nowadays it is common to add three extra Ps to the traditional marketing mix – physical evidence, process and people. The latter in particular is extremely relevant for the tourism and hospitality industry. The people who come into contact with the customer – at whatever stage – will make an impression that can have a profound effect, both positive and negative, on customer satisfaction. Therefore correct employee training and attention to customer service will reflect positively on the company and add value.

USP stands for Unique Selling Proposition and is what differentiates a company’s products or services from the rest of the competition. A critical part of promotion and advertising, the USP conveys the real or perceived benefit of a product or service as a way to convince buyers to prefer one brand/company over another.

CRM

Read the text and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). If there is not enough information, choose ‘doesn’t say’ (DS).

1 The correct mix of the 4 Ps is essential to market a product successfully. 2 The P for people involved in delivering a service is less important than the other Ps. 3 Tourism products or services are often intangible and perishable. 4 A company should always price its product lower than a competitor’s. 5 It is important to consider the cost when choosing a distribution channel. 6 Promotion is not necessary for existing products but only for new ones.

T F DS

Marketing and Promotion | UNI T 2

ACT IV I TIE S

Reading comprehension

value for money rapporto qualità-prezzo purpose-built costruito appositamente

SWOT analysis A SWOT analysis is a marketing tool which is used in many business contexts to anticipate future actions that may be needed to defend or expand a company’s market position. It is an acronym that stands for strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats. Strengths and weaknesses are internal factors, that is within the control of the organisation, while opportunities and threats are external factors, that is beyond its control. A SWOT analysis is often carried out at the initial stage of a wider analysis to review the current market situation. Within the context of tourism and hospitality, it can be used by a national tourism organisation deciding how to promote the country or a particular area, and also by companies, such as tour operators and hotel chains, which are considering adding new products or promoting new destinations. When a SWOT analysis identifies sufficient opportunities, a tour operator, for example, will decide to invest in and develop a new product or service. On the other hand, if the weaknesses and threats outweigh the advantages, the operator may decide not to develop that particular area. Below is an example of different factors that could be included in a SWOT analysis for a tourist destination. POSITIVE

INTERNAL

Strengths

Weaknesses

Resources and capabilities that can be used to develop a competitive advantage

Limitations or situations that place the area at a disadvantage

• cultural and historical heritage • beauty of unique natural environment • well-established local traditions • knowledge of English by local people

• lack of trained local staff • high levels of pollution • risks to the safety and security of tourists • scarce water supply

Opportunities

EXTERNAL

AC TI V IT IE S

NEGATIVE

External chances to improve and increase

S W O T

• plans for a new airport • improved infrastucture in the area • liberalisation of an industry/market • growth in a particular form of tourism, e.g. medical

Threats External factors that could cause trouble or problems • changes to local legislation • political instability • natural disasters • competition from a neighbouring destination

Reading comprehension 1

Read the text and answer these questions.

1 Why is a SWOT analysis used in marketing? 2 Which are internal factors and which external? 3 At what stage is a SWOT analysis used?

4 How could it help a tour operator? 5 What could happen if there are more weaknesses and threats than opportunities and strengths?

2 In pairs, complete this SWOT analysis for a tour operator that is considering launching a new package tour in the Caribbean.

S W O T

1 tour operator has 15 years’ experience in the Caribbean 2 low profits for the last two years 3 changes to local tax laws 4 cultural differences 5 very strong competition on the island 6 hurricanes and tropical storms 7 limited infrastructure on the island 8 brand name well associated with quality

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 3 In small groups, complete a brief SWOT analysis for your local area as a tourist destination. 46

UNI T 2 | TOURISM IN THEORY

Life cycle of tourist destinations The life cycle model shown below is a method to see how a tourist resort or destination changes over time and in relation to the fluctuating demands of the industry. Analysing what stage a destination is at, it is possible to make informed marketing decisions aimed at maintaining or increasing the popularity. 4 Consolidation

Tourist numbers

Mass tourists make up the highest number of visitors, the number of which continues to increase (although at a slower rate), and tourism dominates the local economic area. Tensions and conflicts may arise due to the negative impact on the local economic and social situation.

2 Involvement Local people have accepted the arrival of visitors and start to provide facilities for them. Local businesses provide services, and the number of visitors increases.

5 Stagnation The peak number of tourists has been reached and then starts to decline as facilities become old, the place becomes outdated and the original cultural or natural appeal of the area has been lost. With low sales and profits, companies might leave the market.

Time

1 Exploration

3 Development

6 Decline/Rejuvenation

At this stage, there are very few visitors to the area, probably only backpackers and independent travellers. Costs are likely to be high for tourists. There are almost no tourist facilities, no investments have been made in the infrastructure and there are minimal negative impacts from tourism.

The area becomes established as a tourist destination as the host country develops and advertises it. The area's infrastructure is developed, foreign operators become involved and more operators start selling holidays and package deals. Competition increases and prices begin to fall. Different types of tourists are able to visit.

This is the stage which presents various options to a resort or destination. If no interventions are made and the destination cannot compete with new destinations, there can be a rapid or slow decline as numbers continue to fall and local economic depression sets in. It might be possible for a resort or destination to maintain its market share but with little or no growth. On the other hand, if a destination is able to reinvent itself, for example by investing in better infrastructure and new attractions, it can be rejuvenated and will extend its appeal to new tourists and market segments.

It is important to remember that the life cycle above is a model, so not all destinations will follow the process exactly and the length of each stage can vary. Some major tourist cities, like Paris, London and New York, are consolidated destinations which are unlikely to decline.

Read the text and answer these questions.

1 What is the purpose of a life cycle model for a destination? 2 At what stage of the life cycle are social and economic problems more likely to be evident?

3 What decision might a company have to make at stage five? 4 Why donâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t all destinations follow the model exactly?

2 Which phase(s) of the destination life cycle (1-6) do these steps belong to?

a Public awareness of the destination increases. ___ b Volume of tourists reaches a peak. ___ c Investments in facilities and infrastructure are high. ___

d Costs are very high for the customer. e A company has to decide whether to reinvest or leave the destination. f Tourism dominates the local economy.

___

AC TI V IT IE S

Reading comprehension

___ ___

Critical thinking & Speaking 3 If your city is a tourist destination, where do you think it is on the life cycle model? Discuss this question in pairs.

Marketing and Promotion | UNI T 2

Market research Another essential part of defining a marketing strategy is market research. This is the collection of data from various sources in order to obtain information regarding the needs and wants of customers and the structure and dynamics of a particular market. Market research can be carried out directly by the organisation itself or through an independent market research company. Have you ever been asked to complete a survey, in person or online, related to travel and tourism, for example after a stay in a hotel?

There are two types of data sources: PRIMARY DATA (also known as field research) This is research that is conceived for a specific objective and is collected first-hand from customers. Examples of primary research methods include face-to-face, online and telephone surveys, questionnaires and interviews, as well as focus groups. This form of research provides specific data which is extremely relevant to the company. The sample size interviewed must be large enough to provide data that accurately reflects the market, which makes it an expensive and time-consuming option.

LOOK CLOSER

A CT IVITIE S

Exit surveys are often carried out face-to-face in airport departure lounges to get feedback from visitors leaving a destination. There are usually questions about the length of stay, reason for travelling and size of group, and customers are asked to rank on a scale their satisfaction with different services. Online surveys, perfect for a tour operator, hotel or airline which have access to customersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; email addresses, are another common form of field research to get customer feedback, but the disadvantage is that the response rate can be variable as people might not want to dedicate the time necessary to complete the survey.

SECONDARY DATA (also known as desk research) Secondary data is existing information so it is a cheaper and quicker source than field research, especially as so much is available online nowadays. However, it is important to check how up-to-date, accurate, reliable and relevant to the specific needs the information actually is. Secondary data can be internal to the company, such as customer and sales records, or external, for example statistics from UNWTO, national governments, trade organisations, the trade press and academic journals.

Reading comprehension 1

Read the text and complete the mind maps.

Examples:

PRIMARY DATA advantages

SECONDARY DATA disadvantages

Listening 2

1.11 PET Listen to an exit survey carried out in a UK airport and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). T F 1 The passenger travelled to the airport by bus. 2 He is travelling alone. 3 He was in the UK to visit friends and family. 4 He spent more than two weeks in the UK. 5 He has bought some food or drink at the airport. 6 He thinks the airport doesnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t have enough seating.

Examples:

UNI T 2 | TOURISM IN THEORY

advantages

disadvantages

Analysing data Most of the data used in market research is presented in different types of tables and charts in order to make it easier to understand and quicker to compare results, trends and forecasts. The most common forms for presenting data and statistics are:

LINE GRAPH This type of graph shows trends

BAR CHART This uses horizontal or vertical

or changes over a period of time, particularly when the changes are small, with a horizontal axis (x) which shows time and a vertical axis (y) which shows different data, for example the number of visitors, sales or income.

bars to compare things between different groups and also Inbound visits to the UK (2016) to follow changes over time.

TABLE

PIE CHART This is a circle, divided into segments,

This shows numerical data in columns and rows.

which shows parts of a whole and does not show changes over time.

London

Rest of England

Scotland

Wales

N. Ireland

Visits to the UK (2016)

Match these sentences to the most suitable chart.

1 Analysing 2016, we can see that the biggest motivation for travel to the UK was for a holiday with nearly 37%, followed by visiting friends and family with nearly 31%. 2 From an analysis of the different types of destination, it is clear that foreign tourists were primarily attracted by Italyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s cities of art and culture. 3 Over the last five years, both tourism receipts and arrivals have increased steadily. 4 The majority of Italian visitors to the UK in 2016 visited London.

2 Look at this bar chart and answer the questions.

_________________ _________________ _________________ _________________

ACTIVITIES

Reading comprehension

Inbound visitors to the UK who undertake an English language course

1 What does the graph represent? 2 What is the most common length of trip for those doing an English language course? 3 And for all visitors? 4 How does the percentage of visitors who stay for more than two weeks compare between the two categories?

Marketing and Promotion | UNI T 2

Promotional methods Promotion, the last P in the marketing mix, is the element of marketing which is most obvious to the general public. The decision about which promotional method to use to publicise a product or service and to raise customer awareness depends on many factors such as costs and resources, timing and objectives. Promotional activities can be divided into two categories depending on the audience they are directed at. • Business-to-consumer (B2C): aimed at the general public, such as a National Tourist Organisation promoting its country or a hotel selling spa breaks. • Business-to-business (B2B): directed at other businesses to inform them about the company and to promote its products and services, such as a tour operator or chain of hotels promoting themselves to a travel agency.

ADVERTISING One of the main forms of promotion for all sectors, advertising plays an important role for the hospitality and tourism industry. Advertising campaigns can be created and planned in-house or, more normally, by an advertising agency which follows all aspects of the campaign from the creative work to the media planning and buying. The choice of media for a campaign depends on several factors including the size, nature and location of the target market, the product or service to be promoted and the budget available. Remarketing is the term used when a company, through the tracking of internet activity, can show targeted ads to users who have previously visited the company’s website.

• PRINT: international, national and regional newspapers; general and special interest magazines; trade press (used by B2B advertisers).

• OUTDOOR: billboards, posters, street furniture; electric signs in the street, shopping centres, airports, stations and on public transport.

• BROADCAST: television, radio and cinema.

• DIGITAL: such as banners, pop-up ads, pay-per-click advertising and remarketing on the Internet.

SPONSORSHIP With this kind of promotion, a company provides money or other kinds of resources to an event, activity or organisation in exchange for the inclusion of the company name and logo on promotional material and at the event itself. This is normally reserved for global operations like airlines, who often sponsor football teams or major events like the Olympics.

What travel or tourism companies do you know that sponsor sports teams?

awareness consapevolezza trade press stampa specializzata

Do you know of any important tourism fairs?

FAIRS AND EXHIBITIONS Participation in these events is an important publicity measure used to promote a destination or company. Having a stand at a trade fair not only helps businesses and organisations to make numerous new contacts but also helps them to stay updated on industry trends and prepare for the future, as well as to check out what competitors are doing. Some trade fairs are only open to trade visitors, that is companies and professionals in the sector, as well as the press, while others are also open to the general public.

UNI T 2 | TOURISM IN THEORY

SALES PROMOTIONS The use of vouchers, discount coupons, special offers and loyalty incentives is widespread in the travel and tourism industry. These promotions can be aimed directly at the customer, such as a money-off coupon by a hotel or air miles and frequent flyer programmes offered by airlines. When these incentives are directed at trade intermediaries, they can be things like extra commission, bonuses or free trips for travel agents. Circular letters are a common way of informing both customers and intermediaries about current promotions and offers.

Discount $300

Gift Voucher

Free Gift Hampers For all

Ph:(098) 766 000 123 www.bestcompany.com

POINT-OF-SALE MATERIAL The travel and tourism industry also relies heavily on brochures, leaflets and other informative material which are made available to potential customers at places like travel agencies and tourist information centres, as well as online on company websites. A tour operator, for example, will produce a brochure for package holidays to a particular destination, showcasing all the resorts, hotels and facilities, loyalty incentives premi with details of prices, dates and conditions.

fedeltà relies on fa affidamento su

Read the texts on pages 50 and 51 and say which promotional method(s)…

1 is suitable for B2B promotion? 2 is usually only for large companies? 3 offers the chance to meet potential customers face-to-face? 4 can require the expertise of an agency?

5 contains a lot of printed information? 6 allows a company to monitor the competition? 7 is probably the most commonly-used method for the tourism industry? 8 relies on digital technology?

Complete the mind map with details from the text.

ACTIVITIE S

Reading comprehension

Listening 3

1.12 PET Listen to an advertising executive talking about some of the different media used in advertising campaigns and complete the sentences.

ADVERTISING CAMPAIGNS Two types: a campaign for a specific product or service; a (1)___________ campaign promoting the company or brand as a whole. TV campaigns by holiday companies often start on (2)___________. Companies must select the TV channel or programme with the correct (3)___________ for their target. Viewers can ignore TV ads thanks to new (4)___________. An advert in a magazine has the benefit of visual impact and lots of (5)___________. Depending on the (6)___________, the target market of outdoor ads can be more specific.

Speaking 4 In pairs, decide which form(s) of promotion you would choose for these situations. • An independent travel agency that needs to increase visibility and sales • A tour company that wishes to promote adventure tours and trekking in New Zealand • A tropical island resort that wishes to increase its profile and the number of visitors

Marketing and Promotion | UNI T 2

LOOK CLOSER Just as content generated by a company or organisation can spread rapidly on social media, so can any usergenerated content, like a review on TripAdvisor or a complaint on Twitter. Wordof-mouth recommendations have always been an important part of promotion for tourism companies, but this new ‘digital word-of-mouth’ is difficult to regulate and is often considered more reliable and credible than it actually is. User-generated content can significantly affect how successful and competitive a business is. For this reason, it is essential to monitor these platforms constantly and to reply as quickly and efficiently as possible to avoid or limit negative publicity (see pages 198-199).

engage coinvolgersi retained memorizzata

Digital promotion A large percentage of the population nowadays is computer literate and has easy access to the Internet, so digital marketing has incredible potential. The evident advantages are its global reach, 24/7 availability and speed. In addition, it offers many opportunities for personalisation and it is easy to track the success of the different methods and conversion rates. However, it is also a rapidly changing environment with new developments and passing trends, so it is vitally important to adapt quickly to change. A company, whether small or large, private or state-owned, can start with having its own WEBSITE and being present on the websites of national and regional tourist organisations, trade bodies and other portals relevant to the sector. A company can use the digital advertising methods already mentioned, however, techniques like search engine marketing and, even more so, content marketing are much more effective at improving the visibility of a website. SEA (search engine advertising) is when a company pays for its website to appear under the sponsored results section of a search engine, such as Google, when determined search terms are used. SEO (search engine optimisation) aims to increase the natural position of the website in the results page. Content marketing, an important factor in SEO, is about growing the company brand by providing potential customers with relevant and valuable information on websites, blogs and newsletters. A company or organisation can build a SOCIAL MEDIA PRESENCE and develop APPS that can be downloaded. With these tools, advertisers are able to form a more direct contact with consumers, especially young people, creating a global community around a brand or product with consequent positive effects on sales and brand identity. Another advantage of social media is how quickly messages can be spread. An ad, video or piece of news, for example, can be posted on YouTube or Facebook where they are noticed by net surfers and shared immediately, quickly getting millions of hits. Both these platforms, as well as ones like Snapchat and Instagram, are basically visual media so content must be visually appealing in order to get customers to engage. In addition, research shows that information which is seen is retained longer than that which is heard. This is good news for the tourism sector with all the visual elements it can promote, from stunning locations and incredible scenery to luxurious hotel rooms and infinity pools. Direct marketing has also become easier. Instead of contacting existing and potential customers by post, DIRECT AND PERSONALISED EMAILS can be sent by using email addresses on a company’s database or by contacting followers and subscribers on social media channels and platforms. The benefits of personalisation are that the customer feels more special and involved and, as the subject matter is of interest, the contact does not feel as intrusive or a waste of time, all of which leads to a more likely sale.

Reading comprehension

An example of personalised direct marketing. For its 20th anniversary, easyJet sent emails to all its customers to tell each customer’s story based on the flights previously booked and adding personal recommendations for future trips.

Read the texts and answer these questions.

1 What are the advantages of digital marketing for a company? 2 How can social media and apps help a tourism company? 3 Why might a personalised promotional email be better than a generic one sent to all customers? 4 How can user-generated content be positive and negative for a company’s image? UNI T 2 | TOURISM IN THEORY

ACT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension ES Read the article and answer the questions below.

The Future of Airport Apps Nowadays, you can find a travel app for just about any aspect of a journey or holiday: flight trackers, journey planners for public transport, city exploration guides, restaurant and hotel finders, apps to help you pack your suitcase and apps to store all the details of your itinerary. More and more airports have introduced apps too, to help the hundreds of thousands of passengers who pass through the airport by providing information on gate numbers, directions around the terminal, flight times, delays and the length of the queues at security. But is it worthwhile for passengers to download an app for an airport? Frequent travellers might travel through many airports which would add up to a lot of apps on their mobile device at the end of the year; a holidaymaker might use an airport just once making it a bit of a waste of time and effort to download the app. It would be quicker for them to rely on old-fashioned methods of reading the flight information screens and signs around the airport to know where to go. In addition, there are many other travel apps which provide the same or similar services. A single flight tracker app covers flights all around the world and provides information on flight departure times and delays in real time. There are apps like MiFlight which give security line waiting times, with information provided by travellers at airports around the world. The second question is, considering the above, whether it is actually worth the airport’s time and money to invest in developing such apps. What can airports do to overcome the fact that passengers spend a relatively short time at the airport while

also finding a way to generate revenue? Firstly, they can target travellers with information regarding the shopping and dining options available, both for the whole airport and for the area close to the passenger’s gate or current location. App users can then receive exclusive offers and special deals. A further step is to offer in-app purchasing options either directly or through a partner app, like Airport Sherpa which delivers food from any airport restaurant to your gate and Grab which allows travellers to pre-order food and then pick up their order. Opportunities like these should mean airport apps can win the battle against travel apps, while making a revenue and offering a friendly and efficient service.

1 What kind of travel apps exist? 2 What features or information do airport apps usually have? 3 What difficulties do airport apps face? 4 How can airport apps make money and be competitive against other travel apps?

Critical thinking & Speaking 3 Discuss these statements in small groups. • Digital marketing is the way forward as no-one pays attention to traditional advertising anymore. • Digital marketing is intrusive and we should be worried about how much of our personal information companies have access to.

COMPITO DI REALTÀ

Analysing a travel app

Work in small groups to analyse travel apps and their usefulness. Half of the group should look at one or two airport apps and the other half should look at one or two travel apps from other companies that can be useful at airports. Each group should:

• examine the features, information included, languages available and ease of use of the apps and prepare a table with the information; • consider the limits and the benefits of the two types of apps, both with specific reference to the apps analysed and in general; • prepare a written report with their findings and opinions.

Marketing and Promotion | UNI T 2

UNIT

similes similitudini

Look at the images in these ads. What feelings do they create? Do they appeal to you? Why/Why not?

Read the slogans and body copy in the ads. Why do you think they have chosen these styles? Are they effective? What language devices have they used?

Marketing and Promotion

Tourism in PRACTICE

Adverts Given that we are surrounded by advertising in all aspects of our everyday lives, it is important that an advert catches our attention. It can do this with the skillful use of images and language. Images are extremely powerful and capable of creating a myriad of emotions. They can create the desire to visit a destination or to buy a product or service. An image needs to be carefully chosen to reflect the service or destination, making a beach location seem like a tropical paradise but at the same time accessible to the reader, an adventure tour exciting but not too dangerous, a package holiday cheap and fun but still of a high quality. Language is essential for the success of an advert and can be used to attract, seduce, persuade and inform. The amount and style of language depends on the type of advert and the media it is designed for. A corporate ad for a tour operator, promoting the company name rather than a specific holiday or location, might just use a powerful and easy-to-remember slogan, leaving the image to speak for itself. Alternatively an ad promoting a specific destination or package deal will probably have a longer text, known as ‘body copy’, with description and details, for example. Verbs are often in the imperative form to encourage action and the words you and your are used to make the reader feel involved and already part of the experience or holiday. Hyperbole – the use of exaggeration as a rhetorical device – is common, but care must be taken to avoid common clichés and expressions that lack originality. Other devices, such as alliteration, assonance, similes, repetition, metaphors and wordplay can help reinforce the message. However, humour and cultural references must be used with caution, especially in international campaigns, as the effect can be different depending on the country. Destination brand identity and brand building

LOOK CLOSER A regional or national tourism organisation often creates a brand for the destination, with a logo and slogan in order to increase awareness of the destination and what it offers to tourists. A country or city is made up of many different products or services, but presenting it under one brand and creating a single brand identity has many advantages in making a country more attractive and recognisable on a global scale. The brand can usually be used by different tourism companies in the country in their adverts, promotional material and websites, as well as on merchandise for tourists.

UNI T 2 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

Read the text on page 54 and use your own words to complete these sentences.

1 Adverts should be designed to… 4 The word ‘you’ is used frequently because… 2 The purpose of an image is… 5 Hyperbole should be used carefully because… 3 The length of the text in an advert can depend on… 6 International campaigns should pay attention to…

Vocabulary 2 Complete the slogans using the words in the box and then match them to the most suitable company. drive − recharge − sleep − ticket 1 Your ________ to paradise! a 2 Get away from it all and ________ your batteries! b 3 The best night’s ________. Guaranteed. c 4 Why ________ when you could sleep all the way there? d

ACT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension

A ferry operating between the UK and Holland A mid-range hotel chain An airline flying to the Seychelles A five-star luxury hotel in the Swiss Alps

PASSEPARTOUT WRITING PROMOTIONAL ADVERTS Verbs enjoy escape get away from

discover appreciate admire

Adjectives breathtaking unforgettable unique

perfect exquisite once-in-a-lifetime

Nouns fun adventure relaxation

elegance style paradise

freedom choice beauty

luxury dream discovery

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

Speaking – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 3 In small groups, think of slogans for the following companies. 1 A tour operator selling package holidays to the USA 2 An airline’s first class service from Australia to the Middle East 3 A company with family-friendly campsites and caravan parks across Europe

Video 4

Watch this video promoting Chile and discuss these questions in pairs/class.

1 What natural features and landscapes are shown? 2 What sports and outdoor activities can you see? 3 What about opportunities for sightseeing and culture? 4 Why do you think they have used tourists speaking different languages? 5 Do you think the music is effective? Why/Why not? 6 What is the slogan and do you think it connects well with the content of the video? Why/Why not? 7 Does this video make you want to visit or find out more about the country?

COMPITO DI REALTÀ

Planning a TV advert

Work in groups to design a 30-second TV advert for one of these situations. Decide on the images, written and spoken texts/dialogues, slogan, music and any other details.

• • • •

The tourist board of a tropical island wants to promote its image A theme park or attraction, ideal for family days out, wants to increase the number of visitors A tour operator wants to promote its eco-tourism holidays in South America An airline wants to promote its new route to a city with a rich cultural and historical heritage

Marketing and Promotion | UNI T 2

Leaflets and brochures Promotional materials like leaflets and brochures can be printed and distributed to customers or made available online or on apps. As they are a form of advertising, the language used in both leaflets and brochures needs to be promotional and persuasive so that readers are drawn in and can imagine themselves on the holiday or visiting a particular place.

ACTIVITIE S

A LEAFLET , often found in hotel lobbies, train stations and tourist information centres, is a folded piece of paper used to promote towns, tourist attractions, guided tours or trips. There is usually a short overview or introduction of the place or itinerary and a selection of photos. Additional descriptive text might contain some background information, cultural and historical references or details of the itinerary. To help the reader decide if the offer is suitable for them, the leaflet should include practical information, such as location, a map, facilities, accessibility, opening times, prices and contact details.

A BROCHURE , often handed out in travel agencies or consultable online, usually contains an introduction to the company, maybe with its history, experience and business ethics (e.g. sustainable tourism). There are then descriptions of the destinations, hotels, resorts, cruises or itineraries, illustrated with beautiful photographs of the locations, rooms, facilities and so on. Dates and prices are included in easy-to-read tables, while things like facilities are indicated with symbols. At the end of the brochure, you can normally find the terms and conditions.

Reading comprehension 1

Read the texts and answer these questions.

1 What do leaflets often promote? 2 Why should they contain practical information?

3 Where can you find brochures? 4 What are the main features of a brochure?

2 Look at the leaflet for Hampton Court Palace, UK. Which of the features mentioned in the text does it contain?

Historic Royal Palaces

Discover the splendour of this former royal residence, once home to the extravagant King Henry VIII and George I. Admire the Tudor and Baroque architectural styles of the chapel and royal apartments. Learn more about palace life and the courts of these kings. Wander around 60 acres of beautiful gardens, with sparkling fountains and the world famous maze.

Opening times

Save online!

Open daily except 24-26 Dec

For ticket prices and online booking discounts visit www.hrp.org.uk

30 March â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 25 October 10.00-18.00 (Last admission: 17.00) 26 October-28 March 10.00-16.30 (Last admission: 15.30) Please check our websites for gardens and Maze opening times. Allow at least 3 hours for your visit.

How to get here Hampton Court Palace, Surrey, KT8 9AU

Train: 30 minutes from London Waterloo Bus: 111, 216, 411, 461, 513, 515A, R68

Vocabulary 3 Read the description of Hampton Court Palace and underline the words and expressions which you feel make the text appealing.

UNI T 2 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

MODIFIERS To modify gradable adjectives (good, interesting, expensive etc.), we can use adverbs like really, very and extremely. The resort is extremely beautiful. The food is really good and very cheap. To modify non-gradable adjectives (excellent, amazing, unique etc.), we can use adverbs like really, completely and absolutely. The tour was absolutely amazing and worth every penny. ORDER OF ADJECTIVES When using more than one adjective, they usually follow this order, but it is very unusual to use more than three adjectives together. General opinion

Specific opinion

Size

Shape

Age

Colour

Nationality

Material

ACT IV IT IE S

EXPLORE GRAMMAR

Purpose

The hotel rooms are decorated with exquisite 19th-century Italian antiques. We are an independent Scottish tour operator.

Go to the FLIPBOOK and do the exercises.

Vocabulary 4 Read this extract from a holiday brochure and replace the expressions in bold with those in the box to make the text more appealing. More than one answer may be possible.

a multitude of − colourful crystal clear − exciting experience − extravaganza fun and adventure soak up the sun − spot stunning velvet-soft the best ever location thrilling − trendy

Florida is a nice place to go for a holiday. The Keys give a tropical feel with their lovely smooth beaches, clean water and an underwater show of pretty fish and coral. An airboat ride is a good way to visit the Everglades where you can see alligators, manatees and many birds and insects. Miami

and SoBe are the coolest places to see and be seen. You can sunbathe, find nice shops, art galleries and even get a taste of Cuba in Little Havana. Orlando offers entertainment for all the family, with interesting theme and water parks where everyone can have a magical time.

PASSEPARTOUT WRITING PROMOTIONAL TEXTS Leaflets • A great day out for all the family. • A unique place, something for everyone. • There’s so much to see and do. • The ultimate adventure park experience. • A magnificent day out. • Explore Italy’s greatest museum/ archeological site/art gallery.

Brochures • The perfect opportunity to experience life as a local with our exclusive tour of… • Discover a colourful, magical place filled with… • Marvel at the incredible nature as you wander through the uncontaminated forest. • A myriad of surprises await you on board our ship. • Admire spectacular sunsets from your balcony… • Explore the underground/underwater treasures in this truly amazing place.

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

5 Using exercise 4 as a model, write a short introductory text for a leaflet promoting your region to foreign visitors.

COMPITO DI REALTÀ

Analysing leaflets and brochures

In small groups, have a look at some brochures and leaflets from your local tourist office/travel agency or find some online. Choose two examples and analyse these aspects:

• the images and photographs used; • the promotional language used; • how useful the practical information is;

Then prepare a short oral presentation to give to the class, with each member of the group explaining an aspect of your research and opinions.

• the overall effectiveness as a promotional tool; • any aspects that you are not convinced by; • how you would improve them.

Marketing and Promotion | UNI T 2

Websites

LOOK CLOSER

ACT IV IT IE S

The app Citymapper helps you find your way around New York, London, Rome and many other cities around the world. You can calculate the best route using any form of public transport, as well as by taxi, bike and on foot. The development of an app like this has to take into consideration the limits of the device, such as screen size, battery life and processing power, as well as the advantages offered by the built-in features, like the camera or GPS. And, just like for a website, user friendliness and appeal must be at the forefront of the design.

A website is a vital marketing tool nowadays for any tourism and hospitality business or organisation, and with so much competition, it is important to get it right. Firstly, it needs to be easy to navigate and user-friendly. When people are looking for something specific, they want to be able to find it quickly; if they are just browsing, the options available have to be clear. Good visual design with use of colour, graphics, static and dynamic images will contribute to this and also add a ‘wow’ factor, highlighting the quality and professionalism of what is on offer. The language needs to be carefully considered too, with persuasive and appealing content, as well as short and clear texts for the practical elements. In addition, a website has to work well across different devices (PC, smartphone, tablet). Other features will depend on the exact nature of the company or organisation, and may include: • interactive maps • photo gallery • 360° videos • booking engine to search availability/price and to make direct reservations • search facility with possibility to list results according to different criteria (e.g. price, distance, rating)

• secure and easy-to-use payment system • customer reviews • a favourites list • the option to sign up for newsletters • social media links • different languages • FAQ page • live chat

Reading comprehension 1

Read the text and answer these questions.

1 Why are navigation tools an essential feature on a website? 2 What aspects of the visual design of a website are important?

3 What about the language used? 4 Why do you think a website should work well on different devices?

Vocabulary 2 Match the words to the correct definition. 1 domain name 2 user-friendly 3 home page 4 landing page 5 booking engine

A website is a collection of web pages which are registered under a domain name. The web pages are documents, written in plain text and with formatting instructions in Hypertext Markup Language (HTML, XHTML), and navigation among these pages is through hyperlinks. The home page, where a user is usually directed to by a search engine, is where the site map can be found. This allows the user to see the structure of the website and to use the navigation tools to move around. The way a website is structured can vary, but as a user seldom accesses the web pages in a linear order, it is important that there is a main navigation menu, with sub menus as well as links embedded in the content of pages, to enable quick and easy movement among the pages. For example, after clicking on an online ad or a link on social media, the user is directed to a landing page, not necessarily the homepage, and so the navigation menus must be clear also from this page.

a b c d e

UNI T 2 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

a web page that a user is sent to from a link on another website the introductory page of a website, usually with a presentation and index easy to understand and use a software application used to make online reservations in real time the unique name that identifies a website

domain name − link − main navigation menu − drop-down menu − search box − social links home page button − shopping icon (basket) − slide show 6

ACT IV IT IE S

3 Match the words in the box to the correct part on the web page.

4 9

5 Get the latest events to your inbox

Speaking 4 Look at the web page in exercise 3 and discuss these questions in pairs. 1 What is the purpose of the website? 2 Who do you think the target audience is? 3 What options are on the main navigation menu? 4 What options are on the drop-down menu under ‘Book Your Stay’?

5 What options do you think there are under ‘Shopping’ and ‘Food & Drink’? 6 Are there any e-commerce possibilities? 7 Are there any links to social media? 8 Is the content available in different languages?

Writing 5 Using the above questions as a guide, write a short report describing the visityork.org website, its aims, the structure, contents and your opinion on its design and usability. You can go online to see an up-todate version if you wish.

Internet research & Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 6 Go online and look at some examples of websites for tourism and hospitality companies with options to book or purchase online (e.g. a hotel, airline, tour operator, tourist attraction). Take notes on these areas: • layout of home page and first impact • structure of the site and ease of navigation • information included

• search facility and results • booking and payment systems

7 Now use this information to write a report describing how you would plan a website for a tourism company wanting to sell its products/services online.

Marketing and Promotion | UNI T 2

Circular letters and newsletters A circular letter is used when a company needs to inform all its clients about a change or important event in the company. In the tourism and hospitality industry, they are used as a marketing tool (sent by post, email or fax) to inform a large number of clients, current and potential, about a new product, service or special offer, while at the same time reminding them about the company and keeping its name first in their minds. Newsletters are similar and are sent periodically to past and potential customers on a company’s database as a form of promotion. Given that circular letters and newsletters are a combination of a business letter and advertising, there are various points to remember.

HINTS & TIPS • Use mail merge systems to personalise each letter with the customer’s name. Alternatively use Dear Valued Customer, Dear Travel Agent etc. • Only introduce the company if writing to a new customer. Otherwise just a reminder of your experience, quality, years of expertise or strengths is sufficient.

• The first line should attract the readers’ attention. • Present the new product or service, pointing out the main aspects, but be brief. • Refer to any introductory offers or special deals. • Encourage contact by repeating the contact information (website, emails, telephone numbers or contact names).

AC TI V IT IE S

Dear Travel Agent, Are your clients tired of the same winter ski resorts in France and Austria? If you are looking for something a little different, Livigno in the north of Italy is the ideal place for you. Situated close to the Swiss border at 1,816 metres, Livigno is suitable for beginners as well as expert skiers, and there is fantastic cross-country skiing too. As you are aware, Snow and Slopes has over 15 years’ experience in European winter holidays, so we are pleased to add Livigno to our comprehensive offer of Italian ski resorts for the forthcoming winter season. With the long season and reliable snow cover, we are sure your clients will appreciate all it has to offer and the extremely reasonable prices too, with one week half board, including flights and transfers, starting at £850. For bookings made before the end of September, your clients can take advantage of the 10% advance booking discount. All the details can be found in the enclosed brochure and online at our website www.snowandslopes.uk but please do not hesitate to contact us for any further information. We look forward to hearing from you soon. Max Williams Kindest regards, Snow And Slopes Ltd

Reading comprehension 1

Read the text and circular letter and answer these questions.

1 Why might a company need to send a circular letter? 2 In what way can a circular letter be a form of marketing? 3 What details of a circular letter are more similar to an advert than a business letter?

2 Read this newsletter and put the paragraphs in the correct order.

WHAT'S NEW?

Dear Mr Mason, As a valued past customer, you know our aim is to provide the best in adventure in the Southern Hemisphere and that all our tours have been personally tested and selected to offer you the very highest quality and most amazing experiences. This tour can be stand-alone or added to any of our other packages for New Zealand or Australia, just contact us for availability and dates. Join us to experience the natural wonders and hidden delights of New Zealand’s South Island with our 10-day off-the-beaten track tour. Please click on this link to see a short video to inspire you and we look forward to welcoming you again on one of our tours in the near future. We will take in the wine growing region of Central Otago and the remote Stewart Island to see its rare native birds. A highlight is the helicopter ride from Milford Sound across the fjords to the wilderness of Martins Bay. Accommodation is in lodges, welcoming and full of character. Groups are limited to 12 people in order to keep the experience intimate and personal. Yours sincerely,

Jillian Ewans Wild Tours

4 Who is the above circular letter from? 5 What kind of company is it? 6 What does it want to promote?

UNI T 2 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

3 Translate these sentences and write them under the most appropriate function. Then add the examples from the two letters on page 60. 1 In allegato trova un catalogo che illustra tutti i pacchetti disponibili per la prossima stagione. 2 Speriamo di poter presto accogliere i vostri clienti. 3 Con più di vent’anni di esperienza nell’organizzare viaggi in pullman… 4 Operiamo in questo settore dal 1975. 5 Il nostro staff altamente qualificato spera di potervi accogliere presto a bordo. 6 Per vostra informazione, alleghiamo il nostro catalogo più recente con i dettagli di tutte le offerte speciali. Describing your company

Enclosing material

ACT IV IT IE S

Translation & Phraseology

Encouraging contact/Closing

PASSEPARTOUT WRITING CIRCULAR LETTERS AND NEWSLETTERS Giving details Attracting attention • We would like to draw your attention to… • Are you looking for a special holiday? • We are delighted to tell you about… • Are you planning your next holiday? • It is with great pleasure that we • Are you/your clients fed up with…? announce… • Tired/Bored of the same…? • We have added three more guided tours • Have you ever wanted to try/ for the next season. experience/see…? • The accommodation has been carefully • Have you ever thought about…? selected to offer you the best in local • We know you/your customers expect hospitality. the best/are looking for something • Dedicated to the younger members of the special. family/the winter sports enthusiasts, we • Experience the delights/wonders/ have developed… natural beauty of…

Referring to prices and special deals • As you can see, the prices are extremely reasonable. • Book now and enjoy our early-bird discount of 15%. • Bookings made before the end of the month qualify for a £250 discount. • There are several pricing options available to satisfy all your customers. • As one of our valued customers, we are delighted to offer you a 10% discount. • This special introductory offer is available until 30th June.

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

4 You work for a chain of business hotels in Europe. Write a circular email to send to companies and travel agents to inform them of your new hotel near Milan Malpensa Airport. Include these points:

• free Wi-Fi in all rooms, large desk, USB sockets • free shuttle service to airport • meeting and conference rooms available for hire

• two restaurants, wine bar and terrace café with panoramic views

5 You work for a hotel on Lake Garda. Your boss has sent you this email. Write a newsletter to send to your previous and potential customers in the UK following the instructions.

Dobbiamo promuovere l’albergo presso la clientela britannica – sia i vecchi clienti che tutti quelli che ci hanno contattato per informazioni. Devi spiegare i lavori di ristrutturazione fatti recentemente: la nuova piscina e i 40 mini-appartamenti con angolo cottura e giardino privato o balcone, perfetto per le famiglie, che abbiamo aggiunto. Non dimenticare di sottolineare l’ottima posizione in riva al lago e che si può raggiungere il paese a piedi. Possiamo offrire il 15% di sconto per soggiorni di 7 giorni ad aprile e maggio, con un tour enogastronomico di mezza giornata incluso nel prezzo.

Marketing and Promotion | UNI T 2

follow up on approfondire

What do you think are the most and least difficult aspects of making a phone call like this?

Promotional phone calls Another way to promote a product or service is on the phone. Making a cold call – when you phone someone you do not know to try to sell them something – is certainly not easy but it might be necessary. However, you are more likely to need to make calls to people you already know and do business with to inform them about a new package or offer. The advantages of making a phone call are that it is immediate and you have instant feedback that you can follow up on for the future. On the other hand, a promotional phone call can be a disruption while someone is working and feel intrusive if the caller is too insistent.

HINTS & TIPS

ACTIVITIE S

• Have a clear idea of your objectives and plan the main points you want to say. • Be courteous and pleasant. • Highlight a few details of the company and product or service to create interest.

• Offer to send brochures and other material. • Always thank the person for their time. • Follow up the phone conversation with an email.

Listening 1

1.13 PET Amy Stephens, from the company Stars and Stripes, calls Roy Bolton at Sunset Travel. Listen to their phone conversation and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). T F 1 Mr Bolton and Ms Stephens have met before. 2 Ms Stephens is calling to promote a tour of the East Coast of the USA. 3 The type of trailer the customers will have is the selling point of the tour. 4 Mr Bolton is concerned about the cost. 5 Customers have no choice about where to start or finish their trip.

PASSEPARTOUT MAKING AND RECEIVING PROMOTIONAL PHONE CALLS Introducing the reason for the call • I know your clients are interested in… so I’d like to propose… • I remember that you deal with/organise/ do a lot of business with… so I wanted to tell you about… • Given that adventure beach holidays in the USA are the latest trend, I’m sure your clients will love our new proposal. • I believe you will be interested in our new offer/package/guided tour.

Asking questions about the product/ service • What makes your deal different? • What does it include? • Why should I change to using your services? • How is it better than what I already offer?

Highlighting the selling point/ Convincing • Another excellent/unique aspect is… • Don’t forget that we also include a free wine-tasting session/guided tour of the castle. • What makes this special/ different/excellent value for money/appealing is that…

Promising action • I’ll pop some leaflets in the post for you. • I’ll send you all the details by email. • I’ll call you back to arrange a meeting.

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

Speaking – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

2 In pairs, read the situation and act out the phone conversation. Sit back-to-back so you can’t see your partner’s face to make it more realistic. Remember to swap roles.

PROMOTER/TOUR OPERATOR

TRAVEL AGENT

You work for a company which organises food and wine holidays in Italy and you want to promote a new holiday in Sicily, which is 7 days, half board, flights from Gatwick and Luton, and all transfers included. Highlights include three wine-tasting afternoons, a visit to the vineyards near Etna and a sightseeing tour of Syracuse. You can invent other details.

You are a travel agent and receive a phone call from a company promoting a new holiday in Sicily. Depending on what information the caller gives you, ask about what activities the holiday includes, the size of the group and the target market.

UNI T 2 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

Promotion at a fair If you work for a company that attends fairs and exhibitions, it might be necessary for you to be part of the team on the stand, greeting and meeting potential business partners and clients or members of the public. Given the international nature of most fairs, it is likely you will do this in English or another foreign language. Whatever the size of the stand, it needs to have eye-catching displays, such as posters or screens, and promotional material like leaflets, brochures or gadgets to hand out. The people working on the stand need to be friendly and welcoming at all times.

HINTS & TIPS • Have a pleasant manner. • Smile and greet the visitor to the stand warmly. • Be positive and have an enthusiastic tone of voice to create a rapport. • Use a mixture of closed questions (for example ‘Are you interested in a cruise?’) and open questions (for example ‘What appeals to you about a cruise holiday?’)

Which of these things do you think is the most important? Why?

• Listen carefully so you can tailor what you say to the person’s needs. • Be fully knowledgeable about the product/service/destination. • Where necessary, get contact details, such as a business card, to follow up the potential contact after the event.

The company Sunshine has a stand at tourism trade fair. Watch this video of a marketing assistant talking to a potential client. Is the client a trade professional or a private customer? How often does the marketing assistant mention the name of the company? Why do you think that is?

PASSEPARTOUT AT A FAIR Open questions • Which areas are your customers most interested in? • What’s your opinion on the trend for…? • What type of product is most popular?

Handing out promotional material • Would you like to take one of our brochures? • Let me give you a leaflet which explains the tour/holiday.

Speaking – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 2 In pairs, act out the following situation. Remember to swap roles. MARKETING ASSISTANT You are at a trade fair to promote your company which specialises in luxury holidays and honeymoons in South Africa. Use the information on the right to help you promote your business. TRADE FAIR VISITOR You are a travel agent and are visiting a trade fair to find new proposals for honeymoons. You see a stand on South Africa. Go and talk to the person to find out more.

Taking contact details • Can I have your/Have you got a business card so I can send you some more details? • If you fill in this form with your details, we’ll enter you into our competition.

ACTIVITIE S

Video

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

DREAM! The South African Specialists The ultimate destination for your luxury holiday or honeymoon, South Africa offers vibrant cities, sun-soaked beaches and remote lodges in the wilderness: all perfect for an unforgettable romantic getaway.

Sunset Safari Honeymoon – 5 days

See the Big Five Lodges by the edge of the river or in the shade of the ebony trees Private plunge pools and outdoor showers under the stars Five-star service and food Why not add a beach holiday in Mozambique? Custom-made honeymoons on request.

Marketing and Promotion | UNI T 2

UNIT

Explore language

Marketing and advertising NOUN

VERB

ADJECTIVE

â&#x20AC;&#x201C; analytical attractive competitive creative descriptive developed/developing identifiable illustrative/illustrated informative personalised persuasive promotional â&#x20AC;&#x201C; satisfactory/satisfied

advertise analyse attract compete create describe develop identify illustrate inform personalise persuade promote research satisfy

advertisement/advertising analysis attraction competition creation description development identification illustration information personalisation persuasion promotion research satisfaction

focus group

market segmentation

SWOT analysis marketing mix

questionnaire domestic/ international/ global market

market leader survey

MARKET market research

competitive market

newsletter

brochure

circular letter

PROMOTIONAL METHODS

exhibition

advertisement discount coupon

trade fair special offer

sponsorship loyalty incentive 64

UNI T 2 | Explore language

secondary data website

research

target audience

life-cycle model

leaflet

market share

MARKETING TERMS

primary data

Look at the table on page 64 and choose a suitable verb to complete these sentences.

1 One of the purposes of advertising is to ___________ consumers to buy a product. 2 The fourth P of the marketing mix is how to ___________ a product or service. 3 In a leaflet you should ___________ some of the features of your tour or attraction, as well as giving practical information. 4 Both language and images are used in adverts to ___________ attention. 5 It is important to ___________ market research data in order to understand industry trends. 6 Marketing helps a company ___________ its target market and consumers’ needs. 7 Many companies use an agency to ___________ their advertising campaigns. 8 Direct marketing allows a company to ___________ emails and advertising sent to clients.

FCE Complete these sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets.

1 The ___________ of market research data is important to help develop an effective marketing strategy. (ANALYSE) 2 A ___________ text usually contains adjectives and appealing expressions. (DESCRIPTION) 3 The brochure doesn’t contain many ___________ or photos so it isn’t very interesting. (ILLUSTRATE) 4 In a SWOT analysis, strengths are resources and capabilities that can be used to develop a ___________ advantage. (COMPETITION) 5 Holiday companies often use ___________ people to advertise their products. (ATTRACT) 6 Well-made ___________ are crucial to the success of a TV or press campaign. (ADVERTISE) 7 When a tourist destination is at the ___________ stage of the life cycle model, it is beginning to become established. (DEVELOP) 8 Leaflets, brochures and circular letters are forms of ___________ material. (PROMOTION)

3 Complete the mind map with the types of promotional media in the box. banners − billboards − cinema − electric signs − magazine − newspaper − pay-per-click advertising pop-up ads − posters − radio − street furniture − trade press − TV

digital broadcast

ADVERTISING

outdoor

4 Match these words to the correct definition.

1 intangible 2 pie chart 3 strength 4 threat 5 peak 6 objective

a b c d e f

the point of highest activity or achievement goal, something to achieve not able to be touched or possessed a good or beneficial quality the possibility of damage or danger a type of graph shown as a circle

5 Combine the words from each column to form common collocations.

1 market 2 SWOT 3 advertising 4 target 5 brand 6 user

a b c d e f

friendly audience identity research campaign analysis

Marketing and Promotion

| UNI T 2

UNIT

Test your knowledge and skills

Virtual Reality and Tourism Marketing Nowadays Virtual Reality (VR) is frequently being used in the tourism industry to market new destinations. Thomas Cook’s ‘Try Before You Fly’ project has customers flying virtually over Manhattan, sunbathing by the pool in Spain or visiting a restaurant in Cyprus before spending hundreds of pounds on a holiday. According to the chief digital officer for Thomas Cook, the technology is not only boosting package holiday sales but is also ‘integral’ to the brand’s future strategy. Meanwhile its rival, German travel and tourism company TUI, has launched a number of ‘Discovery Stores’, with large immersive video walls to showcase content and images of holidays, interactive maps and tablet tables for customers to research holidays and products. Digital director of TUI says the new stores have exceeded their sales targets and increased the number of people who come in to the stores. ‘If people can come in and instantly see a rainforest in Costa Rica or the Northern Lights along with immersive sounds and aromas, then it helps us ensure our physical space has something unique that is lacking online.’ Essentially VR makes it easier to sell holidays. Travel marketers are able to position the customer in situ, replicating a 360° environment of sandy beaches, the sound of the sea and local sights, giving them a sensory experience that triggers a desire to actually visit.

But what about smaller companies that don’t have access to this high-tech equipment in store? That won’t be a problem as more and more customers have their own VR headsets at home. And there is also set to be an increase in the use of Google Cardboard, a virtual reality platform, so-called because of its cardboard viewer, which can be used by anyone simply with a smartphone. Apart from the unique sensory experience, VR appeals to more rational and reflective customers too because it allows them to carefully inspect a hotel or a resort before booking. You can wander around the bedrooms, check out the views, examine the bathrooms, restaurants, bars or other facilities, and avoid any surprises during your holiday. So what more can we expect from VR in tourism? As the technology gets cheaper and customers grow to expect it as part of their travel-buying experience, the scope is unlimited. Experts believe there will be greater use of Augmented Reality (AR), which differs from VR as it doesn’t just simulate reality but enhances it. In future AR will allow us to view a virtual TV anywhere, without the need to carry around bulky devices or screens. AR/VR technology will also be able to closely track our eye and facial movements, so that our eyes will replace the mouse or trackball on a computer, and our avatars will be able to move and express themselves just as we would in a virtual experience. Just imagine the potential of that!

Reading comprehension 1

ES Read the article and answer these questions.

1 What is Thomas Cook’s ‘Try Before You Fly’ project? 5 What other kind of customer might VR appeal to 2 What can you find in a ‘Discovery Store’? and why? 3 Why does VR make holidays easier to sell? 6 How could AR replace VR in the future in the 4 What two things might help smaller travel tourism industry? companies develop this technology in future?

Tourism theory 2 Write two short paragraphs to explain: 1 what ‘market segmentation’ is;

UNI T 2 | Test your knowledge and skills

2 what market research is and how it can be used to help promote holidays.

Listening & Phraseology 3

1.14

1.14 Listen again and complete these sentences. Then match them to the functions they express.

PET You will hear a promotional phone call between a tour operator and a travel agent. Listen to the conversation and decide whether these sentences are T (true) or F (false). T F 1 Rob and Tanya don’t know each other. 2 Tanya is promoting tours to Rob. 3 Rob isn’t interested in what Tanya offers him. 4 Tanya is happy at the end of the conversation.

1 __________ I’m calling is to tell you about our new season’s tours. 2 Great! What have you got __________? 3 It __________ sightseeing of the city, a cruise of the Biscayne Bay and an Everglades Airboat Ride. 4 It sounds good – can you __________ the details? 5 That __________ expensive… 6 I __________ everything to you today so you can look at all the information.

a b c d

giving reason for calling expressing doubt providing details requesting more information e promising action f showing interest

Writing 5 You are a tour operator specialising in family tours in your country. Write a circular letter to travel agents outlining your latest offers. In your letter you should: • introduce yourself and provide some information about your company’s background; • present your new tours, giving details of target customers, cost and schedules; • explain how and where they can get further information.

Video role play & Speaking 6

Watch this video of a potential client asking a marketing assistant at a trade fair for information about their company. Read the prompts on the screen and take the role of the potential client.

Now watch the full version of the video and compare your answers.

8 In pairs, role play a similar conversation between a potential client and a marketing assistant at a trade fair. Remember to swap roles. Ask and answer about: • • • •

the company’s role the main service(s) it provides the area(s) it works in its target customers

• its USP (Unique Selling Point) • the price range • how and where to find further information

Marketing and Promotion | UNI T 2

UNIT

Working in Tourism

bachelor’s degree laurea triennale major specializzazione electives corsi a scelta

Tourism in THEORY

Continuing your studies If you wish to continue studying before taking up a job in the tourism and hospitality industry, there are several options open to you. There are courses run by local authorities and organisations for various specialisations, as well as degree courses in tourism management, often combined with economy, marketing, art, archaeology and cultural heritage. Several Italian universities offer undergraduate degree courses in tourism, but you don’t have to limit yourself to Italy – you could also consider studying abroad. Here are three prestigious undergraduate degree courses in the USA, UK and Switzerland.

Cornell School of Hotel Administration, New York, USA The bachelor’s degree programme offered at the Cornell School of Hotel Administration gives you a firm foundation in business, marketing, real estate and construction, finance, strategy, planning and operations in the tourism and hospitality industry. It combines class work with 800 hours of work experience in the industry, to give the right balance between theory and practice. The participants on this degree course come from many countries and 85% of them have some kind of previous hospitality experience. As well as the core subjects you study for your major, you have the possibility of choosing electives from the six other prestigious Cornell colleges. That way, you can direct your education towards your personal interests and career goals.

https://sha.cornell.edu/admissions-programs/undergraduate/

School of Hospitality and Tourism Management, University of Surrey, UK As the top ranking UK university for hospitality, tourism and events, a BSc in International Hospitality and Tourism Management from the University of Surrey will prepare you for an international career. This undergraduate degree course lasts three years, with an optional extra year for a professional work placement. This can be almost anywhere in the world, working for some of the most prestigious chains and operators. You will study core business and management modules, together with hospitality and tourism, to give you detailed knowledge of the features and challenges of the industry. At the end of your degree course, you will have the practical and theoretical knowledge to start a successful career, and a range of skills that can be applied to many different managerial and entrepreneurial roles.

www.surrey.ac.uk/undergraduate/international-hospitality-and-tourism-management 68

UNI T 3 | TOURISM IN THEORY

Ecole Hôtelière Lausanne, Switzerland This school of hotel management, open since 1893, is one of the most renowned in the world for the level of preparation with which it provides students for careers in the global hospitality industry. Its four-year International Hospitality Management degree course is open to international students who have successfully completed their secondary school final qualifications and who have excellent language skills in either French or English. The course starts, in either February or September, with a preparatory year to gain a wide knowledge of the hospitality industry. Students combine academic courses and work within the campus in the reception, laundry, bar and catering facilities. The next three years include courses on accounting, economics, marketing, human resources, law and management. In the addition to these courses, in the second year there is a six-month administrative or managerial internship, and in the third year a nine-week final degree project.

www.ehl.edu/en

LOOK CLOSER To study a degree course in English, all universities require students to have a qualification in the English language. Recognised exams include TOEFL, Cambridge and IELTS. The minimum language requirement may vary among institutions, but an average request is for a score of 7 in IELTS or 185 in Cambridge English Advanced.

Read the descriptions of the three degree courses and choose the correct option.

Which degree(s)… 1 offers a combination of practice and theory? 2 can last four years? 3 has international students? 4 is the best in its country? 5 allows you to choose some of the subjects? 6 includes business and management courses?

Cornell Surrey Lausanne

ACTIVITIE S

Reading comprehension

Listening 2

1.15 PET Listen to two friends, Joseph and Sophie, talking about continuing their studies. Decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). 1 Sophie wants to do a degree course in another country. 2 Joseph agrees that having a family member as a teacher is not a good idea. 3 Joseph thinks Sophie will have a lot of free time if she goes to Switzerland. 4 Joseph is considering studying at an Italian university.

T F

Speaking 3 Discuss these questions in small groups. 1 Would you like to continue studying when you leave school? Why/Why not? Would you be interested in studying something related to tourism and hospitality or a different area?

2 Would you consider going abroad to study? Why/Why not? Which country would you choose?

Internet research & Speaking 4 Do you know which universities in Italy offer degrees in hospitality and tourism management? Go online and find two Italian degree courses to compare. Prepare a short oral presentation to describe the courses, giving details of the length of the course, the subjects studied and any work experience included.

Working in Tourism | UNI T 3

Choosing a job

READY TO GO

In pairs, you have two minutes to think of as many jobs as possible in the tourism and hospitality sector. Who in the class came up with the most jobs?

unsocial hours orari asociali shift work turni di lavoro demanding faticosi

What other advantages and disadvantages of working in tourism and hospitality can you think of?

The people working in the tourism and hospitality industry are fundamental to its success. At nearly all stages and in most areas, interaction and dealing with the public are vital: choosing and booking a holiday with a travel agent, checking in at the airport, on board the plane, at a resort, restaurant, tourist attraction and so on. With so much competition in all these areas, the quality of the services is often what distinguishes one company or organisation from another. Without excellent customer service, a business in this sector is unlikely to succeed and so its employees should have certain characteristics and skills. In customer-facing roles, employees need to be pleasant, motivated and able to work in a team. They should enjoy working with people and need to have good communication and foreign language skills. They have to remain calm in an emergency or difficult situation, like dealing with complaints or aggressive customers. In behind-the-scenes positions employees do not have direct face-to-face contact with customers, but their jobs are equally important. As well as a good knowledge of foreign languages, they should be reliable, precise and have excellent organisational and computer skills.

ACT IV I TI ES

The tourism sector, which as we know is in constant growth, offers many job opportunities and career prospects. There is the possibility of international travel, working abroad and meeting many new people. On the other hand, there are also downsides to working in tourism. Many jobs are seasonal or temporary, with unsocial hours and shift work and they can be physically demanding. It is possible to find a job straight after school, while other positions require further education, such as a degree or specialised certification. Nevertheless, wherever you work in the tourism sector, you will be contributing to the success of the millions of business trips and holidays taken every year.

Reading comprehension 2 Read the text and complete the mind map.

characteristics

TOURISM JOBS

customerfacing roles

UNI T 3 | TOURISM IN THEORY

skills

behindthe-scenes positions

characteristics

skills

Sooner or later youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;re going to spend a lot of time at work, so choosing the right career is important. The choice depends partly on your skills and knowledge and partly on your personality, interests and values. So, do our quiz to find a job in the tourism and hospitality sector that could satisfy your needs and fulfill your potential!

CAREER QUIZ Do you want to work in direct contact with the public?

YES

Are you interested in travelling a lot for your job or working abroad?

YES

Would you like to work on board a ship?

Are you interested in history, art and culture?

Are you creative with lots of ideas?

Are you looking for seasonal or temporary work?

YES

SHORE EXCURSION ASSISTANT

Do you like using computers?

YES

SOCIAL HOST

HOLIDAY REP

GUIDE

TOURIST INFORMATION CENTRE ASSISTANT

YES

DIGITAL MARKETING MANAGER

Would you like to be involved in sales?

FLIGHT ATTENDANT

YES

TRAVEL AGENT

HOTEL RECEPTIONIST

YES

ROOM ATTENDANT

BACK OFFICE ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT

RESORT ENTERTAINER

EVENT PLANNER

Working in Tourism | UNI T 3

Which type of guide do you think would be the most interesting?

LOOK CLOSER Blue Badge Guides are the highest qualified tourist guides in England, certified by the Institute of Tourist Guiding through a series of written and practical tests, as well as the testing of proficiency in a foreign language (optional). These guides are qualified for a specific geographical area of England and can provide three modes of guiding – at sites, on guided walks and on a moving vehicle, for example a coach or car. There are also White and Green Badges for, respectively, one and two modes of guiding. All the guides provide an extremely reliable and professional service with entertaining and informative talks.

www.itg.org.uk

Working as a guide

There are several types of GUIDE : a bus tour guide accompanies a group on a day trip or longer holiday to another location or country; a sightseeing guide conducts tours of his/her city or town; a museum guide takes groups around a museum or exhibition; a guide in a natural park helps visitors explore the nature, flora and fauna of the park. Many guide positions are seasonal or part-time and the exact duties depend on the type of guide but generally will include: • taking charge, organising and controlling a group; • illustrating the main features of a place in a captivating manner; • dealing with any problems or emergencies; • providing information and answering questions. Similarly, all guides must possess some general characteristics: • a pleasant, friendly manner; • good public speaking skills; • excellent knowledge of foreign languages and of the history, art, science, culture, geography of the place.

Working in a Tourist Information Centre Tourist Information Centres (TIC) are present in most towns or areas where there are a lot of tourists, although work could be limited just to high season. Working as an ASSISTANT , your duties will include: • finding the relevant information to answer customer queries; • making bookings; • selling guidebooks, postcards and souvenirs; • keeping up to date with local events and activities. You’ll need: • customer service and basic IT skills; • a friendly manner and a readiness to help people; • some knowledge of the area and an interest in the history and culture.

ACTI V IT IE S

Similar roles can be found in the visitor centres at tourist attractions, where your knowledge will have to be much more in depth in one particular area.

taking charge farsi carico captivating accattivante queries domande customer service assistenza al cliente

Reading comprehension 1

Read the texts and answer these questions.

1 What different types of guide are there? 2 What could be the disadvantages of this job? 3 Why are good public speaking skills important for a guide?

4 What does working in a TIC involve? 5 What similarities are there between the role of guide and TIC assistant? 6 What are the main differences?

Internet research & Speaking 2 How much do you know about how to become a registered tourist guide in Italy? In pairs, go online and find out about the course or exams you need to do. Is there a national governing body? Is the system the same for all regions? Can you work anywhere in the country or are there restrictions? Prepare a short oral presentation to give to the rest of the class.

UNI T 3 | TOURISM IN THEORY

Working in a travel agency

A job as a TRAVEL AGENT means you can combine your love of travel, sales and customer satisfaction. Depending on the size of the travel agency and whether it is general or specialised in specific travel products, your main duties will be: • dealing with customer enquiries, determining their needs, giving advice and satisfying their requests; • selling travel products and tour packages; • planning bespoke trips; • providing information, brochures etc.; • managing customer bookings and schedules; • carrying out market research by visiting new locations and resorts, attending trade seminars and courses to remain updated about trends; • dealing with complaints or refunds.

bespoke su misura refunds rimborsi cope with gestire sales targets obiettivi di vendita

Together with a real interest in travel, you will need to: • have strong organisational and communication skills; • be computer literate and fluent in at least one foreign language; • be able to cope with pressure, sales targets and long hours. A day in the life of a travel agent

Read the text and say which aspect of a travel agent’s job these skills are important for. Add your own ideas.

NECESSARY SKILLS

organisational skills

communication skills

computer literacy

foreign language skills

ACTIVITIES

Reading comprehension

ability to cope with pressure and targets

planning a bespoke trip

Listening & Speaking 2

1.16 FCE Listen to three conversations between travel agents and customers. Match each conversation to the reason why the customer is calling. There is one extra option you do not need. a wanting to cancel a holiday Conversation 1 b requesting information on a trip Conversation 2 c booking a rail ticket d asking for a reply to a previous enquiry Conversation 3

3 Which travel agent in exercise 2 had the best communication skills? Why? Working in Tourism | UNI T 3

READY TO GO

What duties do you think a receptionist in a hotel has? What about an administrative assistant and a room attendant?

handling gestire filing archiviazione invoices fatture commitments impegni tight schedule tempi serrati

LOOK CLOSER

ACT IV IT IE S

The figure of the hotel concierge – the person who arranges taxis, books theatre tickets and makes restaurant reservations – seems to be heading in two different directions. In some hotels the role is being replaced by e-concierge apps, while other hotels are going in the opposite direction, avoiding technology completely in favour of an even more personal approach. The role of this new figure is to enhance the guest’s stay and make it as perfect as possible with, for example, a favourite type of flowers or magazine in the room and personalised recommendations on the location and what to do.

Working in a hotel A hotel offers a number of positions, both in contact with the guests and behind the scenes. One of the first people a guest sees in a hotel is the RECEPTIONIST or front desk clerk. Depending on the size of the hotel, this can be an entry-level job or require a degree and/or experience. Larger hotels offer more possibilities of promotion and career progression. The general duties include: • greeting guests, dealing with check-in procedures, issuing keys or pass cards; • preparing bills, taking payment and dealing with the check-out process; • dealing with any special requests and answering guest questions; • handling complaints and problems. Like most hotel jobs, you will be expected to work shifts. In addition, you will need to have: • a friendly and professional manner at all times; • IT and customer service skills; • excellent spoken communication skills and, preferably, knowledge of foreign languages. The back office of a hotel is where the administrative aspects of the hotel operations, guest services, maintenance, finance and accounting are handled, and there is little or no contact with guests. As an ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT your duties could involve: • carrying out various administrative tasks like word processing, database entry and filing; • issuing invoices, managing basic accounts, dealing with purchasing orders; • assisting the Hotel or Guest Services Manager. You will need to be: • precise and reliable; • computer literate with good organisational skills. Another hotel job that has limited contact with guests is that of ROOM ATTENDANT . In busy cities and tourist locations, it is often possible to find a position even if you have little experience and for a temporary period, so it is ideal to fit in with other commitments such as studying. This kind of entry level job is also an ideal way to gain valuable knowledge of the industry and the experience will be helpful when applying for another position within a hotel. The work, however, is physically demanding and you will do shift work. Reporting to the housekeeper, your responsibilities will include: • cleaning the rooms and bathrooms; • changing the bed linen and towels; • replacing guest supplies and restocking the mini-bar. You will be expected to work quickly to a tight schedule and you will need to: • have a high standard of work; • be polite and helpful with any guest you may meet.

Reading comprehension

Working in food and beverage

2 Read the text and choose the correct options.

Which position(s) in a hotel… 1 includes shift work? 2 has a lot of interaction with guests? 3 requires an ability to work with numbers? 4 is suitable for temporary workers? 5 requires computer literacy? 6 offers the chance for job advancement? 7 requires physical strength and stamina? 8 has little or no interaction with guests? UNI T 3 | TOURISM IN THEORY

R AA RA

Working in a resort A HOLIDAY REPRESENTATIVE or holiday rep, a position which is found exclusively in holiday resorts, is responsible for looking after groups of clients on package holidays and is the face of the tour operator. The duties of a holiday rep will vary on the basis of the size, location and type of resort, but will typically include: • meeting guests at the airport and accompanying them to their accommodation; • organising and hosting welcome meetings; • giving in-depth knowledge of the resort and local area to the guests; • selling and organising excursions and other activities; • handling any guest requests, issues or problems; • accompanying guests on excursions and acting as a guide; • organising children’s activities, or entertainment for all guests. While the job of holiday rep gives you the chance to travel and meet a lot of people, there are also several downsides. The job is often seasonal, with extremely long and irregular hours. In addition, it can be very demanding making sure clients are kept as happy as possible when there are events, such as flight delays, that are out of your control. As guest relations are such an important part of this position, you will need to: • be outgoing and confident, enthusiastic and proactive; • have good communication skills, including a foreign language if possible; • have excellent organisational and problem-solving skills. In a large resort, there can also be the role of ENTERTAINER or activity leader who is in charge of encouraging guests to take part in different activities and making sure they enjoy themselves. The position could be exclusively for sports activities, general entertainment, children’s entertainment or a mix of all of them. The general duties are: • planning the daily or weekly events and activities and keeping guests informed on a daily basis; • leading the activities and making sure everyone is having fun. Given the social nature of this job, it is essential to have: • an extrovert personality, with excellent interpersonal skills; • a good imagination and lots of enthusiasm and energy; • a talent for singing, dancing, acting or general sporting ability.

Read the text and discuss these questions in pairs.

1 In what way is a holiday rep ‘the face of a tour operator’? 2 How would a holiday rep’s duties be different in a large resort? 3 In your opinion, which of the duties could be the most difficult to handle? Why?

4 Why do some resorts have entertainers? 5 Which personal characteristics do you think are the most important for an entertainer to have? Why? 6 Do you think there are more advantages or more disadvantages of working in one of these roles in a resort?

Listening

ACTIVITIES

Reading comprehension & Speaking

1.17 PET Listen to Jasmine talking about her job as a holiday rep and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). T F 1 A lot of people think being a holiday rep is like being permanently on holiday. 2 Jasmine’s first job as a holiday rep was in Spain. 3 Most days Jasmine’s job is exactly the same. 4 Holidaymakers often ask Jasmine a lot of questions. 5 She does not know very much about the island where she is based. 6 She says that being patient is important when dealing with customers.

Working in Tourism | UNI T 3

READY TO GO

Have you ever flown? What did you think of the flight attendants? Do you think it looks like an easy job?

short-haul a corto raggio long-haul a lungo raggio national carrier compagnia di bandiera stopovers scali

Working for an airline The jobs within an airline are not limited to those on board an aircraft. There are a variety of positions from customer service and finance to website design and marketing. Working in a call centre, monitoring web traffic and online sales, handling social media accounts or organising digital marketing campaigns are all important parts of what goes on within an airline. One of the most attractive roles, however, is probably that of a FLIGHT ATTENDANT , whose responsibility it is to ensure the safety and comfort of passengers during a flight, whether on a short-haul flight with a budget airline or on a long-haul flight with a national carrier. In the latter case, there is the possibility of promotion and the chance to see the world, although briefly, on stopovers. After the relevant training and certification, your duties will include: • attending the brief before the flight to know the weather conditions, any concerns or issues; • assisting with the boarding and deplaning processes, in particular helping those with special needs; • carrying out the safety demonstration and securing the cabin for take-off and landing; • serving and selling food and drink, and also duty-free items; • monitoring the cabin during the flight and making any announcements.

A CTIVITIE S

You will need to: • be polite, calm and able to handle difficult and emergency situations; • have a smart appearance at all times; • speak clearly and have good communication skills; • have an excellent level of English and at least one other language.

Reading comprehension 2 PET Read the text and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. T F 1 The safety and comfort of passengers are the main obligations of a flight attendant. 2 There is no chance of career progression for flight attendants working for a national carrier. 3 To be a flight attendant you need to follow a certification course. 4 Flight attendants are not informed of any details before the flight. 5 Some of a flight attendant’s duties are similar to those of a waiter. 6 A flight attendant should be bilingual.

Reading comprehension & Speaking 3 Read what some flight attendants have said about their job and discuss the questions below in pairs. What’s it like being a flight attendant?

‘The perks of the job are being able to visit some fantastic places, and stay in great hotels, for free.’

‘Being a flight attendant is often considered a glamorous job, but you tell me what is glamorous about cleaning a toilet at 35,000 feet?’

‘Passengers think that I am just a waiter who happens to work on a plane and that after the food service I don’t have anything else to do.’

‘There are some signals or specific words we use between members of the cabin crew, but I can’t tell you about them as they are related to security.’

1 What is one benefit of being a flight attendant? Can you think of other benefits? 2 According to one flight attendant, what aspect of the job certainly is not glamorous? Can you add others? 3 Why do you think some passengers see cabin crew as little more than waiters? 4 Are you curious about any other facts? What would you ask a flight attendant if you had the chance? UNI T 3 | TOURISM IN THEORY

Working for a cruise company A cruise ship is often called a ‘floating hotel’ and in fact many of the jobs that can be found in a hotel – cooks, waiters, bar staff, room attendants, receptionists – are also present on board a cruise ship in one form or another. Therefore, the skills and experience gained in a job on land can be easily transferred to a ship. Within a cruise company, there are also opportunities for those interested in administration, marketing, promotion and sales. One role which is exclusive to a cruise ship is SOCIAL HOST . It is a public relations role and duties include: • greeting passengers as they board and disembark; • giving talks to passengers at the various ports and assisting with shore excursions; • arranging parties and dinners and introducing the Captain to passengers at the Captain’s ball; • ensuring guests are happy and enjoying themselves. As a social host you will be constantly in the public eye, therefore you will need: • an outgoing personality and smart appearance; • some public relations training or experience; • good interpersonal skills and a clear voice for public speaking; • knowledge of foreign languages.

LOOK CLOSER Large cruise ships have a very high ratio of crew members to passengers on board. The more luxurious the cruise ship, the higher the ratio, but an average is around one crew member to every two or three passengers on board. This naturally also includes crew that the passengers will never see, such as chefs, maintenance crew, engine room technicians and so on.

Another interesting role on board is that of SHORE EXCURSION ASSISTANT . The main objective of this role is to sell the optional onshore tours, excursions and experiences to the passengers on board the cruise ship. The duties include: • working on the tours desk on board the ship, providing passengers with all the necessary information and details on the tours for each port of call; • administrative tasks, registering the customers, bookings and payments; • writing tour communications for the daily onboard newspaper; • accompanying the passengers on some tours and working with the local guides; • dealing with any problems or complaints if they arise. In order to be successful, you should have: • proven experience in sales; • good administrative and communication skills; • a passion for travel and different world destinations; • the ability to work well under pressure. Both these jobs, and others on a cruise ship, certainly offer the chance to see the world and live new experiences. However, it is important to remember that you will be working hard and be away from home for several months at a time. You have to live and socialise with the same people you work with, with little opportunity for privacy since most staff have to share cabins on board.

Read the text and answer these questions.

1 Why is a cruise ship referred to as a ‘floating hotel’? 2 Is previous work experience in a hotel always useful for working on board a cruise ship? 3 Why would a background in public relations be helpful for the position of social host? 4 In your opinion, what kind of personality is best suited for this position? 5 What is the most important part of the role of a shore excursion assistant? 6 Why are good administration and communication skills important for this position? 7 Why might some people be attracted to the idea of working on a cruise ship? 8 What are the main drawbacks of a job in this sector?

Working in Tourism | UNI T 3

AC TI V IT IES

Reading comprehension

Working in marketing There are a myriad of opportunities for working within marketing in the tourism and hospitality industry both within a company or organisation, such as an airline or tourist board, and within a specialised marketing company. Digital and web marketing is a rapidly growing area and well-qualified and resourceful DIGITAL MARKETING ASSISTANTS are in high demand. You could be involved in email marketing, social media management and web content management and responsibilities might include: • monitoring social media channels; • updating and optimising websites; • generating and publishing social media and website content; • increasing the presence across multiple digital channels; • analysing the competition and keeping up to date with sector trends and new developments. You will need to: • be imaginative and creative; • have excellent IT skills; • be highly organised with the ability to multitask across different projects at the same time; • have excellent communication skills.

MARRIOTT’S SOCIAL-MEDIA COMMAND CENTER

ACT IV IT IE S

The hotel chain Marriott has a team of millennials who are in charge of monitoring social media, looking for the perfect opportunity to get some positive PR by surprising guests staying at their hotels. Using geofencing technology – which uses GPS to create a virtual boundary around an area – the chain can track guests and visitors within their hotels and see their public social media accounts like Twitter and Instagram. With several large screens on the office walls showing thousands of posts and tracking trending topics on news sites, the team can decide when and where to intervene. Like the couple in Nashville that posted a photo of their engagement ring on Twitter with, among others, the hashtag of the hotel, and just a short while later received a surprise bottle of champagne in their room from the hotel. This made for two happy customers, and probable repeat business, and their tweet with a photo thanking the hotel provided the chain with perfect PR, at a very low cost.

Reading comprehension 1

PET Read the texts and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones.

1 Marketing jobs can only be found in specialised marketing companies. 2 There is a lot of request for digital marketers nowadays. 3 Part of the job of a digital marketing assistant is to spend time on social media. 4 It is not important to know the digital marketing strategies of other companies. 5 As a digital marketing assistant, you have time to follow one project at a time. 6 The Marriott hotel group is spying on guests’ private social media accounts. 7 The group uses social media monitoring in order to generate publicity for the hotels. 8 This is an expensive way of promoting a brand or company.

T F

Critical thinking & Speaking 2 Discuss these questions in small groups.

1 What do you think are the positive aspects of working in marketing? 2 Can you think of any drawbacks? 3 What do you think the differences are between working for a company in its own marketing department and working for a specialised marketing agency? 4 Do you think the need for digital marketing specialists will increase in the future? Why/Why not? UNI T 3 | TOURISM IN THEORY

Working as an event planner Working for yourself, as part of a management company or for a hotel, an EVENT PLANNER is the mind and organisation behind occasions like weddings, anniversary parties, company conferences, concerts and launch parties. You might specialise in one particular area or you could have the opportunity to work with famous people and celebrities. The role of an event planner covers everything from presenting different proposals according to the client’s brief to looking after elements such as décor, catering, entertainment, equipment and special guests. The final goal is to make sure the event is a success for all concerned. Other duties will include: • understanding the client’s needs and ensuring customer satisfaction; • researching venues, suppliers and contracts for all elements of the event; • coordinating staff and suppliers and making sure everything runs to schedule; • organising marketing and promotional activities; • ensuring compliance with any legal, health and safety obligations; • solving any problems that arise before and on the day. To be an effective event planner, you should have: • excellent time management and communication skills; • a creative flair and an eye for fashion and new trends; • the ability to work under pressure and with tight deadlines.

LOOK CLOSER Being a party planner to the stars might seem like a glamorous role at first glance – the chance to travel to exciting places, meeting a host of celebrities and famous people, having a huge budget to work with. However, you will be behind the scenes making sure that everything is running smoothly and efficiently, not out chatting to A-list actors and dancing the night away. You will also have to be extremely discreet and not reveal any details or episodes to anyone. Last but not least, it is an extremely competitive field and you’ll have to be absolutely amazing to make it at this level.

Read the texts and answer these questions in pairs.

1 What kind of company could an event planner work for? 2 What events might an event planner organise and for what types of client? 3 Why do you think it is important to understand what the client wants? 4 What problems might an event planner have to deal with? 5 Which skills and characteristics do you think are the most essential for an event planner? Why? 6 What do you think it would be like working as an event planner for the rich and famous?

Speaking

ACTIVIT IE S

Reading comprehension & Speaking

2 Discuss these questions in small groups.

1 Having read about a variety of jobs in the tourism and hospitality sector, what do you think are the biggest challenges of working in this field? 2 What aspects would give the most satisfaction?

COMPITO DI REALTÀ

3 What would you find interesting/boring/difficult/ easy about the jobs presented in these pages? 4 Is there one job you would not want to do? Why? 5 And one that you would love to do? Why?

Preparing a survey

As a class, prepare a survey about what intentions students have for when they leave school and their opinion on particular jobs in the tourist industry. • First, in small groups, discuss the questions you could ask and the possible format of the survey (open questions, multiple-choice options, ranking etc.). • Then, as a class, decide on the best options and prepare the survey to publish on your school website. You can then collect the data and write a report to show the results.

Working in Tourism | UNI T 3

UNIT

READY TO GO

If you were looking for a job in the tourism and hospitality sector, how would you find out about job opportunities? Read the text and check your ideas.

trade associations associazioni di settore

Working in Tourism

Tourism in PRACTICE

Looking for a job Whether you are looking for a temporary job for the summer or a full-time job after finishing your studies, there are many different ways to find out about job opportunities, most of which are online nowadays. There are general recruitment websites like monster.com and indeed.com, but also those specifically for the tourism and hospitality sector such as hotelcareer.com, traveljobsearch.com and jobintourism.it. Trade associations might also have useful links for job opportunities. You can also look online at the recruitment section of national and international newspapers, where it is often possible to sign up for email alerts when new jobs are published. It is a good idea to check company websites too, especially if there is a specific company you would like to work for. The recruitment ads you can find generally specify information about the position available, including the responsibilities and tasks, the location and maybe the working hours and salary. They state the qualities they are looking for in a candidate, such as experience, skills and qualifications, as well as the method to apply for the position. In person, you can go to a recruitment agency and, especially if you live in a tourist area, you can directly visit hotels, restaurants, tourist attractions and so on to make enquiries about any opportunities they may have. Working abroad

Reading comprehension & Speaking 2 Read the text and answer these questions in pairs. 1 What is the difference between a website like monster.com and one like hotelcareer.com? 2 Why could email alerts be useful? 3 How can you look for a job face-to-face?

UNI T 3 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

4 What do you think the advantages and disadvantages are of these different job search methods? 5 Which is the most common way to look for a job in your country?

ACT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension PET Read the descriptions of these three job seekers and the four recruitment ads. Match each person with the most suitable ad. There is one extra ad that you do not need.

2 Carmen Martinez is studying modern languages at university. She has previously worked in a large resort looking after children in the kids’ club and as a hotel receptionist. She needs to find summer work to help pay for her studies.

Sally Noakes has just got her high-school diploma in tourism and is looking for her first job. She is computer literate and has a kind and pleasant manner. She has worked part time as a waitress and would prefer to move out from her parents’ home.

Job title: Summer Representative

Job type: Seasonal

Working as part of a team in a large resort, your role is to provide guests with the highest level of service and standards. Duties include accompanying guests on transfers to and from the airport, providing informative welcome meetings, accompanying guests on excursions and informing them of optional extras. You will need to deal with any problems or complaints efficiently and promptly. B

CUSTOMER SERVICE EXECUTIVE Salary: €25k plus excellent bonus + benefits Skills: fluency in English and Spanish necessary This exciting full-time role entails a wide range of tasks in which no two days will be the same, including liaising between guests and accommodation, changing reservations, handling special requests and complaints. This role is ideal for someone currently working in a hotel reception/reservations office who is looking for career progression.

3 to Jack Langley wants to return king loo ak bre eer car a r work afte l era sev has He n. dre after his chil el trav the in nce erie years’ exp industry, including working for a tour operator and as a holiday representative. He needs some flexibility in his work.

HOMEWORKING TRAVEL AGENT Salary: Commission only Permanent Position We are looking for experienced and professional travel experts seeking career progression and an exciting travel career to join this fast-paced and successful travel agency. In this role you will create inspiring European and worldwide itineraries el for customers, book a range of trav el services including hotels, flights, trav extras and excursions, and build a strong rapport with our clients by offering unrivalled service.

Hotel Receptionist

May to October. We are seeking a receptionist for our four-star hotel for the summer season, from correct check-in and Your responsibilities will include welcoming guests on arrival and following the ing car hire or check-out procedures. You will offer general assistance to guests, for example regard nce is not essential excursions. Your manner must be polite and efficient at all times. Previous experie as full training will be provided. Live-in accommodation provided if necessary. liaising tenere i contatti

unrivalled impareggiabile

Working in Tourism | UNI T 3

HINTS & TIPS Keep your CV short, no more than 2 or 3 sides, and proof read it several times to make sure the grammar, punctuation and spelling are correct. You must use formal language and no contracted forms.

Writing a CV A curriculum vitae, or CV for short (résumé in American English), is a brief summary of facts about you and your qualifications, work history, skills and experience. It is essential to have a good CV when applying for a job as it is your chance to sell yourself and be selected for an interview. Some companies may ask you to fill in an application form instead of sending a CV.

Example of a CV

Jemma Watts Address 7 High Street, Balham, London SW12 7PT Tel. 011702 986631 Email jemma.watts@virginmail.net Your personal profile, which is normally at the beginning of the CV, is where you can sell yourself, emphasise your strengths and successes, and state your career objectives.

Under the heading work history, it is normal practice to list your most recent job first. If you do not have a lot of work experience, you can include details of any school work experience programmes and voluntary work. You should mention the main duties of each role and any achievements or results you obtained.

Only include your interests if they can help show particular abilities or skills which are relevant for the job.

Don’t forget to include your name and all your contact details.

Personal profile An excellent team member and capable of constantly delivering the highest levels of customer service, I have two years’ experience in the hotel industry. I am seeking the chance to progress my career and my goal is to work in upper management for a market leader in tourism services. Qualifications • 2013-2017 – University of Surrey International Tourism and Hospitality Management First Class BSc (Hons) Degree • 2011-2013 – Park Road Sixth Form College, York A levels in Spanish (A) Business Studies (A) Geography (B)

List your qualifications in reverse chronological order. Remember to list the date, the organisation/place, the title and level obtained.

Work history • September 2017 – Savoy Hotel, London Senior Receptionist, responsible for attaining customer satisfaction goals • August 2015 – July 2016 – Boca Raton Resort, Florida, USA Professional Training Placement, with experience in front and back office, catering and housekeeping Skills and competences Fluent in Spanish, with a good command of Arabic Computer literate Hobbies and interests Vice-president of Balham Spanish Club Keen swimmer with lifeguard qualifications References Available on request

Competences can include foreign languages and computer skills, as well as things like organisational and artistic skills which reflect well on your ability to do the job. It is normally sufficient to say that references are available on request, but you can list a previous employer or a teacher here if you want.

Reading comprehension & Speaking 1

Read the texts and Jemma’s CV and discuss these questions.

1 What is the purpose of a CV? 5 What can you include if you have never had a job 2 How long should it be? Why do you think that is? before? 3 Why do you think the personal profile is normally 6 Which of your own interests do you think it could at the start of the CV? be useful to include in your CV? Which would be 4 What order should you list your qualifications and irrelevant to the jobs you are interested in? previous jobs? Why do you think that is? 7 Which of the jobs on page 81 would Jemma be suitable for? Why?

UNI T 3 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

Europass CV The Europass CV is a document aimed at simplifying the job application process between EU member states for both employers and applicants. It is possible to complete the CV online or to download it, together with examples and instructions on how to fill it in.

LOOK CLOSER There are five Europass documents designed to make your skills and qualifications clearly and easily understood in Europe. In addition to the CV, there is the European Skills Passport, which includes a Language Passport, Europass Mobility, Certificate Supplement and Diploma Supplement. The European Skills passport can be attached to the Europass CV to give comprehensive details of your skills and qualifications, grouping together copies of certificates and degrees and proof of employment. Europass also offers the possibility to compile covering letters and gives suggestions for key expressions for each part.

http://europass.cedefop.europa.eu/en/documents/curriculum-vitae

Reading comprehension & Speaking 1

Does this CV follow the tips on page 82? Do you think it is successful?

Working in Tourism | UNI T 3

AC T IV IT IE S

What other positive verbs and adjectives can you think of for a personal profile?

Writing a personal profile As we have seen, a personal profile is a short statement on your CV aimed at selling yourself and stating your career objectives. In order to underline your strong points and achievements, it is important to use positive words and expressions, things like negotiate, lead, in charge of, conscientious, competent, adaptable and so on. In addition, you need to change this profile for each job you apply for. Reading the recruitment ad carefully, to find the key skills or characteristics requested, will help you focus on what is important and tailor the content to the specific role.

EXPLORE GRAMMAR

Video tutorials

PAST SIMPLE AND PRESENT PERFECT Use the Past simple to talk about past events and when they happened. Last summer I worked for three months on the information desk in my local museum. In 2017, I graduated from high school with a diploma in Tourism. Use the Present perfect simple to talk about your experiences without specifying when they happened. I have worked as a children’s entertainer in a holiday resort. I have gained a wide experience of dealing with customers’ needs. Use the Present perfect continuous to talk about your current job or a situation that is still continuing. I have been working as a museum guide since July. For the last two years, I have been studying Chinese at evening school.

Choose the correct alternative.

1 I am a member of my local Pro Loco and I was/have been involved in promoting a local food and wine festival last year. 2 Since I graduated, I have been doing/did voluntary work in a local nature reservation. 3 When I have been/was at secondary school, I helped/have been helping run the students’ entertainment committee. 4 I spent/have spent three months in Ireland last summer where I was/have been able to greatly improve my spoken English. 5 In my current job, I have acquired/acquired a good knowledge of the main GDS systems. 6 I have been/was interested in working in this sector since I had/have been having three weeks’ work experience in a travel agency.

Vocabulary & Phraseology 1

Complete the sentences from the personal profile section of a CV with the correct option.

1 I am seeking a(n) ______ in the hospitality industry. A education B training C apprenticeship 2 I am highly motivated and ______ well as part of a team. A perform B carry out C make 3 I have over 3 years’ ______ in an independent travel agency. A experience B knowledge C skill 4 My career goal is to assume an upper management ______ in the hotel sector. A location B vacancy C position

5 I am looking for an opportunity to ______ on my keen interest in foreign languages. A develop B build C create 6 My excellent communication ______ have enabled me to develop vital client leads for my present company. A talents B gifts C skills 7 I have recently completed my A levels, achieving excellent ______ in Business Studies and Maths. A votes B grades C counts 8 My ______ is to work for a respected and marketleading tour operator. A reason B point C objective

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 2 Write a personal profile for yourself (based either on your current situation or for when you leave school). 3 Go online and fill in a Europass CV in English. Include your personal profile. 84

UNI T 3 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

Other forms of CV As well as the traditional CV which is sent to a company in response to a job ad, there are also other types of CV which can be used in different circumstances to market yourself. A mini CV, which is Senior Receptionist • 3 years’ experience in useful at luxury hotels and resorts careers • Responsible for attaining customer fairs and targets satisfaction • Spanish and Arabic networking speaker events, is the same size as a business card. On the front it has your name, contact details and job title. On the back there is a list of your key skills and achievements. Being small, it is easy to carry around and with the right information and layout it will get you noticed and remembered. Jemma Watts

011702986631

Video CVs are also becoming a common way for job seekers to promote themselves. It is unlikely that an employer will specifically request a video CV for a job application, but it can be uploaded to Internet for prospective employers to view. The video must be professional and quite short. It should be filmed in a suitable location with a well-prepared script; otherwise you risk making a lasting impression, but for all the wrong reasons. You can upload your video CV to your own website and your social media accounts.

Most students are probably familiar with using Facebook and Instagram to document all aspects of their personal life, with funny photos, comments, memes and so on. However, as you embark on a professional career it is important to be aware of the risks of oversharing personal information on social media and the damage it can potentially do. LinkedIn is one of the most popular professional networking sites, used both by people who want to network with others in the same industry and by thousands of recruiters when looking for an ideal candidate to fill a position. Your profile has details of your qualifications, experience, Giulio Tiberi skills and achievements, just like your CV, but there is Tourist Information Assistant and Guide also the possibility to connect with other people, make Pescara, Italy | Hospitality and Tourism recommendations and give references. It is the perfect way Current Pescara Tourist Information Office Education Italian High School Certificate in Tourism to increase your visibility online and to build your personal brand – what Do you agree that there you show to the world and how you could be risks to your career when you use position yourself for success. au.linkedin.com/pub/giulio-tiberi/32/a03/6a3 social media networks? Why/Why not?

Read the texts and answer these questions.

1 What is a mini CV and when might it be useful? 4 What kind of information can you upload to the site? 2 What should you be careful about when making 5 How can it be useful for people looking for a job? 6 What is a personal brand? Do you think it is a video CV? important? 3 What is LinkedIn?

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 2 Prepare a mini CV for yourself.

AC TI V IT IE S

Reading comprehension

Video & Speaking 3

Watch this video CV. What kind of experience does the candidate have? Which personal qualities and skills does she highlight? Prepare and film your own video CV and share it with the class.

Working in Tourism | UNI T 3

HINTS & TIPS A covering letter should follow the standard business letter layout, with the correct opening and closing salutations and formal language. There must be no mistakes with grammar, spelling and punctuation. If it is sent by post, it should be printed in black ink on good quality white paper.

Writing a covering letter There is a lot of competition when you apply for a job so, in addition to a well-presented CV, it is vital to have an excellent covering letter which stands out from the others. It is your first contact with a potential employer, therefore it makes sense to spend the time and effort on writing an effective letter which will get you noticed. Jemma Watts 7 High Street Balham London SW12 7PT Tel. 011702 986631 jemma.watts@virginmail.net

Head of Human Resources Ms C. Lewis TRAILFINDERS 79-81 Northwestern Avenue London SW1 YT7 Here you should mention the advertisement, where you saw it and the position you are applying for. In the main body of the letter you should highlight a fact – a particular competence, experience, responsibility you have – that shows you are the ideal candidate for the job. You shouldn’t repeat all the details that are on your CV and each covering letter should be tailored for the job you are applying for. Here you can mention any attachments or enclosures (CV, references, certificates) and state how you are going to follow up on your letter.

2nd April 20..

Dear Ms Lewis, I am writing in response to your advertisement in Travel Weekly and I wish to apply for the post of Customer Service Executive with your organisation. Since graduating with a first-class degree in International Tourism and Hospitality Management from the University of Surrey, I have been working as a Senior Receptionist at the Savoy Hotel in London. Here I have learnt how to deliver excellent customer service, even when under pressure, and to obtain the best from those working with me. In addition, my work placement in Florida offered me a wide-ranging insight into all the hotel departments, where I was consistently considered a reliable and resourceful member of the team. I am confident that my experience will enable me to successfully carry out all the demanding tasks the position entails, contributing to the success of TrailFinders. Please find enclosed my Curriculum Vitae and I would welcome the opportunity to provide further information during an interview. I look forward to hearing from you.

Jemma Watts

AC TI V IT IE S

Enc.

Reading comprehension 1

Read the text and tips and answer these questions.

1 Why is a covering letter important? 2 What format should it follow? 3 How can you show you are an ideal candidate?

4 Why do you think you should not repeat the details that are on your CV? 5 Why do you think you should write a different covering letter for each job application?

Reading comprehension & Speaking

2 Read the covering letter and discuss these questions in pairs. 1 Does this covering letter follow the tips given above? 2 Do you think it is effective or could it be improved? 3 Which expressions could be used in another covering letter? Underline them.

UNI T 3 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

WRITING A COVERING LETTER Reference to source • In response to your advertisement in… on…, I would like to apply for the post/position of… • I am writing to apply for the post/position of… which you advertised in…, on… • I would like to apply for the position of… advertised today on your website. • I found your advert for a… on www… and would like to apply for the post. Qualifications/Education • I feel I am qualified to apply for the post as… In fact… • I feel that I have the right combination of experience and qualifications for this type of responsibility. • As you can see on my CV, I graduated from… with a degree in… • I have a degree/diploma in…, from… • After obtaining a diploma in Tourism, I graduated from the University of… in Hospitality and Tourism Management. Previous employment • My first post was with… During my time with the company I worked as a… • This position enabled me to gain valuable experience in… • My experience of working as… has been good preparation for this position. • I have always enjoyed working as part of a team and… Current employment • I am currently/presently working as/employed as a… by… • In this post I have acquired… and learnt to… I have also gained further experience in… • For the last two years/Since graduating, I have been working for/as a… where I have been able to develop… • I am responsible for/in charge of handling customer complaints/international bookings.

Skills • I believe I have the relevant skills for this position. • I have a European Computer Driving Licence which I obtained in 20.. • I am able to communicate well in… • I have attended courses in… and have advanced qualifications in… • I have spent the last… years perfecting my… skills. • I can speak… fluently. • I speak English very well and have recently passed the First Certificate in English exam with high marks.

ACT IV IT IE S

PASSEPARTOUT

Future expectations/Motivation • The main reason I am looking for another job is that I feel… • I am interested in this post because I wish to start a full-time career in the hospitality/travel agency sector. • I am seeking challenging work which would enable me to use my skills and experience. • I am interested in this position because I share your company’s commitment to responsible tourism/customer satisfaction. • I am currently looking for a more challenging position where… Reference to enclosures/attachments • I enclose/attach… references from my teacher/employers. • Please find enclosed/attached a copy of my CV and… Request for interview • I hope my application will be considered favourably and I look forward to being invited to an interview. • I am confident that I have the necessary qualifications for this post and welcome the opportunity for an interview. • I would welcome the chance to give you further details, should you decide to interview me. • I would appreciate an opportunity to meet you.

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

3 Giulio Tiberi has seen this recruitment ad on the website tourismjobs.com and wishes to apply for the job of sport activity leader. Use the details of his CV on page 83 and write his covering letter.

Club Sunshine is looking for club reps and sport activity leaders for the next summer season for our resorts in Spain, Turkey, Greece and Tunisia. Applicants should be sociable and outgoing, fluent in two European languages and willing to work long hours to ensure our guests have an unforgettable holiday. Please send your CV and covering letter, stating why you would be a perfect fit for our team, to Mr A. Mulligan at sunshinerecruit@sunshine.com within the 20th October.

4 Choose one of the job adverts on page 81 and write your covering letter. Use these points to help you: • hai visto l’annuncio sul sito dell’azienda; • sei diplomato con il massimo dei voti; • hai fatto due mesi di volontariato presso un campo estivo per ragazzi con difficoltà; • hai lavorato come guida turistica nella tua città per delle iniziative speciali.

Internet research & Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 5 Check out the job opportunities advertised on a tourism company’s website, for example an airline, cruise company or tour operator. Choose the position you find most interesting and write a covering letter to apply.

Working in Tourism | UNI T 3

READY TO GO

Have you heard of the saying ‘Don’t judge a book by its cover’? Do you think people judge on appearance? How do you think this applies to job interviews?

panel gruppo fidget agitarti di continuo swear dire parolacce

Preparing for an interview Job interviews can take various formats – from a pre-selection online or an initial telephone interview to a full-day interview and selection process. The most common form of interview is probably face-to-face conducted by a single person, usually the head of Human Resources or the head of the department where the candidate will work. In larger companies and for management positions, it is also possible that the interview is carried out by a panel composed of various managers from different departments. The interviewer asks questions to get to know more about the candidate, check the information in the CV and see if he/she has the competence to do the job and will fit in to the work environment. For school leavers and graduates with little work experience, the questions are more general, while for candidates with more experience there will also be the types of questions that ask for examples of past experience dealing with particular situations or questions on how they would deal with a hypothetical situation. The candidates can also ask questions to know more details about the role, the company and its operations.

HINTS & TIPS

ACT IV IT IE S

BEFORE • Do your research on the company to find out about its values, structure, areas of operation and so on. • Use this information, and the recruitment ad, to prepare some questions to ask during the interview. Don’t ask about the salary, unless they mention it first. • Think about examples you can use to answer the typical questions you can expect in an interview. • Plan your journey to the interview location – whether by car or public transport – and aim to arrive ten minutes early. • Organise what you are going to wear – something fairly formal is best. You should be smart and neat. • Get together anything you need to take with you, e.g. certificates, a copy of your CV, notes to use during the interview.

DURING • When you arrive at the location, switch off your mobile. • Smile and shake hands firmly with the interviewer. Maintain eye contact. • Sit down when you are invited to and then sit up straight and do not fidget. • Answer questions as fully as you can, providing relevant examples of your skills and achievements, but do not exaggerate or lie. • Do not interrupt, swear or criticise your past employers. • Be positive, confident and show you are interested in the company and the job. • When you leave, shake hands and thank the interviewer(s) for his/her time. AFTER • If you are not successful, you can call and ask for feedback on your performance and you should use this to help prepare for the next interview.

Reading comprehension & Speaking 2

PET Read the texts and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. T F 1 Interviews can be carried out by one or more people. 2 One of the interviewers is always the potential employee’s boss. 3 Interviewers might ask a candidate about what he/she would do in a hypothetical situation. 4 It is important to research the company before an interview. 5 You may need to take some documentation to an interview. 6 You can sit down as soon as you enter the interview room. 7 It is acceptable to invent some details during an interview. 8 You should ask the interviewer about how well you did at the end of the interview.

3 Which of the above tips do you think are the most important? Why? Can you think of any other Dos and Don’ts for an interview?

UNI T 3 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

4 Watch this video of two candidates, Jennie Lloyd and Simon Munroe, who are being interviewed for the position of Customer Service Executive on page 81. Tick (3) which of these things the candidates do. Jennie Simon

1 wear suitable formal clothes 2 shake hands with the interviewer 3 make the right amount of eye contact 4 appear confident and at ease 5 fidget 6 give vague answers 7 interrupt the interviewer 8 criticise his/her past employer

ACT IV IT IE S

Video & Speaking

5 Which candidate would you choose? Why? How could both candidates improve their performance? PASSEPARTOUT PREPARING FOR AN INTERVIEW Typical questions • Tell me about yourself. • Why do you want to work here? • What makes you the right person for this job? • What did you learn during your work experience that can help you with this job? • What extra-curricular activities did you do that you consider useful experience? • Give me an example of an achievement in your life. • What are your strengths/weaknesses? • Where do you see yourself in five years’ time?

• I am very proud of the fact that my school implemented my project and ideas in the new school website. • My main strength is how I deal with the public. I have excellent interpersonal skills and can develop a rapport with the people I meet. • I think my main weakness is time management. However, I’ve made improvements in this area by using a planner app which I consult every day. • My current goal is to work for a company where I can grow. Ultimately I'd like to take on more management responsibilities.

Example answers • I am very interested in art and history. So about two years ago I got involved with the Pro Loco in my town and have helped produce a new leaflet, in English and Italian, about the history of our town. • I strongly believe in the ideals your company represents and I’d like to be part of a team with these values. • I believe that my excellent IT skills, developed during my previous job, are ideal for this administrative position. • During my work experience, I worked as part of a small team on a project and this helped me learn about listening and collaborating with others. • I was part of the Green Society involved in local environmental projects like cleaning the local beach, so I am used to hard, physical work.

To ask for repetition and clarification • I’m sorry, I don’t understand the question. • I’m sorry, I didn’t get the last bit of that question. • I’m sorry, could you repeat the question, please? • Could you repeat the last bit again, please? • Could you explain what you mean by…? • Do you mean…? • Is that…?

COMPITO DI REALTÀ

To give yourself time to think • Let me see… • Let me think about it a moment… Well… • That’s an interesting question.

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO Making a video of an interview

In pairs/small groups, prepare a video to show how to answer interview questions positively and effectively. First, prepare suitable answers, more than one if you wish, to these interview questions.

1 Tell me about yourself. 2 Why do you want to work here? 3 What makes you the right person for this job? 4 Tell me something you learnt during your work placement.

Then make your video to show to the rest of the class. You could also add tips or examples of the wrong thing to say to make your video more useful and appealing.

5 Tell me about a moment when you had to use your initiative at school or work. 6 Where do you see yourself in five years’ time?

Working in Tourism | UNI T 3

UNIT

Explore language

Applying for a job DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

be in charge of be responsible for carry out comply with cooperate with deal with maintain manage monitor organise provide (sb) with report to take care of work on

Event planners can be in charge of organising more than one event at the same time. The TIC manager in this office is responsible for a team of six assistants. You should be able to carry out your tasks independently. When you organise an event, you must make sure it complies with health and safety regulations. In this project you will need to cooperate with two different teams. People such as travel agents and tour guides deal with the public on a daily basis. A hotel receptionist should maintain guest records. A digital marketing assistant might manage several different accounts. A critical part of this job is to monitor the competition’s presence on social media. One of your duties is to organise sports and activities for the guests. A TIC assistant provides tourists with details of local attractions. A shore excursion assistant reports to the shore excursion manager on board. There are trained personnel in the Children’s Club to take care of your children. I’m working on a new website design for my business.

computer literate fluent in foreign languages

COMPETENCES AND ABILITIES

prepare your CV and personal profile write a covering letter apply for a job/position go for an interview

able to work in a team

SKILLS

communication adaptable

PERSONAL QUALITIES

patient

organised

motivated

precise hardworking

perceptive reliable

manual

language

organisational sociable

dynamic

outgoing

UNI T 3 | Explore language

computer technical

presentation

knowledge of first-aid procedures

flexible

read a recruitment ad

problemsolving

enthusiastic proven experience

search for a vacancy

negotiating

good at/ interested in

aptitude for public speaking

RECRUITMENT PROCESS

interpersonal

Look at the list of verbs to talk about duties and responsibilities on page 90 and choose a suitable verb to complete these sentences. Sometimes more than one option is possible.

1 Next week I’ll _______________ the office as my manager is on a business trip. 2 A hotel receptionist has to _______________ the public every day. 3 Room attendants in a hotel usually _______________ the head of housekeeping. 4 If you work as a holiday rep, you might have to _______________ entertainment for adults and children. 5 A flight attendant has to ensure that passengers _______________ the safety regulations on board the plane. 6 A tour guide should be able to _________ tourists with lots of additional information about the place they are visiting.

2 Read these definitions and write the tourism jobs which appear in this unit.

ACT IV IT IE S

1 ______________: carries out various administrative tasks, issues invoices, and manages accounts at a hotel 2 ______________: organises and leads sightseeing trips and excursions for tourists 3 ______________: looks after groups of clients on package holidays 4 ______________: greets guests and is their first point of contact at a hotel 5 ______________: encourages guests in a resort to take part in different activities and makes sure they have fun 6 ______________: cleans hotel rooms and bathrooms, changes linen and towels and replaces guest supplies 7 ______________: greets passengers on board ship and ensures they are happy and enjoy themselves 8 ______________: plans trips and sells holiday products and packages, deals with customer enquiries and bookings

3 Look at the mind maps for competences and skills on page 90. Then complete these sentences to say what competences and skills the following people should have.

1 A flight attendant should be

fluent in a foreign language and have good interpersonal and problem-solving skills.

2 A hotel manager should…

3 An event planner should… 4 A digital marketing assistant should… 5 A tourist information centre manager should… 6 A travel agent should…

4 Look at the mind map for personal qualities on page 90 and choose a suitable adjective to complete these sentences.

1 If you make friends easily and are happy being with a lot of people, you are __________. 2 If you are able to change according to the situation or event, you are __________. 3 If your work is very accurate and you are careful about the small details, you are __________. 4 If you are able to wait or continue to do something difficult without complaining, you are __________. 5 If people can trust that you will do what you say, you are __________. 6 If you are enthusiastic and determined, you are __________.

5 Combine the words from each column to form common collocations.

1 job 2 covering 3 work 4 personal 5 shift 6 career 7 unsocial 8 part

a b c d e f g h

time hours work application letter profile placement prospects

6 Match these words to the correct definition.

1 internship 2 recruitment 3 qualifications 4 employer 5 vacancy 6 degree

a b c

an available job in a company a person or company which gives work to someone the certification issued by a university to students who successfully complete the course d a period of work experience in a company or organisation e official documents attesting your knowledge or skill in a certain area the process of finding people to work for a company f

Working in Tourism | UNI T 3

UNIT

Test your knowledge and skills

JOBS IN THE TRAVEL INDUSTRY Have you ever wondered how you could find a job that would allow you to travel the world while you earn money? Well, here’s how. Be warned, however, that some of these jobs are not as glamorous as you might imagine! You could become a travel writer, visiting amazing places and doing exciting things. You don’t need any particular skills or experience to do this job, but competition is fierce, so your writing should be informative, interesting and enticing. The easiest way to get published is to start writing short articles for newspapers, magazines or travel websites. And it’s a good idea to specialise in a specific geographic or thematic area of travel writing. The key to good travel writing is preparation before a trip. It’s important to thoroughly research destinations and plan itineraries. Make sure you have a valid passport, necessary visas, travel insurance, immunisation, and any specialist equipment you might need like electricity adaptors. When you are established as a writer, you can submit travel guide proposals to big publishers. But just remember travel isn’t cheap, so negotiate your expenses when you agree a fee.

If you are an experienced skier, how about making your hobby your job and becoming a ski instructor? It’s important to train with a reputable teaching course run by national ski associations and become qualified. You can usually work while you train in one of the many ski resorts around the world. And these days you are not just limited to Northern Europe. There are new winter resorts in Eastern Europe, artificial pistes open all year round in the MiddleEast, or summer seasons in Australia or New Zealand. To get the job you want, learn two or three foreign languages and gain experience teaching people from different backgrounds, ages and nationalities. Your success in this job will often depend on personal recommendation – so be nice to your students!

There are great opportunities to work as a tour guide around the world, but there is more to the job than just holding up your umbrella and telling people to follow you! Many guides have a background in art, history or architecture before they gain specific qualifications in tourist guiding. But the main qualities you need are an outgoing personality, excellent communication and language skills, organisation and an encyclopaedic brain for facts. You also need to be physically fit as you will probably work long hours for prolonged periods. Tour guiding is a growing but competitive area of work, so it’s a good idea to develop a niche market like specific itineraries, group-sizes or areas of interest. The other important aspect of the job is marketing your services to tour companies, tourist sites or directly to the public. You can do this on social media, by word of mouth or through your own website.

Reading comprehension 1

ES Read the article and answer these questions.

1 What is the best way to get published as a travel 4 Why should you be nice to your skiing students? writer? 5 What qualities do you need to be a good tour guide? 2 How should you plan your trips? 6 How should you market your tour guide services and 3 Where and when can you work as a ski instructor? who to?

Tourism theory 2 Write two short paragraphs to explain: 1 what is required in a CV;

UNI T 3 | Test your knowledge and skills

2 what a covering letter is and what information it should contain.

Listening & Phraseology 3

PET You will hear an interview with a hotel manager talking about her job. Listen and choose the correct option. 1.18

1 Which of the following are Lucy’s direct duties? A looking after guests B managing staff 2 Where does her typical day start? A at the front desk B in her office 3 What does she check every morning? A her emails B the dining area 4 Why are good communication skills particularly important? A for meetings B for written correspondence 5 How does she deal with customer complaints? A by apologising B by being diplomatic 6 What does she like about her job? A It’s interesting. B It’s satisfying.

C marketing the hotel C in the hotel lobby C the guests’ rooms C to interact with staff and guests C by taking time to find a good solution C It’s varied.

1.18 Listen again and complete the hotel manager’s answers.

1 I’m _______________ the day-to-day running of the hotel. 2 I _______________ the hotel staff, the building, the budgets and _______________ marketing strategies. 3 _______________ lost luggage or mix-ups with bookings… 4 Next, I go to the breakfast area to _______________ it is ready. I _______________ that the tables are laid correctly… 5 The most challenging part of my job is without a doubt _______________ customer complaints! 6 You _______________ the guest that you will listen to them, maintain a positive attitude… and try and _______________ the issue…

Writing 5 Write a covering letter for the job on the right. In your letter remember to: • • • •

lay it out correctly as a business letter; clearly state the position applied for; briefly outline your suitability for the post; conclude your letter appropriately.

Video role play & Speaking 6

KIDS REP – HIGH SEAS ON

How would you like the perfect job, working as part of the Kids’ Club team for a large tour operator in Majorca, Spain? and This role combines customer service with entertaining children g deliverin and g managin g, preparin has special responsibility for 3-11. aged children to s activitie safe and g fun, engagin You must speak English and some knowledge of Spanish is an be advantage. You should have a good rapport with children and g. fun-lovin and dynamic, creative If you are interested, send your CV and covering letter to Julie Rees at Mallorca Dream, PO Box 217, Hounslow, Essex.

Watch this video of a job interview for the role above. Read the prompts on the screen and take the role of the job applicant, giving personal answers.

8 In pairs, role play a job interview between an interviewer and an applicant for the following job. Remember to swap roles.

Trainee English-Speaking Flight Attendants

Now watch the full version of the video and compare your answers.

Small World Airlines is looking for great people that can: • handle a wide range of situations in a friendly, helpful and polite manner; • work independently or as part of a team without supervision; • stay calm under pressure and in emergencies; • work variable shifts in climates and locations across the world; • speak other European and non-European languages.

Working in Tourism | UNI T 3

TOURISM CASE STUDY

Promoting a web business Case analysis: Bedandbreakfast.eu

Background

Read the information on Hanny Arens and her business. Where is Hanny from? What is her background and what business did she set up?

Dutch entrepreneur Hanny Arens studied Tourism and then Communication Management at university. After a few years as a marketing manager in the car industry, she opened her own communications consultancy. She has a passion for travel and discovering new parts of the world. Her favourite places to stay are B&Bs as she feels it gives a more genuine and personal experience compared to an anonymous hotel. This interest was one of the deciding factors in her business idea: a website exclusively for B&B accommodation – bedandbreakfast.nl. Since this was the early days of the Internet and her clients were not yet aware of the potential of advertising on a website, she also published a printed B&B guide which she sent to B&B owners and prospective customers across the country. In addition to this, she provided regular emails with relevant information on B&B related subjects to her contacts. As a B&B portal, the site was quite easy to find on the Internet, due to the smaller numbers of similar websites at that time, but they also advertised with Google Adwords, for example. Six years later, Hanny decided to expand the business across Europe. prospective potenziali

Case presentation

Read the information on Hanny’s idea for expanding the business. What is the new website called? Did they follow the same design and features as the existing .nl site? What are the features of the new site?

Hanny’s first step was to buy the domain bedandbreakfast.eu. With her team she developed a brand new website and reservation system, with a completely updated and visually appealing design. To maintain an idea of continuity and brand image between the two websites, Bedandbreakfast.nl was updated too. The team paid particular attention to improving certain technical aspects in order to increase the user-friendliness and they added new features. They also had to consider which languages to use in order to appeal to a European audience. In addition to Dutch, they chose to start with English and German. Even though several members of the team were fluent in these languages, they still used the services of a translator to ensure there were no mistakes which would spoil the professional image they wanted to convey. With a user-friendly and well-designed website in multiple languages, Hanny was ready to promote the business. She now needed to get the owners of B&Bs to advertise their properties on the portal and to make it known to holidaymakers and travellers across Europe. 94

TOURISM CASE STUDY

Case analysis Step one

Think about the different methods a company can use to promote and advertise a new web business. Remember to consider both digital and traditional media and methods. DIGITAL

TRADITIONAL

banner ads, ___________

_____________________

BRAINSTORMING

Step two BRAINSTORMING

Choose four of your ideas from step one. List the advantages and disadvantages of these different methods of promotion. Use the ideas in the box to help you.

costs − staff needed − technical knowledge − target audience reach − accessibility of data − design − ability to track success Advantages: 1 _____

Disadvantages:

Advantages: 2 _____

Advantages: 3 _____

Step three DECISION-MAKING

Disadvantages:

Advantages: 4 _____

Disadvantages:

Decide which option(s) bedandbreakfast.eu should choose to promote the accommodation portal in Europe. Think about: • the brand image of the company • the short and long-term business objectives of the company

Step four

Outcome

Tell the class what your group decided and why. How many other groups made the same decisions? Read what bedandbreakfast.eu decided to do and where the company is at now. Did you make the same decisions?

Thanks to her broad experience as a marketer, Hanny was able to quickly build awareness of the portal using a mix of SEO (Search Engine Optimisation), SEA (Search Engine Advertising) and remarketing to reach her target audience. She also built a presence on social media. Relying on her strategic choices and supported by her team of 14 people, Bedandbreakfast.eu has become a global platform for people who are searching for a B&B, with over 3 million B&B rooms and apartments in more than 225 countries. The portal is in English, Dutch, Italian, French, German and Spanish and has top positions in search engines such as Google. The team continues to build on the portal’s substantial brand awareness by using content marketing – having relevant content on their website, blog, email newsletters and social media – to increase its importance and reputation online. Promoting a web business | TOURISM CASE STUDY

REVIEW SECTION A

Map your knowledge

Go to the FLIP BOOK and explore the maps.

TOURISM INDUSTRY

WHAT IS TOURISM

domestic, international (inbound, outbound)

GROWTH

motivation (leisure, business, visiting friends and relatives)

investments in infrastructure and facilities

IMPACT OF TOURISM

more leisure time and disposabale income

increased competition

TV and other media

economic

ICT

ORGANISATIONS

social and environmental

promotion (tourist boards and organisations)

sales (tour operators, travel agents)

MARKETING

TARGET MARKET

MARKETING MIX

SWOT ANALYSIS

DESTINATION LIFE CYCLE

motivation, demographic, geographic, psychographic

product/service, place, price, promotion, people

strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, threats

exploration, involvement, development, consolidation, stagnation, decline/rejuvenation

PROMOTION

B2B

ADVERTISING

broadcast

outdoor

SPONSORSHIP

digital

events

customer-facing roles

MARKET RESEARCH

secondary data

primary data

presentation of data

B2C

FAIRS and EXHIBITIONS

SALES PROMOTIONS

POINT-OF-SALE MATERIAL

trade, press, general public

vouchers, coupons, loyalty incentives

brochures, leaflets

sport teams

WORKING IN TOURISM

behind-the-scenes roles

JOBS

guide

tourist information centre assistant

travel agent

in a hotel

REV I E W S E C T I ON A | Map your knowledge

in a resort

flight attendant

on a cruise ship

digital marketing assistant

event planner

SECTION

B Destinations and Services UNIT

UNIT

Motivations and Destinations

Transport

UNIT

TOURISM CASE STUDY

Accommodation

Helping a hotel in difficulty

UNIT

READY TO GO

Can you remember the three basic motivations for travel?

lounges sale d’aspetto steady fisso, stabile boost incrementano

Motivations and Destinations Why people travel Business tourism

The purpose of travel, as we have seen, is generally divided into business, leisure and visiting friends and relatives. The first category, which makes up around 13% of inbound tourism, is a form of specialised tourism for a specific market segment. The demographics of those travelling vary but they are all travelling for business and professional reasons, often referred to as MICE (Meetings, Incentives, Conferences and Exhibitions).

M Meetings can be held by individual business travellers, for example to meet a new client, discuss a deal or solve a problem, as well as by a company, for example to gather together employees from different divisions or areas.

LOOK CLOSER Another area of business tourism is corporate events. This is when a company or organisation provides special events, entertainment and hospitality to its business clients or partners as a way of developing relationships and encouraging new business.

Tourism in THEORY

Incentive travel is when a company rewards a selection of its employees for their past performance and results. It can also be used to improve morale and productivity.

C A conference is held for people working in the same company or within the same industry and usually lasts one or more days. It is an opportunity to discuss new strategies, trends and opportunities, with keynote speakers, plenary sessions and workshops.

E Exhibitions and trade fairs are where companies can show their products and services to industry professionals, the public and the press. Both the people participating in and attending the exhibition can be involved in business travel.

Business tourism involves the same sectors as leisure tourism – transport, accommodation, food and beverage – but usually with a higher level of service and facilities: business lounges at airports and business class flights; business hotels with large capacity and conference facilities; on-site catering services, gala dinners and banquets.

A CT IV IT IE S

Other characteristics of business travel are that it is: • less price-sensitive, although in times of recession the amount of business travel can fall; • not subject to seasonality, so offers a steady source of income; • highly profitable, as business travellers and companies tend to spend more; • often located in or near big cities, with good transport links; • frequently coupled with secondary activities, like social programmes (tours, visits to attractions etc.), which boost other businesses in the area.

Reading comprehension 2 Read the texts and complete these sentences.

1 Business travel is made up of anyone who… 2 MICE is an acronym which stands for… 3 Rewarding employees with a holiday is an example… 4 A delegate at a conference can participate…

5 In business travel, the quality of… 6 An economic crisis might affect… 7 Other businesses benefit from business travel because… 8 The aim of a corporate event is to…

Critical thinking & Speaking 3 Discuss these questions in pairs.

1 Is your area popular with business travellers? What facilities are there for them? 2 Would you like a job in which you had to go on frequent business trips? Why/Why not? 3 Some people believe that an increase in the use of web conferencing will mean people no longer have to travel for work. What is your opinion? UNI T 4 | TOURISM IN THEORY

Niche tourism Regarding the other two main tourism categories – leisure and VFR (visiting friends and relatives) – people are usually looking for a mixture of things. For example, they may want to do some sightseeing, take in some culture at a museum or festival, enjoy themselves and relax, try a new sport or taste new foods and wines. These activities can be considered secondary or additional aspects to the main holiday. When one specific activity or aim is the primary force behind the choice of holiday and destination, it is called niche tourism. The opposite to mass tourism, where standard products are developed for huge numbers of people, niche tourism is developed closely around the distinct interests or needs of a particular market segment. Niche tourism, however, does not necessarily mean small: medical, food and study tourism are booming, involving millions of tourists each year, while areas such as bird watching or genealogy attract smaller numbers. Tour operators do offer specialised packages for this type of tourist, but niche tourism is where small and independent businesses can really succeed. These organisations can cater for small groups – even fewer than ten people – with a personalised service and high levels of specific knowledge or specialised skills, for example by providing a guide for archaeology tourism or an expert on local flora and fauna for wildlife tourism. These small-scale operations might not reach the same number of clients as major tour operators with their package deals, but nevertheless they do have the potential for high profit margins and growth.

gawking voyeurismo shantytown baraccopoli patronising trattando in modo paternalistico

Itinerary – Study holiday

RIGHT or WRONG? Two forms of niche tourism – dark and slum tourism – give rise to conflicting opinions. Dark tourism involves visiting locations associated with death, disaster or the macabre. These can be memorial sites and places of human tragedy, like Auschwitz and Dachau, the 9/11 memorial in New York and the Anne Frank museum in Amsterdam, which people visit to learn, understand and remember. But dark tourism also involves places like the homes of serial killers or locations of disasters. Is visiting a place like this a sign of compassion or macabre gawking?

Slum tourism might involve visiting a ghetto, favela, shantytown or barrio and would seem the antithesis of a typical tourist destination, but there are organisations running these tours in cities like Rio, Mumbai and Cape Town. Do these visits come from curiosity and the desire for social enlightenment or are they patronising and even damaging to the locals?

Read the texts quickly and underline the examples of niche tourism that are mentioned.

2 Read the texts again more carefully and choose the correct option. 1 When a tourist does lots of different activities on holiday, it is an example of… A mass tourism. B niche tourism. C leisure tourism.

3 What is the advantage of an independent operator in the niche sector? A They can reach more clients. B They have better package deals. C They offer an ad-hoc service.

2 Niche tourism satisfies… A a particular interest or need. B a large segment of the tourism market. C only a small number of tourists.

4 Why are dark and slum tourism sometimes controversial? A Some people want to pretend that these kinds of places don’t exist. B Visiting these places can seem like a kind of voyeurism. C There are insufficient organisations involved in this kind of tourism.

Speaking

ACTI V IT IE S

Reading comprehension

3 In pairs, decide whether these holidays are examples of niche or mass tourism. What other examples of these two forms of tourism can you think of? What kind of person do you think would be attracted to these holidays?

• Tracing your family history in Scotland • Visiting World War I sites in France • Going on a family beach holiday in Minorca

• Studying English in Malta • Cruising around the Caribbean • Visiting Lourdes in France

Motivations and Destinations | UNI T 4

Nature and rural tourism

READY TO GO

Read the texts quickly and match them to the correct title.

Bumping across the Savannah in a 4x4, camera in hand ready to capture one of the ‘big five’ (lions, elephants, buffaloes, leopards and rhinos), sitting outside a lodge watching the sunset and listening to the sounds of the wildlife around you: these are the typical things that come to mind when thinking of a safari holiday in Africa. This kind of holiday, in places like South Africa, Tanzania, Zambia and Kenya, offers an incredible opportunity to observe wildlife in its natural habitat.

ECOTOURISM WORKING RANCH AND FARM HOLIDAYS SAFARI AGRITOURISM MARINE TOURISM

The focus of this form of tourism is the marine environment and its ecosystems, often combining recreational activities with study and research. Whale and dolphin watching, scuba diving and snorkelling around a coral reef are part of marine tourism, but in this sector we can also include fishing, scenic boat cruising, windsurfing and other water sports as types of recreational activities carried out in or on the water.

The destination can be any natural environment – a jungle, tropical rainforest, mountain glacier or fjord, but what is important in ecotourism is the motivation. Ecotourists are interested in protecting and conserving the natural environment, empowering local communities and learning more about nature, local people and their culture. It is a form of responsible tourism which must be as low-impact as possible, with maximum respect for the planet.

This type of holiday offers tourists the chance to see a working ranch or farm and to take part in agricultural activities. Ranch holidays are common in the USA, in states like Texas, Wyoming and Montana, and offer practical experience with horses and cattle. In the UK with a farm stay, it is possible to join in the farming activities (many of which are perfect for children, like feeding animals and collecting eggs) or just relax and enjoy the rural location.

In your region of Italy, are there many agriturismi? Are they popular with Italian tourists? And with foreign visitors?

Particularly popular in Italy, where it was designed as a way for farmers to supplement their income, this is a combination of a holiday and rural life. It is not a working holiday, though you may have the chance to do activities like horse riding or a cookery course, but it is a way to appreciate the beauty and products of the land.

Reading comprehension 2 According to the texts, which type(s) of holiday…

100

1 has conservation as a key concept? 2 lets you observe animals? 3 is suitable for children? 4 can include studying and learning? UNI T 4 | TOURISM IN THEORY

5 provides extra income for an existing business? 6 is common in Africa? 7 is in a rural location? 8 includes working?

Listening 3

FCE Listen to a journalist talking about the organisation WWOOF and complete these sentences with a maximum of three words.

1 The idea originated in _____________________ when Sue Coppard wanted to relive some of her childhood memories of visiting farms. 2 The aim of WWOOF is to connect people who want to live and learn on _____________________ across the world. 3 The hosts are people who own or run farms and offer hospitality in exchange for _____________________ from volunteers. 4 The volunteers, or WWOOFers, are passionate about organic food and wish to learn about a sustainable _____________________. 5 As well as learning about growing fruit and vegetables, it is possible to learn about things like the production of _____________________.

1.19

http://wwoof.net

Reading comprehension 4

ES Read the article and answer the questions below.

Wildlife Tourism Without the Wildlife? Wildlife-based tourism is growing rapidly worldwide as the number of tourists continues to increase and as we seek out new and more enriching personal experiences with local cultures and wildlife. The World Tourism Organisation estimates that wildlife tourism is growing annually at about 3%, but the very assets that underpin this wildlife-based tourism – the wildlife itself – are under severe threat. The threats come from many sources: loss of habitat, pollution, climate change, over-exploitation and illegal trade. The latter is the most immediate threat to wildlife: if we lose the wildlife, we lose the wildlife-based tourism and the jobs that go with it. Transnational organised criminals are behind the rapid increase in the illegal wildlife trade, which has now reached industrial proportions. They go after

high-value wildlife without regard for the animals or people’s lives. They corrupt local officials and recruit local poachers, giving them the arms to hunt and kill. The international community is fighting back, but cannot rely on law enforcement alone. The reality is that the tourism sector is not a minor player in this fight against the illegal wildlife trade – it is right at the centre of it. It is true that, if poorly managed, tourism can have negative impacts on wildlife and the environment, as we have seen in the Galapagos, where the huge number of tourists poses a serious threat to the islands’ unique wildlife. However, well-managed wildlife-based tourism can offer an economic opportunity that supports wildlife. It must be responsibly managed and operators must engage with staff, customers and, most importantly, local people. But operators can’t do it by themselves. How we behave as individual tourists is ultimately what counts, and that is our choice. We have a personal responsibility to hold operators’ feet to the fire. We cannot support the bad ones, no matter how good the price. And let us never forget: wildlife and the local people living in the same area are to be not just enjoyed, but underpin sostengono poachers bracconieri respected by all of us. Source: The Guardian

WWOOF is the acronym for World-Wide Opportunities on Organic Farms

1 Why is wildlife tourism increasing? 2 What threats are there to wildlife? 3 Why is the illegal trade of wildlife the biggest threat?

hold operators’ feet to the fire richiamare gli operatori alle proprie responsabilità

4 How can the tourism sector help sustain wildlife? 5 What about individuals? Why is our choice of holiday and tour operator so important?

Motivations and Destinations | UNI T 4

101

LOOK CLOSER

ACTIVITIE S

As well as travelling to try out different sports and activities, there is also a large segment of tourists who travel to watch sporting events, such as football matches, tennis championships and the Olympics, following their favourite team or sportsperson to various competitions and events around the world.

Adventure tourism Adventure tourism is the combination of several elements: extreme physical activity, contact with nature, local people and culture, and a degree of risk or danger, whether this is real or perceived. Because of the environment it takes place in, adventure tourism also includes elements of nature and ecotourism. The motivation behind this type of tourism is often a desire for an out-of-the-ordinary experience, an opportunity for personal challenge and to step outside your comfort zone. Extreme sports, like bungee jumping and base jumping, are also part of adventure tourism. To take part in adventure tourism, it is necessary to have a good budget since adventure holidays are often in unusual and remote parts of the world and may require specialist equipment. In addition, you need to be quite adventurous, fairly fit and in good health. Occasionally it could be necessary to have specialised skills or certificates for certain activities, such as scuba diving.

Reading comprehension 1

Read the text and complete the mind map.

locations

unusual and remote; natural environment

features

ADVENTURE TOURISM

personal requirements example activities

Listening 2 Before listening, match the extreme sports or activities in the box to the fact file (A-C). volcano boarding â&#x2C6;&#x2019; white-water rafting â&#x2C6;&#x2019; canyoning

A _________________ C ______________

Country: Scotland _______ Best period from (1) _______ to es

Length of route (2) _______ mil

Country: (6) ______________ Be prepared to get (7) _______

B _______________ __

Country: (3) ______________ Need to wear protective (4) ___ ___

(8) _______ down waterfalls

Descend an (5) _______ volcan o

3 102

1.20 PET Now listen to the owner of an adventure tour company talking about his favourite activities and complete the fact files in exercise 2.

UNI T 4 | TOURISM IN THEORY

Weddings and honeymoons Domestic weddings involve the hospitality industry (venue and catering for the reception, hotels and accommodation for overnight stays, etc.) and also transport (trains and flights, etc.) if the location is not close enough to drive to. But it is destination weddings – those held in another country – which are considered a form of specialised tourism. The wedding might be held in one partner’s home country or in a dream location like a Caribbean island, a Las Vegas chapel or an Italian castle where the couple would also like to spend their honeymoon. The number of participants might be limited to the couple getting married, or might include family and other guests. Tour operators sell many complete wedding packages (which include the flights, accommodation, transfers, food, the ceremony and so on), but there is also plenty of opportunity for local wedding planners and businesses to get involved, offering services such as flowers, music, photography and sorting out bureaucratic processes for permits and certificates. Honeymoons are another big business opportunity as many couples still consider this as the time to take a once-in-a-lifetime trip and to spend a lot of money. A glance through any tour operator’s honeymoon brochure shows beach holidays like Turks and Caicos, French Polynesia and the Maldives. But then there are the city breaks like New York, Venice and Paris, or adventure trips to places like Kenya, South Africa and Malaysia. Packages aimed at this market segment normally include special touches, like use of the VIP lounge at the airport, flowers and champagne on arrival and free spa and beauty treatments, to differentiate it from just another holiday.

WEDDING PACKAGES With some of the best locations on the south coast of Barbados, we have everything you need to make your special day truly magical.

SIMPLICITY

ROMANTIC

• Marriage licence fees and stamp duty • Wedding ceremony performed by a minister • Transportation to and assistance at the Ministry of Home Affairs to get your marriage licence • A planning meeting before the ceremony with the co-ordinator • Presence of the co-ordinator at the ceremony • Certified copy of marriage certificate sent by post

In addition to the 'Simplicity' package: • Wedding cake (8") • Bottle of champagne and two glasses for a toast • Decorated wedding arch • Floral bouquet for the bride • Floral buttonhole for the groom

Starting from £545*

Starting from £810**

* With a minimum stay of seven nights, for at least three rooms booked, the 'Simplicity' wedding package is free of charge. ** With a minimum stay of seven nights, for at least four rooms booked, the 'Romantic' wedding package is free of charge.

Read the text and brochure and answer these questions.

1 What sectors of the travel and tourism industry might be involved in a domestic wedding? 2 Why might a couple decide to get married in another country? 3 How could a local business get involved in this niche tourism sector? 4 Why are honeymoons a good opportunity for tour operators?

5 What kinds of destination are popular choices for honeymoons? 6 How do tour operators try to make these holidays distinctive? 7 What differences are there between the two wedding packages in the brochure? 8 How is it possible to get the wedding package for nothing?

AC TI V IT IE S

Reading comprehension

Vocabulary 2 Look at the brochure and find the English equivalents for these words.

1 nozze 2 licenza di matrimonio 3 ministro del culto 4 cerimonia

____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________

5 brindisi 6 sposa 7 fiore all’occhiello 8 sposo

____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________

Motivations and Destinations | UNI T 4

103

Food tourism

READY TO GO

Food, or culinary, tourism is a growing global trend which offers both locals and tourists a chance to learn about and appreciate the food and drink in the place where they are grown and produced. It is not limited to gourmet food in a Michelin-starred restaurant, but is about what local people eat and drink on a daily basis and extends to other aspects of culture, like the history and heritage of the place too. This type of tourism benefits everyone from the producers – farmers, winemakers, brewers, bakers, cheesemongers – to the people and places that prepare, serve and sell the products. A tourist can take part in a food tour on foot around a city or town, lasting a couple of hours. Accompanied by a local expert, you discover the places where locals buy and eat food and drink: HOME TOURS FAQs CHECK AVAILABILITY BOOK ONLINE CONTACT US farmers’ markets, street stands, cafés, bars and restaurants. As well as Via Emilia Food Route – 3 days helping you avoid the typical tourist The perfect tour for food lovers to discover the history and production of some of Italy’s most traps, the guide provides a lot of extra famous products: Parmigiano Reggiano, Prosciutto di Parma, Culatello di Zibello, balsamic information about the areas visited, vinegar and many more. We will take you from Parma to Modena and then Bologna to visit the the people, food history, special local farms, vineyards and dairies to see the origins of these delicacies. We will drive through the beautiful countryside and stop at some dishes and cooking techniques. traditional restaurants to enjoy typical dishes of the region, with It is also possible to go on a regional a glass or two of local wine. We also include a cooking class on food tour which lasts several days, traditional pasta. with transport, accommodation and Prices from €480 to €590 guide included, in order to take in Discounts available for students more of the culinary specialities and seniors over 60 Tour inclusions and culture. Cooking classes and Transport in a 12-seat, air-conditioned minibus Departing from Parma demonstrations are also a part of Services of our driver and English-speaking guide One 15kg-bag per person Two nights’ accommodation in B&Bs food tourism and can be an entire holiday or included as part of a tour.

What areas of your country are famous for food and drink? Are tourists interested in visiting these places?

A CT IV I TIE S

Food routes in Italy

Itinerary – Culinary tour

Reading comprehension 2 Read the text and website and answer these questions. 1 Is food tourism limited to finding out about local food and drink? 2 What is the advantage of food tourism for the local economy? 3 What three examples of food tourism activities are mentioned?

4 Why is a local guide an important part of food tourism? 5 What area does the Via Emilia Food Route tour cover? 6 What activities are there? 7 What is the means of transport? 8 How much does it cost per person?

Vocabulary 3 Use the texts and a dictionary to help you complete this table. THE PLACE

THE PERSON

THE PRODUCT

farm

farmer

fruit, vegetables

winemaker brewery

beer, ale cakes, bread, pastries

dairy

104

UNI T 4 | TOURISM IN THEORY

Medical and wellness tourism In the past, medical tourism mostly involved people from developing countries travelling to developed countries in order to have medical treatment which was unavailable in their home country. In many cases, this situation is now reversed and medical tourism has become a multi-million dollar business. Dental work, cosmetic surgery, heart surgery â&#x20AC;&#x201C; there is no end to the list of procedures people want. The reasons why people choose to go abroad are multiple. For some, it is a question of money as healthcare in countries like Israel, Mexico and India can cost a lot less than, for example, in the USA. At home, some therapies and treatments may not be available or even legal, such as some fertility/embryo procedures, so patients decide to find a country where it is possible. Wellness tourism is a related form of tourism which concentrates on physical, psychological and spiritual activities. These are aimed at improving wellbeing and reducing stress through changes to lifestyle and diet, health treatments and therapies. Resorts, hotels, spas and beauty farms have a team of personal trainers, nutritionists, masseurs and beauty therapists to offer yoga, massages, facials, saunas, thalassotherapy and other forms of pampering to their clients, usually in beautiful, relaxing environments. Often these resorts are located near natural hot springs, like Ischia, Chianciano Terme and Abano Terme in Italy. Weekend breaks in these hotels and spas, including half board and a certain number of treatments for a fixed price, are a popular option for many people nowadays.

reversed invertita masseurs massaggiatori pampering coccole

Which other places in Italy are famous for wellness and spa holidays?

Read the text and complete this table.

MEDICAL TOURISM

WELLNESS TOURISM

Definition Where Why

ACTIVITIE S

Reading comprehension

Listening 2

PET Listen to a representative from the Bath tourist office talking about spa tourism in the city and complete the sentences. 1.21

Roman Baths Date from about (1) ________________________. See the Great Bath, heated rooms and the (2) ________________________. Water temperature is (3) ________________________. You can (4) ________________________ the water in the Pump Room.

Thermae Bath Spa The Twilight Package is (5) ÂŁ_____________________ for two people. Try traditional and (6) __________________ massages.

Motivations and Destinations | UNI T 4

105

READY TO GO

Is there a film, TV series or artist that would inspire you to visit a particular destination?

LOOK CLOSER Places where modern novels are set give rise to tours, like those in Paris, Rome and Florence for Dan Brown’s series with Robert Langdon or in Edinburgh for Irvine Walsh’s Trainspotting. The lives of past poets and authors are also inspiration for literary trails: Wordsworth in the Lake District, Joyce in Dublin, Dickens in London to name three in the British Isles.

CLIL – Literature

Music and screen tourism Unlike the tourist who, while in London, wants a photo pushing a trolley ‘through’ the wall to platform 9¾ at King’s Cross Station or the one who takes a quick selfie in front the graffiti-covered walls of U2’s original recording studio in Dublin, music and film tourists intentionally travel to visit and explore the locations where films and TV series were shot and music legends lived, worked and died. There are even dedicated guide books and websites to help these enthusiastic tourists get the most out of their visit to these locations. New Zealand for The Lord of the Rings, Northern Ireland for Game of Thrones, Liverpool for the Beatles, Memphis for Elvis, Seattle for Kurt Cobain and Minneapolis for Prince: all these places have taken advantage of film and music fans’ passions in order to encourage and develop tourism with things like advertising campaigns, bus and walking tours, museums and exhibitions, themed restaurants, clubs, shows and merchandising. Some of these initiatives are programmed by local authorities and tourist boards, others are run by private companies or, in the case of the death of a star, often by his or her family. Itinerary – Literary trail

THE MUSIC CITIES OF THE DEEP SOUTH

S COACH TOUR – 8 DAYS/7 NIGHT

From country music to jazz and blues, this tour will show you the best sights and sounds of the Deep South. HIGHLIGHTS

A CT IV IT IE S

• Visit to Graceland • Guided tour of the Country Music Hall of Fame in Nashville • Tour of Memphis with a local blues musician • Deep South cooking demonstration • Walking tour to see the jazz clubs of New Orleans

Prices from £1,850 per person (based on 2 adults sharing a room) excluding international flights to and from the USA Inclusions Air-conditioned luxury coach travel and guides • 3* accommodation for 7 nights with breakfast • 1 lunch and 4 dinners • All entrance fees

Reading comprehension 2 Read the text and brochure and answer these questions. 4 Which cities in the USA are included in the tour 1 What is the characteristic of a music or in the brochure and what kind of music are these screen tourist? destinations famous for? 2 How can a destination exploit the possibilities 5 How long is the tour for and what is the form of offered by this form of tourism? transport? 3 What kinds of organisation may be responsible 6 What is included in the price and what is not included? for its development?

Internet research & Writing

3 How do you think the tourism authorities of the destinations mentioned in the text have capitalised on the success of films and music? Look online and find out. Choose one of these destinations and write a short report. Include: • details on the film/music/writer and the connection with the place; • the kind of tourist who visits the place and how long for; • what has been done by the tourist board/private companies and the success of the initiatives.

106

UNI T 4 | TOURISM IN THEORY

Religious tourism What have the Vatican City, Jerusalem, Mecca, Lourdes, Medina and Varanasi got in common? They are all holy cities or sites for different world religions which are visited by millions of people each year. This faith-based, or religious, tourism is perhaps one of the oldest forms of tourism in the world and involves anyone who decides to go on a pilgrimage and is interested in developing their faith through a personal connection to a holy place. Religious tourists do not necessarily only visit places for their own faith, but may be interested in learning about other religions too. Attending faith conferences and camps forms a part of this sector too. Many other tourists are involved in secondary religious tourism when they visit places like a mosque, cathedral, synagogue or temple in order to include some aspects of local culture and history during their holiday. In all cases it is important that people respect the holy nature of the places and observe any behaviour and dress codes. Travel and pilgrimages to holy sites can be individual, with families or with larger organised groups, and this fact, added to the predicted growth of the sector, means it is an extremely profitable part of the tourism industry.

Vatican City

Medina

LOOK CLOSER Jerusalem is a city of pilgrimage for Jews, Christians and Muslims. The Western Wall, one of the holiest sites in the Jewish faith, is where Jews from around the world come to pray and put prayer notes between the wallâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s stones. For Christians, there are the places of Jesusâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; agony, crucifixion and resurrection, like the Via Dolorosa and the Church of the Holy Sepulchre. The Muslim Quarter contains the shrine of the Dome of the Rock and the al-Aqsa Mosque, the third holiest site in Islam. The city has been destroyed and rebuilt many times and, in spite of past and current conflicts, people of all faiths have the highest devotion and reverence for this holy city.

AC TIV IT IE S

Reading comprehension 1

PET Read the texts and decide whether these statements are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. T F 1 Religious tourism is a form of niche tourism which has developed fairly recently. 2 Religious tourists never travel to the holy sites of other religions. 3 Taking part in a religious conference is considered part of religious tourism. 4 Secondary religious tourism is when tourists visit places like a church or temple more than once. 5 People should always behave and dress suitably when visiting a holy place. 6 Religious tourism is not expected to increase in the future. 7 Pilgrims of different faiths often visit Jerusalem. 8 Jerusalem has had a turbulent past history.

COMPITO DI REALTĂ&#x20AC;

Analysing forms of niche tourism

In small groups, analyse the forms of niche tourism already present in your area.

1 What are they? 2 Could there be any improvements on what is already on offer? 3 What other forms of specialised tourism could be introduced in your area, based on the location, nature, facilities and so on? Write a report to outline the current situation and make a proposal on how things could be improved.

Motivations and Destinations | UNI T 4

107

READY TO GO

If you want to work in the tourism industry, why is it important to have a good knowledge of geography?

Where people travel When choosing a holiday destination, many visitors decide where to go based on the natural and man-made resources which appeal to their tastes and satisfy their needs. This can be anything from the natural features and the history or culture of a location to the entertainment facilities available. In addition to these attractions, another consideration which is often fundamental in the choice of destination for many people is the climate.

Natural resources

The famous Azure Window arch on the island of Gozo, Malta, was located at the tip of a promontory in Dwejra Bay. The arch was created by natural erosion of the cliff. This famous attraction, captured in millions of photographs, postcards and holiday brochures, succumbed to the forces of nature during the winter of 2017 and collapsed, leaving many Maltese devastated.

The island of Oahu, Hawaii, and in particular the North Shore, is reserved for expert surfers as there can be waves up to six metres high in winter. Out of the water, for the less adventurous, there are wide sandy beaches perfect for sunbathing and relaxing.

page 291

COAST

island, promontory, bay, .. _____________________ _____________________ _____________________ _____________________ _____________________ _____________________

The Maldives archipelago in the Indian Ocean comprises 26 natural atolls. The islands are a top tourist destination thanks to the incredible beauty of the beaches and the underwater life on the coral reefs which can be discovered by scuba diving and snorkelling in the lagoons.

The Colorado River, USA, offers spectacular scenery with the gorges and canyons it has carved through the rocks. There are sections of rapids, perfect for white-water rafting, as well as the chance to fish. Hoover Dam and the resulting reservoir also attract many tourists.

page 292

B Loch Morar in the western Highlands, Scotland is the country’s deepest loch (the Scottish Gaelic word for a lake). Lochs can be seawater or freshwater and are often located in dramatic landscapes.

page 263

108

UNI T 4 | TOURISM IN THEORY

_____________________ _____________________ _____________________ _____________________ _____________________ _____________________ _____________________

Victoria Falls, on the Zambia/Zimbabwe border, is probably one of the most famous waterfalls in the world. The rising spray and mist give the appearance of smoke, hence the traditional name of Mosi-oa-Tunya, ‘the smoke that thunders’.

Alta Badia in the Dolomites, Italy. The snow-covered peaks and slopes in winter and the green valleys in summer, with meadows and Alpine pastures, make this area a favourite destination all year round.

_____________________ _____________________ _____________________ _____________________ _____________________

page 220

Gondwana Rainforests of Australia are vast areas of rainforest on the east coast of the country and are home to a huge variety of plant and animal life, many of which are rare or threatened. They are made up of different types of rainforest, including subtropical ones where there is an overhead canopy of trees and ground cover with ferns and large-leafed plants.

Mount Etna in Sicily is one of several active volcanoes in Italy. Although there are frequent eruptions of lava, it is possible to climb the volcano and reach the crater.

Franz Josef glacier, South Island, New Zealand is a glacier which descends from the Southern Alps and is about 12km long, with the terminal face about 20km from the Tasman Sea. The glacial landscape is always changing and many tourists come to visit the icefalls and ice tunnels that are formed.

Dartmoor National Park, England. The dramatic landscape of this national park varies from the wild, open moors, with exposed granite peaks known as tors, to peat bogs and fast-flowing rivers.

page 255

_____________________ _____________________ _____________________ _____________________ _____________________ _____________________ _____________________

The Serengeti National Park in Tanzania covers an area of nearly 15,000km2. The flat grasslands in the south are perhaps the most well-known area and are the background to the annual migration of thousands of wildebeest. The rivers and savannah are home to many species of wild animals, making the park a favourite destination for safari holidays.

Old Faithful, Yellowstone National Park, USA. This cone geyser erupts approximately every hour or two hours, shooting hot water and steam over 50 metres into the air.

page 292

moors brughiere peat bogs torbiere wildebeest gnu ferns felci

2 Read the texts on pages 108 and 109 and match the headings in the box to the correct set of descriptions and photos (A-E). What other locations around the world can you think of for these categories?

RIVERS AND LAKES − COAST − NATURAL PARKS − VOLCANOES AND GEYSERS MOUNTAINS AND GLACIERS

Vocabulary 3 Now choose key words and expressions from the texts to write under each heading. Then, in pairs, add more terms for each category, using a dictionary to help if necessary.

Motivations and Destinations | UNI T 4

ACTIVITIES

Reading comprehension

109

READY TO GO

Look at the titles of the paragraphs on these pages and, in pairs, think of two or three examples in Italy of man-made resources for each category.

HISTORICAL In this category we can include buildings, monuments and historical landmarks created by previous generations. Visiting places like these offers tourists the chance to learn more about the history and development of a place and human life in the past. We can imagine what life was like, where people lived and what they Ruins of Herculaneum did. At archaeological sites, such as Herculaneum and Pompeii, we can see and study ancient settlements and artefacts. We can see the effects and impacts of the Industrial Revolution in towns like Ironbridge (see page 255) in England. Castles and royal palaces give us an insight into the lives of past kings, queens and noble families.

RELIGIOUS

MODERN

From a Tibetan monastery high up on a cliff to a cathedral in a city centre, there are many places of worship that are worth visiting both as symbols of their particular faith and for their architectural, historical and cultural importance. Some religious buildings were erected on sites because they were historically important for that religion, for example the Basilica of Saint Francis of Assisi (see page 240) in the place where the saint was born and died; others were built as signs of a peopleâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s faith, as inspiration and celebration.

City breaks are popular types of holiday and offer lots of sightseeing opportunities. As well as The Louvre, Paris historical sites, the modern, urban environment offers lots to see too. Skyscrapers like the Shard in London, the Empire State Building in New York and the Burj al-Arab in Dubai are incredible feats of engineering and architecture. Modern additions to historical buildings like the glass pyramid entrance to the Louvre in Paris and the glass-covered courtyard at the British Museum in London create new spaces while enhancing the past. Some modern buildings have even become the symbol of a city, like the Opera House in Sydney.

The Blue Mosque, Istanbul

feats of engineering prodezze dellâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ingegneria enhancing arricchendo re-enactments rievocazioni

What festivals and pageants is your town or area famous for? What are their origins?

110

Man-made resources

CULTURAL Cultural resources are all those places which allow us to appreciate and experience the culture of a place. Naturally, there is an overlap with historical resources as, for example, many museums and theatres, which have been active for hundreds of years, are also important from a historical point of view. Cultural resources also include events like festivals, re-enactments, pageants, concerts and shows which allow us to see the traditions, beliefs, food and dress of another culture.

UNI T 4 | TOURISM IN THEORY

Pageant with the Valdimontone contrada, Siena

PURPOSE-BUILT ATTRACTIONS These places, built with the specific purpose of attracting tourists, include theme parks, zoos, safari parks and aquariums. The site chosen for the first LEGOLAND® theme park was Billund, in Denmark, next to the original LEGO® factory, but more often these LEGOLAND® in Billund purpose-built attractions are not related to the culture or history of the area. Instead, the location is carefully chosen in terms of infrastructure, climate, and the number of potential visitors. Orlando in Florida (see page 314) has continued to attract new amusement parks after the success of the early ones like Disney’s Magic Kingdom, and now the entire area is a popular destination for young and old alike to spend a holiday touring the many parks and attractions. Other places, like zoos and aquariums are more suitable for day trips, attracting both local residents and tourists.

Why do you think that places like Gardaland near Verona and the Aquarium in Genoa were built in those specific locations?

The Aquarium of Genoa

PET Read the texts on pages 110 and 111 and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. T F 1 Historical places can teach us about what life was like in the past. 2 Archaeological remains and artefacts do not provide us with many important details. 3 Religious buildings, like cathedrals, are only built on historically relevant sites. 4 An urban environment can contain modern and historical sights of importance. 5 Modern additions to historical buildings are unable to add value to the place. 6 Museums and theatres can be considered both cultural and historical resources. 7 Although not a physical place, festivals and other events are also part of the cultural resources of a town or area. 8 Theme parks and similar attractions are usually carefully planned to have strong connections to the area’s history and culture.

ACTIVITIE S

Reading comprehension

Vocabulary 3 Find the English equivalents in the texts for these words and expressions. 1 luoghi storici 2 siti archeologici 3 reperti 4 palazzi reali

____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________

5 monastero 6 grattacieli 7 sfilata/corteo in costume 8 parco divertimenti

____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________

Critical thinking & Speaking 4 Think of examples of natural and man-made resources in your area and then discuss these questions in pairs. 1 Are these places well-known to Italian and foreign tourists? What kind of people visit them? 2 How can they help someone understand the history and culture of the area? 3 Which of them, if any, do you have to pay to visit? 4 What are the arguments for and against asking for payment to visit resources like national parks, museums or churches? What is your opinion on this?

Motivations and Destinations | UNI T 4

111

UNESCO World Heritage Sites The United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) seeks to encourage the identification, protection and preservation of cultural and natural heritage around the world considered to be of outstanding value to humanity. Heritage is our legacy from the past, what we live with today, and what we pass on to future generations. Our cultural and natural heritage are both irreplaceable sources of life and inspiration. What makes the concept of World Heritage exceptional is its universal application. World Heritage Sites belong to all the peoples of the world, irrespective of the territory on which they are located. http://whc.unesco.org/en/about

Verona, UNESCO World Heritage Site

What other threats can you think of for natural and cultural World Heritage Sites?

LOOK CLOSER

AC TI V IT IE S

In December 2017, the art of the Neapolitan Pizzaiuola was added to Unesco’s Intangible Cultural Heritage List. It was added to the list because it is a tradition with important links to the Neapolitan community and it is an art which is handed down from master to apprentice through observation and learning in the botteghe rather than just at a training course.

Many of the places mentioned on the previous pages are UNESCO World Heritage Sites – Yellowstone National Park, the Dolomites, the Gondwana Rainforests of Australia, Ironbridge, Pompeii and Assisi. These cultural and natural places have been selected by UNESCO and its member states to be on the World Heritage List for a variety of reasons: they represent a masterpiece of human creative genius; they are an outstanding type of building or architecture which illustrates an important stage in human history; they are an area of exceptional natural beauty with superlative natural phenomena. They are all unique and diverse and, unless protected and preserved, they will disappear or change completely. There are, in fact, already 54 places on the list which are considered to be in danger, such as the ancient city of Aleppo in Syria or the rainforests of the Atsinanana in Madagascar. The threat to natural World Heritage Sites can come from industrial and agricultural development, climate change and pollution. War and armed conflict, urban development and failure to follow preservation laws are some of the hazards that cultural sites can face. UNESCO has also compiled a list called Intangible Cultural Heritage. This includes traditions such as rituals, performing arts, traditional crafts, and agricultural or pastoral practices which have been inherited from our ancestors and passed on through the generations. It is precisely their intangibility, the fact that they are made up of community-based knowledge and skills handed down through the ages, which makes them so vital to a nation’s culture and why they must be preserved for future generations. In Italy, for example, Sicilian puppet theatre, Sardinian pastoral songs and violin-making in Cremona have all been included in this list.

Reading comprehension 1

Read the text and answer these questions.

1 What does UNESCO stand for? 2 What is the importance of the World Heritage List? 3 What factor links all World Heritage Sites?

4 What other list has UNESCO made? 5 What kinds of cultural tradition are included in this list and why?

Internet research & Writing

2 Go online and look at the UNESCO World Heritage List or Intangible Cultural Heritage List. Choose a site or tradition and write a short report. Use these points to help you: • location and year added to the list; • short description highlighting its unique characteristics/features; • any problems/dangers the site faces.

112

UNI T 4 | TOURISM IN THEORY

http://whc.unesco.org/en/list

Climate

READY TO GO

Another important aspect for many tourists when deciding on a destination for a holiday is what the weather will be like. Many are looking for somewhere warmer than home, with lots of sunshine for sunbathing, while others want cold weather and lots of snow for winter sports. Depending on what weather you would prefer, it is important you choose the right climatic zone and the right time of the year. The climate of a location depends on factors such as its latitude, altitude, terrain and proximity to seas and oceans. Broadly speaking, the earth’s climate can be divided into the following zones: Equatorial Situated between the Tropics of Cancer and Capricorn, equatorial climates are home to the world’s rainforests. The amount of rain and humidity is very high. Temperatures vary little during the year and are generally between 25°C and 35°C.

Arid Deserts are found mainly across the subtropical continents. Rainfall is low or almost non-existent. The range of temperatures is huge: often over 45°C during the day but below zero at night.

Polar The coldest temperatures are at the two poles. The Arctic climate is moderated by the relatively warm Atlantic Ocean. Winter temperatures fall to below -60°C in the coldest regions, while summers range from a few degrees below zero to about 20°C. The Antarctic temperatures are colder, often below -80°C in the winter, and the interior is very dry.

Mediterranean The Mediterranean climate is characterised by summers with little rain and warm, sunny weather, although there can also be extremely hot weather with temperatures as high as 45°C. In winter, there is more rain and cooler temperatures, but little frost.

Snow The higher northern latitudes have long, hard winters with short summers. Spring and autumn have rapid climatic changes. Further to the north, the summer temperatures are lower and the land stays frozen. This area is called tundra, featureless areas with little vegetation.

Do you think that the climate influences tourism in the area where you live? Why/Why not?

featureless privo di tratti distintivi

Temperate This includes near-Mediterranean climates, subtropical climates and maritime climates. NearMediterranean climates have dry, warm or hot summers with most of the rain falling during the rest of the year. Subtropical climates have humid summers with a lot of rain, but dry winters. Maritime climates are influenced by the oceans, like the UK for example.

2 Read the text and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). If there is not enough information, choose ‘doesn’t say’ (DS). 1 The weather is an important factor for many people when deciding where to go on holiday. 2 A country’s climate is not dependent on its height above sea level. 3 The largest climatic zone in the world is the equatorial climate. 4 In arid zones there is a big range of temperatures between night and day. 5 There is a lot of rain in the Arctic region. 6 Subtropical climates have a dry and a rainy season.

COMPITO DI REALTÀ

T F DS

AC TI V IT IE S

Reading comprehension

Researching and presenting a destination

In small groups, choose a destination (not in Italy) to research. Find out about the natural features, man-made resources, climate and the best time to visit. Then decide what type of tourist is most likely to visit the destination. Prepare a PowerPoint presentation or a paper mind map and use it to present your findings to the class.

Motivations and Destinations | UNI T 4

113

UNIT

READY TO GO

Why do you think it is important to have a good and clear description of a destination on a website or in a brochure?

Motivations and Destinations

Tourism in PRACTICE

Presenting a destination As we have seen, the majority of people like to have a variety of things to do and see while they are on holiday. This means that when you are presenting a destination, whether it is a town, city or a country, you need to highlight all the aspects to make it attractive to as many people as possible. If, for example, the destination is an island famous for its beaches, the main target is obviously going to be beach lovers, but you can also highlight other aspects, such as the nature, history or local traditions, to appeal to a wider audience. For a large city, with many attractions, you need to provide information that is easy to find so that general tourists and those looking for a specific theme or activity can immediately find things of interest.

The Lazio region’s website uses symbols for different passions to help users navigate quickly and easily.

ACT IV IT IE S

The New England tourism website has got drop-down menus on the home page so users can see immediately where to find information.

Reading comprehension & Speaking 2 Read the text and look at the web pages. Then discuss these questions in pairs. 1 How are the home pages of the two websites different? 2 How easy is it to find information for a specific interest or type of holiday?

3 Which of the two options do you prefer? Why? 4 What other ways can you think of to help website users find specific information?

Internet research & Speaking 3 In small groups, look at some tourism websites (for a country, region and city/town) and see how easy or complicated it is to find information for someone interested in: • nature • history and heritage

114

• adventure and sport • food and wine

Choose two websites and prepare a short oral presentation to report your findings to the rest of the class. Use pages from the websites to illustrate your points. UNI T 4 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

Writing descriptive texts for a destination The descriptive texts of a destination and its natural and man-made attractions are written so as to create interest, inform and, ultimately, convince a visitor to see the place. Whether online or in printed leaflets, brochures and travel guides, we have already seen that the title and opening paragraph or introduction should attract attention (see page 54). The rest of the text does not have to be exhaustive and provide all the information possible, especially in a leaflet or brochure, but usually includes the elements listed below, all accompanied by attractive photographs: • location, climate, when to visit; Spring Summer Fall Winter • historical and/or cultural notes; • significant features of the place; To admire the foliage and spectacular There’s nothing like ‘leaf peeping’ in • highlights of things to do and scenery from up high, walk up the fall in New England when the brilliant hill – or take the elevator – to Battle reds, golds, oranges and yellows see. Monument, or drive up the steep road to spread across the hills and down into There are also certain collocations Mount Equinox where, on a clear day, the valleys. This glorious show, starting – common combinations of you can see as far as Canada. in late September and continuing until adjectives and nouns, such as Fall is also the perfect time to discover mid-October, is unlike anything you’ve ‘splendid views’ and ‘hidden the other magical experiences that New ever seen before. Drive the scenic gems’ – that you can use when England has in store for you, like wineroute along the Rhode Island border, writing descriptive texts which and cider-making demonstrations and passing through pretty villages with help to make them more the chance to buy crunchy apples and their traditional village greens, white appealing and flow better.

ADMIRE THE CHANGING COLOURS OF THE LEAVES IN FALL

churches and colonial inns.

orange pumpkins along the roadside.

Read the text and the extract from a New England tourism website and answer these questions.

1 What is the purpose of a descriptive text in a brochure, leaflet or online? 2 What aspect of New England is the extract describing? 3 What kind of tourist do you think it would appeal to? 4 Which of the elements listed in the introductory text does the extract from the website include? 5 Underline all the collocations (adjective + noun) in the extract from the website. Do these help make the text more interesting?

Vocabulary

ACTIVI TIE S

Reading comprehension

2 Match the nouns in the box to the correct set of adjectives to form common collocations. beach − mountains − castle − building − wildlife − city

industrial ancient capital walled

endangered rare abundant native

palm-fringed sun-drenched pristine sandy

ancient medieval royal fairy-tale

jagged majestic snow-capped rugged

1 ____________

2 ____________

3 ____________

4 ___________

5 ___________

imposing fifteenth-century historic magnificent 6 ___________

Motivations and Destinations | UNI T 4

115

ACT IV IT IE S

EXPLORE GRAMMAR THE DEFINITE ARTICLE WITH PLACE NAMES We normally use the with: • names of archipelagos, mountain ranges, deserts, forests, oceans, seas, rivers and canals; I want to go travelling in the Negev Desert. • countries that are plural or have the word republic, kingdom, union or states; She is from the Netherlands but lives in the United States. • geographical areas, names including north, south, east, west; The south of England is popular with tourists. • well-known buildings, theatres, museums and cinemas. I’d love to see the Empire State Building and the Metropolitan Museum in New York.

We do NOT normally use the with: • names of islands, mountains, lakes, continents, countries, regions/counties and cities; Lake Como is not far from Milan in Italy. • names of streets, squares, parks, castles, stations and airports. Marble Arch Tube Station is in Oxford Street.

Read the text and insert the where necessary.

The

Republic of San Marino is on north-eastern side of Apennine Mountains. This beautiful independent state is dominated by Mount Titano and three castles, which look out to Adriatic coast. Its capital is City of San Marino. San Marino’s principal museum is State Museum. Basilica of San Marino is also of great interest. For car lovers don’t forget a visit to Ferrari Museum. You can get to San Marino by flying to Rimini Airport (15 miles away) and using a dedicated bus service.

Vocabulary 3 Complete this description of a historical walk in Boston with the collocations in the box. authentic treasure − expert guide − rich history − riveting tour − significant landmark − unique collection

THE FREEDOM TRAIL – BOSTON Take a 2.5 mile walk through the (1)________ of Boston. The Freedom Trail – marked by red bricks and lines leading through the city – will take you on a (2)________ that tells the story of the American Revolution and beyond. The Freedom Trail is a (3)________ of museums, churches, meeting houses and burial grounds, each one an (4)________, including Paul Revere’s house and the Old State house which dates back to 1713. Another (5)________ is the Bunker Hill monument, a 67m granite obelisk marking this pivotal event in American history. You can take part in a tour, accompanied by an (6)________ in 18th-century costume, or follow the markers by yourself.

4 Translate the expressions in the box and then use them to complete the description of Martha’s Vineyard. acque cristalline − mesi estivi − tramonto spettacolare − tranquilli sentieri natura incontaminata − affascinante collezione Martha’s Vineyard is an island located seven miles off the coast of Cape Cod in Massachusetts. Its year-round residents, including artists, musicians and modern day hippies, are joined by day trippers and celebrities during the (1) ________ thanks to the wonderful climate, (2) ________ and beautiful beaches. The sea boasts (3) ________ on the north side and foaming surf on the south side, as well as protected salt ponds. The Felix Neck Wildlife Sanctuary is ideal for nature lovers with its (4) ________ through the woodlands, ponds, salt marshes and shorelines. The island’s museum has a (5) ________ of whaling equipment and scrimshaw – the elaborate carvings made by whalers on the bones and teeth of sperm whales. And what better way to end your day than admiring the (6) ________ from Menemsha beach? 116

UNI T 4 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

DESCRIBING A DESTINATION Location • It is situated/It is located on the top of/at the edge of/at the foot of a mountain. • It is perched on the side of a hill. / It is nestled in a secluded valley. • Right in the city centre, this museum/building is easy to reach on foot. • The park is about two miles from the town centre. • About an hour’s drive from the city, you can find the wonderful… Highlights/Features • The most important/outstanding attractions/features are the… • It is ideal for/It is a paradise for/It is a mecca for sport lovers/nature enthusiasts. • It attracts those interested in modern architecture/local history. • It offers a wide variety of activities for children/nature walks. • It is really worth seeing the caves/visiting the lighthouse.

History/Culture • It is popular/It is well known for its portrayal of life in the 16th century. • It was built in/It dates back to 1495/the 18th century. • The museum hosts/houses a unique collection of artefacts/war memorabilia/cooking implements. • The building, designed by…, is now used as a… Nature • It is surrounded by vineyards and orchards/incredible scenery. • The 360° view from the summit/cable car/boat is awesome. • The unspoilt countryside is/The unspoilt woods/ The marshes are home to a variety of wildlife. • It is possible to see several species of protected/rare birds.

ACT IV IT IE S

PASSEPARTOUT

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

Internet research & Vocabulary

5 Go online and look at a selection of tourism websites and brochures (for example, for national parks, beaches, museums) and note down all the adjectives and the collocations used to describe the place. Here are some websites to get you started. www.hrp.org.uk

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

www.visitnorthumberland.com https://discoversouthcarolina.com www.traveltexas.com

6 Use the fact file below to write a descriptive text of the Glass House which would appeal to people interested in modern architecture.

THE GLASS HOUSE Location

New Canaan, Connecticut; situated on a promontory; views of lake and woods

Philip Johnson, architect (1906-2005)

Built in

1949

Features

Innovative use of glass and steel; integration with nature and outside space; open-space interior

Size

17m long x 9.8m wide x 3.2m high

Transport

Easy access by train (visitor centre opposite train station)

Open

May to November

Tours

The Glass House; Painting and Sculpture Gallery; outdoor sculptures and walk around the estate

7 Choose a local town or attraction and write a descriptive text to be published in an English magazine aimed at Italophiles. Try to make the text appealing for families with teenagers.

Motivations and Destinations | UNI T 4

117

READY TO GO

What kind of information could a tourist ask for at a tourist office or a travel agency? What might a travel agent request from a tour operator or other company? Read the text and check your ideas.

Enquiries and replies An enquiry is a request for information and material about a product or service, for example details about a destination or holiday package, or a request to receive a pricelist or a brochure. It is often the first form of contact with a company. Enquiries can be made by letter, fax or email, through an online enquiry form on a company’s website, by phone and in person. The communication can be between private customers and a company, or between operators in the sector. It is important to reply promptly to any enquiries, by whichever means is the most appropriate, to show the potential customer that your organisation is reliable and that you value their custom.

Written enquiries and replies Joe Gleaver <gleaverj@sunnytravel.co.uk> Ali Cecile <cecile.ali@braziltravel.br>

HINTS & TIPS

4 January 20..

Enquiries

14.32

Request for information

• If it is the first time you contact the company, say how you found out about them. • Give some details about your business. • State the reason for writing and your requests. • Close by thanking and asking for a reply.

Dear Ms Cecile, I found details of your company in the latest issue of Adventure and Travel and would like some further information regarding your tours of Brazil. I have a group of seven clients who are interested in a four-week tour of Brazil, and I would like to propose some time in the Pantanal region. Could you let me know the departure dates for the February and March tours and whether there is a minimum number of participants necessary for the tour to go ahead? Would you mind also confirming the accommodation details in Cuiabá for the first and last nights? Thank you for your help and I look forward to hearing from you. Yours sincerely, Joe Gleaver

Replies

ACT IV IT IE S

• In a reply, refer to the initial enquiry made and express your appreciation. • Promote your company and services by providing additional information. • Respond to all the points or questions in the enquiry. • Make an alternative suggestion or a counteroffer if necessary. • Close by offering any other assistance and encouraging further contact.

118

Ali Cecile <cecile.ali@braziltravel.br> Joe Gleaver <gleaverj@sunnytravel.co.uk> 4 January 20..

17.01

RE: Request for information

Dear Mr Gleaver, Thank you for your enquiry regarding tours of the Pantanal. This is the world’s largest freshwater wetland and a part of Brazil that few tourists explore. Our tours will allow your clients to experience the lifestyle of the local people and admire the incredible nature and wildlife, including anacondas, ocelots and, hopefully, jaguars. Our tours are for a minimum of 10 and a maximum of 18 people to ensure the best experience, and there is still availability on the tours leaving on 17th February and 9th March. Exact details of the accommodation in Cuiabá will be provided after booking, and will be in basic, but pleasant, lodges. We would be pleased to help you with any other aspect of your clients’ Brazilian holiday, so please do not hesitate to contact us for further information. Best regards, Ali Cecile

Reading comprehension 2 Read the two emails above and answer these questions. 1 What type of company do you think Joe Gleaver works for? And Ali Cecile? 2 Why has Mr Gleaver written this email?

3 What does he want to know? 4 Does Ms Cecile reply promptly or not? 5 Does she answer all the questions completely?

Phraseology 3 Read the tips and look at the two emails again. Do they follow all the tips? Underline the sentences/ expressions which correspond to the tips. UNI T 4 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

Dear Sirs,

Could you also kindly send us some information regarding day trips that you can organise in the area for our clients? We have seen your website and are interested in including your hotel in our tours. Looking forward to receiving your reply. We would be grateful if you could let us know if you can accept bookings for parties of 30 or more people and the discount you can apply. We are an Italian travel agent specialising in group tours in Asia and we are looking to increase the number of hotels we offer in Thailand.

ACT IV IT IE S

4 Read this email of enquiry and put the sentences in the correct order.

Yours faithfully, Alessia Stein

5 Decide whether these sentences are from letters of enquiry (E) or reply (R).

E R

1 I would also like to know whether you accept pets in the hotel. 2 Should you have any further questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. 3 We are pleased to enclose our brochure on city breaks as per your request. 4 We are specialised in activity holidays for teenagers and would like to include your area in our future programmes. 5 Thank you for your recent email enquiring about our guest houses in Ireland. 6 We are interested in receiving further details about wine tours in Californiaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Napa Valley.

FCE Complete this letter of reply with the correct option.

T&P Cruises

Mr R Lightman 75 Cemetery Road Rotherham S60 1PY

158 Island Way, Portsmouth, PO7 9HT 11 February 20.. Dear Mr Lightman,

Thank you for your enquiry regarding our cruises. We are pleased to (1) ____________ our brochure for the Mediterranean as per your request. You will find details of all our ships that sail in these waters, with the itineraries, cabin options and departure dates. We have also taken the (2) ____________ to include our brochure for mini cruises, which are the perfect introduction to the world of cruising for those who have never been on a cruise before. We currently have seven itineraries and you can (3) ____________ assured that quality and standards are as high as always. We invite you to come to your nearest (4) ____________ of T&P Cruises, which is located in Meadowhall Shopping Centre, where our staff will be pleased to help you and can provide expert (5) ____________ on the best cruise for you.

We (6) ____________ to see you on board soon.

Yours sincerely,

Melanie Waits Customer Service T&P Cruises

1 A attach 2 A break 3 A rest 4 A department 5 A recommendation 6 A look forward

B give B opportunity B stay B domain B news B hope

C copy C chance C remain C headquarters C advice C will

D enclose D risk D continue D branch D opinion D plan

Motivations and Destinations | UNI T 4

119

ACT IV IT IE S

PASSEPARTOUT WRITTEN ENQUIRIES

WRITTEN REPLIES

Source of address/information • We were given your name by… • We have seen your advertisement in… • Your travel agency/company was recommended to me/us by… of… • I received your address from…

Opening paragraph/reference to enquiry • Many thanks for your letter/enquiry/email/fax of… • In reply to/With reference to your letter/enquiry/email/fax of…

Information about the writer’s company • Our travel agency has been operating since… • We have a series of luxury country hotels… • We are specialised in religious tours/pilgrimages.

Answering and providing information • As you can see, our hotel is ideally suited to families. • Please find enclosed/attached our brochure/pricelist. • We are pleased to inform you that we have just added a new destination. • We are sure your customers will also appreciate our new spa/pool. • We would also like to take this opportunity to inform you about… • Our hotels/holidays/tours are the perfect way to relax.

Reason for writing/specific request • I am writing to ask for more information about… • We are interested in receiving… • We would be grateful if you could send us your latest brochure/pricelist.

Alternative suggestions/Counter-offer • We are sorry to inform you that this tour/hotel is no longer available. • May we suggest … as an alternative? • We would like to suggest the following tour/holiday package instead. • However, we can arrange/organise for you to…

Closing and thanking • We look forward to hearing from you/receiving your reply. • Hoping for a prompt reply. • Thank you for your help/assistance.

Closing paragraph • Trusting this answers your questions… • We hope/are sure that you will take advantage of our exceptional offer. • We look forward to doing business with you in the future. • Hoping to count you among our customers, …

Writing –

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

7 Write Mr Lightman’s letter of enquiry to T&P Cruises in Portsmouth (page 119). 8 Write a reply from the hotel in Thailand to Alessia Stein (page 119). Include these points: • nuove foto sul sito dopo i lavori di ristrutturazione della piscina e della zona reception; • massimo 20 ospiti ogni tour per mantenere un’atmosfera tranquilla; • sconto del 25% sulle prenotazioni di più di 7 giorni; • in grado di organizzare gite personalizzate di un giorno per adattarsi a gruppi e interessi di ogni età.

9 You work for an independent travel agency in Truro, Cornwall. Two of your customers are interested in a holiday in Cremona. Write to the tourist information office in Cremona, asking for this information: • details of B&Bs in the countryside near the city; • suggestions for day trips;

• advice on where to buy local handicrafts and art; • information about local events.

Translation 10 Translate this reply from the tourist information office in Cremona. Gentile…, Grazie per la sua richiesta su Cremona. È una zona meravigliosa dell’Italia settentrionale e siamo sicuri che qui i suoi clienti trascorreranno una bellissima vacanza. In allegato trova una lista di B&B e piccoli alberghi sia in campagna che in centro città. Sono tutti di alto livello e il servizio offerto è ottimo. Per le escursioni giornaliere, consigliamo Piacenza, Parma e Mantova o Salsomaggiore Terme per una giornata rilassante alla spa. Ci sono molti mercati caratteristici e fiere artistiche a Cremona. Può trovare maggiori dettagli sugli eventi e i luoghi da visitare sul nostro sito web. Non esiti a contattarci per ulteriori informazioni. Cordiali saluti,

Carlo Del Gatto 120

UNI T 4 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

Phone enquiries and replies It is also possible to make enquiries by phone, especially when you need an urgent answer. International phone enquiries may be more difficult due to different time zones or language barriers.

1.22

HINTS & TIPS

PET Listen to two phone calls and complete the missing information.

Leonard Townsend calls the Tourist Information Centre in Belfast.

Travel agent Mike Lothian receives a phone call from Sally Hudson from the tour operator Smile!

Belfast Tourist Information Centre

Lothian Travel

Looking for a (1) ________ hotel Location in the city centre or in the (2) ________ Interested in hotels on (3) ________ Website (4) www.________

All-inclusive holiday in Barbados Available for (5) ________ but not 17th Proposal: holiday to (6) ________ Leaving from (7) ________ airport Cost: (8) £________

• Always be polite and friendly. • Remember to take note of the name and contact details so you can follow up if necessary. • If you can’t answer all the questions immediately, promise to get back with the details.

ACT IV IT IE S

Listening

Phraseology 2 Match these requests and questions with the most appropriate reply. 1 I’d like to know if it is possible to hold a wedding in the castle. 2 Would you like me to send the details by email? 3 Is there anything else I can help you with? 4 What does the package include? 5 I’d like some information about the town, please. 6 Would you like to come into the branch so we can discuss it further?

a Of course. Are you interested in art, nature, history? b Four nights’ accommodation and all meals. Maybe. Are you open until late? c d I don’t think so. You’ve been very helpful. e Yes, it is. We have an expert event planner to help. That would be great. I’ll give you my address. f

PASSEPARTOUT ENQUIRIES AND REPLIES ON THE PHONE Reasons for phoning • I’d like to have some information about... • I’m calling to enquire about… • I’d like to know if… Questions Operator • When are you planning on travelling? • Have you thought of…? • Can I suggest going to/visiting…?

Client • Can you give me some more details about the destination/accommodation? • Does it also include…?

• Yes, we offer two different holiday packages that would be perfect for this/suit your needs. Client • I’m afraid we can’t… because…

Responses Operator • Yes, of course, that would be possible. • I can send you the details by post or email. • It shouldn’t be a problem. I’ll just check the availability for you.

Ending the conversation Operator • Can I get your email, please? Client • Thanks very much for your help. I’ll let you know. • I’ll think about it. Thanks.

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

Speaking – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 3 Read the advert. Then act out this phone conversation in pairs. Remember to swap roles.

NEWPORT ARMS HOTEL

CUSTOMER

HOTEL MANAGER

Are you looking for somewhere to hold a wedding reception, a business meeting or a large conference? Here at the Newport Arms, we can offer reception and conference rooms for up to 200 people, with luxury catering services. Discounted room rates for large groups. Easily accessible from the airport and motorway.

You see this ad and call the hotel about holding a 70th birthday party. You need space for 60/80 guests for a meal and disco, and 10/15 rooms for one night. Ask about the location, food available and the room rates.

You work for the Newport Arms hotel. Use the information in the ad and your own ideas to reply to the questions the caller asks.

Motivations and Destinations | UNI T 4

121

Giving advice An important part of many jobs in the tourism industry, apart from providing the necessary information on costs, times, locations etc., is giving advice to customers. This can be general and practical advice, such as the best time of year to visit, the quickest way to the airport, the most interesting activities to do and the best attractions to see. But, more importantly, a good and efficient operator should be able to tailor the advice to the people they are dealing with in order to make sure they will be satisfied with their choice. After getting more details of tours in the Pantanal region (page 118), Joe Gleaver is writing to his customer about his holiday in Brazil. Joe Gleaver <gleaverj@sunnytravel.co.uk> Mark Davies <markie@gmail.com> 5 January 20..

09.05

Brazil tour

Dear Mark, I’ve been looking further into the details of your trip to Brazil and I’ve found a wonderful opportunity for you. I know you wanted some adventure, but without any risks, so I’d like to recommend a tour of the Pantanal region. Exploring this little-known part of the country will be the perfect addition to the rest of the trip. I suggest a five-day tour which will be sufficient to see the wildlife and experience the immensity of the region, without interrupting the rest of your schedule to see Rio, Salvador and the beaches. There is availability on a couple of dates and, if I were you, I’d choose the earlier one, leaving you plenty of time for relaxing afterwards. Please have a look at the attached material and talk it over with the rest of the group. I’ll contact you again at the end of the week.

ACTIVITIE S

Best regards, Joe

Reading comprehension & Phraseology 1

Read the email and answer these questions. Then underline the expressions that Joe uses to give advice.

1 What advice does Joe give to Mark? 2 In what way has he tailored his advice to Mark’s wishes?

Listening 2

PET Guy Jones calls the tourist information office in Conwy, Wales, for some advice. Listen to the conversation and choose the correct option. 1.23

1 What is the priority for Mr Jones when choosing accommodation? A the star rating B the location C accessibility

2 How does he wish to receive the information? A by email B by post C on the phone

3 What does the tourist office assistant say about the period when the couple plan to visit? A The weather should be nice and quite warm. B There will be a lot of tourists in town. C The town festival will be on. 4 What other information about Conwy will she send Mr Jones? A proposals for day trips B details on the history C a restaurant guide

Phraseology

3 Match the two parts of the sentences offering advice.

122

1 If I were you, 2 I suggest you 3 I recommend 4 I advise you 5 Why don’t you UNI T 4 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

a b c d e

the B&Bs near the river. have a look at a B&B? I’d try one of the evening tours. visit the town walls and abbey. to book your accommodation early.

THE VERBS SUGGEST AND RECOMMEND We can use suggest and recommend in the following ways: • with a noun I recommend this hotel complex on the beach. I suggest this open-top bus tour of the city.

• with that + clause (that is optional in informal language) He suggested (that) we booked the safari park tickets online. I recommend (that) you try the traditional dessert made with honey and almonds.

• with a verb in the -ing form I suggest going there from May to October when it’s not too hot. They recommend arriving at the airport at least 2½ hours before your flight.

We can NOT follow these verbs with an indirect object + infinitive. He suggested me to stop in Singapore.

ACT IV IT IE S

EXPLORE GRAMMAR

Go to the FLIP BOOK and do the exercises.

PASSEPARTOUT GIVING ADVICE Making suggestions • Why don’t you consider hiring a car for a few days? • You could have Milan as your base and explore from there. • How/What about visiting Fiesole/a tour of the Uffizi? • I suggest that you stay in the countryside. • I suggest taking warm clothes as it can be cold at night. Giving advice • If I were you, I wouldn’t go during the rainy season. • I advise you to book early/try the local goat’s cheese. • It is a good idea to take waterproof clothes.

• You should absolutely see a musical on Broadway. • It is advisable to avoid the station area at night. Recommendations • I highly recommend this hotel/tour. • I recommend trying cross-country country skiing. Advising against doing something • I’m not sure that it is a good idea. • Do remember that it is hurricane season/it is a long drive. • It is not recommended for solo travellers/young children.

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

Video 4

Watch this video where a holiday rep is talking to one of the guests on holiday in the Bahamas and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). T F 1 The guest wants information on an excursion by powerboat. 2 The hotel rep considers it suitable for the family. 3 The hotel rep recommends a half-day excursion. 4 The guest thinks his children are too young for this tour. 5 They both agree that the children would love seeing the dolphins. 6 The guest books the excursion for the next day.

Speaking & Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 5 In pairs, act out the following situation. Remember to swap roles. TRAVEL AGENT

CUSTOMER

Use this information to give advice about skiing in Cortina to a client. • Christmas and New Year are more expensive and you need to book accommodation early. January and February are best, with lots of snow. • Possibility of renting skis quite cheaply in the town. • Typical Christmas markets in the town centre; the monument dedicated to Italian and Austrian soldiers who died in World War I at Pocol.

You are planning a skiing trip to Cortina and want advice on: • the best time to go; • what to take; • somewhere historical/cultural to visit.

6 On the basis of your conversation in exercise 5, write an email to your client to summarise the information and advice that you gave in person.

Motivations and Destinations | UNI T 4

123

UNIT

Explore language

Natural resources THE COAST

sailing vela scuba diving immersione sunbathing prendere il sole surfing surf swimming nuoto water skiing sci dâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;acqua

THE MOUNTAINS

alpine skiing sci alpino climbing arrampicata cross-country skiing sci di fondo downhill skiing discesa libera ice skating pattinaggio su ghiaccio off-piste (skiing) (sci) fuori pista

COUNTRYSIDE canoeing canoismo/canoa cycling ciclismo fishing pesca horse riding equitazione walking/hiking camminata/escursione white-water rafting rafting

Other natural environments desert deserto grassland prateria 124

UNI T 4 | Explore language

marsh palude moor brughiera

savannah savana tropical rainforest foresta tropicale

Complete the table with the types of tourism, locations and activities in the box.

business tourism − canyoning − Mecca − nature and rural tourism − screen tourism pilgrimage − safari − spa − vineyards TYPE OF TOURISM

adventure tourism

LOCATION

ACTIVITY

Death Valley London

conferences

food tourism

eat and drink

wellness tourism

Ischia visit Game of Thrones locations

Northern Ireland savannah religious tourism

2 Choose the correct activity or sport from the lists on page 124 for these definitions.

1 _________: you do this on a river or lake in a long, thin boat for one or two people with a long paddle 2 _________: this is a popular winter sport done on a rink with special boots with blades 3 _________: you need a certificate to practise this sport which is usually done in the sea where there is lots of marine life to observe 4 _________: a common activity in the summer on the beach when you want to relax 5 _________: you need a lot of patience and to be very quiet to do this activity 6 _________: this sport can be practised in any water without any special equipment

3 Complete the text with the words in the box. cable car − harbour − Island − Mountain − Ocean − sandy beaches − surfing − waterfront

The city of Cape Town, South Africa, is situated on the Atlantic (1) ________, with the massive Table (2) ________ rising behind it. You can climb or take the (3) ________ to the top for great views of the city below. The (4) ________ are long and wide; the water is cold but perfect for (5) ________. The (6) ________ area is a big tourist attraction both during the day and at night and there is a working (7) ________. You can take a trip to Robben (8) ________ to visit the prison complex where Nelson Mandela was imprisoned for 27 years.

4 Complete these sentences with the expressions in the box. bubbling stream − grassy path − jagged rocks − southern slope sun-drenched beaches − uncontaminated forests

1 There are millions of acres of ______________ in Canada. 2 From the lighthouse, you can see the waves crashing onto the ______________ below. 3 Sitting by this ______________, listening to the sound of the water, is the perfect way to relax.

4 A ______________ leads up to the viewpoint on top of the hill. 5 The island, with its ______________, is a tropical paradise. 6 The village is situated on the ______________ of the mountain.

5 Combine words from the two boxes to form common collocations. There is more than one possible collocation for some words.

snow-covered winding rocky green active

rolling pebble sheltered coastal towering

valley promontory path peaks mountain

bay hills river volcano beach Motivations and Destinations | UNI T 4

125

Man-made resources THE MODERN CITY

art gallery

bridge

fountain

library

monument

museum

park

pedestrian street/area

restaurant

shopping centre/mall

skyscraper

stadium

theatre

tourist information centre

city città country paese/nazione downtown/city centre centro città hamlet paesino/frazione suburbs periferia town piccola città village borgo/villaggio

THE ANCIENT CITY

amphitheatre

arch

archaeological site

castle

city walls

courtyard

obelisk

palace

ruin

tower

stately home/ mansion

statue

Places of worship abbey abbazia cathedral cattedrale church chiesa monastery monastero

126

mosque moschea synagogue sinagoga temple tempio

UNI T 4 | Explore language

Festivals and events arts and crafts exhibition mostra di arti e mestieri carnival parade sfilata di carnevale firework display spettacolo di fuochi d’artificio folk festival festival di musica folk

historical re-enactment rievocazione storica pageant sfilata/corteo in costume patron saint’s day festa del santo patrono regatta regata religious procession processione religiosa village fair/fête fiera di paese

Complete the sentences with the correct places from the lists on page 126.

1 You go to a _____________ to see a football match or other sports competition. 2 The building in which monks live and worship is a _____________. 3 To get information about sightseeing tours, you should go to the _____________. 4 The water feature you can find in a city park or square is called a _____________. 5 A _____________ is the tallest building in a city. 6 You go over a _____________ to get to the other side of a river. 7 A castle that has fallen down and is no longer complete is a _____________. 8 _____________ are structures that were built around a city to defend it.

2 Complete the text with the words in the box. art gallery − boutiques − building − city − city centre − museum − pedestrian street − restaurants

Glasgow, Scotland’s largest (1) ________________, is a lively place and full of character. For shopping, wander along Byres Road, lined with all kinds of shops and (2) ________________. For the nightlife, head to the (3) ________________ called Ashton Lane for a wide mix of bars, pubs and (4) ________________. For culture there is GoMA, an (5) ________________ with a rich programme of events and exhibitions. The (6) ________________ near Kelvingrove Park is free and has exhibits covering natural history, archaeology and art. From the top of The Lighthouse, a (7) ________________ designed by Charles Rennie Mackintosh, you will get a great view of the (8) ________________.

3 Complete the sentences with the expressions in the box. carnival parade − firework displays − historical re-enactment − pageant − patron saint’s day − village fair

1 In this _____________, the participants recreate the battle for the city’s independence. 2 In Italy, _____________ are common at New Year and Ferragosto. 3 You’ll find many food stands at the _____________ where you can try our local specialities.

4 The _____________ has more than 50 allegorical floats which ride through the town centre. 5 Each district of the town takes part in the _____________ with medieval costumes and flag bearers. 6 The _____________ in Milan is on 7th December, Sant’Ambrogio.

FCE Complete the text with the correct option.

Siena, in Tuscany, is famous for the Palio which (1) ________________ place every year in July and August. It is a horse (2) ________________ in the main (3) ________________of the city, Piazza del Campo. The city is divided into 17 districts, or contrade, which can compete in the event and each one has its unique emblem and colours. These flags can be seen hanging on the fronts of (4) ________________ and along the (5) ________________ of the centre. On the day of the race, there is a colourful pageant with hundreds of participants dressed in historical (6) ________________. It is very difficult to get a good view of the race unless you buy a (7) ________________ for the stand or for one of the balconies that (8) ________________ the square.

1 A has 2 A contest 3 A place 4 A buildings 5 A paths 6 A wear 7 A ticket 8 A watch

B takes B fight B parade B constructions B streets B fashion B receipt B see

C does C race C area C blocks C tracks C costume C document C view

D happens D competition D square D erections D trails D manner D invoice D overlook

Motivations and Destinations | UNI T 4

127

UNIT

Test your knowledge and skills

Climate Change Is Destroying World Wonders From the Everglades in the US to the Great Barrier Reef in Australia, climate change is destroying many of the greatest wonders of the natural world. A report from the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) reveals that the number of natural World Heritage Sites being damaged and at risk from global warming has almost doubled to 62 in the past few years. Those at high risk include iconic places from the Galapagos Islands to the central Amazon and less well-known but equally vibrant and unique sites such as the karst caves of Hungary and Slovakia. Coral reefs are particularly badly affected by rising ocean temperatures, from the Seychelles to Belize, where the Northern Hemisphere’s biggest reef is situated. Global heating is also causing mountain glaciers to rapidly shrink, from Kilimanjaro in Tanzania to the Rocky Mountains in Canada and the Swiss Alps’ Jungfrau-Aletsch – home to the largest Alpine glacier. Other ecosystems being damaged are wetlands, such as the Everglades, where sea level is rising as the ocean warms and salt water is infiltrating them. In the Sundarbans mangrove forest on the delta of the Ganges, Brahmaputra and Meghna

rivers on the Bay of Bengal, two islands have already been submerged and a dozen more are threatened. Fiercer storms are also increasing the risk of devastation. Rising numbers of wildfires are damaging the beautiful Fynbos flowerscapes in the Cape region of South Africa and the Monarch butterfly site in Mexico. Elsewhere, warming is melting the permafrost in the newly declared Qinghai Hoh Xil heritage site, which is at an altitude of 4,500m in the QinghaiTibetan Plateau. Australia is especially exposed as it has ten natural heritage sites where climate change damage is rated as high or very high risk, from its Gondwana Rainforests to Shark Bay in Western Australia and islands such as Fraser and Macquarie. The IUCN report was launched at the UN Climate Summit held at the end of 2017 in Germany, where the world’s nations attempted to put the 2015 landmark Paris Climate Agreement into operation. But climate change is only one of a range of factors that mean about a third of the world’s 241 natural heritage sites are being damaged.

The top threat is invasive alien species, then global warming, then comes unsustainable tourism, followed by other problems like poaching and construction. A further 55 sites around the world are expected to be harmed by climate change in the future unless warming is limited. The report does include some success stories, showing that the destruction of nature’s most precious sites can be tackled. In the Ivory Coast’s Comoé National Park, for example, elephant and chimpanzee populations have recovered thanks to better management and international support after the end of conflicts. But overall, the number of sites with good status has fallen and many of the Wonders of the World are at risk of disappearing forever. Source: The Guardian

The Monarch Butterfly Biosphere Reserve

Reading comprehension 1

ES Read the article and answer these questions.

1 How many World Heritage Sites are at risk of 4 Why is Australia particularly vulnerable to the environmental damage and which iconic ones are effects of climate change? included in this list? 5 What other factors are putting World Heritage 2 Which natural phenomena are particularly at risk Sites at risk? due to rising temperatures? 6 What is the overall prognosis for World Heritage 3 What common problem do the Everglades and Sites? the Sundarbans mangrove forests share?

Tourism theory 2 Write two short paragraphs to explain: 1 the main reasons people travel; 2 what a World Heritage Site is and why they are important to tourism.

128

UNI T 4 | Test your knowledge and skills

Listening & Phraseology 3

1.24

1.24 Listen again and complete the travel agent’s questions and responses.

PET You will hear a conversation between a customer and a travel agent. Listen and decide whether these sentences are T (true) or F (false). T F 1 The customer wants to visit a specific part of Scotland. 2 She wants to go in June. 3 It isn’t easy to travel between the islands and the mainland. 4 Self-catering accommodation includes cottages, cabins and hostels. 5 The woman wants to travel alone with her dog. 6 The travel agent will email her accommodation options.

1 Have you _________________ which part of Scotland you’d like to visit? 2 Can _________________ to the Outer Hebrides? 3 You _________________ Oban on the mainland, or the Islands of Lewis, Skye or Harris. 4 _________________ a wide range of accommodation depending on the number of people. 5 It _________________ a problem. 6 Would you like _________________ what's available? 7 _________________ your email please, Ms Moore? 8 I’ll look for some suitable properties for June and _________________ by email.

Writing 5 Write a descriptive text for a holiday destination. In your text remember to: • present the location and recommend the best times to visit it; • provide motivation for visiting the location;

• describe significant features of the place; • suggest activities and nearby places of interest.

Video role play & Speaking 6

Watch this video of a conversation between a hotel manager and a customer. Read the prompts on the screen and take the role of the hotel manager.

Now watch the full version of the video and compare your answers.

8 In pairs, role play a similar conversation between a hotel manager and a customer who wants to book a venue for a party. Remember to swap roles. Ask and answer about: • • •

the type of party (birthday, anniversary, graduation, etc.) the date the number of guests

• • • •

the the the the

catering decorations entertainment accommodation

Motivations and Destinations | UNI T 4

129

UNIT

READY TO GO

Apart from a ticket, what other things might you need to organise before you travel?

LOOK CLOSER There is no passport control or border check between the 26 European countries which are members of the Schengen agreement. Italy is a member, while the UK is not.

ATOL (Air Travel Organiserâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Licence) is a flight protection scheme managed by the Civil Aviation Authority in the UK. If you book a package holiday with flights (or just a flight using a licensed tour operator), and the operator subsequently goes out of business, your money is protected. This scheme provides financial protection, not other assistance, and flights you book directly yourself are not protected by ATOL. Rail, air, ship and coach passengers travelling within the EU have certain rights which are regulated by the Regulation (EC) No. 261/2004. This states the compensation and alternative arrangements which must be made in the case of cancellations/ delays, or if there is an accident.

130

Transport

Tourism in THEORY

Before you travel Identity documents To travel between one country and another you need a passport or other form of identification. Most passports today are electronic and contain a chip with biometric data regarding the passport holder, such as a digital facial image, retinal scans and fingerprints. The validity of a passport is usually for five or ten years, and a minimum remaining validity of six months may be requested for entry by some countries. In addition to a passport, some countries require visitors to have a visa. This is a stamp or a document issued by the countryâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s embassy or consulate before travel, authorising the person to enter the country. Tourist visas last between 30 and 90 days on average, but there are also visas for those who want to work or have an extended stay in the country.

Insurance Travel insurance is vital for everyone, whether going on a short business trip, a weekâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s holiday in the sun or a three-month tour of the Far East.When buying a package deal, insurance is sometimes included, or you can take out a policy directly with an insurance company or through a travel agent. For frequent travellers, it is common to have a yearly insurance policy which covers all trips within 12 months instead of individual policies for each trip. Policies are designed to cover you against the unexpected: the loss or theft of personal belongings, delays and cancellations, accidents, damage or injury caused to others, and medical treatment. Without any insurance, only your basic rights as a passenger, for example in the case of cancellations, will be protected by schemes such as ATOL and EU regulations .

Health It is essential to check that your insurance package provides adequate health coverage, including aspects like hospital admission, emergency surgery and repatriation. Medical bills in countries such as the USA can be astronomical and treatment may be refused if you do not have insurance or the means to pay. EU citizens should get a European Health Insurance Card which gives them the right to access state-provided healthcare during a temporary stay in another EU country. This covers any necessary medical treatment until your return home. When travelling to certain countries, especially in tropical regions, it may be necessary to organise vaccinations, for example against yellow fever, typhoid and cholera, and to travel with the medical certification as proof. Government websites usually have up-to-date information on the obligatory or recommended vaccinations, as well as other precautions that travellers should take.

UNI T 5 | TOURISM IN THEORY

europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/travel www.gov.uk/foreign-travel-advice www.viaggiaresicuri.it

Money

Do you know what the current exchange rate is of the Euro against the US dollar and the pound sterling?

Depending on where you are travelling, it might be necessary to exchange money into the local currency. This can be done at a bank, post office or bureau de change before you leave, at the airport before departure or on arrival, and at your final destination. You should pay attention to the exchange rate offered and the amount of commission charged on the transaction.

ATM stands for Automated Teller Machine and is the machine you can use in the street, at stations or airports to withdraw cash. In the UK, it is commonly called a cash machine or â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;hole in the wallâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;.

It is not a good idea to travel with too much cash, however, so it is common to have a credit card to use while you are abroad, either directly to pay for things or to withdraw cash from an ATM . In some countries, such as the USA, a credit card is indispensable. The most common cards are Visa, Mastercard and American Express. They are convenient and are easy to block if lost or stolen. Be aware though that credit card companies will apply their own exchange rate for transactions and maybe also a fee.

2 Read the texts on pages 130 and 131 and complete the mind map with the key information. documents

ESSENTIAL THINGS

electronic passport,

insurance health

ACTIVITIE S

Reading comprehension

money

Vocabulary 3 Read the texts again and find the English equivalents for these words.

1 impronte digitali 2 visto 3 polizza assicurativa 4 rimpatrio

____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________

5 diritto 6 vaccinazioni 7 valuta 8 contanti

____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________

Reading comprehension & Speaking 4 Read the FAQs page and discuss the questions below in pairs.

What is ESTA? ESTA stands for Electronic System for Travel Authorization. It is a system, started in 2009, to pre-screen visitors to the United States before they travel. It authorizes you to stay in the country for up to 90 days and is valid for two years. An approved ESTA, however, is not a guarantee of admission into the US; it only authorizes you to travel. Who needs to apply? If you are a citizen of a country that forms part of the Visa Waiver Program, you can apply for an ESTA instead of a visa. There are currently 38 countries in the program, including the UK and Italy. If you are a citizen of another country, you must apply for a visa. When and how do I apply? You can only apply online, not at a US Consulate or Embassy. You need to have an electronic passport and it is recommended you apply as soon as you have booked travel, although you can apply 72 hours before travel.

1 Which country is an ESTA for? 2 Does it give you automatic entry into the country? 3 Which citizens can apply for an ESTA?

4 How far in advance do you have to apply? 5 Have you ever applied for a passport in your country? 6 What about an ESTA or visa to visit another country?

Transport | UNI T 5

131

READY TO GO

Have you ever flown before? What airline did you fly with? Where did you fly to?

peak season alta stagione offset controbilanciare

DID YOU KNOW? A ‘red-eye flight’ is a colloquial term given to a flight, usually eastbound, that leaves late at night and arrives at its destination early in the morning: it is too short to allow a full night’s sleep so you arrive with red eyes!

Air transport

Airlines and flights Air transport is provided by many different airlines across the world. Many countries have a national carrier, such as British Airways for the UK, but most of these companies are no longer government-owned and are private businesses. Flights are classified as domestic (within the same country) and international (between two different countries). It is common to divide international flights into short-haul (shorter flights, for example within Europe) and long-haul (intercontinental flights, for example from London to San Francisco). Flights can be non-stop (no stops at all), direct (with an intermediate stop but no change of plane) or connecting (with one or more stopovers where you have to disembark and get another flight to your final destination). There are two types of flight: scheduled and chartered. Scheduled flights are those which are operated following a published timetable, independently from the number of passengers on board; charter flights do not offer a regular service all year, but are usually for a specific season and are booked in advance by tour operators who then sell the flights as part of their package holidays. The flights offered by low-cost (or ‘nofrills’) airlines, which are at particularly low and competitive prices, are classified as scheduled flights because they operate according to a published timetable even if they sometimes only operate at peak season or on certain days of the week. Flying is quick, safe and perfect for covering long distances. It does, however, cause a significant negative impact on the environment due to the emission of carbon dioxide. Another disadvantage to air travel is that flights can be affected by bad weather and delays which, added to the waiting time at the airports at either end, can make a long journey unbearable.

ACT IV IT IE S

If you have ever wondered how many flights there are each day in the world, have a look at www.flightradar24.com where you can see and track flights around the world in real time.

Reading comprehension 2 Read the text and answer these questions. 1

What is the difference between • a domestic and international flight? • a long-haul and short-haul flight? • a non-stop and a direct flight? • a scheduled flight and a chartered flight?

2 What is a connecting flight? 3 What kind of flights are offered by low-cost airlines? 4 What advantages does air travel have? 5 How does flying affect the environment?

Vocabulary 3 Match the type of flight to the correct term. a connecting 1 a flight from Manchester to London b chartered 2 a flight from New York to Dubai, via Heathrow c with a 5-hour wait short-haul, international d long-haul, international 3 a flight from Rome to Prague e domestic 4 a package holiday flight to the Canaries 5 a flight from London to Sydney

132

UNI T 5 | TOURISM IN THEORY

Flight classes There are different classes on board an aircraft. Depending on the type of aircraft and length of flight, scheduled flights have several classes, while charter flights and low-cost flights usually just have economy, with the chance to pay a supplement for extra legroom. BUSINESS CLASS Used by many business travellers, tickets are much more expensive than in economy, but the type of seat is much bigger and more comfortable to allow people to work while they are flying. Seats, with individual screens, also convert into a bed for longer flights. There is a selection of food and drink and it is of a much higher standard. This class is positioned towards the front of the plane.

ECONOMY CLASS Most people travel in this class as it offers the cheapest tickets. The seats are not very wide and there is not much legroom. Seats may not be reclining, especially on short-haul. On scheduled flights, standard food and drinks are often included, served on plastic trays. With low-cost airlines, food and drink can be purchased on board. Some longhaul flights may have individual headrest screens for in-flight entertainment, others have screens placed throughout the cabin.

FIRST CLASS In this class, airlines offer the maximum luxury to their passengers. The first class cabin is situated at the front of the plane or, on some aircraft, upstairs, and is elegantly decorated with lots of space. The spacious seats turn into comfortable beds, and luxury linen, pillows and even pyjamas are provided. Each seat has a flat, touch-screen monitor for in-flight entertainment and snacks are available any time. The meals served are top quality, with champagne, carefully selected wines, and menus designed by top chefs, all served on beautiful tableware.

LOOK CLOSER Upgrading is a system where a passenger is allocated a seat in a higher class than the one booked and paid for. This is normally reserved for those who fly frequently with the same airline, as a kind of premium. It is at the discretion of the crew at check-in or at the gate, and is not normally given to a passenger just because they ask for it.

PREMIUM ECONOMY Often present on long-haul flights and situated in front of the economy section, this class offers slightly wider reclining seats and more legroom so flights are a little more comfortable, but the rest of the service is similar to economy. There is a supplement to pay on top of the price of the economy class ticket.

Read the texts and decide which class(es), Economy (E), Premium Economy (PE), Business (B) or First (F)…

1 always has reclining seats? 2 is often at the front of the plane? 3 provides top-quality service? 4 has seats which convert into beds?

______ ______ ______ ______

5 has limited legroom? 6 offers food and drink on demand? 7 is at the back of the plane? 8 has screens for in-flight entertainment?

______ ______ ______ ______

Internet research & Writing 2 Look at an airline’s website, for example Qantas. Find out the differences between the different classes for

AC TI V IT IE S

Reading comprehension

international travel and write a short report. Include details of:

• check-in procedures • type of seat

• in-flight food and entertainment • any other differences

Transport | UNI T 5

133

LOOK CLOSER There are often a few passengers on each flight who do not turn up, which means the aircraft is not full. Because of this, airlines often use a practice called overbooking, which means they sell more tickets than they have seats for on certain flights. Overbooking is carefully calculated to make sure that all passengers can board the plane. However, it can sometimes mean that a passenger with a valid ticket has to be 'bumped' (removed) from the flight.

A CT IV IT IE S

An alliance is when airlines group together to offer better service and cover more destinations. An example is Star Alliance which has 28 member airlines, including Lufthansa, Singapore Airlines, Thai and Swiss Air.

Tickets Booking a ticket can be done at a travel agency, through an airline’s call centre or website, and with an online booking portal. There are several different types of ticket. One way A ticket for travelling in one direction. Suitable for someone who will stay for a long period or return with a different means of transport. Round the world A ticket for travelling around the world with a number of stop-offs in different countries. There is a time limit, often 12 months, and a limit to the number of stops you can take, depending on the ticket type. Suitable for adventurers, world travellers and those taking a gap year.

Return (round trip) A ticket for travelling to your destination and back again. Suitable for people who have booked a holiday for a fixed period. Open jaw Also called a multidestination ticket, this is a ticket for travelling from A to B and then returning from C to A. Suitable for people who intend to travel long distances within a country so they do not have to go back to their starting point.

The price of an airline ticket obviously depends on what type of ticket it is, what class it is for and whether it is for an adult or a child. Infants (babies between 0 and 23 months) do not usually have an allocated seat and travel on a passenger’s lap so only pay an administrative fee. However, there are other factors which influence the price, such as the date of travel and the type of services included. Travelling in high season, for example during school holidays, at the weekend, or during national holidays and festivals, means the cost of the ticket is likely to be much higher. Faced with increased competition from low-cost airlines, other carriers have also started offering basic fares, for example travelling with just hand luggage or no snacks on board short-haul flights, and charging for extras such as seat allocation and hold luggage. Looking for fares like these and other special promotions can help save money. Another way is by being part of an airline’s frequent flyer programme where you ‘earn’ points or miles for every flight taken. You can then use these miles to purchase more flights with the same carrier or with an alliance .

Reading comprehension 1

Read the texts and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). If there is not enough information, choose ‘doesn’t say’ (DS). T F DS 1 A return ticket and a flexi ticket cost the same. 2 An open jaw ticket is the best option for visiting multiple countries. 3 Children under the age of two are not allowed to fly. 4 The price of an airline ticket can change according to the time of year. 5 Budget airline fares are always cheaper than those from other carriers. 6 Frequent flyer programmes can help you save money.

Speaking 2 In pairs, decide which type of ticket would be best for these situations and why.

134

Flexi A return ticket, but only the departure date is fixed. A return date is indicated on the ticket but it can be changed. Unless you have booked First or Business class, there is a fee for doing this which makes it an expensive option. Only suitable for people who cannot fix their return date in advance.

• A two-week family holiday • An Italian student on a year’s Erasmus scheme in Germany • Someone visiting an ill family member in another country • A couple wanting to explore the US by camper van UNI T 5 | TOURISM IN THEORY

The airport

READY TO GO

Domestic airports are generally small with short runways and few facilities and, as they handle internal flights, they do not need to have customs and immigration services. International airports, on the other hand, must have these two services as well as all the other facilities necessary to handle huge numbers of passengers. A hub is an international airport which serves as a gateway for connecting flights to multiple destinations, for example Atlanta in the USA. Every airport has a three letter identification code issued by IATA, the International Air Transport Association. The departure terminal of an airport is divided into two sections – landside which covers all the areas before security, and airside which is the area after. Landside, there are normally coach, train or underground stations, parking facilities and taxi ranks so that passengers can reach and leave the airport easily. There are often hotels adjacent to airports or nearby. Inside the terminal building, you can find the check-in and information desks, currency exchange, shops, cafés, restaurants and toilets. Airside, after passing through security and passport control, there is usually a duty-free shop and a huge selection of other retail outlets and boutiques, as well as numerous options for buying and eating food. There are general waiting areas, with flight information screens, as well as Executive or First Class Lounges reserved for first or business class passengers, which offer more luxury. There are lifts and escalators and, depending on the size of the airport, there can be travelators or shuttle trains to reach the gates. It is often possible to see outside and watch the planes taking off and landing.

What is the nearest airport to where you live? What destinations can you fly to?

Try to guess which airports these IATA codes are for (they are all in the US, the UK or Italy). LHR, FCO, JFK, MIA, MXP, STN

The arrivals terminal, which can be separate or part of the same building, has immigration, baggage reclaim and customs, after which there is the arrivals hall where you can find shops, car rental desks, tourist information and access to transport links. Apart from these areas of the airport which the passenger sees and comes into contact with, there is all the operational side: the baggage handling, administrative offices, control tower, security, hangars, maintenance areas, fire station, emergency vehicles and fuel depot amongst other things.

Changi Airport Singapore, voted by air travellers as the World’s Best Airport in 2017.

2 Read the text and answer these questions.

1 What is the difference between a domestic and an international airport? 2 What is a hub? 3 What separates the two sections of a departure terminal and what are these sections called?

4 What can passengers do while they are waiting for their flight? 5 How can they get to the gate? 6 How can passengers arrive at and leave from an airport?

Listening 3

ACTIVITIES

Reading comprehension

1.25 Listen and complete the information about Atlanta Airport in the USA with the figures in the box.

10 − 275,000 − 5 − 150 − 2,700 − 263

1 ___________ miles from downtown Atlanta 2 ___________ US destinations 3 ___________ runways

4 ___________ concession outlets 5 ___________ daily passengers 6 ___________ daily departures and arrivals

Transport | UNI T 5

135

International departure and arrival procedures

Your boarding pass is the document which allows you to get on the plane. Depending on the airline, it can be printed at the airport, pre-printed at home or stored on an app on your smartphone. It contains your name, flight number and time, seat number and a bar code which can be scanned by airport staff.

Check-in is normally open at least 2 hours before your flight. There are various options available: • Go to the check-in desk for your flight and show your ticket and passport. Any luggage is weighed and ticketed and then you are given your boarding pass . • With luggage and a pre-printed boarding pass or app, go to the luggage drop-off desk, show your passport and boarding pass and your luggage is weighed and ticketed. • With just hand luggage, use the self-service check-in kiosks to print your boarding pass. • With just hand luggage and a pre-printed boarding pass or app, go straight to security.

At this point, depending on the destination of your flight, there might be passport control where officials check your ID.

ARRIVAL AT THE AIRPORT B

pat-downs perquisizioni

AC TI V IT IE S

Do you know what things you are NOT allowed to take on an aeroplane?

Due to the increased threat of terrorist attacks, security checks at airports now include metal detectors, full body scanners, handheld scanners and physical pat-downs to check passengers. Bags, coats, belts, watches and sometimes shoes must be removed and scanned with the rest of the hand luggage by X-ray machines. Laptops and tablets, if permitted, must be removed from bags, and liquids, in containers of less than 100ml, must be in a clear plastic bag to be scanned separately.

Reading comprehension 1

Here you can take advantage of all the facilities while you wait for your flight. Generally, there are no flight announcements in the main departure lounge: look at the flight screens to check the gate number and boarding time. Some airports are very big so they provide information on how long it takes to reach the gates from the main lounge.

Read the texts on pages 136 and 137 and write these stages of travelling by plane in the correct order on the timeline.

BAGGAGE RECLAIM − BOARDING − CHECK-IN − CUSTOMS − DEPLANING DEPARTURE LOUNGE − IMMIGRATION − ON BOARD − PASSPORT CONTROL − SECURITY

2 Read the texts again and answer these questions. 1 What are the best ways to check in if you only have hand luggage? 2 If you do not already have your boarding pass, what do you need to do? 3 How might a passenger be checked going through security?

4 What happens to a passenger’s luggage at security? 5 Which passengers are allowed to board the plane first? 6 What happens at immigration and customs on arrival?

Vocabulary 3 Write definitions for these words. 1 self-service check-in kiosk: __________________ 2 body scanner: ____________________________ 3 flight screens: ____________________________ 4 air bridge: _______________________________

136

UNI T 5 | TOURISM IN THEORY

5 e-gate: _________________________________ 6 landing card: ____________________________ 7 trolley: _________________________________ 8 red channel: _____________________________

At the gate, staff check your boarding pass and ID before you board the plane. People with priority boarding, families with young children and those needing assistance can board first. Boarding may also be announced according to seat rows to make the process smoother.

You get off the plane either through an air bridge directly into the terminal or down the steps and onto an apron bus which takes you to the arrivals terminal.

At immigration, there are normally different lanes to queue in, for example citizens of the country you have landed in or EU citizens. You may also use the e-gates if you have an electronic passport. You need to show your passport, visa if applicable and sometimes a landing card which you are given by cabin crew shortly before landing. Some countries, such as the USA, take your fingerprints or photograph.

J I

Find your seat, put your luggage in the overhead locker or under your seat. Fasten your seatbelt. The cabin crew give a safety demonstration before take-off. Then you just sit back and enjoy your flight!

Here, screens tell you which conveyor belt your luggage will be delivered at. There are trolleys available if you have lots of luggage.

From the baggage reclaim area you pass through customs. The standard system is a red channel for goods to declare, a green channel for nothing to declare, and sometimes a blue channel for EU passengers with no goods to declare. Customs officials may stop passengers and ask to check their luggage. Lost luggage

1.26 FCE Listen to five conversations and match them to the place where they are happening. There are three extra options you do not need.

a in the duty-free shop b at the check-in desk c at security d at the gate e at baggage reclaim f in the departure lounge g on board the plane h at customs

Conversation 1 Conversation 2 Conversation 3 Conversation 4

ACTI V IT IE S

Listening

Conversation 5

Speaking 5 Work in pairs. Imagine one of you has never flown before or is a nervous flyer and the other has to explain the procedure at the airport. STUDENT A Describe the different stages of the procedure from arriving at the airport to the arrival at the destination, explaining what happens and what he/ she has to do.

STUDENT B Ask your partner lots of questions about exactly what happens, how long it takes, where you have to go and so on. Keep interrupting to ask for more details and reassurance!

Transport | UNI T 5

137

READY TO GO

Do you often travel by train? What are train services like in your country? Are they on time, reliable, affordable?

Land transport Travelling by train Domestic and international rail travel, the most environmentally-friendly form of public transport, is increasing in popularity with both business and leisure travellers, thanks to services like the Eurostar between the UK and the continent, and travel passes like Interrail and Eurail for extended travel within Europe. INTERCITY These are faster trains that connect major cities without any intermediate stops.

COMMUTER Trains which run at peak times for people travelling into cities for work. They are often overcrowded and the subject of many complaints.

TYPES OF PASSENGER TRAIN

REGIONAL These trains call at all the intermediate stations between two cities, so they serve smaller towns and communities.

HIGH-SPEED Trains that usually travel on a specific track, which can cope with speeds of over 200 km/h and link major cities. Japan’s Shinkansen bullet train, Italy’s Frecciarossa or Italo and France’s TGV are examples of high-speed trains.

There are also trains with sleeping cars that are used to cover long distances between countries, usually chosen by people looking for a cheaper option than flying.

When your destination is a city, rail travel can compete with air travel for the time involved because city-centre railway stations are easier to get to than airports. Check-in and boarding procedures are also much quicker resulting in less time wasted. In addition, modern trains have many facilities, such as restaurant cars or refreshment trolleys, free Wi-Fi, sockets for recharging phones and laptops and few luggage restrictions. There are also first-class carriages and often quiet carriages for those looking for peace and tranquility. Rail travel is an affordable means of transport. Non-refundable, advance tickets for a specific date and train are probably the cheapest option, but you can also get flexible tickets which can be changed and open tickets for any service on a particular date. Tickets can be purchased online, from a travel agent or directly at the station. E-ticket systems are also becoming more and more common.

ACT IV I TI ES

Rail is also a good way of travelling if you want to go on an alternative type of holiday, like cycling and walking to explore another area. You can take your bike and rucksack to your destination of choice and then set off from there, walking or cycling to a new place every day. This kind of holiday is cheaper, healthier and greener than many others, and you are close to nature and free to decide your own schedule. On the other hand, you do have to carry all your luggage with you and you are dependent on decent weather.

Reading comprehension 2 Read the text and match the two parts of the sentences. 1 Rail travel is 2 Commuter and regional trains are 3 High-speed train services only stop 4 Taking a train may be 5 Facilities on trains include 6 An advantage over flying is 7 It wouldn’t be a good idea 8 Not many tickets are

138

UNI T 5 | TOURISM IN THEORY

a b c d e f g

in a printed form nowadays. at major cities. an environmentally-friendly means of transport. quicker than flying in some circumstances. slower than Intercity trains. for a family with young children to travel in a quiet carriage. that there are not many limits on the amount of luggage you can take. h free Wi-Fi, sockets and the chance to buy snacks and drinks.

Listening 3

FCE Listen to this presentation of the Eurostar service and complete the sentences with one or two words.

1 The Channel Tunnel opened in _________. 2 There are two types of train that use the tunnel: the Eurostar carrying passengers and Le Shuttle, carrying _________. 3 Eurostar operates services between the UK, France and _________. 4 The shortest journey time between St Pancras in London and Gare du Nord in Paris is _________. 5 Passport checks are carried out _________ the UK. 6 You can _________ if your train is more than 60 minutes late.

1.27

Reading comprehension 4 Read the leaflet about an exotic train journey in India and answer the questions below.

MAHARASHTRA JOURNEY DURATION

8 Nights / 9 Days

DESTINATIONS

Mumbai • Nashik Ellora Caves • Ajanta Caves Kolhapur • Goa Sindhudurg • Mumbai

The epitome of luxury train travel, taking you back to an age of romance and the Maharajas, as you make your way across the incredible landscape of India. You will visit the wine capital of India, World Heritage Sites, holy cities, forts and palaces. Our 21 luxury coaches include cabins and suites, which are fully equipped with all the comforts including Internet and airconditioning, a dining room fit for royalty, a relaxing lounge and a health spa. Rates start from $6,100 and include accommodation, all meals, valet service and all excursions indicated in the itinerary, accompanied by an English-speaking guide. We will make sure you have an unforgettable trip of a lifetime!

1 What kind of rail journey is the leaflet promoting and who do you think the target audience is? 2 What is the train like? 3 What facilities can guests use? 4 How long does the Maharashtra tour last? 5 How much does it cost? 6 What does this rate include?

Speaking

LOOK CLOSER Train journeys are often a holiday, or part of a holiday, in themselves and not just a means of getting from A to B. Steam train journeys across the English countryside, the glacier express in Switzerland with its breathtaking views of the Alps, the Rocky Mountaineer in Canada and the Blue Train from Pretoria to Cape Town in South Africa are just a few examples.

5 Discuss these questions in small groups.

1 Would you like to go on a rail holiday where the train journey is the most important part of the holiday? Why/Why not? 2 If you answered yes, where would you choose to go?

Transport | UNI T 5

139

Travelling by coach and bus Most common for domestic routes, but also possible between countries with companies like Eurolines and Flixbus, coach travel is a fairly cheap form of transport and is consequently popular with young people and those on a budget. Modern coaches usually have reclining seats, on-board WC, plenty of space for your luggage and maybe free Wi-Fi. Even so, it is not the most comfortable form of transport and journey times can be extremely long, especially if there are traffic jams or bad weather. Intercity coaches offer regular timetabled routes between cities and towns, often with intermediate stops, and tickets are usually bought in advance. There are also frequent services between airports, stations and city centres. Coaches are also a very common choice for private hire by travel agents and tour operators for guided tour groups and excursions. In this case, the coach and driver are for the exclusive use of the group for the specified length of the tour and follow the timetable and itinerary set by the tour leader. When travelling in a city or town, buses, the underground and trams are probably the best option. These services are usually well-organised, frequent, often 24/7, with many routes covering extensive areas. Most public transport companies sell daily or weekly travel cards as a money-saving option for tourists who plan to do a lot of journeys. Tourists might also like to use the hop-on hop-off tourist buses which follow a specific route around a city allowing them to see all the major sights and to get on and off whenever they like. As they are run by private companies, the tickets are more expensive than public transport.

A CTIVITIE S

Alternative ways of getting around a city are taxis, walking and cycling, with your own bike or one you can hire privately or through a public cycle hire scheme. Greyhound

Reading comprehension 1

Read the first paragraph of the text and complete this table about coach travel.

FACILITIES Travelling by coach

ADVANTAGES

DISADVANTAGES

reclining seats,

2 Read the rest of the text and answer these questions. 1 Which forms of public transport can you find in a city? 2 What are the advantages of public transport?

3 How can a tourist save money? 4 What is a hop-on hop-off bus and how does it differ from public transport?

Speaking 3 Read the Flixbus FAQs page and then discuss these questions in small groups.

140

1 Do you think it sounds like a good company? 2 Do you think the fact that it focuses on sustainability is important for passengers? 3 Are there enough facilities on board to make your journey comfortable? 4 Would you travel around Europe by coach? Or would you prefer to go by train? Why?

UNI T 5 | TOURISM IN THEORY

What is Flixbus? We are a low-cost transport provider, with a strong focus on sustainability. Where can I travel? We have an extensive route network across Europe, with over 1,200 destinations in 22 countries. How do I book a ticket? Book on our app or website. Alternatively, ring our customer service line, go to an authorised travel agency or, subject to availability, buy directly from the bus driver. How much luggage can I take? You can take one piece of hand luggage on board and put two pieces of luggage in the hold. Any extra luggage is subject to a charge. What services are there on board? On all our buses there is free Wi-Fi, a WC and plug sockets. You can also buy snacks and drinks from the driver.

Travelling by car It is possible to use your own car when on holiday or to rent one. This can be done directly with a car rental company as a separate transaction to the rest of your holiday, or it can be included as part of your holiday package, for example a fly-drive holiday, where you have flights, car rental and sometimes accommodation all together. In destinations like the USA and Australia it is popular to rent an RV instead of a car. If booking directly, price comparison websites are very useful tools to help find the best rates but you should also look for special deals directly on the company websites, such as Hertz, Avis and Sixt. Prices depend on the period, the number of days, the car class/size and the pick-up and drop-off locations. Don’t forget to factor in the cost of petrol too. Many car rental companies try to earn a lot of money by pushing extras – a bigger car, additional insurance, a sat nav – when you go to pick up your vehicle. Travelling by car, whether it is your own or a rental vehicle, is certainly the most flexible form of transport as you do not have to respect any timetable or scheduled departures. You decide when to leave, when to have a break, and you can change your mind about your destination whenever you want. However, it is one of the least environmentallyfriendly forms of transport which is not good news for areas of outstanding natural beauty or city centres with lots of smog. There can be a lot of congestion and traffic in cities and popular areas, and you need to be aware of getting tired during long journeys. If you are driving in another country, you might also have to drive on the other side of the road which can be hard at first.

RV stands for ‘recreational vehicle’, usually called a camper van or motorhome in British English. There are different models and sizes, sleeping from 3 to 10 or more people. With an RV, you have independence and flexibility not only regarding transport but also accommodation.

GLOSSARY OF CAR RENTAL TERMS Airport surcharge This is a fee which airports, and other locations like ferry terminals, charge car rental companies for using their grounds. The fee is passed on to the customer. Additional equipment Sat navs, child seats, snow chains etc. can be rented for an additional charge. Car class General categories used by most car rental companies are mini, compact, economy, medium, large and SUV.

CDW (Collision Damage Waiver) This is an optional extra which means you do not have to pay the excess on any claim for damage. Insurance excess If you are in an accident or you damage the vehicle, you have to pay a certain amount towards the total cost unless you have taken out CDW or similar. The excess amount to pay is stated in your rental contract.

Mileage allowance The number of miles you can drive without incurring any surcharge. Minimum age The minimum age for a driver, usually 21 or sometimes 25. Unlimited mileage There is no limit on the number of miles you can do.

Read the text and glossary and answer these questions.

1 What is a fly-drive holiday? 2 How can a price comparison website help when renting a car? 3 Why might you need to be cautious when picking up your rental car?

4 What are the advantages of travelling by car when on holiday? 5 What about the disadvantages? 6 What is CDW and when do you think it could be useful?

Vocabulary

AC TI V IT IE S

Reading comprehension

2 Find the English equivalents in the texts for these words.

1 categoria di macchina 2 ritiro 3 consegna 4 benzina

______________ ______________ ______________ ______________

5 limitazione di responsabilità per danni al veicolo ______________ 6 chilometraggio ______________

Transport | UNI T 5

141

READY TO GO

Have you ever taken a ferry? Where to?

Water transport Ferries and water buses Water transport services, like ferries and water buses, are used by both tourists and locals to cross rivers, lakes and seas. The Staten Island Ferry in New York takes 22 million passengers a year from Staten Island to Manhattan and, incidentally, is a great way to get a view of the Statue of Liberty and Ellis Island The Star Ferry without paying a cent. The Star Ferry connects Hong Kong and Kowloon; the vaporetti in Venice stop all along the Grand Canal and connect the Lido and other islands; River Bus boats on the Thames are an alternative way to travel across London.

turnstile tornello

A vaporetto

Catamarans and roll on/roll off (ro/ro) are probably the most common kinds of ferries. Catamarans, which have a double hull structure, have the advantage of being much faster, while ro/ro ferries allow the easy and fast loading of cars and trucks. Hydrofoils are also common, especially on the shorter routes, for example between the Italian mainland and smaller islands.

V e n ic e V a p o re tt i

LINE 1: P.LE ROMA - S.MARCO

minutes past to from 57 20:45 06:01 06:21 9 21 33 45

1 P.le Roma 05:01 05:21 05:4 2 9 06:59 07:26 14 26 38 50 06:3 9 06:1 S. Marco 05:59

Ordinary ticket (valid 75 minutes)

ACT IV IT IE S

142

€7.50

ever and s directly with your smartphone, when Use our quick and easy app to buy ticket . board on get to ile turnst the at code Just scan the QR

21:50

wherever you are.

Ferries carrying passengers and vehicles for longer distances, like between the UK and mainland Europe or mainland Italy and Sardinia or Sicily, get booked up very quickly during high season so it is advisable to book well in advance especially if you are taking a vehicle. They have cabins for overnight crossings, restaurants, a movie lounge, play rooms and other facilities to make the journey as enjoyable as possible.

Reading comprehension 2 Read the text and study the timetable, then decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). If there is not enough information, choose ‘doesn’t say’ (DS). T F DS 1 Water buses and ferries are used by tourists more than by local people. 2 You have to pay to use the Staten Island Ferry. 3 Catamarans and ro/ro ferries carry passengers and vehicles. 4 Passengers can book a room to sleep in if the ferry crossing is at night time. 5 Facilities on board a ferry are simple and very limited. 6 During the main part of the day there are five vaporetti every hour between Piazzale Roma and San Marco. 7 You can travel on one ticket for an hour and a half. 8 Tickets cost less if you use the app. UNI T 5 | TOURISM IN THEORY

Cruises and boating holidays Cruise holidays, which combine the transport, accommodation and entertainment sectors into one package, have come a long way since the 1970â&#x20AC;&#x2122;s image of an elite form of leisure travel for the very rich and the over 60s. They now appeal to a much wider audience of all ages and budgets. The cruise industry, dominated by big names like Royal Caribbean, Carnival and Norwegian Cruise Line, has introduced diverse ports of call, better amenities and services, and several new ships over the last few years, each one bigger, more majestic and more luxurious than the last. ports of call porti di scalo As well as traditional cruises which start and end at a port near home, it is possible to choose a fly-cruise, where you fly to and/or from the port, and cruise-stay options, where there are extra days spent on land at one of the destinations. Prices for cruises depend on the destination, the type of cabin you choose and the length of the holiday. Previously, cruises used to last at least a month, but there are now shorter one- and two-week options, as well as trips that are several months, like a round-the-world cruise. Popular areas for cruises include the Caribbean and Mediterranean, due to the good weather conditions, and also Scandinavia and the Baltic, the Bahamas, the Panama Canal, the Far East and the Arctic. Cruises on inland waterways (rivers and lakes) are also common, such as on the Danube or the Nile. Naturally these are on smaller ships and last less time, usually from a few days up to a week. You can also choose a boat day-trip, specifically designed for tourists, such as those on Lake Como. A different aspect of the water travel sector is that of private hire. If your budget is big enough, you could charter a luxury yacht, with a full crew, to sail from Porto Cervo in Sardinia to Monte Carlo or around the Caribbean. More affordable to the majority of us would be renting a self-drive narrowboat to explore the canals of central England or a sailing boat on the Norfolk Broads. The advantage of a boating holiday like this is that you have complete flexibility over the route and timing, and no worries over accommodation.

Read the text and answer these questions.

1 What image did cruise holidays use to have? 2 What changes have companies made to increase the target audience? 3 What different types of cruise are there?

4 What differences are there between an ocean cruise and a river cruise? 5 What kinds of boat can you rent privately? 6 What is the advantage of this type of holiday?

Listening 2

1.28 Listen to a travel agent talking about boating holidays in England and complete the table.

PLACE

TYPE OF BOAT

ACTIVITIES

Reading comprehension

HIGHLIGHT

(1) ___________ Canal

narrowboat

have fun navigating (2) _________

Norfolk Broads

(3) ___________

spot rare (4) ___________

River (5) ___________

cruiser

visit the town of (6) ___________

Critical thinking & Speaking 3 Discuss these questions in pairs or small groups.

1 Which areas of Italy offer boat day-trips for tourists? Are they popular? 2 Is private boat hire a big business in Italy? In which areas? 3 What Italian cruise companies do you know? How big are they?

4 Which Italian ports do cruise ships often stop at? 5 Do you think boat trips, private boat hire and the cruise industry have a positive or negative effect on these places? Why?

Transport | UNI T 5

143

On board a cruise ship Cruise ships are often described as floating hotels, but in fact they offer much more than most hotels and are more similar to a holiday resort. Modern cruise ships have a huge selection of restaurants and bars, swimming pools, relaxation areas, children’s play areas, sun decks and promenades. Across the various decks of the ship, you can also find theatres, cinemas, fitness rooms, sports courts, spas and beauty centres, discos and ballrooms, casinos, shops and boutiques. Some of the bigger ships may even have ice rinks, surf simulators, mini golf, zip lines, observation capsules and more. Accommodation is in cabins which are generally categorised as interior (with no window), exterior with a window or porthole, and exterior with a balcony. All cabins have a private bathroom. There are also various suites available, which have separate living and sleeping areas and are generally bigger and more luxurious. Cruise holidays are all-inclusive packages which include the transport, accommodation, food and drink and entertainment on board. Some packages will include the cost of flights to the port, too. However, there are many optional extras you can purchase on board or before you travel, such as dining in speciality restaurants, unlimited drink packages, beauty treatments, dance lessons, shore excursions and many other things. Tips are also an extra and it is standard practice to tip your cabin steward and other staff during, or at the end of, the trip.

EMBARKATION AND DISEMBARKATION PROCEDURES • At the embarkation terminal, drop off your luggage which will be labelled and taken to your cabin. Keep important things in your hand luggage as you won’t be able to access your cabin straightaway. • Go through security and take your boarding documents and passport to the check-in desk, where you will be issued an electronic cruise card. This is the key for your room and is also used for payment (once you have registered a credit card or paid a deposit), and ID purposes every time you leave the ship. • Once on board, start to explore the ship. Get something to eat and, later, you will be allowed to your cabin. • Before the ship sets sail, there is a mandatory muster drill where you are told what to do in an emergency and given information about muster points, lifejackets, lifeboats and so on. • Take part in the sail away party on the pool deck, or just enjoy the view from your balcony as the ship leaves the port.

AC TIV IT IE S

• The night before the cruise ends, leave your luggage outside your cabin, marked with luggage tags, for the porters to take to the terminal or pier. Keep hand luggage with your essentials for the last night and morning. Settle any outstanding bills if necessary. • Disembarkation starts early, but you have time for breakfast. Then wait for your turn to disembark (full details are given the evening before). • It may be possible to take all your luggage off the ship by yourself, in which case you can leave early to avoid queues. • If you have to catch a flight, make sure you leave plenty of time for the disembarkation process and to get to the airport.

144

A muster drill is an explanation and practical exercise to inform passengers about safety on board the ship. Passengers are shown the place (muster point) where they should assemble in an emergency and how to put on a life jacket.

Reading comprehension 1

Read the texts. Then look at the mind map and write notes on each aspect of a cruise.

sleeping luggage payment UNI T 5 | TOURISM IN THEORY

food and drink

CRUISE

entertainment sports and activities

2 Look at this advert for a cruise and discuss the questions below in pairs. The offer INCLUDES

Southampton to San Francisco

NIGHTS

FROM

29 night full-board cruise aboard Queen Elizabeth 3-night 4* hotel stay in San Francisco

£2,599

inbound flight

per person

PRICES from:

Inside £2,599

Outside £2,899

Balcony £ 3,299

ACT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension & Speaking

Suite £7,199

PORTS OF CALL A cruise on board the Queen Elizabeth is a chance to immerse yourself in luxury, comfort and style: from traditional English afternoon tea to fine dining and banquets; from the latest movies to top-class productions of ballet, musicals and Shakespeare’s plays; from deck games and golf simulators to whirlpools, spas and gyms. Your days on board can be as active or relaxing as you choose, and our carefully selected ports of call allow you to experience some of the best locations in North and Central America. Concluding with a three-day stay in the city of the Golden Gate Bridge, this cruise is a golden opportunity for an incredible voyage. 1 What type of cruise is this advert for? 2 How long is the cruise? 3 Where does it start and end? 4 What is the name of the ship and what kind of facilities are there on board?

Southampton

Panama Canal

Hamilton (Bermuda)

Puerto Quetzal (Guatemala)

New York

Cabo San Lucas (Mexico)

Fort Lauderdale

San Francisco

Embark Queen Elizabeth

Ocho Rios (Jamaica)

(Scenic cruising)

Disembark Queen Elizabeth Hotel Stay

Oranjestad (Aruba)

5 What countries does the cruise visit? Do you think there are enough ports of call for the length of the cruise? 6 What kind of person do you think this cruise is aimed at? Why?

Critical thinking & Speaking

3 In small groups, discuss the advantages and disadvantages of the different forms of transport you have studied in this unit (air, road, rail, water). Use these ideas to help your discussion.

environmental impact − time − cost − convenience − autonomy − safety

Writing 4

FCE Write an essay (140-190 words) on the topic below, giving reasons for your point of view.

Governments should subsidise rail travel as an incentive to encourage people to use this environmentally-friendly form of transport instead of private cars. Do you agree?

Talk about: • convenience

COMPITO DI REALTÀ

• effect on tourism

• … (your own idea)

Planning an itinerary using public transport

Work in groups. Choose one of the itineraries below and plan the best way for a group of three adults to get to their holiday destination on July 15th using public transport.

• From Viterbo to Oristano, Sardinia

You will need to consider the most suitable airport or port for the main part of the journey, as well as how to get there from their home city and to their final destination. Compare the offers online from different companies and work out the best deal in terms of route, journey times and price. Present your findings to the class.

• From Milan to Enna, Sicily

Transport | UNI T 5

145

UNIT

Transport

READY TO GO

What is an ‘About us’ page on a company website and what kind of information would you expect to find there? Read the text and check your ideas.

Tourism in PRACTICE

Presenting a transport company Company websites usually have a page entitled ‘About us’ or ‘Who we are’ where a user can find information about the company: its structure, history, corporate aims, mission statement and company news. For many customers, it is important to know something about a company before booking a holiday or travelling with them, especially if it is a company that they have not heard of before. A similar brief introduction to a company can also be found in its brochures and other promotional material.

About us With a distinguished history that goes back over 30 years, we are an award-winning company flying from nine UK airports to holiday destinations in the Mediterranean, the Canary Islands and European capital cities. Our first flight was from Leeds Bradford to Amsterdam in 2003 and that year we carried 360,000 passengers. Business really took off – we reached 1 million passengers in 2004 and by 2010 we had surpassed 20 million. With our friendly service and low fares, we’ve flown over 50 million happy customers and, with the delivery of 34 new Boeing 737-800 aircraft, things keep on looking up for us. So, with statistics like these, you can have complete confidence when you book your flight with us. The ‘About us’ page of Southwest Airlines with the company’s mission statement.

Check out our current routes and best offers here.

A CT IV IT IE S

Details of our parent company, who have been doing business for over 40 years, can be found here.

Reading comprehension 2 Read the text and the two ‘About us’ pages and answer these questions. 1 Why might a customer decide to look at the ‘About us’ page on a website? 2 What values are important for Southwest Airlines?

Vocabulary 3 Match the verbs from the Jet2.com ‘About Us’ page with their meaning in the context of the web page. 1 go back 2 carry 3 take off 4 surpass 5 look up 6 check out

146

3 What information does Jet2.com include in its ‘About us’ page on its • history? • business? • size? • ownership? 4 What is the tone of the page? Do you think it is effective? Why/Why not?

UNI T 5 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

a b c d e f

become better, improve exceed, be greater than have existed since a time in the past examine, look at suddenly start to be successful or popular transport someone or something

Video tutorial

ACT IV IT IE S

EXPLORE GRAMMAR RELATIVE CLAUSES

Relative pronouns include who (people), which (things), that (people and things), where (places) and whose (possession). The use of whom (people, object pronoun) is limited to very formal English. Defining relative clauses • These provide essential information for understanding the sentence. The agents who work with us form a dedicated team. • It is possible to omit the relative pronoun when it is the object of the relative clause. This is the best choice (that) you can make for your holiday. Non-defining relative clauses • These provide extra information that is not essential for understanding the sentence and the relative clause is between two commas. The managing director, whose father started the business, was appointed two years ago. • It is not possible to use that and the relative pronoun must always be expressed. The company, which was founded in 1985, is the second largest in the country.

Go to the FLIP BOOK and do the exercises.

Phraseology 4 Complete this presentation of a cruise company with the expressions in the box. are celebrating − as passionate about travel − heart of our business − hidden destinations intimate cruise ships − luxurious but understated − the traveller − we believe Small is beautiful. That’s what (1) ________________ here at Windward Travel. Our (2) ________________, which carry between 450 and 560 passengers each, offer (3) ________________ travel. We sail to the (4) ________________ where larger ships cannot follow, as well as the most desirable locations worldwide. At the (5) ________________ is you, (6) ________________ who is looking for a unique, personalised experience and, we are pleased to say, returns regularly to sail with us. This year we (7) _______________ 25 years of cruising and we remain (8) ________________ today as when we started.

PASSEPARTOUT PRESENTING A COMPANY • Our company has been flying people around the world since 1980. • Founded in 1997, with over 20 years’ experience in rail travel... • For more than fifty years, we have provided our customers with the best in luxury travel. • The second largest airline/ferry/cruise company in the UK. • With a fleet of over 50 aircraft/ships, we…

Writing 5 Use the information on the right to write a short text for Topp’s Car Rental’s ‘About us’ web page.

Internet research & Speaking

• Our headquarters are in … with offices located across the globe. • We offer passengers the best in low-cost air/rail travel. • We provide a reliable service, with highly experienced staff who are ready to help make your dream a reality. • We are part of the international group... • We were the first airline/car rental company to be awarded…

TOPP’S CAR RENTAL

Started in 1991 by father and son team / Still a family-owned business 25 different cities Headquarters in Brighton, England / Rental kiosks in all major UK airports and Experienced and friendly staff / High level of service, reliable and professional Competitive rates / Thousands of satisfied customers Modern fleet of cars includes compact, economy, MPV and SUV

6 Work in groups. Each group should take a different transport sector: rail, coach, cruise, ferry or air. Research online three different companies within the sector and how they present themselves. Use these questions to help you prepare a short oral presentation. • Do they have an ‘About us’ page on their website?

• What information is provided there? • What style is it written in? How effective is it?

Transport | UNI T 5

147

READY TO GO

What kind of information do you think someone might ask for when contacting a transport company? Read the text and check your ideas.

Enquiries and replies When a customer or operator contacts a transport company or travel agent to request information, the kind of things they want to know are times and schedules, availability, fares and ticket options, as well as advice on the best route or solution. They could also have specific requests regarding, for example, taking a pet on board, embarkation procedures, connecting transport services or wheelchair accessibility. With the help of training, on-the-job knowledge and IT systems, the operator should aim to answer all questions promptly and efficiently. Sonya Lewell <lewell.s@gotravel.co.uk>

<customerservice@channelferries.com>

Sonya Lewell <lewell.s@gotravel.co.uk>

19 May 20..

11.45

Availability and price Dear Maurice, Could you let me know the availability and price for four passengers (two adults and two children under 10) for the following itinerary? They’d like to leave on an overnight crossing on the 18th of July from Harwich to Hook of Holland. They want to book a cabin, but could you let me know what the difference is in price between a 2- and 4-berth cabin? They’re coming back on the 4th August from Calais. A crossing to either Folkestone or Dover would be fine, any time in the early afternoon, and they only need seating in the lounge for this leg of the journey. They’re taking their car – a Toyota RAV – with a roof box. I don’t think they’ll need to change any dates, but please let me know the cost of both a fixed and flexi ticket. Thanks for your help. Kind regards,

AC TI V IT IE S

12.57

RE: Availability and price Dear Sonya, Please find below the details as requested. I advise you to book as soon as possible as there’s limited availability for cabins on the outward journey. There are no 2-berth cabins on the date indicated. Please let me know if I can be of any further assistance. Maurice OUTWARD JOURNEY 18th July Harwich 22.30 – Hook of Holland 06.15 4 passengers, vehicle Cabin type: 4-berth £355.20 £455.20 FLEXI RETURN JOURNEY 4th August Calais 14.45 – Dover 16.10 4 passengers, vehicle Lounge Plus seats*

Sonya

£127.90 £197.90 FLEXI

GoTravel

* No standard seating available on this crossing. Deck would be £72.50.

Reading comprehension 2 Read the two emails and answer these questions. 1 How many people are travelling and how do they want to travel? 2 Where do they want to go? When? 3 What sleeping options are available for the outward journey?

4 How will they travel while on holiday? 5 Is the return journey the same as the outward journey? 6 What seating options are available on the return journey?

Vocabulary 3 Find the English equivalents in the emails for these expressions. 1 traversata 2 cabina doppia 3 cabina quadrupla 4 tratta 5 disponibilità limitata

148

____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________

UNI T 5 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

6 viaggio di andata 7 veicolo 8 viaggio di ritorno 9 posto a sedere 10 passaggio ponte

____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________

EXPLORE GRAMMAR PREPOSITIONS OF TIME AT – times, meals, festivals, night, the weekend The flight leaves at 20.15. You need to book in advance if you’re travelling at the weekend. IN – parts of the day, months, years, centuries, historical periods, seasons Is there a coach that leaves early in the morning? We introduced our new luxury liner in 2016.

Other common prepositions of time include: AFTER Your connecting flight leaves after 40 minutes. BEFORE I would like to leave before breakfast. BETWEEN Lunch is served on board between 12.30 and 14.30. BY Please let me know by the end of the week. DURING You can watch a movie during the crossing. FROM … TO This timetable is valid from 1.10.2018 to 30.9.2019. UNTIL These prices are valid until the end of the year.

ON – days of the week, dates, precise days Service is suspended on Christmas Day. The cruise departs* from Miami on April 2nd. * Note that we use the Present simple to talk about future scheduled events and timetables.

Choose the correct alternative.

1 The train departs at/on 23.00 and calls at all stations. 2 Is it possible to catch a later flight on/in the evening? 3 In/At July there are four daily crossings.

4 There is no coach service until/on Sundays. 5 By/During busy periods we advise you to arrive three hours after/before your flight. 6 We can hold this seat for you until/by the end of the week.

HINTS & TIPS Times, dates and numbers • With timetables, it is best to use the 24-hour clock to avoid any confusion. You don’t use p.m./a.m. or in the morning/afternoon with this system. • Remember that dates in the UK are usually written dd/mm/yyyy and in the USA mm/dd/yyyy. When saying a lot of dates on the phone, it may be easier to use cardinal numbers instead of ordinal numbers, so 13 and 17 instead of 13th and 17th.

1.29 Listen to this phone call

between Marcia Rodriguez, a business woman, and a travel agent, Angela Ward. Complete the travel agent’s notes.

WARD’S TRAVEL Marcia Rodriguez, VMH Industries Customer: Itinerary: London Heathrow to (2) ________ Departure date: (1) ________ Internal flight: New York to (3) ________ Date: (4) ________ Return flight: 22 October, arrive before (5) ________ _ (6) ________ class, only (7) ________ flights, preferred airline (8) _______

Translation & Phraseology 5 Translate these questions and then match them to the correct reply. 1 Mi scusi, a che ora è l’ultimo treno per Liverpool? 2 È permesso portare il cane a bordo del traghetto? 3 Qual è la differenza tra un’auto economica e un’auto compatta? 4 Quanto dura il volo? 5 Mi consiglierebbe il treno o il pullman per andare a Roma? 6 Qual è la tariffa più bassa?

a b c d e f

A CT IV I TI ES

Listening

• When writing numbers and prices, the UK uses a comma (,) to separate thousands, and the decimal point (.) for decimals: £10,454.17. To say prices, don’t use and between pound/dollar/euro and pence/cents. The ticket is $9.20 (nine dollars twenty). You don’t actually need to use the words cents/pence. • ‘0’ is usually pronounced ‘oh’ in telephone numbers, post codes and addresses, but zero can also be used. • In British and American English phone numbers are usually said as separate digits: 1387 one-three-eight-seven. You can also use double: 5442 five-double four-two.

At the moment it’s £29.99 one way with only hand luggage. The train is much faster, and you can get discounts with a railcard. It lasts just over two hours, so it’s very quick. There’s one at 23.40 that gets in at 01.20. Yes, if it has a valid pet passport and muzzle. The first is smaller, usually a 3-door, something like a Yaris.

Transport | UNI T 5

149

ACT IV IT IE S

PASSEPARTOUT REQUESTING INFORMATION AND REPLYING Timetables and schedules Client • What time does the train/coach get to/leave…? • How long does the crossing/journey take/last? • How long do I have to wait for my connecting flight? Operator • The overnight crossing takes just over seven hours. • This service doesn’t operate at weekends/on Bank Holidays. Availability Client • Are there any seats available for Saturday/in first class? Operator • There is limited availability in economy class. • We advise you to book early to avoid disappointment. • There are no seats available on the 14.15 coach to Heathrow. Fares, prices and tickets Client • How much does it cost? • Is there a booking fee/a supplement? • Are there any discounts for group bookings/railcard holders/senior citizens?

Operator • The rental is €45 per day with unlimited mileage. • Children under 2 travel free, but are not allocated a seat. • If you choose a flexi ticket, you can change the time of departure. Passengers Operator • Are you travelling alone? • How many adults and children are there in your party? • Do you need an additional driver? Client • There are five of us: three adults, one child and a baby. • I’m a foot passenger. Other requests Operator • Do you need transport to the airport/port? Client • Can I choose a meal option for my flight? • I have coeliac disease. Will there be suitable food on the cruise? • How early do I need to check in?

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

6 Write an email from Matteo Anselmi, a travel agent, to the cruise company Cruise & Co. to request the following information: • disponibilità di cabine esterne (con finestra o balcone) nella Victoria Star; • partenza il 19 febbraio da Nassau, Bahamas;

• un’offerta speciale poiché è il 25esimo anniversario di matrimonio della coppia e la loro sesta crociera con la compagnia.

7 You work for Cruise & Co. Write a reply to Matteo Anselmi using this information: • only inside cabins available for 19th February, cost $4,750; • departure 1st March, outside cabin with window at $5,995;

• special offer for this couple of junior suite with balcony, departure 12th February from Miami, with Valentine’s Dinner at the Captain’s table; cost $6,100.

Speaking – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 8 Look at the emails regarding ferry travel on page 148 and imagine Sonya telephoned for information instead of sending an email. In pairs, act out the phone conversation. Remember to swap roles.

9 In pairs, act out the following conversation at the information office in Cambridge train station.

150

TRAVEL ASSISTANT

CUSTOMER

You work in the information office at Cambridge train station. Use the information on the right to help answer the customer’s questions.

You are at the train station in Cambridge and want to travel to Nottingham on Thursday. You would prefer to get there as early as possible, but you have a limited budget. You have a heavy suitcase so think carefully about how many changes there are.

UNI T 5 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

Monday to Friday

Ely

Peterborough / Grantham

Ely

Peterborough / Grantham

£21.30

£82.00

Bookings and confirmations

READY TO GO

Booking methods A

A popular option as it is quick and easy for anyone who is computer literate. Pay by credit or debit card and get immediate confirmation.

1 B You can use this method when communicating with a travel agency or a company directly. It is important to state all the information and requests clearly to avoid misunderstandings. Confirmation is also normally sent by email.

Read the texts quickly and match them to the correct title.

ON THE PHONE ONLINE IN PERSON WITH A TRAVEL AGENT BY EMAIL

Going through an intermediary is perfect when you are looking for advice and reassurance, as well as for complicated schedules or special requests. The travel agent will take care of the booking on your behalf, directly using computerised reservation systems (see page 188) or by phone and email with trusted providers and agents. You are then given the booking confirmation, tickets, schedules and other useful information. You can usually pay by credit card, cash and bank transfer.

Calling a customer service or call centre is useful for group bookings, for those who cannot or do not want to use Internet and for those who wish to confirm some details at the same time as booking. You pay by credit or debit card and get immediate confirmation. Which different methods for booking a flight, train, coach or ferry ticket have you used the most frequently/never used?

The best option for immediate travel, especially by coach or train, is directly at the ticket office of the train or coach station, but you have to accept whatever availability there is. You pay by cash, debit or credit card and are issued the ticket straightaway.

2 Complete the table with the advantages and disadvantages of each booking method, adding your own ideas. ADVANTAGES

DISADVANTAGES

Online Email With a travel agent On the phone

ACTIVIT IE S

Reading comprehension

In person

Booking a flight online Reading comprehension 1

Put these steps for an online booking with a low-cost airline in a logical order. Click confirm. Enter passenger and contact details. Add extras like priority boarding, your seat number, hold luggage. Select departure and arrivals airport(s), return/one way flight, dates and number of passengers.

Click on ‘search’. Accept terms and conditions. Receive booking confirmation and

reference number by email. Select the flight(s). Enter payment details (invoice address, debit or credit card number, CCV, expiry date).

Why not go online and ‘book’ a flight to whatever destination you want? Stop before you get to the payment page though!

Transport | UNI T 5

151

ACT IV IT IE S

Bookings and confirmations by email Phraseology 1

Read this email requesting a travel agent to make a booking and put the sentences in the correct order. Dear Gavin, I’ll be in touch later regarding hotels and car hire for the rest of the holiday. In addition, could you please reserve a deluxe cabin on the five-day Canadian Rockies Train tour, starting on April 20th. Thanks again for all your help. I would like to ask you to book the round-trip flights to Vancouver from April 18th to May 1st. Following our previous correspondence, I’m pleased to inform you that we’ve finally managed to decide our holiday schedule. Kind regards, Geoff and Maria Waldheim

Translation & Phraseology 2 Translate the expressions in the box and use them to complete this confirmation. senza costo aggiuntivo − Con riferimento alla vostra email − In allegato troverà confermare di aver prenotato due posti − sicuro che apprezzerete

Dear Geoff and Maria, (1) _________________, I wish to (2) _________________ on the flight from Dallas to Vancouver with United Airlines for April 18th, returning on May 1st. I have been able to reserve premium economy seats (3) _________________ for you, which I am (4) _________________. (5) _________________ the file for the exact flight information and your e-tickets. I also attach the confirmation of the deluxe cabin for the Canadian Rockies Train tour. I await to hear from you regarding the rest of the arrangements. Best regards, Gavin Cookson

PASSEPARTOUT MAKING BOOKINGS BY EMAIL Bookings • Please could you book an inside cabin for the cruise? • I kindly ask you to book the following flights. • I need to book a car for 10 days from… to… • We would prefer to sit at the front/back of the plane. • I also need to request special assistance at the airport.

Confirmations • I can confirm the booking for… • We wish to confirm your reservation for… • Please see the attached schedule for exact arrival times. • Tickets will be sent by email/available at the check-in desk. • You need your booking reference number to pick up the car.

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

3 Write an email to GT Noleggi in Rome to book the rental of a minibus for a client. Include these details.

• nine-seater minibus, 11-21 May

• pick up/drop off airport

• names of two drivers

4 Read the note from your boss at GT Noleggi and write a confirmation email for exercise 3. Rispondi entro oggi a questa e-mail per favore. Ringrazialo per la prenotazione e dagli il codice di prenotazione: FRZ2563. Deve dare questo codice al ritiro del mezzo e deve avere con sé la carta di credito e la patente (di entrambi i guidatori indicati). Confermare il costo totale di €759, incluso chilometraggio illimitato, assicurazione e tasse. Specifica gli orari di apertura degli uffici dell’aeroporto – dalle 7 alle 24. 152

UNI T 5 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

Bookings and confirmations on the phone and in person Listening 1

1.30 Sonya Lewell from GoTravel is calling Channel Ferries to make a booking for her clients. First reread the emails on page 148. Then listen to the conversation and complete the booking form.

18/7/20.. Harwich – Hook of Holland Departure time: 22.30 4/8/20..

Calais – (1) ________

Lead passenger: (4) Mr ________

HINTS & TIPS

4-berth cabin

Departure time: (2) ________ (3) ________ seats Car Registration No. (5) ________ Total price (6) £________

Translation & Phraseology

Whether you speak to the customer on the phone or in person, you have to be quick and accurate when using the computerised booking systems and taking payment.

2 Translate the expressions in the box and use them to complete this conversation at a bus station in the USA. Posso pagare con la carta di credito? − Da dove partite − Mi faccia controllare − È un servizio diretto Quanto costa? − Vorrei fare una prenotazione per un gruppo Assistant Good morning. How can I help you today? Customer Good morning. (1) ______________, please. Assistant Certainly. How many people are in the group? Customer Ten. All senior citizens. Assistant OK. (2) ______________ and what is your destination? Customer We want to travel from Chicago to Des Moines on Sunday December 7th.

Assistant One way? Just a moment. (3) _____________. There’s an express bus at 11.00 in the morning. (4) _____________. Would that be OK? Customer (5) ______________ Assistant $55 each for a senior, plus a $12 transaction fee. Customer Fine. (6) ______________ Assistant Yes, of course.

PASSEPARTOUT MAKING BOOKINGS ON THE PHONE AND IN PERSON Customer Service Agent • Can I help you? • Do you need one way or return? • Can I have the registration number, please? • Can I take your credit card details? • The booking reference is… • There’s a 20% discount if you travel off peak/a supplement of £8.50. • That will be $35.50, please. Do you want to pay in cash or by card?

Caller • I’d like to book/reserve two tickets for... • Is it possible to make a group booking? • I’d like a quiet carriage/a forward-facing seat please. • Can I pay by credit card/by bank transfer? • Have you already got my details on the system? • Is there a discount for students/for railcard holders? • How much is it?

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

Speaking – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 3 In pairs, act out the following conversation. CUSTOMER SERVICE AGENT

CUSTOMER

You work at a car rental desk at the airport. Book a car for a customer. The prices indicated include unlimited mileage, insurance and road tax. Ask for the customer’s driving licence and credit card to pay.

You have just arrived at the airport and want to hire a car for two days, dropping it off at the same airport. Ask about the cars available, the costs and decide which one you want.

£32.99

£39.99

Fiat 500 or similar

£48.96

VW Polo or similar

Ford Focus or similar

People 4

Gearbox manual

People 4

Gearbox automatic

People 5

Gearbox automatic

Doors 3

GPS ✘

Doors 3

GPS ✘

Doors 5

GPS ✘

Luggage 1

Air-con ✓

Luggage 2

Air-con ✓

Luggage 2

Air-con ✓

Select

Transport | UNI T 5

153

ACT IV IT IE S

What other reasons could someone have for cancelling or changing travel and holiday plans?

Changes and cancellations In some circumstances it may be necessary for a client, or even a company, to make changes to, or cancel, a booking. The reasons could be due to unexpected personal circumstances, such as illness, or external conditions, such as bad weather.

Phraseology 1

Gavin Newberry has to change the booking for the Canadian Rockies Train tour for his clients Geoff and Maria Waldheim (page 152). Read his email and put the sentences in the correct order.

Dear Mr Freeman, I hope there is still availability for this date. Unfortunately, due to unforeseen circumstances, they have to postpone the trip by a few days. I am writing with reference to booking no. CR543 for the Canadian Rockies Train tour for my clients Mr and Mrs Waldheim. I apologise for any inconvenience and look forward to receiving the amended booking confirmation. Therefore, I would be grateful if you could change the reservation from April 20th to April 25th. Yours truly, Gavin Newberry

FCE Complete the reply to Gavin Newberryâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s email with the correct option.

Dear Mr Newberry, We are in (1) ________________ of your email and can confirm the (2) _______________ to booking CR543 for your clients, Waldheim. The new departure date is April 25th and we attach the amended (3) ________________. All the other (4) ________________ remain the same. Given that the departure is not imminent, there will be no (5) ________________ for this change. Thank you for your (6) ________________, Regards,

Josh Freeman

1 A order 2 A changing 3 A confirmation 4 A factors 5 A sum 6 A company

B receipt B cancel B proof B features B fee B offer

C regard C transformation C consent C details C deposit C custom

D reference D change D enquiry D groups D payment D client

Listening 3

1.31 Travel agent Sonya Lewell (page 153) is phoning Channel Ferries to make a cancellation. Listen to the conversation and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). 1 Sonya wants to cancel the whole booking. 2 The family are planning an adventure holiday instead. 3 The clients will lose half of what they paid if they cancel. 4 Sonya and the agent both agree that travel insurance is essential. 5 Sonya will send a confirmation email to the agent. 6 The agent doesnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t know how long it will take to refund the money.

154

UNI T 5 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

T F

4 Match each sentence to the correct function (1-4). Which expressions are more suitable for written and which for oral communication? Which are suitable for both?

1 Stating conditions − 2 Apologising − 3 Making requests − 4 Giving reasons

a b c d

There’s been a problem with holiday leave from work and I can’t get the time off. There is a 50% refund for cancellations within 40 days of the departure date. Is it possible to add another person to the booking? I would like to ask you to change the booking.

e To change the name of the passenger, there is a £50 fee. We apologise for any inconvenience this may f cause. g Due to ill health, I have to cancel this booking. h I’m really sorry about this.

ACT IV IT IE S

Phraseology

PASSEPARTOUT DEALING WITH CHANGES AND CANCELLATIONS Customer Service Agent • Our cancellation policy is... • There is a 50% refund for all cancellations. • This ticket is non-refundable/non-transferable. • We apply/impose a fee for any changes to the booking. • I can confirm the cancellation of… • Please find the amended booking as per your email of…

Customer • Unfortunately, I have to/I need to cancel/change the time/the flight/the return journey. • Would it be possible to change the name of the person on the booking/to postpone the departure date? • Is there a difference in price? • I hope it is possible. / I hope there is still availability.

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

5 You work for a travel agency in Scotland. Write an email to Vettori Noleggi to change the details of your booking for coach rental. Use this information:

• booking reference 17/8b for coach rental 15/05 – 22/05; pick up/drop off Perugia Airport; • change booking (problem with the airline);

• new dates 14/05 – 21/05; • 43 passengers instead of 51; • check availability and any change in price.

Translation

6 Translate this reply to the email you wrote in exercise 5. Gent.mi, abbiamo ricevuto la vostra email del 14 aprile e siamo spiacenti di venire a conoscenza dei problemi con la compagnia aerea. Siamo lieti di informarvi che abbiamo un pullman disponibile per le nuove date indicate e che l’abbiamo riservato per voi. Si tratta di un pullman da 56 posti dal momento che non abbiamo pullman più piccoli disponibili in quelle date. Ciò significa che, sfortunatamente, non possiamo diminuire il prezzo della vostra prenotazione iniziale. Tuttavia, non applicheremo la nostra penale standard del 10% per i cambi di prenotazione in ritardo. Speriamo che sia una soluzione soddisfacente e ci auguriamo di vedervi presto. Cordiali saluti, Michele Gambini Vettori Noleggi

Speaking – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

7 In pairs, act out the situation in exercises 5 and 6 as a phone conversation. 8 In pairs, act out the following phone conversation. Remember to swap roles. CUSTOMER You booked a return flight from Naples to London through a travel agent. You need to cancel due to work commitments. Phone the travel agent to cancel. Ask for a refund.

TRAVEL AGENT You recently booked a return flight from Naples to London for a customer. He/She calls you. The ticket is non-refundable if the client cancels. This is airline policy for this ticket type and you cannot do anything to help.

Transport | UNI T 5

155

While travelling If you work in the transport industry, at a bus or train station or on board a plane for example, you will come into contact with passengers at various stages of their journey. You might help with issuing tickets, check-in, boarding procedures or providing information and instructions.

ACT IV IT IE S

Check-in at the airport Listening 1

1.32 Listen to the first part of a conversation at the check-in desk at Las Vegas Airport and answer these questions.

1 How many people are checking in? 2 Does the passenger have hold or hand luggage? 3 What security questions about the luggage does the assistant ask?

1.33 Now listen to the second part of the conversation and complete the boarding pass.

18 October

Kevin McClean KLM (1) _____

LAS

(2) ________

(3) _____

(4) _____

09:40

Translation & Phraseology 3 Translate these expressions and use them to complete this conversation at the luggage drop-off desk at Stansted Airport.

Consegni questo al desk di là dove potrà pagare con la carta di credito. Mi dispiace ma pesa 22 chili, 2 chili oltre il limite. − Il bagaglio a mano non deve superare i 10 kg. Posso vedere la sua carta d’imbarco e il passaporto, per favore? Passenger Can I drop my luggage here for the flight to Milano Bergamo? Assistant Yes, of course. (1) ________________ Passenger Here you are.

Assistant Put your case on the scales, please. (2) ________________ You will have to pay the surcharge.

Passenger How much is it?

Assistant £15 per kilo, so £30 in total. (3) ________________ Then come back here to drop off your case.

Passenger What about if I take some stuff out and put it my hand luggage? I can’t pay that much. Assistant Yes, but (4) ________________. Passenger OK. I’ll see what I can do.

PASSEPARTOUT AT THE AIRPORT Airport staff • Can I see your ticket and passport, please? • How many pieces of luggage are you checking in? • Would you like an aisle or window seat? • You’re in seat 23A. Boarding commences at 11.15 at gate 43. • I’m sorry, you can’t take that as hand luggage. • The plane is delayed by 70 minutes. • Enjoy your flight. Passenger • Is this the check-in for Atlanta? • What time do I have to get to the gate? • Can I have a seat by the emergency exit? • Can I check in this suitcase, please? • Is the flight on time? • I’ve only got hand luggage.

Speaking – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 4 In pairs, use this information to act out two conversations at the airport check-in. Remember to swap roles. Flight BA 154 Rome Fiumicino to London Heathrow at 19.40 Boarding 19.10/Gate A15/Seat 13C (aisle) One suitcase and one cabin bag

156

UNI T 5 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

Flight SK123 London Gatwick to Athens at 8.00 Boarding 7.30/Gate 12/Seat 5A (window) Hand luggage only

On board the plane 1

FCE Listen to these four conversations and announcements on board a plane and match them to the correct situation. There are two extra situations you do not need. 1.34

a announcing what to do before landing b serving food and drink c informing passengers of a delay d explaining a safety precaution e describing the in-flight entertainment f giving instructions for getting off the plane

Speaker 1 Speaker 2 Speaker 3 Speaker 4

ACT IV IT IE S

Listening

Speaking – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 2 Work in pairs. One is the flight attendant who has to sell food and drink, the other is the passenger who wishes to order. Using the in-flight menu, act out different conversations. Remember to swap roles.

QUICK AND EASY LUNCH DEALS G R E AT V A L U E 1. MAIN (£4.90 EACH)

• HOT BACON SANDWICH • HOT DOG • FETA & TOMATO SALAD

2. SNACK (£1.50 EACH)

3. DRINK (£2.50 EACH)

• CHOICE OF SOFT DRINKS

• 2 SHORTBREAD BISCUITS • CHOICE OF CHOCOLATE BARS

• TEA

CHOOSE 1, 2 AND 3 AND PAY

• COFFEE

• CHOICE OF CRISPS

SPECIAL MEAL DEAL!

ONLY £7.50

At the station Listening 1

1.35 Listen to these conversations and announcements at a train station and on board a train and choose the correct option.

1 Which platform will the Bolton train leave from? A Platform 5 B Platform 3A

C Platform 6

2 Why is there a delay to some train services today? A an accident B a storm

C a strike

3 The man is disturbed by... A a phone call.

C someone eating.

B a laptop.

4 The women’s train will arrive in Edinburgh at... A 12.15. B 12.50.

C 13.50.

5 What is not available on this train? A WC

C Wi-Fi

B coffee

Speaking 2 In pairs, act out the following conversation on board a train. PASSENGER You want to know what time the train will arrive in Exeter. You only have 15 minutes before your connecting train to Barnstaple.

ASSISTANT The train is delayed by 45 minutes due to engineering works. Estimated arrival in Exeter is 12.05. Trains to Barnstaple are at 12.10 and 14.10.

Transport | UNI T 5

157

READY TO GO

In small groups, think of all the things that could go wrong when you travel. Each group should take a different means of transport. Then decide which of the things cannot be helped and which you could complain about.

vent sfogare

HINTS & TIPS Writing a complaint • Make the complaint as soon as possible after the event. • Present the situation clearly. • Refer to any regulations and laws which entitle you/your customer to compensation. • Indicate a deadline for receiving a reply. • Send copies of tickets and other documents. • Keep copies of all correspondence and notes of any phone calls.

Complaints and replies Delays, overbooking, cancellations, missing luggage: these are things that can happen during a journey, in spite of everyone’s best efforts. In these cases, you can make a complaint yourself directly to the company or through your travel agent who will do it on your behalf. A large organisation will have well-trained people in their customer service department to deal with complaints efficiently, both on the phone and by letter or email, while in a smaller company it might be a general manager or the owner who replies. These days, many people are turning to social media to make complaints, especially when they have had no success with more traditional channels. It is much quicker and has the advantage of being seen by lots of other social media users, thus raising the profile of the complaint and putting the company’s reputation and image at risk if it is not answered quickly. However, tweets and Facebook comments are so simple to make that it can be easy for an annoyed customer to use them to vent their anger just for the sake of it, without having a concrete problem. Whichever method is used to complain or reply to a complaint, the important thing to remember is that everyone involved should always remain calm and be polite. RE: Flight TB712 from LHR to DXB Dear Sirs, I am writing to you in connection with the above flight on which I was booked to travel on 11th November 20… The flight was supposed to depart from London Heathrow at 7.15 a.m. but boarding was delayed by more than 4 hours. There was no explanation given by the ground staff and any member of your staff to whom we managed to speak were rude and unhelpful. Once on board, we were subject to a further delay and forced to wait on a hot plane, with no air conditioning, for a further 60 minutes. This delay of nearly six hours caused many problems as I was expected at my daughter’s wedding in Dubai and I missed the ceremony. I feel that, besides your apologies for this dreadful situation, I am entitled to suitable compensation. I look forward to receiving your prompt reply on this matter. Yours faithfully, Margaret Cavendish

ACT IV IT IE S

Attached: Copy of my ticket

158

Reading comprehension 2 Read the texts and email and answer these questions. 1 What is the alternative to making a complaint yourself? 2 How might large and small companies handle complaints differently? 3 What can be the disadvantage for a company when customers use social media to complain? 4 Why do you think it is necessary to make a complaint as soon as possible after the event? UNI T 5 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

5 Where was Ms Cavendish flying from and where was she going? 6 What three things is she complaining about? 7 What was the consequence of the delay? 8 What does she request?

3 Read the email replying to Ms Cavendish’s complaint and put the sentences in the correct order. HINTS & TIPS

Dear Ms Cavendish,

Replying to a complaint

This amount will be credited to the credit card used for booking, unless we receive other instructions from you. With reference to your email dated 15th November, we deeply regret you experienced such a long delay on your flight to Dubai.

Once again please accept our apologies and we hope you will continue to fly with us in the future. In addition, we would like to apologise for the lack of communication from our staff to the passengers. However, as a gesture of good will, we are happy to refund the cost of the outward flight to Dubai. We have investigated the matter and the delays were due to mechanical works on the runway and, as such, were out of our control.

Yours sincerely, Matt Ingram Customer Services Manager

ACT IV IT IE S

Phraseology

• Apologise and show concern over the matter. • Investigate the situation as soon as possible. • Answer all the points clearly. • Give reasons for why the complaint is recognised/ unfounded. • Offer compensation or another solution if necessary. • Close in a conciliatory manner.

PASSEPARTOUT COMPLAINTS • I wish to complain about… on behalf of my clients… • The flight was delayed by… • There was no seat reserved in my name and I had to stand for the entire journey. • The level of service was unsatisfactory. • The staff were impolite/inefficient/gave no explanation. • I would be grateful if you could provide an explanation for this… • In the circumstances, we believe we are entitled to a refund/ compensation. • We therefore request a complete refund of the cost of the ticket. • In accordance with EU regulations, we are entitled to compensation for this cancelled/delayed flight.

REPLIES • We are sorry/We regret to hear of the problems during your recent flight/journey. • We sincerely apologise for this oversight/situation. • This was due to circumstances out of our control. • Our conditions clearly state that compensation is due only for delays of over 60 minutes. • However, we are willing to offer you/your clients… • We have already arranged for a complete refund. • We can assure you that we will do our best to avoid similar occurrences in the future. • We hope your clients will accept our sincere apologies. • We trust you will continue to use our services in the future.

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

Listening 4

1.36 Listen to this phone conversation between a travel agent, Clyde Vernon, and the customer service

agent at a car rental company. Decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). 1 Clyde Vernon is calling about a non-urgent situation. 2 His client, Ms Fletcher, has a problem at Florence airport. 3 Ms Fletcher has been waiting for 40 minutes at the car rental desk at the airport. 4 The problem is due to the late return of two vehicles. 5 The agent can’t cancel the booking and refund the money. 6 Clyde Vernon plans to make a formal complaint.

T F

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 5 You are Clyde Vernon and you now wish to write a letter of complaint to Leys Car Rental on behalf of your client Ms Fletcher. Use the information you listened to in exercise 4 and the following details to help you:

• refer to the booking and phone call; • express your disappointment with the company that you have used many times in the past;

• request further compensation for your client (a woman travelling with young children) for the inconvenience.

6 Imagine you have just come back from a coach tour where several things went wrong. Write a letter of complaint to the tour operator explaining what happened and requesting compensation.

Transport | UNI T 5

159

UNIT

Explore language

Air transport DEPARTURE LOUNGE

SECURITY At the departure terminal check-in desk banco accettazione duty-free duty free escalator scala mobile trolley carrello bagagli

At the arrivals terminal currency exchange cambiavalute customs dogana immigration/passport control immigrazione/ controllo passaporti baggage carousel nastro baggage reclaim ritiro bagagli Outside the terminals coach station stazione dei pullman train station stazione dei treni car park parcheggio taxi rank posteggio dei taxi

metal detector

gate X-ray machine

AIRPORT PLAN

UNI T 5 | Explore language

travelator

hold taxiway

tail

air bridge

fuselage

control tower

cockpit

terminal

runway

On the plane armrest bracciolo cabin crew assistenti di volo emergency exit uscita dâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;emergenza in-flight magazine rivista di bordo life vest giubbotto di salvataggio overhead/reading light luce da lettura oxygen mask maschera per lâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ossigeno safety instructions istruzioni di sicurezza seatbelt cintura di sicurezza toilet bagno tray table tavolino window blind tendina

160

information screen

wing apron

shuttle bus

CABIN overhead locker

headrest

row screen seat aisle

Land transport BUS

driver conducente luggage compartment scomparto bagagli luggage rack ripiano portabagagli window finestrino

double-decker bus

hop-on hop-off bus

open top bus

coach

CAR

estate car

hatchback

Parts of the car boot bagagliaio door sportello seat sedile

RAIL

saloon

limousine Roads dual carriageway strada a doppia carreggiata motorway/highway autostrada

steering wheel volante wheel ruota windscreen parabrezza

SUV

convertible

petrol station distributore di benzina toll booth casello toll road strada a pedaggio

waiting room

car park

bench platform

information office validation machine

At the station concourse barrier tornello concourse atrio departures/arrival board tabellone delle partenze/degli arrivi left luggage deposito bagagli newsagent edicola ticket machine biglietteria automatica ticket office biglietteria timetable tabellone orario

toilets locomotive/engine guard platform number railway track trolley

buffet car

carriage overhead luggage rack ticket inspector

seat window

passenger

Inside a train socket presa elettrica refreshment trolley carrello minibar seat reservation posto riservato Transport | UNI T 5

161

Water transport TYPES OF VESSEL

ro/ro ferry

hydrofoil

catamaran

river bus

inflatable boat

cruise ship

narrowboat/barge

sailing yacht

motor yacht

ocean liner

CRUISE SHIP deck restaurant

pool

lounge

playground

funnel

terrace radar

balcony cabin

conference room

suite

spa

bow prua stern poppa harbour/marina/port porto lighthouse faro quay banchina port babordo starboard tribordo wharf pontile

bridge porthole

reading room hold reception lifeboat

hairstylist designer store

theatre promenade deck

anchor

Travelling Verbs be cancelled essere cancellato be delayed subire ritardo be late/early essere in ritardo/in anticipo be on time essere in orario board/deplane/disembark a plane imbarcarsi su/scendere da un aereo catch a train/bus prendere il treno/lâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;autobus drive a car guidare una macchina embark/disembark a ship imbarcarsi su/scendere da una nave 162

UNI T 5 | Explore language

feel travel sick soffrire di mal dâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;auto get in/out of a car/taxi salire su/scendere da una macchina/un taxi get on/off a train/bus salire su/scendere da un treno/autobus land atterrare miss a train/bus/flight perdere un treno/un autobus/un volo queue stare in fila ride a bike/motorbike andare in bicicletta/in moto take a taxi prendere un taxi take off decollare

Look at the pictures and word lists of air transport on page 160 and complete these definitions.

1 An _____________ links a plane directly to the terminal for boarding and deplaning. 2 A _____________ is the thing you fasten during take-off and landing. 3 The _____________ is the area of the airport where you wait to board your plane. 4 A plane lands on a _____________. 5 A pilot works in the _____________ of a plane. 6 You and your personal belongings are scanned at _____________.

2 Look at the pictures and word lists of land transport on page 161 and complete these definitions. 1 A _____________ is the place where you stand as you wait to catch a train. 2 A _____________ is a car which has a top which can be folded back or removed. 3 A _____________ is the person who checks your tickets on a bus or train. 4 The _____________ are the long pieces of metal that a train travels on. 5 A _____________ is a form of road transport with two floors, typical in England. 6 You can put your suitcase on the _____________ during your train journey.

3 Look at the pictures and word lists of water transport on page 162 and complete these definitions. 1 The right-hand side of a ship is called _____________. 2 The front of a ship is called the _____________. 3 A _____________ is the round window on a ship. 4 The captain of a ship works on the _____________. 5 You can drive your car directly on to a _____________ to travel for example from mainland Italy to Sardinia. 6 The different levels of a cruise ship are called _____________.

4 Choose the correct alternative. 1 My flight was cancelled/missed due to bad weather at the airport. 2 You may get on/disembark using both the front and the rear steps of the plane. 3 The 17.25 service from Liverpool to Manchester is cancelled/delayed by 15 minutes. 4 The easiest way to get to the city centre is to catch/take a taxi. 5 For the museum, you need to get off/out the bus at the stop opposite the park. 6 ‘Have you ever lost/missed a flight before?’ ‘I have, unfortunately.’

FCE Complete the texts with the correct option.

On a train Welcome (1) ____________ this 16.25 service from King’s Cross to York. First-class (2) ____________ are situated at the front of the train and the (3) ____________, which will shortly be open, is at the rear of the train. We remind passengers that they must have a (4) ____________ ticket for travel on this train and that smoking is not permitted anywhere on board.

At an airport

We would like to inform passengers that we will shortly start boarding (5) ____________ TS 124 to Madrid from (6) ____________ 24. We will start boarding passengers with (7) ____________ in rows 1-15 first. Please have your passports and boarding (8) ____________ ready for inspection.

1 A back 2 A posts 3 A buffet car 4 A good 5 A journey 6 A gate 7 A seats 8 A tickets

B aboard B passengers B toilets B true B plane B stop B posts B paper

C you C carriages C refreshment trolley C authentic C flight C platform C chairs C permits

D board D tickets D ticket inspector D valid D trip D exit D places D passes

Transport | UNI T 5

163

UNIT

Test your knowledge and skills

Really Slow Travel Why we should walk more

There are many reasons to explore a tourist destination on foot rather than by any other means of transport. For a start, you see more and certainly get a better feel for a place by walking around it. A good tip is to pick a few places you’d really like to visit and that are within walking distance of each other. Take your time to stroll along the streets that join them – you’ll discover everyday aspects of life in your destination and get a good balance between tourist attractions and real living. It’s also a great way to find the best restaurants and shops because you’ll be able to see where the locals go. Then of course walking is good for you: the release of ‘exercise-fuelled endorphins’ makes you feel happy so you don’t come back from holiday feeling more stressed than when you went. If you get tired, you can always take a rest and do some people-watching in a local square or park. It might sound strange, but you’re actually less likely to get lost if you explore a location on foot. Underground trains, buses, trams and taxis are disorientating and only leave you with a partial understanding of the layout of a place.

This is even more important if you are visiting somewhere with a language or script you can’t understand, as concrete landmarks become vital to orienteer by. If you’re walking, you won’t miss things. You’ll have time to capture the people and places that truly constitute memorymaking photos, rather than just the identical tourist snaps everybody brings back from their holidays to bore their friends and families with. Walking shouldn’t just be reserved for cities: with a little forward planning it can also be the best way to visit the countryside. But if you are planning to walk, prepare well before you start. Good walking shoes are vital, as you will probably spend a lot of hours on your feet. For many destinations it is still best to buy a local map as the satnav apps on your

smartphone won’t always work, especially in the countryside. Take a small day bag or rucksack with you so you can carry water, money and other essentials like a waterproof coat, suncream and sunglasses. Visit the local tourist information office and ask for the best paths to follow and for approximate indications of terrain and distances. Be sure to plan plenty of refuelling and comfort breaks along your route: places you can freshen up, eat and drink or just rest for a bit. For safety reasons it’s usually better not to walk around alone. But don’t worry if you are a single traveller, there are many meetup websites nowadays where you can find like-minded travellers or locals who would love to show you around. Alternatively you can join an organised walking tour or, if you’re feeling very energetic, an organised sightrunning tour! Walking along Hadrian’s Wall.

Reading comprehension 1

ES Read the article and answer these questions.

1 What advice does the writer give on how to visit 4 What happens to your sense of direction when you use public transport to get around a place? a tourist destination on foot? 5 How does the writer advise us to prepare before we 2 What insight can you gain from locals if you start walking? explore a place on foot? 6 What does the writer suggest single travellers 3 Why does walking make you feel good? should do in order to find walking companions?

Tourism theory

2 Write two short paragraphs to explain: 1 the different stages of travelling by plane; 2 the advantages and disadvantages of the main transport booking methods.

164

UNI T 5 | Test your knowledge and skills

Listening & Phraseology 3

1.37 You will hear a conversation between a passenger and a check-in assistant. Listen to the first part of

the conversation and complete the check-in assistant’s questions. 1 ‘_________________ 2 ‘_________________ 3 ‘_________________ 4 ‘_________________ 5 ‘_________________

alone today?’ ‘Yes, I am.’ your bags yourself?’ ‘Yes, I did.’ to take any items on to the plane for them?’ ‘No, they haven’t.’ any dangerous or restricted items in your luggage?’ ‘No, I don’t.’ a window or an aisle seat?’ ‘A window seat, please.’

1.38 Listen to the second part of the conversation and complete the passenger’s boarding pass.

MR A COLLINS

__________

NEW YORK JFK AIRPORT

__________

(1) ___________

__________ (2) ______________

4 June

AA6229

(4) ___________ (5) ___________

11A

(3) ___________

______

Writing 5 Write a descriptive text for the website of a private company in the transport sector, for example a car or coach rental company or one organising boat trips. Your description should include information on: • the history of the company • its location

• the staff and quality of services • the destinations and/or facilities

Video role play & Speaking 6

Watch this video of a conversation between a travel agent and a customer purchasing a rail ticket. Read the prompts on the screen and take the role of the travel agent.

Now watch the full version of the video and compare your answers.

8 In pairs, role play a similar conversation between a travel agent and a customer who wants to book tickets on a coach, a water bus or a ferry. Remember to swap roles. A sk and answer about: • • • •

the the the the

destination date of travel number of passengers type of ticket(s)

• seating preferences • costs and discounts • departure and arrival times

Transport | UNI T 5

165

UNIT

READY TO GO

When you go on holiday, what kind of accommodation do you usually stay in?

ACT IV I TI ES

Which websites do you know for comparing and booking accommodation? Have you ever used them?

166

Accommodation

Tourism in THEORY

Choosing accommodation One of the first things you are likely to think about when choosing accommodation for a holiday is the exact location within the country or area you are visiting. Do you want somewhere close to the airport for an early morning flight? In the city centre for lots of sightseeing? In the countryside for a relaxing break, or directly on the beach? Secondly, you need to consider meals. Are you happy cooking for yourself or eating in different restaurants all the time, or would you prefer the convenience of having meals prepared for you and served at a set time? Depending on your preference, there are two types of accommodation: serviced accommodation where meals are provided and self-catering accommodation where meals are not provided. In addition, you have to choose the type of room, the size of the structure and facilities and services you would like to have available. Do you prefer somewhere small and intimate or large and luxurious? Family-run or an international chain? What other facilities would you like? Wi-Fi is probably top of many peopleâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s list, together with things like TV, air conditioning, a pool, a gym and somewhere to park the car. Finally, and perhaps the most important of all the factors when choosing accommodation, is cost. The cost of accommodation depends on all the factors mentioned above, as well as the period of the year, and therefore your choice is massively influenced by your available budget. This is where surfing comparison websites or going to a travel agency can be particularly useful, helping you find special offers or the best deal. History of accommodation

Reading comprehension 2

FCE Read the text and choose the correct option.

1 Which of these motives for choosing accommodation is NOT mentioned in the text? A position B price C personal recommendation D facilities

3 The facilities and services... A differ according to the type and size of accommodation. B are only important in large hotels. C do not influence the choice of accommodation. D are more luxurious in an international chain.

2 Self-catering accommodation means that guests... A do not have to cook any meals. B can decide when and where to eat. C have no cooking facilities. D cannot choose what time to have their meals.

4 Which of these factors affecting the cost of accommodation is NOT mentioned in the text? A the season you book B the type of accommodation C special discounts and offers D the duration of the stay

UNI T 6 | TOURISM IN THEORY

Vocabulary 3 Use the expressions in the boxes to complete the mind maps about types of room and board. double − family − single − suite − twin − triple/quadruple (1) ______________ room For one person, with a single bed. (6) ______________

(2) ______________ room

Larger rooms with separate living and sleeping areas.

For two people, with a double bed.

TYPES OF ROOM

(5) ______________ room

(3) ______________ room

Not so common in hotels, but can be found in hostels and similar places, usually with bunk beds.

For two people, with two single beds. (4) ______________ room A double room with space to add a cot or a folding bed for a child.

LOOK CLOSER

all-inclusive − bed and breakfast − full board − half board − room only

(7) ______________ Only accommodation for the night. (11) ______________

(8) ______________

Accommodation, three main meals and some/all snacks and drinks at other times of the day.

Accommodation for the night plus breakfast in the morning.

TYPES OF BOARD

(10) ______________

(9) ______________

Accommodation and three main meals (breakfast, lunch, dinner). Drinks, such as wine, might be extra.

Accommodation, breakfast and evening meal.

Hotels and other types of accommodation often offer two types of breakfast: continental which comprises bread, pastries, fruit juices, tea and coffee, and Full English which is a cooked breakfast with eggs, bacon, sausages and toast.

Listening 4

2.01 FCE Listen to four people talking about what is important to them when choosing accommodation.

Match each person to what he/she is talking about. There are two extra situations.

a knowing you have found a bargain b the quality of the service c having everything done for you d not having any worries about transport e returning to a familiar place f going somewhere recommended by friends or family

Speaker 1 Speaker 2 Speaker 3 Speaker 4

Accommodation | UNI T 6

167

READY TO GO

Have you ever stayed in a hotel? Where was it and what was it like? Which services did it offer?

Serviced accommodation Hotels One of the most common types of serviced accommodation is a hotel. Hotels vary in location, size and the level of amenities and services so they can be suitable for many different types of tourist with different budgets. A hotel can be an independent operation, in which case it can make all its own business and marketing decisions. If it is a franchise or part of a national or international chain, it will have to follow certain standards and procedures, but can benefit from brand awareness and advertising. Hotels can be classified according to their location (airport, city centre, country hotels), their function or target market (business, budget hotels) or their style (boutique hotels).

Located in strategic points (near trade fairs, business districts, stations, airports and in city centres), business hotels are aimed at business travellers and companies wishing to organise meetings, conferences and corporate events. They are generally of a high level with a 3- or 4-star rating. They offer all relevant business services, such as function rooms, auditoriums and audio-visual equipment.

Most guests at an airport hotel are likely to stay only one night, before or after a flight. These hotels, which can be both at the budget and upscale ends of the market, offer standard hotel services and shuttle services to and from the airport. It is often possible to get a deal which includes parking for the duration of your holiday.

Boutique hotels are small, upmarket hotels in unique settings. They are often independently operated as they are intended to offer one-of-a-kind experiences, although hotel chains might add boutique hotels to their collection. They are usually decorated in a particular style, sometimes following a theme, such as an artist or historical period.

Micro hotels are a development of Japanese capsule hotels which offer small sleeping capsules with communal bathrooms. Suitable for short stays or for those on a tight budget, micro hotels have small rooms, sometimes without windows, of about 10m2 including a tiny en-suite shower and toilet. There are usually no extras and booking is often exclusively online. 168

UNI T 6 | TOURISM IN THEORY

Budget hotels offer basic services at a reasonable rate. Guests can be assured of consistent levels of service, cleanliness and dĂŠcor across all the hotels if they are part of a chain, but with independent budget hotels the quality can vary enormously.

A resort hotel is part of a complex which aims to provide all the services a holidaymaker might need – accommodation, food, entertainment, shopping – in one place. It can be a destination in itself or near a specific place such as a theme park, beach or mountains. Holiday villages are similar self-contained complexes where accommodation can be in a main hotel as well as in villas and apartments.

Luxury hotels are those which offer extremely high levels of service, full amenities and world-class quality, including things like private butlers, spas and Michelin-starred restaurants, to ensure an exclusive – and expensive – experience.

A serviced apartment is a fully-furnished apartment, usually within a hotel complex. Though it contains an equipped kitchen, it also offers access to hotel-like services. Serviced apartments are often used for long-term stays by business people or those relocating for work, as they offer more flexibility and space than a traditional hotel room. Common in the USA, motels are one- or two-storey buildings located next to major motorways and roads, with the rooms leading directly onto a car parking area. They were designed for people driving long distances between states, before flying became the preferred method of transport. Nowadays many have closed down, although they are still popular with those looking for a slice of old-time America as they drive along Route 66.

butlers maggiordomi

2 Read the texts on pages 168 and 169 and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. 1 Hotels are aimed at a wide range of travellers and tourists. 2 Some hotels operate as part of a franchise business. 3 People looking for a long break are likely to stay in an airport hotel. 4 A small, stylish luxury hotel can be considered to be a boutique hotel. 5 Micro hotels are only found in Japan. 6 Budget chain hotels have certain standards they must maintain. 7 A resort hotel is likely to be very small and intimate, with few facilities. 8 Staying in a luxury hotel is not a cheap option. 9 A serviced apartment combines elements of a hotel with a private apartment. 10 It is no longer possible to find a motel in the USA.

T F

A CT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension

Critical thinking & Speaking 3 Discuss these questions in pairs.

1 What types of hotel are there in your area and what type of tourists do they cater for? 2 What reasons might there be for the presence or lack of certain types of hotel there?

Accommodation | UNI T 6

169

ACTIVITIE S

Room service is when you can have meals, snacks and drinks delivered directly to your room by the hotel staff. The cost is added to your final bill, while a tip is given directly to the person carrying out the service.

Facilities and amenities Serviced accommodation offers different facilities and amenities for guests, depending on their target market, location and price. The facilities available are usually indicated with symbols on websites and brochures to make it easy to compare and overcome language barriers. Within hotels in particular, these facilities range from parking, room service and free Wi-Fi to hotel concierge services, gyms, hairdressers and tennis courts. Within the room, you may find things like tea and coffee making facilities, a TV, hairdryer and complimentary personal toiletries. These courtesy sets can be quite basic or more upmarket with shampoo, shower gel, body lotions, toothpaste and slippers which guests are free to take home. Things like monogrammed bathrobes and towels, however, are not to be taken as souvenirs and some hotels have introduced Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) â&#x20AC;&#x201C; a versatile technology using tags for identifying and tracking items â&#x20AC;&#x201C; to prevent theft. Due to increased concern for the environment, most hotels no longer change towels and bed linen daily, leaving guests to decide the frequency of changes. Rooms and bathrooms are generally cleaned daily, with some top hotels adding things like fresh flowers, complimentary bottled water or an evening turn-down service where staff prepare the room for the night and put a chocolate on your pillow. Things stolen from hotels

Reading comprehension 1

Read the text and answer these questions.

1 Why can hotel facilities differ from one to another? 2 What is a courtesy set and what might be included? 3 How are hotels trying to stop guests stealing towels?

4 How are hotels trying to be greener? 5 What is a turn-down service? 6 When do guests normally pay for room service?

Vocabulary & Speaking 2 Match the symbols to the correct expression. Then decide which ones would be the most important for you as a guest in a hotel and compare your choices with a partner. 1 2 3 4

24-hour room service air conditioning bar fitness room/gym

5 6 7 8

golf course parking laundry service pets welcome

9 10 11 12

pool spa wheelchair accessible sauna

Listening

170

2.02 FCE Listen to this talk on the use and development of technology in hotels and complete the sentences with a maximum of three words.

1 Keyless hotels use smartphones, ________________________ or retina scans for entry. 2 With a ________________________ app you can check out the view before your choose your room. 3 E-concierge apps can be used for getting information and also for ________________________. 4 Some hotels have introduced the ________________________ to deliver room service. 5 With all this technology, it is important to remember that guests are ________________________. UNI T 6 | TOURISM IN THEORY

Unusual hotels around the world Given the intense competition in the hotel industry, one way to stand out from the crowd is to choose an unconventional building, such as a lighthouse or a warehouse, as a location for a hotel. Another solution could be to create a themed hotel, for example with rooms dedicated to different artists or authors. Here are three unusual hotels in North America and the UK.

NO MAN’S FORT

T H E L I B E RT Y H O T E L BOSTON

Built in 1851 and home to some of Boston’s most notorious criminals until 1990, the Charles Street Jail has been imaginatively transformed into The Liberty Hotel. The granite exterior and most of the interiors have been left unchanged, with the prison windows and catwalks now part of the hotel hall. The cells and iron bars on the windows have also been kept, while the prison exercise yard is a beautifully landscaped courtyard garden. With 298 rooms and suites, views of the city skyline and five restaurants and bars, The Liberty Hotel offers guests a comfortable and unique experience.

The Solent, Portsmouth, UK

Located about 1 mile off the coast of Portsmouth, you need a boat to get to this impressive hotel. Built 150 years ago as a form of defence against the risk of invasion by Napoleon III, this spectacular fort with reinforced granite walls is a testament to the skill of Victorian engineering. The hotel has maintained the distinctive architecture and period details of this dramatic structure, while at the same time offering 22 luxurious rooms and suites. The various facilities, like a rooftop hot tub and five bars, make it the perfect hotel for partying, especially as there are no neighbours to worry about!

HÔTEL DE GLACE - CANADA Every winter, since 2001, the Hôtel de Glace, just 4km from the north end of Québec City, has been the must-see attraction for visitors to Canada. This ice hotel, the only one in North America, has 44 rooms and suites, with snow vaults, ice sculptures and amazing décor.

The outdoor spa and sauna provide a unique and magical atmosphere where you can relax under the stars. Guests are given a full briefing and nordic sleeping bag in order to have the most comfortable and exciting sub-zero experience.

Read the three leaflets and answer these questions in pairs.

1 What makes each of these hotels unusual and unique? 2 Which hotel(s) is... • historical? • isolated? • temporary? • easy to get to?

3 Which do you think is the most unusual? Why? 4 Would you like to stay in any of them? Why/Why not?

Internet research & Writing

ACTIVITIES

Reading comprehension & Speaking

2 In small groups, find out about an unusual or unique hotel anywhere in the world and write a short presentation. Include the following details:

• its location and when it opened; • the type of hotel/target market; • the facilities and services;

• the details that make it unusual (history, location, previous use, type of building, etc.).

Accommodation | UNI T 6

171

B&Bs and guest houses On a smaller scale to most hotels, and usually operated as family businesses, we can find B&Bs (bed and breakfasts) and guest houses. They are more informal, service is much simpler and there are usually fewer facilities for guests. A bed and breakfast might have only three or four rooms to rent, usually with en-suite or private bathrooms, in part of the owner’s home. Breakfast is always included in the price and can often be with local and home-made produce, especially in rural areas or farmhouses. The location of B&Bs is not limited to rural areas though, and they can be found in towns and large cities too. They are particularly common in the UK, although the name and style of accommodation has become popular in other countries too. A guest house is slightly larger and the owner does not usually live in the same property, but in terms of facilities it is basically the same. There could be evening meals, a communal lounge area or a bar available. A guest house will probably employ some staff for cleaning and cooking, whereas the owner of a B&B might carry out all these duties personally.

ACTIVITIE S

In the UK, you can also find inns, which are typically pubs that provide accommodation and breakfast. These are often in the countryside and small villages. They may also provide food in the pub restaurant at lunchtime and in the evening. However, it is important to note that other types of serviced accommodation might use the word ‘inn’ as part of their name so as to evoke a particular style or image.

Reading comprehension 1

Read the texts and complete the table with characteristics of each type of accommodation.

SIZE

STAFF

LOCATION

B&B _

Guest house Inn

2 Read the description of Brambles B&B and answer the questions below.

Brambles B&B, Skipton, Yorkshire Conveniently situated less than five minutes from Skipton and ten minutes’ drive from the Yorkshire Dales National Park, Brambles B&B offers comfortable accommodation in three rooms with en-suite bathrooms. The cottage is in charming surroundings, with a large garden and lovely views of the hills.

After a leisurely Full English breakfast, with as much to eat as you wish, you can spend a relaxing day wandering around the picturesque towns of Malham and Grassington or set off for a hike to explore the Dales. Whatever your reason for visiting, the Goade family looks forward to giving you a very warm welcome.

1 Where is the B&B? 2 How many rooms are there? 3 What kind of breakfast does it serve?

172

UNI T 6 | TOURISM IN THEORY

4 What is there to do in the area? 5 Who runs the B&B?

FACILITIES

Accommodation ratings

READY TO GO

The most common way of rating accommodation is using a star system based on its standards and facilities, from the lowest one-star rating of a basic hotel to the highest five-star rating of a luxury hotel. However, it is not easy to compare hotels in different countries as there is no official international rating system. Each country has its own way of grading accommodation and, even within the same country, there can be several organisations with different assessment criteria rating the accommodation. In Italy the hotel star rating, and price, are regulated by law, while in the USA there are various organisations, such as the AAA (American Automobile Association) which awards diamonds for the different standards. The UK, like Italy, uses a star rating system, although with different criteria. It is solely the tourist boards for England, Scotland and Wales, as well as the AA (Automobile Association), who are authorised to assess the quality not only of hotels but also of B&Bs, guest houses and self-catering accommodation, based on the facilities, services and hospitality offered. So, given this inconsistency in rating systems, are they really worth anything for tourists? According to some in the hospitality industry, they are becoming outdated and leave little room for expressing the individuality of a hotel. Guests want to know about the actual experience of staying in a place – details like the home-made jams and pastries served at breakfast, the friendly dog that sits at your feet in front of the open fire, the staff that go beyond their duty to help out, the unique details and the personality of a place. In order to get these details, users are increasingly referring to online review websites where they can read reviews of other guests’ experiences and see ratings based on users’ opinions. Unlike the objective views of an official assessment, these reviews are totally subjective and, unfortunately, can be manipulated, but perhaps the two together – and a dose of scepticism – are the way forward on how to choose your perfect accommodation and avoid unwelcome surprises.

What do you know about the star rating system for hotels in Italy? Who is responsible for awarding stars? Is there legislation governing the classification system?

Have you ever seen TV programmes like Hotel Hell, Hotel Impossible or Hotel Inspector? What are they about? Have a look online to find an episode to watch.

What’s your opinion on the usefulness of the hotel grading systems and guest reviews? Which would you find the most useful?

2 Read the text and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. 1 The hotel star rating system facilitates the comparison of hotels and their services on an international level. 2 Hotel assessment can be regulated by national laws or by tourist boards. 3 In the UK, ratings are only given to hotels and not other forms of accommodation. 4 Star ratings are considered to be old-fashioned by some people. 5 It is not possible for a star rating to express the personality or interesting details of a hotel or other kind of accommodation. 6 The number of people interested in reading online reviews is gradually dropping as they are not always truthful. 7 Online review websites compile accommodation ratings based on the views of the users. 8 The text concludes that official ratings are better than user reviews as the former are objective.

T F

ACTIVITI ES

Reading comprehension

Internet research & Speaking 3 In groups, go online and research the assessment criteria used by the UK tourist boards/AA for hotel accommodation. Find out about these aspects and prepare a short oral presentation: • the criteria for the different star ratings (and the differences compared to Italy); • how many hotels are part of the scheme;

• how they are assessed and how often; • other awards that can be given to hotels.

www.visitengland.com/plan-your-visit/visitengland-assessment-services www.theaa.com/hotel-services/members-area/ratings www.visitbritain.org/star-rating-accreditation-schemes Accommodation | UNI T 6

173

READY TO GO

What is the definition of self-catering accommodation? Is it a popular choice for tourists in your country?

Self-catering accommodation Holiday rentals If you choose self-catering accommodation, a popular choice is to rent a holiday home. This can be anything from a studio flat or houseboat in a city centre, a cottage or farmhouse in the countryside to a villa by the sea. The advantages offered by selfcatering accommodation are the greater freedom, flexibility and independence that it gives you. There are no set times for meals, no queuing at the breakfast buffet and no dressing up for dinner. It can also be good value for money, especially for families or larger groups, and there is more space than in a hotel room, as you will probably have living areas and outside space as well as bathrooms and bedrooms. The main downside is that someone has to clean and cook during the stay, unless you choose to eat out all the time.

Holiday rentals are like a home from home and they are furnished, with fully-equipped kitchens including household appliances, crockery and cutlery. Bed linen and towels can be included or it may be necessary to bring your own. Rental is usually on a weekly basis, for example from Saturday afternoon to Saturday morning, giving the owners time to prepare for the next set of guests. The rate can be fixed or there may be extra charges for gas, electricity or the final clean, so it is important to know the details of your rental contract. Bookings can be made directly with the owners or through agencies and websites, where the owners can pay an annual fee for advertising their rental or a commission on the bookings made through the website.

LOOK CLOSER

ACT IV IT IE S

Airbnb and Wimdu are two of the best-known online marketplaces for people to list their spare room or property to rent as a way of making extra money. Airbnb was founded in 2008 in the USA. The word ‘air’ in the name comes from the founders’ original idea of renting out an air mattress in their lounge, while the second b – breakfast – is not actually a required part of the accommodation deal. Wimdu was started in 2011 by two friends in Germany and concentrated on the European market. It now has over 350,000 properties in 150 countries. On both sites, users can search for their destination, read about the different properties, contact the owners for availability and then pay online. They can also leave reviews and comments.

Reading comprehension & Speaking 2 Read the texts and answer these questions in pairs. 1 What kind of places are often rented as holiday homes? 2 What are the advantages and disadvantages of selfcatering accommodation? Can you think of others that are not mentioned in the text? 3 What services and equipment are usually included in holiday rentals?

4 How long do rentals usually last? 5 How do sites like Airbnb and Wimdu work? 6 What do you think the advantages are, and what kind of problems could there be?

Internet research & Writing 3 Look at the properties to rent in your town/region on Wimdu and Airbnb. Then write a short report comparing the two sites. Use these questions to help you. 1 Which site has the most properties? 2 Where are they mainly located? 3 What type of property is most common (spare rooms, apartments, country houses, ...)?

174

UNI T 6 | TOURISM IN THEORY

4 What kind of information is included for a property? 5 Are there significant differences in price between the two sites? 6 What is the booking process? Is there a fee to pay?

Youth hostels and residences Other options for self-catering holidays are provided by youth hostels, residences at universities and other organisations. Youth hostels are a popular option, especially with young people, backpackers and those on a budget. Most hostels belong to Hostelling International, an international organisation that has its origins in the first youth hostels started in Germany in the early 20th century. Each hostel is different, but they all have communal relaxation and kitchen areas, perfect for socialising and meeting other travellers. Most hostels organise events and activities too. Accommodation is in single-sex or mixed dormitories with bunk beds and shared bathrooms. Private rooms and laundry facilities are often available.

Many universities and colleges rent out student accommodation to people of all ages. These halls of residence, often close to city centres or on a campus, are relatively cheap but obviously only available outside term time. They offer single or double rooms, with private or shared bathrooms, and access to a shared kitchen. Guests can decide to have breakfast and other meals in the college canteen or restaurants, if available, as well as taking advantage of the many other services like shops, bars and sports facilities.

Religious institutions, such as monasteries and convents, may also rent out simple accommodation at reasonable prices, sometimes with the option of having meals. Some religious orders also run guest houses. These are often conveniently located near important religious sites or historical cities so are perfect for those interested in religious and sightseeing holidays. The downside is that there is usually a curfew, which means guests must return by a certain time in the evening.

www.universityrooms.com is a website for booking accommodation in many colleges and universities across the world. You can also find websites for booking stays in monasteries and convents, such as www.bookingmonastery.com and www.monasterystays.com.

Are any of these options available in your area? What do you know about them?

Read the texts and complete the table.

FEATURES/FACILITIES

ADVANTAGES

DISADVANTAGES

Youth hostel Halls of residence

ACT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension

Convent or monastery Accommodation | UNI T 6

175

Campsites

READY TO GO

Are there any campsites where you live? What are they like?

Campsites vary in size and the number of facilities on offer, from the most basic sites with just pitches for tents and a toilet and shower block, to those that have electricity hook ups, swimming pools, play areas, shops, cafés, restaurants and organised entertainment. This larger kind of campsite allows tents, caravans and motorhomes and usually also has chalets or bungalows to rent. Camping in a tent can be great fun and budget-friendly. You can choose to be near a lake, a beach, in the mountains or the middle of the countryside to enjoy the natural surroundings and peace and quiet. However, wild camping, that is pitching a tent in the countryside outside a designated campsite, is only permitted in some countries. Scotland, for example, allows wild camping as long as you are more than 100m from a road and leave no rubbish or other signs of your stay. The benefits of caravans and motorhomes over a tent are the increased comfort and protection in case of bad weather. Caravans, once on site, are detached from the car so you still have a means of transport to visit the area. Motorhomes, on the other hand, mean you do not have transport at the location unless you bring bikes or move the motorhome every day. It is possible to rent these vehicles, but many people who frequently go on this type of holiday own their own caravan or motorhome. They are, however, quite expensive to buy and maintain and you need somewhere to store or park them when not in use.

hook ups allacci

LOOK CLOSER

A CT IV ITIE S

Glamping – a fusion of the words ‘glamour’ and ‘camping’ – is a growing trend for those who want to appreciate the outdoor life without giving up too many home comforts. You do not have to pack a tent, sleeping bag and pillow. Instead, you find a spacious, ready-pitched tent, yurt or teepee with comfortable beds, nice linen, rugs, furniture and lanterns. Bathrooms are usually private.

Reading comprehension 2 Read the text and complete the table with the advantages and disadvantages of staying in these places on a campsite.

ADVANTAGES

DISADVANTAGES

Tent Caravan Motorhome

Vocabulary 3 Match the expressions with the correct definition. a a vehicle with an engine that has sleeping and living areas in the back 1 campsite b a more stylish and comfortable form of camping 2 pitch c a wheeled vehicle, pulled by a car, that has sleeping and kitchen facilities 3 caravan form of camping d a rougher and more natural 4 motorhome e the area in a campsite where you can put a tent or caravan 5 wild camping the place where you can stay with a tent f 6 glamping

Writing

4 Use the information you focused on in exercises 2 and 3 to write a short summary of the different forms of camping.

176

UNI T 6 | TOURISM IN THEORY

Alternative forms of accommodation House swapping, or home exchange, is when two parties (often, but not exclusively, families or couples) exchange their homes for a period of time in order to have a holiday in the other location. You sign up to an organisation on the web, such as homeexchange.com, provide details of your home, search for a location and home you would like to stay in, and make arrangements directly with the other owners, getting to know them during the process. The homes can be anything from city centre apartments to rural cottages and you do not have to swap the same kind of property. The benefits of this scheme are that there is no cost for accommodation, you stay in a proper home with all the facilities, and you can experience the life of a local. Naturally, the whole scheme relies on trust and respect between the house swappers. Sofa surfing, or couch surfing, is another opportunity for free accommodation, particularly popular with young people travelling on their own. The hosts are people who decide to open their homes to travellers and offer a sofa or spare bed for a few nights at no cost; the surfers are those who travel around, experiencing local life and meeting new friends. Of course, it is important to use a reputable website or organisation to avoid problems for both hosts and surfers. Although sofa surfers and house swappers do not pay for accommodation, they are still likely to use other tourist facilities like transport, restaurants and local attractions. So, while they are not directly contributing to the hospitality industry, they are still economically important to the area.

Read the text and decide whether house swapping (HS) or sofa surfing (SS) or both involve:

1 a reciprocal arrangement ____ 2 no payment ____ 3 staying with people you do not know ____

4 registering with a website 5 honesty and decency 6 mainly lone travellers

____ ____ ____

Listening 2

2.03 FCE Listen to four people talking about their experiences with house swapping and sofa surfing. Match each person to what he/she is talking about. There are two extra situations.

a the amount of money you save b the worry about the first time c finding an unexpected surprise d the importance of trust e the levels of hygiene and cleanliness f making life-long friends

ACTIVITIE S

Reading comprehension

Speaker 1 Speaker 2 Speaker 3 Speaker 4

Critical thinking & Speaking 3 Have a class discussion on the following. Half the class should agree and half should disagree with the statement.

If sofa surfing and house swapping continue to increase, they will irreparably damage the local tourism and hospitality industry and lead to the closure of many small businesses.

COMPITO DI REALTÀ

Analysing local accommodation

In groups, research and analyse the accommodation on offer in your area (or choose another area of Italy if you prefer) and write a report. Consider these things:

• • • •

Which type of accommodation is the most common in the area? Is it seasonal or open all year? Are there any types of accommodation that are not present? Why do you think this is? What kind of tourists and visitors are the most frequent? Is there room for more businesses to open? For what target market?

Accommodation | UNI T 6

177

UNIT

Accommodation

READY TO GO

Presenting accommodation

Where can you find details and descriptions of accommodation?

Tourism in PRACTICE

The description and photographs of hotels, holiday villas and other accommodation which can be found in brochures, on websites and booking portals are essential in order to persuade guests to choose one particular place over a rival one. How much you write and what you include will depend on where the text will be published.

A tour operator, which has to include hundreds of options in a printed brochure, does not have enough space to provide all the details of each option. It will concentrate on the star rating, location, main facilities and price, often listed in bullet points. Customers are usually invited to contact the company or their local travel agent for more details and help.

Emerald Star Hotel, Las Vegas

Heaven Hotel & Casino, Las Vegas

****

*****

8 Bars & Lounges – 6-acre beach – Nightclub Location: Southern Strip, Las Vegas Transfer: 15 mins from McCarran International Airport Board Basis: Room only

Rollercoaster – Spa – 3 Swimming pools – 4 Restaurants Location: Downtown Las Vegas Transfer: 30 mins from McCarran International Airport Board Basis: Room Only

Prices from £1,048 Based on 4 Nights in January, including international flights

Prices from £1,299 Based on 4 Nights in January, including international flights

Please visit our website or call us for further details.

178

UNI T 6 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

Booking websites have templates that an advertiser has to complete so that all accommodation is presented in the same way to make searching and comparison easier for customers. In addition, there is usually the chance to add a text where you can provide more details and a description.

Beachfront Apartment This modern one-bedroomed apartment overlooks the famous Clifton Beaches in Cape Town. It is easy to get to the city, Camps Bay and Table Mountain. Free Wi-Fi and TV with Netflix. No smoking. Jackie I live in the apartment next door and am happy to help you get to know this fantastic city!

Request to Book

A company website is the option which allows for the most personalisation. It can be designed to the specific needs of the hotel, campsite or B&B, with as many pages, details, photos and other information as the company considers necessary. Naturally, it needs to be clear and easy for users to navigate.

The Edward Hotel **** Benenden, Kent Location

History

Rooms

Menus

Functions

Local area

Events

Welcome to the Edward Hotel, Benenden

Set in the ‘garden of England’ – the heart of the Weald of Kent – the Edward Hotel offers history, indulgence and superb service. Dating back to 1500 and set in beautiful countryside, The Edward is one of the most historic and fascinating buildings in this part of Kent having played host to King Henry VIII in 1520 and to Queen Elizabeth I in 1598. Magnificent staircases, a stunning wood-beamed dining hall, superb suites with period features and four-poster beds, combine with all the modern services that our guests expect and deserve.

Reading comprehension & Speaking 2 Read the text and the example presentations on pages 178 and 179, then discuss these questions in pairs. 1 What is the purpose of descriptions and photographs of accommodation? 2 How can you overcome the lack of space in, for example, a printed brochure? 3 What is the advantage of having a template format for multiple listings?

4 What must you be careful about when designing your own website? 5 What information do all the three examples contain? 6 How clear is the information and which example do you prefer? Why?

Accommodation | UNI T 6

179

Writing descriptive texts for accommodation Whatever the type of accommodation and wherever it is going to be advertised, the text describing it needs to be informative and at the same time appealing. Potential guests want to be able to get a feel for the type of place and the atmosphere in order to decide if it would suit them and their needs. This is why the style of language differs depending on the type of accommodation and the target market. A youth hostel will not have the same kind of description as a boutique hotel or private villa with a pool. A budget hotel wants to explain that it offers good value for money but, at the same time, does not want to make the hotel sound cheap with low standards. A luxury hotel in an exotic location wants to sound aspirational to potential guests, but not out of their league. Descriptions will usually cover location, style and atmosphere, rooms/type of accommodation, facilities. A This rustic 17th-century barn has been sympathetically

converted to provide exquisite contemporary self-catering holiday accommodation in an idyllic location five minutesâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; walk from the sea. With five double bedrooms, three bath/shower facilities, and a modern, fully-equipped kitchen, it makes an excellent choice for friends or extended families who wish to create a magical and memorable seaside holiday. A fully enclosed garden area at the rear is ideal for children and dogs, and leads to a raised terrace with a barbecue; the perfect spot for al fresco dining.

Just a short drive from the dunes and shore of Lake Michigan, we have over 200 pitches for RVs and tents, with full or partial hook-ups. If you are looking for a little home comfort, we also have standard and loft-style cabins. The amenities on offer are extensive with an outdoor pool, volleyball court and picnic area. Our goal is to create a warm and inviting environment for our guests and we canâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t wait to welcome you this year for some fun, family camping in this beautiful area of Michigan.

Alberghi diffusi or scattered hotels, a predominantly Italian phenomenon, aim to bring small villages back to life. An albergo diffuso has a central reception but the accommodation options are in traditional properties scattered around the village. It involves principles of sustainable tourism as visitors experience real village life, while supporting local businesses and activities.

180

C In the north of Italy, surrounded by mountains and just 45 minutes from the

Austrian border, our albergo diffuso has 12 apartments all situated near the centre of our picturesque hamlet. For a couple, our cosy one-room apartment with a large balcony overlooking the lake is the perfect solution. For a family, what about our 3-bedroomed stone house, with wooden beams and a wood-burning stove? The reception area is on the main square, the heart of village life, where you will always find a warm welcome and plenty of advice to help you become one of the locals, even if only for a short time.

UNI T 6 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

Read the introduction and the descriptive texts on page 180 and answer these questions.

1 What are the main features of a text describing accommodation? 2 What is the purpose of using different styles of language?

3 What kinds of accommodation do the three texts describe? 4 Who do you think they are trying to appeal to?

2 Read the descriptions of these three couples. Match each one with the most suitable accommodation (A, B or C) on page 180. 1

Maria and Julian work in the city and lead very stressful lives, so they are looking for somewhere peaceful and relaxing for a long weekend. They love nature, local food and getting to know people. 2 Nick and Amanda are getting married in June and want a place where several of their friends can stay together. They want everyone to be really comfortable and have something to do nearby. 3 Lucy and Tom want to book a week’s holiday, but have only got a relatively small budget. They love the open air and would like somewhere their sister and her children can join them for a few days.

ACT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension

Vocabulary 3 How do the three descriptive texts communicate these ideas in a more appealing way? Find the equivalent expressions and underline them. 1 You can walk to the sea in five minutes. 2 A kitchen with modern appliances and everything you need. 3 A holiday by the sea that you will remember for a long time. 4 A garden with a fence all the way around. 5 Having a meal outside.

6 What we want to do is... 7 We eagerly await... 8 Camping which is enjoyable for all members of the family. 9 In the middle of the mountains. 10 A house made of stone that has three bedrooms.

4 Match the nouns in the box to the correct set of words to form possible collocations. bathroom − facilities − location − pool − room − service prime city centre secluded convenient

compact stylish well-equipped budget

en-suite marble private shared

impeccable friendly efficient personal

leisure cooking sports conference

heated infinity children’s rooftop

1 ____________

2 ____________

3 ____________

4 ____________

5 ___________

6 ___________

5 Complete this description of a B&B in Ireland with the nouns in the box. Note how each noun collocates with the adjective in bold that precedes it.

place − night − lounge − armchairs − breakfast − B&B

Glen Farmhouse is a family-run (1) ________ located on a working farm in Doonagore, Country Clare, overlooking the town’s castle, the Atlantic Ocean and the Aran Islands. Guests can admire the views while relaxing in our large garden. We have seven en-suite rooms, nicely decorated to provide a restful (2) ________. They all have tea/coffee making facilities, a TV, desk and two comfortable (3) ________. There is a cosy (4) ________, with a peat fire, the perfect (5) ________ for guests to relax in the evening after a day of sightseeing. We provide a tasty, home-cooked (6) ________ to order every morning.

Accommodation | UNI T 6

181

ACT IV IT IE S

EXPLORE GRAMMAR

Video tutorial

THE PASSIVE The passive form is constructed with the verb be (any tense) + past participle. The rooms are cleaned every day. You will be introduced to local village life. We use the passive when we do not know or are not interested in who does the action. The farmhouse has recently been renovated. If we want to indicate the agent, we use by. The meals are prepared by our award-winning chefs.

1 Change these sentences from active to passive. Indicate the agent only when necessary. 1 We add a supplement for single occupancy. 5 The Madison family founded the hotel chain in 1985. 2 We change the towels and bed linen twice a 6 They are modernising the hotel at the moment. week. 7 They have nominated the B&B for a Travellers’ Choice Award. 3 The hotel staff will look after you well. 4 We do not sell alcoholic drinks after midnight. 8 They are going to knock down the hotel and rebuild it.

Translation & Phraseology 6 Translate these expressions and use them to complete the description of a youth hostel in Venice. per rilassarsi e socializzare − ampia scelta di stanze − atmosfera vivace e amichevole facilmente raggiungibile − nel cuore di − tesori nascosti Located (1) _________________ Venice on Giudecca Island, Ostello Clarice is a great place to stay with a (2) _________________. St Mark’s Square, the Doge’s Palace, the Bridge of Sighs and all the sights of Venice are (3) _________________. This Venice hostel, which has been created by restructuring a grain store, has a (4) _________________, from dormitories with bed lights and privacy screens, to private en suites. There’s free Wi-Fi, a lounge (5) _________________ in, a bar to grab a drink and a travel shop where staff will help you plan your visit to all the (6) _________________ of the city.

Phraseology 7

FCE Complete this hotel description with a suitable word for each gap.

Villa Smeralda is an ideal place for people (1) _________________ are looking for relaxation and comfort. Here, you (2) _________________ be pampered by our wonderful staff all day, from breakfast on your private balcony to our turn-down service at (3) _________________. The hotel, a stone’s throw (4) _________________ from the beach, is immersed (5) _________________ a beautiful park with pine and palm trees. Our rooms and suites (6) _________________ decorated in a contemporary style; the comfortable (7) _________________ have Egyptian cotton sheets and feather pillows; the bathrooms have large walk-in showers and marble floors. We guarantee you will (8) _________________ a perfect stay with us.

182

UNI T 6 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

DESCRIBING PLACES TO STAY Rooms and facilities Location • light/airy/elegant rooms • a stone’s throw away • Standard rooms/cabins will comfortably from accommodate up to four adults. • ideally/perfectly/ • sheltered/shady/grass pitches conveniently located • excellent on-site facilities for • fully-equipped kitchen with all new appliances • close to/near/just • large living room with an open fireplace across from/opposite • five minutes’ walk/drive • central heating • refined cuisine/fine dining options from • meals made with organic locally sourced • set in the heart of ingredients • within walking • a delicious variety of fresh breads and distance of pastries • surrounded by • bicycles/umbrellas/board games at guests’ delightful gardens/ disposal countryside

ACT IV IT IE S

PASSEPARTOUT Style and atmosphere • romantic/cosy/thatched cottage • reminiscent of an estate in the tropics/a Mediterranean seaside village/a mountain chalet • full of character • elegant and stylish • contemporary/urban chic • traditional/exotic charm • furnished with antiques • tastefully decorated • carefully restored • peaceful/relaxing oasis • low key and laidback • family fun and entertainment • An unforgettable holiday filled with fun and adventure adventure.

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

Internet research & Phraseology 8 Look online at a selection of hotel and other accommodation websites (from big chains like Marriott and Hilton to small B&Bs and private holiday rentals). Read the descriptions and note down useful expressions.

The more you read real-life examples, the better your own writing will be!

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 9 Use the information on the website, and your imagination, to write a paragraph to describe this holiday rental.

Book a holiday

Location: Witney, Cotswolds, England

Single-storey cottage

Microwave

Wheelchair accessible

Enclosed garden

Open fire

Barbecue

Dishwasher

Wi-Fi

Washing machine

On-site parking

Tumble dryer

Village within 1 mile

COMPITO DI REALTÀ

Writing and analysing a descriptive text

Choose a hotel, B&B or similar in your area, then follow these steps.

• Visit their website and get the information necessary to write a short description in English which aims to appeal to foreign visitors looking for an authentic Italian experience. • If the website has pages in English, have a look after you have written your own text. Is there the same information as on the Italian pages or do they give less information in English? Is it a simple translation or has it been specifically written in English? • Have you got any suggestions on how the texts, in English and Italian, could be improved?

Accommodation | UNI T 6

183

READY TO GO

What information might someone ask for when making an enquiry at a hotel or other form of accommodation? Read the text and check your ideas.

Enquiries and replies After finding details of accommodation in an advert, brochure or website, private customers and operators often need to request further information. The most common enquiries regard availability and price, but there may also be more specific queries such as how to reach the accommodation by public transport, the availability of quiet floors or connecting rooms, whether pets are allowed and whether the place is equipped to deal with food allergies. Dear Mr Lockley, Thank you for your enquiry about our hotel. We are pleased to inform you that we have two double rooms on the third floor for the period you indicated. They are not connecting rooms, but are facing each other on the same corridor with only 8 other rooms on the same floor. We can offer you half board for six nights at a total cost of €1,900. This includes a continental breakfast, with a wide range of home-made cakes, pastries and fresh fruit, and an evening meal with a choice of local dishes and wine. We require a 20% deposit at the time of booking, with the balance payable on your arrival. There is free underground parking, ski storage and a TV room for your convenience. Free Wi-Fi is available in all the hotel. Looking forward to receiving your booking, please do not hesitate to contact us for any further information. Kind regards,

Dear Sirs, I saw your hotel on TripAdvisor and I would like to enquire about availability for the period from 14th to 20th January. I need two double rooms with en-suite facilities, preferably connecting rooms or, if not, adjacent rooms, for two adults and two children (10 and 12).

Ugo Mandolesi Hotel Cristallo

Could you let me know your availability and best price on a half board basis? I would also like to know if there is a car park for guests. Thank you in advance for your help. Best regards,

ACTI V IT IE S

Ian Lockley

Reading comprehension 2 Read the two emails and answer these questions. 1 How did Ian Lockley find out about the hotel? 2 How long does he want to stay? 3 What kind of rooms does he want and for how many people?

Vocabulary

3 Find the English equivalents in the emails for these expressions. 1 disponibilità ____________________ 2 camere comunicanti ____________________ 3 mezza pensione ____________________ 4 richiesta d’informazioni ____________________

184

4 Can the hotel offer the exact type of rooms requested? What difference is there? 5 What details does Ugo Mandolesi give about the half board service? 6 What extra information does he provide?

UNI T 6 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

5 caparra ____________________ 6 saldo ____________________ 7 parcheggio sotterraneo ____________________ 8 comodità ____________________

FCE Complete this email with the correct option.

Dear Mr Ingram, Thank you for your (1) ______________ in Hotel La Torre. Situated in the heart of the city, just a short stroll from the famous arena, we are the ideal place to explore Verona. For your two-night (2) ______________, we would like to suggest our superior double room with private balcony from which you can (3) ________________ the city. Free Wi-Fi access, satellite LCD TV and tea and coffee (4) ______________ are available in each room along with refrigerated minibars and electronic safes. The total cost is e595, which includes a sumptuous breakfast and refined 3- (5) ______________ dinner, both served in our dining room overlooking Piazza delle Erbe. Alternatively, (6) ______________ for the same period would be e685. You will be (7) ______________ a warm welcome and impeccable service at Hotel La Torre and we look forward to having you as our (8) ______________.

ACT IV IT IE S

Yours sincerely, Melania Lepri Hotel La Torre

1 A enquiry 2 A rest 3 A admire 4 A convenience 5 A dish 6 A half board 7 A assured 8 A host

B request B stay B look B services B plate B B&B B certain B guest

C curiosity C recreation C like C facilities C course C room only C convinced C boarder

D interest D remain D survey D amenities D way D full board D sure D lodger

Listening 5

2.04 Listen to this phone conversation between a potential guest and the owner of a self-catering holiday rental. Tick (✓) which of these things the guest asks about and which facilities the holiday home has. Facilities: Asks about:

distance from the village pet-friendly towels and bed linen child friendly

washing machine dishwasher tumble dryer microwave

barbecue garden furniture cot Wi-Fi

Translation & Phraseology 6 Translate these expressions and use them to complete the phone conversation. Costa £220 alla settimana − Abbiamo un bungalow disponibile per quella settimana Ospita fino a sei persone − Si raggiunge la spiaggia a piedi − Come posso aiutarla − dovrà portare gli asciugamani Assistant Good Morning. Sea View Campsite. (1) ____________? Customer Good Morning. I’d like to know if you have a bungalow available for the first week of July, please. Assistant Just a moment. Yes, (2) ____________. Customer How many bedrooms are there? Assistant (3) ____________. There are two bedrooms and a sofa bed in the living area.

Assistant All bed linen is provided, but (4) ____________. Customer How much is the weekly rate? Assistant (5) ____________. The final cleaning service is an extra £45. Customer How close is the beach? Assistant (6) ____________. It takes about five minutes. Customer Sounds great. Can I book now on the phone? Assistant Certainly. Can I take your details?

Customer Are bed linen and towels provided?

Speaking –

PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

7 In pairs, act out similar phone conversations between a customer and the manager of a campsite, changing the details each time. Remember to swap roles.

Accommodation | UNI T 6

185

ACT IV IT IE S

PASSEPARTOUT ENQUIRIES AND REPLIES Availability Client • I would like to know if you have a double room/ bungalow available from… to...? • Can/Could you confirm the availability for... • I’m interested in renting your cottage for two weeks in September. What availability is there? Operator • We are pleased to inform you that the dates you requested are available. • We regret to inform you that our hotel/B&B is fullybooked for the period required. • We only have twin rooms available for that date. • There are no pitches/caravans available for that week. Location Client • Where is it located? • How far is your hotel from the airport/ski slopes? • Is it easy to get to from the airport/train station/port? Operator • We are within walking distance of… • The village/beach/lake is a five-minute drive.

Writing –

Price Client • Are there any special offers in that period? • How much is the daily/weekly rate? • Is the cleaning service included/extra? Operator • I can confirm that the room/half board/full board rate is… • Our package includes wine and soft drinks at lunch and dinner. Room/Facilities Client • Is it possible to add a third bed for a child? • What size are the pitches? • Are there any laundry facilities/shops? • Is there a guest kitchen? • Are bed linen and towels provided? Operator • It sleeps seven people. • There is a barbecue and pool, with sun loungers. • All our rooms have coffee-making facilities/en-suite bathrooms. • It is equipped with all kitchen appliances, including a microwave. • Pets are not allowed. • It is not possible to add two children to a double room.

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

8 Write an email to The Ivy B&B in Cambridge, which you saw advertised on the Internet. As well as the price and availability for two people for two nights in May (you decide the exact details), you also want to know the following:

• distance from the town centre

• breakfast options for a vegan

• availability of parking

Translation 9 You work for an Italian travel agent. Your boss has asked you to translate this letter to send to a selection of hotels in the Lake District in order to find the best solution for a group of your clients.

Gent.mi, Siamo un’agenzia di viaggi indipendente che si trova a Padova, in Italia. Stiamo cercando un hotel per un viaggio imminente di alcuni nostri clienti nel Lake District. Vorremmo conoscere la disponibilità e la vostra tariffa migliore per 4 camere doppie con bagno privato, solo pernottamento e colazione, dal 15 luglio per 4 notti. Dato che si tratta di un gruppo di appassionati di passeggiate in collina, vi saremmo grati se poteste anche confermarci che il vostro hotel è vicino ai percorsi escursionistici più famosi. Vi chiediamo gentilmente di inviarci alcune informazioni sul territorio e sui servizi raggiungibili a piedi dal vostro hotel. Rimaniamo in attesa di ricevere appena possibile una vostra risposta. Cordiali saluti, Marzia De Santis Astro Viaggi

Writing –

PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

10 You work for Daffodil Hotel in the Lake District. Write a reply to the enquiry in exercise 9 using the information below to help you. Add any other details of your choice:

186

• hotel within walking distance of the town of Ambleside (shops, restaurants, cafés, pubs, etc.); • easy access to popular walks;

UNI T 6 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

• double room £135 per night including breakfast; • limited availability for the dates requested as it is high season.

California. You want to book accommodation in a bungalow or similar for them in the Yosemite Valley for three nights. They have a small dog and are travelling by car. Write an enquiry to Gold Forest Camp, adding any other details of your choice.

12 You work for Gold Forest Camp. Reply to the enquiry in exercise 11, using the information in the brochure to help you. Remember to provide other information that could be useful for the customer.

GOLD FOREST CAMP

Yo se mi te Va ll ey , CA

ACT IV IT IE S

11 You work for a travel agency and are helping two young couples plan their trip together around

LOG CABIN Fan and heater, fire pit and picnic table. Toilets and showers in nearby building. Adjacent kitchen pavilion with cookers, sinks and tables. Sleeps up to four with one full-sized bed and two bunk beds. $61 per night. COUNTRY LODGE 2 bedrooms, bathroom, living area with kitchenette (includes refrigerator and microwave. Picnic table and fire pit. Sleeps up to 6 people. Two nights minimum stay. $98 per night. RV SITES Suitable for vehicle lengths up to 45 feet, with plenty of space for slide-outs. Full electricity and water hook ups. Daily rate $37-50. Weekly and monthly rates available. TENT SITES Standard: Daily rate $17 Premium (with electricity and water): Daily rate $31 Bedding and cooking utensils are not provided. No smoking. Pets permitted for an extra fee.

FACILITIES Free Wi-Fi • large dog park • clean toilet/shower block • laundry • meeting room

convenience store • seasonal pool • playground • beach volleyball court • outdoor kitchen pavilion

Speaking –

fan ventilatore fire pit focolare slide-outs pareti estensibili

PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

13 Look again at the Gold Forest Camp brochure in exercise 12 and, in pairs, act out phone conversations between potential customers and the camp management for the situations below. Remember to swap roles.

A group of 10 high-school leavers are travelling around California at the end of the school year and want to spend four or five days at Gold Forest Camp. They have their own tents and other equipment and don’t want to spend a lot of money.

A family with young children wants to spend a week with their RV at the camp. They want to know the price and what facilities there are for children.

Four friends want to spend one night at the camp. They would like a cabin or similar, with their own bathroom. They want to know if there is a restaurant or anywhere to buy food.

14 Look at the two emails on page 184 and imagine Ian Lockley made the enquiry to Hotel Cristallo by phone instead of email. In pairs, act out the conversation. Remember to swap roles.

Accommodation | UNI T 6

187

What details from a credit card are normally required for online payments?

ACT IV IT IE S

GDS (Global Distribution System) is used by travel agents and high-volume travel portals like Booking.com to access travel data, compare reservation and pricing options and make bookings in real time. The three major platforms are Travelport (Galileo, Apollo, Worldspan), Amadeus and Sabre and they link all the services across the primary sectors of air travel, hotels and car rentals. The benefits of these systems for travel agents are the speed (immediate confirmation), the clarity of the information and prices given and, finally, the security of being paid the commission for the bookings made. The hotels, airlines and companies that are present on the GDS benefit from being visible to travel agents throughout the world, with the consequent potential business from markets where otherwise they would not be present.

Bookings and confirmations Customers can make bookings for hotels and other accommodation directly on the company’s website using a booking engine. They have to select the dates and other particulars and then enter their credit card details to confirm the booking. Sometimes payment is taken immediately; alternatively the card is used only as security and the amount is deducted at a later date or on arrival. Travel agents can make bookings through a GDS , by email and on the phone directly with the supplier, or through other agents and intermediaries. They will usually pre-pay on behalf of the client and then provide the client with all the details like the booking reference number, arrival and departure dates, address and room details as a reminder. The correspondence between Mr Lockley and the Hotel Cristallo continues (see page 184). Dear Mr Mandolesi, With reference to your email, I would like to book two double rooms for the period from 14 to 20 January on a half board basis for the total cost of €1,900. Please ensure that the rooms are adjacent or facing each other, as promised in your email. If you could let me have your bank account details, I will make a bank transfer for the deposit to secure my booking. Best regards, Ian Lockley

The correspondence between The Daffodil Hotel and Astro Viaggi continues (see page 186). Dear Ms De Santis, Following our previous correspondence, we are pleased to confirm your booking for the following: Booking reference: 25LZ

4 standard double rooms, en-suite bathrooms, bed and breakfast Arrival date: 15th July

Departure date: 19th July

We can also confirm receipt of the deposit for £216 paid by bank transfer. We look forward to welcoming your guests and we are sure they will have a wonderful stay at the Daffodil Hotel. Best regards, Amy Rossiter

Reading comprehension 1

Read the text and the two emails and answer these questions.

1 With online bookings, when can the amount be deducted from a client’s credit card? 2 What methods might a travel agent use to reserve accommodation?

3 Is the first email an example of a booking or confirmation? And the second one? 4 Which details are included in both types of email? 5 Which elements would you find only in a booking email? And in a confirmation email?

Vocabulary 2 Find the equivalent expressions in the emails for the following. 1 further to 2 to reserve 3 next to each other 4 please give me

188

Total cost: £2,160

____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________

UNI T 6 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

5 to guarantee 6 we have received 7 greeting 8 certain

____________________ ____________________ ____________________ ____________________

3 Match the two halves of these sentences. Then decide which you would find in a booking (B) and which in a confirmation (C) email. 1 I look forward to 2 We hereby confirm 3 I would like to remind you that 4 Please quote 5 I enclose a cheque for 6 Please make sure

a b c d e f

the rooms are wheelchair accessible. __ the deposit is to be paid within the next fortnight. __ receiving your confirmation for the above booking. __ the attached booking reference in any future correspondence. __ your reservation for Bluebell Cottage for two weeks. __ 10% of the total price as a deposit. __

ACT IV IT IE S

Phraseology

EXPLORE GRAMMAR THE INFINITIVE Use the infinitive with to: • after verbs like ask, choose, decide, help, hope, plan, promise, want, wish; We kindly ask you to send a deposit by bank transfer. • after would like, hate, prefer; I would like to know if you accept pets on the campsite. • after adjectives like sad, sorry, happy; I’m sorry to inform you that the holiday cottage is not available on that date.

• with adjectives like important, possible, necessary, difficult; It’s impossible to find a room in that hotel unless you book months in advance. • with the construction be + pleased/forbidden/obliged. We are pleased to confirm your booking. Remember that we use the infinitive without to after modal verbs. We can’t accept your booking without a deposit.

Put the words into the correct order to make sentences, adding to where necessary.

1 want / Which hotel / you / book / next weekend / for / do? 2 like / make / on behalf of / a booking / I / my clients / would 3 this villa / rent / for less than / in the summer / can’t / two weeks / You 4 cheaper / We / book directly / chose / because / it / with the hotel / was 5 it / Nowadays / find / cheap accommodation / online / easy / is 6 the booking reference / have / You / on your arrival / must / with you

Phraseology 4

FCE Complete this email with a suitable word for each gap.

Dear Ms. O’Reilly, Following our previous correspondence, we wish (1) ________ ask you to make the following (2) ________ on (3) ________ of our client Thomson Ltd. for their conference. • 24 standard rooms for 2 nights arriving on November 9th • Full (4) ________ basis, including morning and afternoon refreshments in the Washington Lobby and use of the Lincoln Conference Room, with standard audio visual equipment. As agreed, the (5) ________ is $19,000. Please find attached a copy of the bank transfer for the 10% (6) ________. Please be aware that some delegates will arrive around midnight or later, so please (7) ________ sure their rooms are available. (8) ________ forward to receiving your confirmation, Regards, Tom Nuzzo TN Corporate Travel

bank transfer bonifico bancario

Accommodation | UNI T 6

189

ACT IV IT IE S

PASSEPARTOUT WRITTEN BOOKINGS AND CONFIRMATIONS Customer • I would be grateful if you could reserve a four-person deluxe chalet/an RV pitch. • Please reserve the following accommodation on a B&B/a full board basis. • On behalf of our clients, we kindly ask you to make the following reservation. • We require three superior suites in the name of… • Please let us know which form of payment you prefer. • I enclose full details of my credit card/a cheque to cover the 10% deposit. • We will send/have sent a deposit of 20% by bank transfer. • Please confirm receipt of the deposit.

Writing –

Operator • I have the pleasure of confirming your booking at the rate of…/ for the period… • We have reserved a superior suite, with balcony. • We can confirm that the rooms have been booked. • We acknowledge receipt of your cheque/payment/bank transfer. • We have received the deposit. • Please quote this reservation number on arrival. • We look forward to having your clients at our hotel. • We appreciate having you as a guest and are sure you will have an enjoyable stay.

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

5 You are Mr Ingram. Write an email to Hotel La Torre in Verona (page 185) to book a superior double room for two nights (April 11th to 13th), half board for e595. Request a quiet room and ask if the hotel can arrange a walking tour for the Saturday morning.

6 You work for Hotel La Torre. Write a reply to Mr Ingram, confirming the booking and giving the details and cost of a walking tour.

7 You work for an Italian travel agency. Your boss has asked you to make the following booking for a holiday cottage in Wales for your clients. Write the email based on her notes.

Nome struttura: Nome ospite: Numero di ospiti: Data di arrivo:

Inglewood Cottage Giovanni Pierleoni 5 (2 adulti, 3 bambini) 25 giugno (chiedi conferma dell’ora di arrivo e di partenza)

due settimane Permanenza: Richieste particolari: culla e seggiolone

Listening 8

2.05 Listen to a customer booking a stay in a guest house and complete the notes.

Channel View Guest House Customer name Harry (1) _____________________ Arrival date (2) __________________________ Number of nights (3) __________________________ Room (4) ______________________ floor Total cost (5) £ _________________________ Requests early (6) ____________ on last day

190

UNI T 6 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

ACT IV IT IE S

Phraseology 9 Complete the phone conversation between a travel agent and a hotel receptionist. Receptionist Good afternoon. Hotel Mirage. (1) ______________? Agent

Receptionist A double room with breakfast is €180 per night.

Hello. I’m calling from West’s Travel Agency and I’d like to make a booking on behalf of my clients.

That’s fine. Receptionist I’ll just check the availability. Yes, (5) ______________. They’re both with views of the lake. Agent

Receptionist Certainly. (2) ______________? Agent

Four people. So I need to reserve two double rooms, please.

Agent

Receptionist (3) ______________? Agent

They’ll be arriving on Saturday the 11th and staying for three nights. (4) ____________?

Perfect, I’ll give you my credit card details and could you send me confirmation by email?

Receptionist Of course. Let me take all your details and I'll (6) ______________.

PASSEPARTOUT SPOKEN BOOKINGS AND CONFIRMATIONS Receptionist • How many nights/How long will you be staying? • What kind of room/bungalow/lodge would you like? • When is that for? • How many people is the reservation for? • How many rooms do you need? • Would you prefer to have a room with a sea view/on the top floor? • One moment, please, I’ll just check the availability. • Could you give me your contact details/email address/credit card number? • We require a credit card for a 15% deposit to secure the cottage/pitch.

Speaking –

• Your reservation number is… • I’ll send confirmation by email. Guest • Can I book/reserve/make a reservation for…? • I need a double room, with a balcony/a cot/an extra bed. • I’d like to book your villa/cottage/apartment for one week/ for a fortnight. • It’s for two people for three nights. • I’ll be staying for four nights from the 9th of April. • Can you send me confirmation by email?

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

10 Look again at exercise 7 on page 190 and imagine the travel agent phoned Inglewood Cottage to make the booking instead of writing an email. In pairs, act out the conversation, inventing all the necessary details. Then swap roles.

11 In pairs, act out the following phone conversation. Then swap roles and use your own ideas to make another booking at the same holiday village.

CUSTOMER

RECEPTIONIST

You call Seasons, a holiday village by the sea near Great Yarmouth in the UK. You want to book a selfcatering two-bedroomed bungalow, away from the pool and entertainment areas, for one week, starting August 10th. The rate you saw on the website was £395. Remember that the availability changes quickly so you might have to change your request.

You work for Seasons, a holiday village by the sea near Great Yarmouth in the UK. You receive a call from a customer wishing to make a booking. Use the information below to reply.

Week commencing

3/8

10/8

17/8

Standard bungalow (close to clubhouse)

Not available

£395

£410

Superior bungalow (in the garden area)

Not available

£435

£455

Deluxe bungalow (close to the beach)

£460

£480

Not available

HINTS & TIPS Receiving a phone booking • Take the name and contact details. • Double check the dates, number of nights, type of accommodation, number of guests. • Get details of any special requests. • Take credit card details (if necessary). • Ask for/send a confirmation email summarising the booking (if necessary).

Accommodation | UNI T 6

191

READY TO GO

What reasons could a guest have for wanting to change or cancel a hotel booking? What can a hotel do to minimise the risk of cancellations?

Modifications and cancellations Cancellations and changes to accommodation bookings are normally permitted in accordance with the company’s terms and conditions. For example, many hotels will often allow same-day cancellations without any penalty when booked directly. Instead, with online bookings, which usually have special rates, cancellation is not always possible. With holiday rentals for self-catering accommodation, cancellations and amendments can be made within a certain time limit, but there may be a fee or penalty charge which is deducted from the deposit. The penalty normally increases the closer the cancellation is to the arrival date. With a very late cancellation, guests will usually lose the entire cost of the accommodation, unless they are covered by an insurance policy. The same system of penalties is used by tour operators for package holidays.

MILL HOUSE – Self catering holiday rental Cancellations made within 90 days of the arrival date will not incur any penalty and the deposit will be returned in full. Cancellations made within 60 days of the arrival date will be subject to a penalty of 25% which will be withheld from the deposit.

On rare occasions, hotels, tour operators or holiday rentals may also be forced to cancel a booking or change some details. In the case of minor changes, no compensation or alternative is offered, but if the change is considered major, the company usually offers a full refund. FirstRate Hotels CANCELLATION POLICY FOR ONLINE BOOKINGS Flexi rate: cancellations and changes can be made before 1 p.m. on the day you are due to arrive without any penalty. If you cancel after this time, you will be charged a fee equivalent to one night’s accommodation. Saver rate: no cancellations or amendments are possible.

Cancellations after this period will incur the total loss of the deposit paid and no refund will be made. All cancellations must be made in writing. Refunds will be made within 7-10 working days.

ACT IV I TIE S

Two examples of a cancellation policy

Reading comprehension 2 Read the text and the extracts from two cancellation policies, then decide whether these statements are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. 1 It is rare for a hotel to allow same-day cancellations. 2 The penalty to pay when cancelling a holiday rental depends on when you cancel. 3 You risk losing all the money paid if you cancel at the last minute. 4 Companies might offer a full refund if the change is considered something major. 5 If you cancel your booking with Mill House, you must send a letter or email. 6 With a flexi rate booking at a FirstRate Hotel you won’t be charged if you cancel after 1 p.m.

Vocabulary 3 Match these words from the texts with the correct synonym. 1 an amendment 2 a fee 3 deducted 4 full 5 a refund 6 to incur 7 to return 8 a policy

192

UNI T 6 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

a b c d e f g h

complete to reimburse to be subject to withheld terms and conditions a change a reimbursement a charge

T F

4 Marzia De Santis from Astro Viaggi has to cancel part of the booking made with the Daffodil Hotel (page 188). Put the sentences in the correct order to complete her email.

Dear Ms Rossiter,

Regrettably I have to cancel one of the double rooms in the name of Mr and Mrs Incampo. I apologise for any inconvenience this may cause and thank you for your understanding. This is due to health problems and they will no longer be able to travel. Could you kindly arrange for the refund, minus the £25 fee as per your cancellation policy, to be credited to my account? I am writing with regard to the booking reference no. 25LZ of 11th May. The booking for the remaining 3 double rooms remains unchanged.

ACT IV IT IE S

Phraseology

Yours sincerely, Marzia De Santis

Listening 5

2.06 Lucy Cavendish is calling her travel agent about a package holiday she has booked. Listen to their

conversation and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). 1 Lucy booked the holiday in March. 2 She wants to cancel the entire holiday. 3 The travel agent is interested in Lucy’s explanation. 4 There is an administrative charge to pay for any changes to the booking. 5 The airline will definitely have to reissue the ticket. 6 The travel agent promises to speak to the tour operator to find a solution.

T F

PASSEPARTOUT DEALING WITH CHANGES AND CANCELLATIONS Requests for changes/cancellations • Due to circumstances beyond our control/health problems/unforeseen circumstances… • I need to change the date from… to… • Would you be able to change the room/the cottage? • I kindly ask you for a full refund to my credit card in accordance with your cancellation policy. • I trust you will accept my apologies for the inconvenience caused.

Speaking –

Replies • We are sorry to hear of your change in plans. • The revised cost is… • The amount will be credited to your bank account/will be reimbursed within 5 working days. • We have to inform you that you will be charged for one night’s stay as stated in our cancellation policy. • Unfortunately, for these new dates we cannot guarantee a room. • We are now fully booked and cannot accommodate your request.

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

6 Look again at the email in exercise 4 and imagine Marzia De Santis phoned Astro Viaggi to cancel part of the booking instead of writing an email. In pairs, act out the conversation. Then swap roles.

Writing –

PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

7 Write the reply from Ms Rossiter to the email in exercise 4, confirming the cancellation. 8 Choose one of the booking situations on pages 188-191 and write an email to change the booking (date, type of room, number of guests, etc.). Remember to give a reason and apologise.

9 Swap the email you wrote in exercise 8 with that of another student. Write a reply confirming the change and any refund/fee.

Accommodation | UNI T 6

193

Check-in and check-out Checking in at a hotel can be done in person with a receptionist, by using a self-service screen or, in an increasing number of hotels, with an app in order to make the process quicker and easier for guests. With the increase in online bookings and payments, the process has become much quicker also with a receptionist, who normally needs only to check the name or booking reference and then give the room number and key. It may be necessary for guests to fill in a registration form or show their passport or identity card. In other situations, the receptionist will take credit card details, provide further information about the hotel facilities and organise for a porter to take the guest’s luggage to the room. Checking out can vary from simply dropping off a key to requesting the bill, often done the evening before, and settling payment for the room and any extras.

HINTS & TIPS For receptionists

ACTIVITIE S

• Immediately stop what you are doing to greet the guest on arrival. • Look up from your screen during the check-in and check-out process to have eye contact. • Smile, be friendly and have a helpful attitude. • Give information clearly, such as how the electronic key works, how to get to the room and when and where breakfast is served. • Use the guest’s name during the conversation. • During the check-out, thank guests for their custom to ensure they leave with a positive feeling about the hotel and experience.

Video 1

Watch the video of two people checking in to a hotel and choose the correct alternative. 4 The guest needs/does not need help with his luggage. 1 The first guest booked on the phone/online. 5 The second person is a regular/first-time guest. 2 The receptionist is very friendly/reserved. 3 The receptionist asks for a credit card/identity card. 6 She accepts a room overlooking the river/the park.

PASSEPARTOUT CHECKING IN Receptionist • Welcome. How may I help you? • Have you got your reservation number? May I have your name, please? • Yes, we have your reservation for a double room for four nights. • How will you be paying? • Could I have your credit card, please?/Can I see your passport please? • Here is your key card. Your room is on the fourth floor. The lift is over there. • Breakfast is served from 7 to 9.30 on the lower ground floor. • I’ll have the porter take your luggage up straightaway. • I hope you have a pleasant stay. Guest • Good afternoon, I have a reservation in the name of Juan Michaels. • Here is the booking number/confirmation email. • I requested a sea view. Is that possible? • Can I have a wake-up call, please?/What time is breakfast? • Do I have to book to use the gym facilities? • Is the restaurant/bar still open/serving?

Speaking –

PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

CHECKING OUT Receptionist • How was your stay with us? • Here’s your bill. Would you just like to check it? • So, two nights, half board, parking. That’s £740. • You just need to settle the cost of room service. • A copy of your bill will be emailed to you. Would you like a printed copy as well? • Just a moment and I’ll print you a receipt. • Do you need any help with transportation? • Have a safe trip home. • Thank you for staying with us. Guest • We would like to check out tomorrow morning. Could you prepare the bill, please? • Could you give me a receipt, please? • Can I pay for the extras in cash/by credit card? • I’d like a taxi to the airport, please.

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

2 In pairs, role play checking in and out of a hotel. Invent the various situations (type of hotel, room, length of stay etc.). Remember to swap roles.

194

UNI T 6 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

During a stay

READY TO GO

Various members of staff in a hotel, resort and other types of accommodation may have to interact with guests during their stay in order to check they are enjoying themselves, to answer questions, offer help and advice and to solve any problems. The main point of contact will usually be the front desk, who can then refer the guest to other members of staff if appropriate.

Why might guests need to talk to a member of staff during their stay at a hotel or other type of accommodation?

2 Match the two parts to form mini-dialogues between a guest and a receptionist. Receptionist Guest Of course. Our concierge would be pleased to a 1 Is there a blackout? The lights and TV aren’t help you with that. I’ll just get him for you. working in my room. 2 There aren’t any clean towels in my room. Could b That’s not a problem, Sir. I’ll issue you with a new one. c Have you inserted your key card correctly in the I ask you for some? panel by the door? 3 I was wondering if you could help me find theatre d Certainly. I can recommend our ‘face and body tickets for a Broadway show. sensation’ massage. 4 I can’t find my key card. I think I left it in the room. 5 Can I book a beauty treatment at the spa for this e I’m sorry, Sir. I’ll get housekeeping to bring you some immediately. afternoon?

EXPLORE GRAMMAR

ACT IV IT IE S

Phraseology

Video tutorial

USE OF WILL We use will to make promises, offers and refusals, and for decisions taken at the moment of speaking. I see you’ve got a lot of luggage. I’ll call the porter to help you. Don’t worry. We will sort the problem out straightaway. ‘There’s a train strike tomorrow.’ ‘Really? Your brother will take you to the airport then.’ Stop asking me to lend you the money for your holiday. I won’t change my mind.

Use the prompts to make appropriate sentences with will.

1 ‘I’m not sure how to work the TV remote.’ ‘I / explain / you’ 2 ‘Are you ready to order, Sir?’ ‘We / have / chicken soup’ 3 ‘I’m sorry for the wait. I / be / with / you / moment’ 4 ‘What time can we check in at the hotel, dear?’ ‘I / check / the information pack’ 5 ‘I’d like some information on the tours, please.’ ‘Certainly. I / show / you / the brochure’

PASSEPARTOUT INTERACTING WITH GUESTS Guest • I’d like to order room service. • Can I have a beach towel/a hairdryer/a wake-up call? • Have you got an iron I can use? • How can I register my child for the Kids’ Club? • What activities are planned for this afternoon? • What time does the excursion leave in the morning? • I can’t get any English channels on the TV.

Speaking –

Hotel staff • Would you like to take part in the beach volley competition tomorrow? • We’re serving cocktails in the Tiki Bar. Please come and join us! • Hairdryers/Irons/Beach towels are available from the reception desk. • You need to book sailing lessons/kids’ activities with the entertainment officer. • Is there anything else I can do to help? • Are you alright? Do you need to go to the medical centre? • We can organise a packed lunch if you prefer.

PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

3 In pairs, act out conversations for the following situations between guests and staff in a holiday resort. 1 Non ci sono lettini nei pressi della piscina. 2 L’aria condizionata nella tua camera non funziona.

3 Hai bisogno di usare la sala riunioni per un incontro. 4 Hai paura dei gechi e ce n’è uno nel tuo bagno.

Accommodation | UNI T 6

195

READY TO GO

In pairs, make a list of the things that could go wrong and the problems a guest could have with different types of accommodation. Compare your ideas with another pair.

Dealing with complaints If guests find something wrong or unsatisfactory about an aspect of the accommodation, it is good practice for staff to resolve the situation as soon as possible in order to ensure that the rest of the guests’ stay is pleasurable and continues without any problems. This could be for things like a room without the guaranteed sea view, faulty appliances or poor service. Sometimes, however, guests may make a formal complaint on their return, or ask their travel agent to do so in their name, when they feel that their complaint was not dealt with adequately during their stay. Normally this is done in writing, in order to have a trail of all correspondence, but can also be done on the phone. (see pages 158-159)

Dear Sirs,

Dear Ms Sloan,

I am writing to complain about the holiday villa in Orlando, Florida, that we booked through your company for the period from 15th to 25th April. On your website it stated that the villa had a private pool. This was not the case as it was shared with four other villas on the complex. Due to this, we were not able to enjoy ourselves and relax as we had intended. We therefore request suitable compensation for this disappointment and the loss of enjoyment during our holiday.

We have received your email and are sorry that you did not enjoy your holiday villa as much as you had anticipated.

Awaiting your prompt response on this matter, Yours faithfully,

However, we would like to point out that in the booking confirmation it clearly stated that the type of villa you chose could be with a private or shared pool. Our shared pools are actually larger than a private one and, with a maximum of six villas, a reasonable amount of privacy and space is still possible. Nevertheless, as a gesture of goodwill, we enclose a voucher code for a 5% discount which can be used when booking any holiday accommodation with us during the next twelve months. We trust you will find this satisfactory and look forward to counting you among our customers again in the future. Yours sincerely, M. Donovan Customer Services

ACTIVITIES

Marjorie Sloan

196

Reading comprehension & Speaking 2 Read the text and the two emails and discuss these questions in pairs. 1 Why do you think it is best to resolve any kind of problem during a guest’s stay rather than after? 2 What could the advantage be of having your travel agent complain on your behalf? 3 Do you think complaining on the phone or by letter/email is most effective? UNI T 6 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

4 In your opinion, is Marjorie Sloan’s complaint justified? Why/Why not? 5 What do you think of the company’s response? Do you think it was appropriate to offer a voucher?

3 Complete this letter with the linkers in the box. as a result − therefore − consequently − instead − however − in addition − in spite of − otherwise

Best Travels

ACT IV IT IE S

Vocabulary

Dear Ms Bradley, On 11th February I booked accommodation for my clients in your hotel for five nights from 15th March, assuring them of your excellent reputation. (1) ________, they have just returned from their trip and have informed me of how unsatisfactory they found the experience. As they mentioned to your receptionist at the time, someone had clearly smoked in the room. (2) ________ all the furnishings were impregnated with the smell of smoke. (3) ________ to this, the air conditioning unit was extremely noisy and, (4) ________, it was impossible to sleep. (5) ________ asking several times to be moved to another room, no changes were made. (6) ________, your staff were quite rude and did not even apologise. As you can imagine this ruined my clients’ entire holiday. (7) ________ I request a full refund and your sincere apologies for the matter. I await your response to this letter within 14 days (8) ________ I will take the matter further with my legal team. Yours sincerely, Max Llewellyn

PASSEPARTOUT COMPLAINING IN WRITING • I am writing to make a formal complaint about… • We were concerned to hear about what happened to our clients, Mr and Mrs Malerba, while they were staying in your resort. • The room/bungalow/apartment was not as described in the brochure. • We were not informed that the hotel would be undergoing serious building work during our stay. • The quality of the food was not what we expected from a four-star establishment. • I trust you will consider refunding us an appropriate amount for this inconvenience.

Writing –

REPLYING TO A WRITTEN COMPLAINT • We are sorry to hear that you were dissatisfied with… • You were informed at the time of booking that we cannot guarantee requests for a room with a sea view/balcony. • Unfortunately, we were short of staff during that period and the temporary agency staff were not up to our usual high standards. • We are pleased to offer a voucher for one night’s accommodation with dinner for two people. • We have already organised appropriate training to ensure this does not happen again. • Once again, please accept our most sincere apologies.

PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

4 You work in an Italian travel agency and your clients have just sent you this email regarding their stay at a resort in the Bahamas. Write a letter of complaint to the resort on their behalf.

Oltre alla sporcizia in generale, sia in camera che nelle aree comuni, siamo rimasti stupiti nel vedere che il personale del ristorante usava le mani, senza guanti o posate, per riempire i piatti di portata sul buffet. Dovevamo stare sempre attenti a cosa mangiavamo. Il personale in generale era scortese, non sembrava avere voglia di aiutarci e dimostrava poca pazienza con il nostro, ammetto scarso, livello di inglese. Non tutti conoscono bene le lingue e sarebbe stato opportuno che ci fosse stato del personale multilingue.

5 Swap the letter you wrote in exercise 4 with that of another student. Write a reply from the resort. You can decide whether the client is right or not and what to say.

Accommodation | UNI T 6

197

What travel websites do you know where you can write a review of places you have stayed?

LOOK CLOSER

ACTIVITIE S

An example of a complaint that has been unveiled as false thanks to social media is the case of some British holidaymakers who recently tried to claim compensation for food poisoning at a resort. The holiday photos they posted on Facebook showed the group drinking and eating happily during their stay, and this soon put a stop to any hope they may have had of falsely claiming compensation.

Complaints and reviews on social media and travel websites In today’s world of tweets, ‘likes’ and user-generated content, all companies in the tourism and hospitality industry should be prepared to respond to complaints and reviews on social media. With a team of people to monitor the company’s Facebook pages and Twitter accounts, and with automatic alerts to find out when the company name is mentioned, response time will be quick and any negative situations will not have a chance to escalate and go viral. Given that people often tweet to vent about a problem in real time, responding quickly means that a negative can soon be turned into a positive. Anyone dealing with a complaint or review should have good marketing and communication skills so they can respond with empathy to a situation rather than using cold, corporate language. They also need the ability and power to solve problems. Having someone with the authority to make a decision, for example to give a refund (without having to go further up the chain of command, which can often happen in a call center situation), means the client is satisfied quickly and the positive company image is maintained. It is a good idea for a company to search the person’s public social media accounts to see if they are a habitual complainer or have a genuine problem that is worth dedicating time to. This simple control has often led to the discovery of false complaints.

Reading comprehension 1

Read the text and compile a list of rules for how companies should deal with complaints on social media.

Speaking 2 In pairs, read the tweets and answer these questions. 1 Do you think they are genuine complaints? 2 Have they been handled well or badly? Why? 3 How could the reply to the second tweet be improved?

DM means Direct Message and is a messaging function in Twitter that allows a user to send a private message to a specific user.

https://twitter.com/ HolidayComplain On this Twitter account there are lots of examples of complaints. OK, maybe they’re not all true, but it makes fun reading!

198

UNI T 6 | TOURISM IN PRACTICE

EZ Hotels

Million Hotel Group Million Hotel Group

PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

ACT IV IT IE S

Writing –

3 In pairs, write comments for the following situations as if you were writing on Twitter or Facebook. Customer A

Customer B

You are still waiting for the snack you ordered with room service 40 minutes ago. Reception told you it was on its way but there is still no sign. Tweet about it, but be quite lighthearted.

You have just arrived in your hotel room after checking in. You had booked a superior room, but the furniture is old, the paint is peeling off the walls and you have a view of a brick wall. Write a comment, saying how disappointed you are.

4 Now swap complaints with your partner and write a suitable reply from the hotel.

HINTS & TIPS Dealing with online reviews

Reading comprehension 5 Read the online reviews and replies and answer the questions below.

Wonderful stay here. The room was great with a really comfy bed. Best sleep I’ve had in ages! It was my first time in Manchester and the staff were really helpful telling me all the best places for shopping and nightlife. Dear Guest, thank you for your review. We are pleased that you enjoyed your stay with us and we look forward to seeing you again next time you’re in Manchester. Regards, Andy Hunter

• As a business, there is no need to respond to every review. • You should occasionally reply to a positive review to show that the company listens to its customers. A brief ‘thank you and hope to see you again soon’ message is fine. • You should respond to a negative review that has the potential to damage your company’s image and reputation, but: - reply in an appropriate and professional manner; - do not be aggressive or defensive. • Remember that what you write online is forever!

Really don’t recommend this place. When we arrived, they only had a reservation for one room instead of the two we had booked and it was only a standard room instead of a superior one. The receptionist was quite rude and didn’t seem at all concerned about the situation. We had to stay in this room for three days, and our friends were sent to another resort (two miles up the road), until two superior rooms were free. Not a great way to spend a holiday together. The food was mediocre with not much choice. Only good thing is the position right on the beachfront. Thank you for your review and for providing us with feedback on your stay. I am very sorry that you had difficulties with your booking and our reception staff. We are currently updating the entire reservation system to ensure a reliable and quick service. We pride ourselves on the variety of Jamaican and international cuisine on offer in our restaurants. I will carry out additional inspections to those already done, in order to check that our high standards of quality and service are maintained at all times. Thank you once again for your comments. Calvin Gayle

1 In the first review, what was the guest particularly satisfied with? 2 Is the reply suitable or not? 3 In the second review, what was unsatisfactory about this guest’s stay? 4 How does the reply try to accept the client’s comments while at the same time putting the resort in a positive light?

COMPITO DI REALTÀ

Writing and responding to reviews

Group work. Write a review, either positive or negative, for a hotel, resort, B&B or a self-catering holiday rental. You can base your review on a personal experience or use your imagination. Mix the reviews up and hand them out around the class and then write a reply to the one you are given.

Accommodation | UNI T 6

199

UNIT

Explore language

Hotels RECEPTION concierge

pigeonhole

key card

receptionist

bell

reception desk

doorman

porter

valet

lift

HOTEL ROOM

breakfast room

lamp

bed

curtain

telephone

pillow

complimentary toiletries

sheet bedcover night table

towels bin

Types of room connecting rooms camere comunicanti dormitory camerata double room camera doppia (con letto matrimoniale) family room camera familiare (quadrupla) single room camera singola suite suite/camera lussuosa triple room camera tripla twin room camera doppia (con letti singoli) 200

UNI T 6 | Explore language

lobby/hall

carpet

Hotel facilities air conditioning aria condizionata business centre centro business gym/fitness room palestra hairdresser parrucchiere ice machine macchina del ghiaccio laundry lavanderia pool piscina room service servizio in camera sauna sauna

duvet

bathrobe accappatoio blanket coperta coat hanger appendiabiti desk scrivania/tavolo flat screen TV televisore a schermo piatto kettle bollitore minibar minibar mug tazza safe cassaforte slippers pantofole wardrobe armadio

Verbs book/make a reservation effettuare una prenotazione check in registrarsi check out lasciare la stanza confirm confermare order room service ordinare il servizio in camera pay pagare tip dare la mancia

Complete the sentences with the words in the box.

airport − bed and breakfast − boutique − business − franchises micro − motels − luxury − resort − serviced apartments 1 A good _____________ hotel should have plenty of conference and meeting rooms. 2 The Ritz in London is a 5-star _____________ hotel. 3 _____________ hotels are popular in places like Tokyo where space is limited. 4 I stayed at a lovely little _____________ hotel in Paris, just around the corner from the Arc de Triomphe. 5 I’d really like to take a road trip across the USA and stay in _____________ along the way. 6 _____________ hotels you can find on package holidays are often really big with lots of facilities. 7 Many people prefer _____________ to hotels because they allow you a lot more freedom. 8 When we have an early morning flight, we usually stay at an _____________ hotel the night before. 9 My parents run a _____________ in our house where we can have up to 8 guests staying with us. 10 Marriott International is one of the biggest ____________ in the world with over 6,000 hotels in 122 countries.

2 Look at the pictures and word lists on page 200 and find the words for these definitions. 1 __________________________: the place in a hotel room where you can keep valuables 2 __________________________: the object in a hotel room which contains snacks and drinks 3 __________________________: two hotel rooms which have a door between them 4 __________________________: a room for several people, often found in a hostel 5 __________________________: the person who parks your car for you at a hotel 6 __________________________: the person who takes your luggage to your hotel room

FCE Complete the text with the correct option.

Welcome to Marigold Hotel

Your key card (1) ________________ the lighting and heating in your room. For your comfort, extra pillows are in the (2) ________________ in your room. The (3) ________________ is for your use in the hotel only. Please do not take it home with you. If you require more (4) ________________ toiletries, please call reception. Please hang up your (5) ________________ in the bathroom unless you wish them to be replaced. Breakfast is served from 6 to 10 in the restaurant on the ground floor, with a choice of (6) ________________ English or continental breakfast. Room (7) ________________ is available 24 hours. We wish you a pleasant (8) ________________.

1 A turns 2 A wardrobe 3 A bathrobe 4 A souvenir 5 A clothes 6 A complete 7 A help 8 A residence

B switches B minibar B slippers B complimentary B sheets B big B service B remain

C drives C reception C safe C serviced C towels C whole C facilities C stay

D controls D desk D hangers D versatile D blankets D full D assistance D permanence

4 Match the nouns in the box to the correct set of words to form possible collocations. bed − furniture − restaurant − stay − meal self-service Michelin-starred traditional award-winning 1 ____________

evening light vegetarian three-course

four-poster bunk king-size double

2 ____________

3 ____________

antique modern garden wooden 4 ___________

pleasant comfortable perfect overnight 5 ___________

Accommodation | UNI T 6

201

Holiday rentals TYPES OF RENTAL PROPERTY

villa

cottage

studio flat/apartment

flat/apartment

bungalow

houseboat

chalet

farmhouse

Living room armchair poltrona bookshelf libreria coffee table tavolino da caffè cushion cuscino fireplace caminetto rug tappeto sofa divano table tavolo

Bathroom basin lavandino bath vasca da bagno hairdryer asciugacapelli mirror specchio shower doccia tap rubinetto toilet WC

Kitchen coffee machine macchina del caffè cooker fornello dishwasher lavastoviglie freezer congelatore fridge frigorifero microwave forno a microonde tumble dryer asciugatrice washing machine lavatrice

Garden barbecue barbecue fire pit braciere hot tub/whirlpool vasca idromassaggio lawn/grass prato/erba patio cortile sun lounger lettino per prendere il sole

Camping A CAMPSITE yurt

Verbs go camping andare in campeggio put up a tent montare una tenda take down a tent smontare una tenda

pitch

toilet/shower block

hardstanding site

electricity hook up caravan

camping stove

cooking facilities minimarket

motorhome/RV picnic table

waste disposal hammock tent

footpath

campfire recycling point

sleeping bag children’s playground

202

UNI T 6 | Explore language

Look at the pictures and word lists on page 202 and find the words for these definitions.

1 _____________: a large, detached house, usually with a garden and often by the sea 2 _____________: a flat with just one room 3 _____________: a lightweight shelter made out of canvas that you use for camping 4 _____________: the object you use to cook food outside 5 _____________: a small pool with warm water and air jets 6 _____________: a typical wooden house in the mountains

2 Choose the correct alternative. 1 Our camping/campsite, with space for over 40 tents, is located on the lakefront. 2 When you go camping, you usually need to take a sleeping bag/sack with you. 3 We stayed in a lovely houseboat/bungalow on a quiet canal in the town centre. 4 The first time I went camping I couldn’t put up/down the tent. It took me ages. 5 Children will have fun in our campfire/playground. 6 Pitches/Hardstanding sites in this area are for small tents only.

FCE Complete the text with the correct option.

Our agritourism is situated near Barberino Val d’Elsa, in the (1) ________________ of the Chianti region. In the main (2) ________________, we have four apartments, each with an independent entrance and a small (3) ________________ with a table and chairs for relaxing outside. There is also a converted barn which comfortably (4) ________________ up to eight people. The (5) ________________ is typically rustic and in a Tuscan style, and the kitchens are fully equipped with modern (6) ________________. You can relax in the shade of the olive trees in our spacious garden or have a (7) ________________ in the large pool to cool down. There are several sun (8) ________________ and umbrellas around the pool for all guests to use.

1 A core 2 A factory 3 A patio 4 A sleeps 5 A gear 6 A electricals 7 A bath 8 A chairs

B heart B board B grass B provides B supplies B resources B swim B bathing

C edge C ranch C dining room C uses C furniture C machines C walk C loungers

D side D farmhouse D court D is D interiors D appliances D swimming D cream

Match the nouns in the box to the correct set of words to form possible collocations.

campsite − cottage − garden − tent − villa

lightweight three-person inflatable bell 1 ____________

thatched restored tastefully-decorated fully-furnished 2 ____________

sunny shady spacious rose 3 ____________

self-catering two-storey six-bedroomed luxurious 4 ___________

tranquil secluded busy popular 5 ___________

Accommodation | UNI T 6

203

UNIT

Test your knowledge and skills

Italy’s Fast Growing Agritourism Trend For most tourists, planning a trip to Italy means visiting the ‘Big Three’ centres of culture and history: Rome, Florence and Venice. But holidays in such popular destinations can be less than relaxing. So these days increasing numbers are opting to experience ‘authentic living’ in rural Italy. And what better way to do that than through agritourism: ‘tourism in which tourists stay with local people in rural areas abroad.’

Given Italy’s rich history, with centuries of agrarian society, flourishing city-states and feudal rulers, a visit to the Italian countryside offers ample opportunity to explore ancient architecture, see examples of fine art and craftsmanship, and immerse yourself in other aspects of Italian history and culture. But it is a mistake to think that because this kind of tourism is essentially rural, the

accommodation will be sparse, uncomfortable or basic. A lot of Italy’s agritourisms are in former country houses, updated to include modern comforts while retaining their appeal. Every site is different, with its own past written in the architecture, rooms and furnishings. In fact you could find yourself in a heritage building in the centre of a small village, an ancient estate out in the countryside or in a charming old inn. But they will have in common a quiet and peaceful atmosphere, fresh air and warm and attentive hospitality. Italy’s agritourisms give travellers the rare opportunity to walk on renovated ancient terracotta floors, stare up at frescoes on ceilings made by artists long since gone or sit under the exquisite geometry of old wooden beams. And while the heritage is preserved, agriturismo lodgings have modern comforts like air conditioning, elegant bathrooms and often even a swimming pool in the garden. Wherever you stay, it will be in style! According to the Italian law, agritourism requires that the hospitality activity is secondary to the agricultural production, which in Italy is most commonly wine, extra virgin olive oil, fruit or vegetable crops or raising livestock. In the tourism industry,

the term is used more broadly to refer to any guest house or hotel in the countryside, immersed in nature, with a spectacular view. Italians are known for fantastic food and wine and that is every bit as true in the countryside. When you travel in rural Italy, you can expect delicious homemade products. Most agritourism kitchens and restaurants use locally-sourced ingredients that are generally organic and with zero food miles. Agritourism is undeniably a growing niche for people who want to enjoy a more boutique travel experience than the traditional tour package. Most agritourisms are advertised online and also get their customers thanks to the personal testimonials of previous guests. You can search by region, type of accommodation or specialist activity; but prices vary according to location, season, type of board and last-minute deals.

Reading comprehension 1

ES Read the article and answer these questions.

1 Why are tourists rejecting the ‘Big Three’ centres of culture and history in Italy? 2 Why is it possible to find just as much art and culture in the country as in the city in Italy? 3 What kind of accommodation and facilities should you expect to find if you book an agritourism?

4 What is the legal definition of an agritourism and how does this differ in reality? 5 What is special about the food at an agritourism? 6 How and where can you find out about agritourism accommodation?

Tourism theory 2 Write two short paragraphs to explain: 1 the different types of board available in serviced accommodation; 2 the facilities and amenities you would expect to find at a hotel.

204

UNI T 6 | Test your knowledge and skills

Listening & Phraseology 3

2.07 You will hear a conversation between a customer and holiday rental agent. Complete the missing

information and tick (✓) the facilities and characteristics of the holiday cottage.

Bluebell Holiday Cottage sleeps: ______________

number of bedrooms: ______________

number of bathrooms: ______________

changeover day: ______________

on site parking n

wheelchair accessible n

air conditioning n

free Wi-Fi n

open fire n

pool n

local amenities: shops n

pets allowed n

washing machine n

restaurant n

pub n

park n

cleaning n microwave n

public transport n

2.07 Listen again and complete the customer’s questions.

1 _________________ about Bluebell Cottage, please? 2 How many people _________________? 3 _________________ are there? 4 _________________ do you rent it for? 5 _________________ on-site parking?

6 _________________ 7 _________________ 8 _________________ 9 _________________ 10 _________________

it is wheelchair accessible? pets? is it cleaned? are there in the property? in the local area?

Writing 5 Write a descriptive text for accommodation designed for a website. Remember to give information about: • the location • the style and atmosphere • the rooms/type of accommodation

• the amenities and facilities • any other unique selling points

Video role play & Speaking 6

Watch this video of a conversation between a guest and a staff member at a holiday resort. Read the prompts on the screen and take the role of the staff member.

Now watch the full version of the video and compare your answers.

8 In pairs, role play a similar conversation between a staff member at a holiday resort and a customer. Remember to swap roles. Ask and answer about: • • • •

room service a hairdryer transport to and from the local town a problem you have with your room key

• • • •

the Wi-Fi code the afternoon activities getting medical attention the spa treatments available

Accommodation | UNI T 6

205

TOURISM CASE STUDY

Helping a hotel in difficulty Case analysis: Swallow Hotel

Background

Read the information on Swallow Hotel. Where is it located and why is the area popular? What kind of hotel is it?

The family-run Swallow Hotel has been in business since 1975, when it was opened by Dirk Green and his wife in the small town of Tillsford in England. Dirk still runs the business today together with his son, Gavin, and daughter, Liz. The town, with a population of 27,000, has many B&Bs and two other hotels. It is a picturesque town, with a medieval abbey, cobbled streets and half-timbered houses. It is also close to other important tourist attractions like Stratfordupon-Avon and the beautiful countryside and villages of the Cotswolds. Road and rail connections in the area are good, though the bus service does not cover the town and surrounding villages well. High season for hotels in the area is quite long, from early spring to late autumn, with May, June and July the busiest months. The hotel, about 4 minutesâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; walk from the high street, is in a large half-timbered building which dates from the 17th century. There are 15 double rooms, a reception/lounge area for guests, a restaurant which is also open to non-residents, a small terrace area and parking for 7 cars.

Case presentation

Read about the current situation of Swallow Hotel. What problems is it facing? How does business compare to other hotels in the area? What information is there on the members of the family?

Swallow Hotel has been doing badly for the last eight years and is getting into debt as the number of hotel guests continues to fall each year. The yearly occupancy rate was 38% for last year, whilst the average rate for similar accommodation in the area is 85%. Dirk Green, now in his early seventies, is still in charge of the business, with the final say on all of the decisions. His daughter Liz, 32, returned to work in the family business two years ago after studying tourism at university and working for several years in a large hotel in Edinburgh. The hotel does have a website, but there is no online system to check availability or to make a booking. The hotelâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s reception and lounge area is very welcoming with an open fire and a cosy atmosphere, however the rooms are not appealing, with worn-out furniture and old-fashioned dĂŠcor. Gavin, 27, is a trained chef and is in charge of the restaurant, which has seen business slowly pick up in the last year thanks to an updated image and menu. It is now late January and the hotel needs to implement some changes before the tourist season starts otherwise it risks closing for good. 206

TOURISM CASE STUDY

Case analysis Step one BRAINSTORMING

Work in groups and complete this SWOT analysis (see page 46) for Swallow Hotel, using the information from the two texts. Identify two key issues which the hotel urgently needs to address before the coming tourist season.

S W O T

Step two

Read what Gavin and Liz have to say about the changes they would make.

BRAINSTORMING Gavin The restaurant is growing in popularity and I know I can make a success of it. So I think we should concentrate on this side of the business, opening at lunchtime in order to get more tourist and local trade. We need to separate the restaurant's image and advertising from that of the hotel, with our own website, and to build up a social media presence. In fact, we could even close the hotel completely as it is losing so much money.

Step three DECISION-MAKING

Step four

Outcome

Liz Dad needs to step back from the business now. I’ve got the experience and knowledge to update the hotel. With my business plan, I am sure that we can get a loan to enable us to renovate all the rooms. This, together with an improved website and marketing, would increase our occupancy to at least 80%. Once the positive reviews start coming in and business picks up, we’ll be able to move on to a second stage of development, like increasing car parking and other additional services.

Decide what you think the hotel should do. Think about: • the money and where it could come from; • the time needed to carry out any changes; • any specialist knowledge or outside help needed. Tell the class what your group decided and why. How many other groups made the same decisions? Read what Swallow Hotel decided to do. Did you make the same decisions?

It is now the end of the year and Swallow Hotel has seen some changes. The family managed to get a business loan from the bank, thanks also to the success of the restaurant, which was sufficient to completely renovate five of the rooms. Customer satisfaction with the new look has been high. In spite of the new booking engine on the website, the occupancy rate only rose to 49% which means they are behind with their loan payments and are facing more difficult decisions to keep the business afloat. The restaurant is now open at lunchtime every day during the summer, but only at weekends during the winter to keep costs down. Dirk Green still wants to be involved in all the decisions, although he does allow Liz and Gavin more freedom. He has become particularly interested in social media and checks their accounts several times a day, posting photos and comments.

Helping a hotel in difficulty | TOURISM CASE STUDY

207

REVIEW SECTION B

Map your knowledge

Go to the FLIP BOOK and explore the maps.

MOTIVATIONS AND DESTINATIONS WHY PEOPLE TRAVEL

visiting friends and family

business

leisure

WHERE PEOPLE TRAVEL

niche tourism

coast

mountains

countryside

towns and cities

purposebuilt attractions

nature and rural, adventure, weddings and honeymoons, food, medical and wellness, music and screen, religious

meetings, incentive travel, conferences, exhibitions, corporate events

TRANSPORT

AIR

types of flight

flight classes

LAND

types of ticket

airport procedures and facilities

train

WATER

coach/bus

car

ferries, water buses, catamarans, hydrofoils

private boat hire, boating holidays, day trips

cruises

ACCOMMODATION

SERVICED ACCOMMODATION

hotels

airport, budget, business, boutique, luxury, micro, motel, resort 208

B&Bs, guest houses, inns

SELF-CATERING ACCOMMODATION

holiday rentals

studio flat, cottage, farmhouse, villa, houseboat

REV I E W S E C T I ON B | Map your knowledge

youth hostels, halls of residence, religious institutions

ALTERNATIVE ACCOMMODATION

campsites

tent, bungalow, chalet, caravan, motorhome, glamping, wild camping

sofa surfing

house swapping

SECTION

C Exploring Countries UNIT

UNIT

Explore Italy

Explore the British Isles

UNIT

ESW

Explore the USA Canada, South Africa, India, Australia

209

UNIT

READY TO GO

Explore Italy

BORDERS and MOUNTAINS

Geography

Some Italian regions, cities, monuments and geographical features have different names in English. Many are similar in Italian, but not all. Do you know what the Tiber and the Matterhorn correspond to in Italian? protrudes si protende harsher più rigido

HIGHLIGHTS

The peninsula of Italy, in central-south Europe, protrudes in a south-easterly direction into the Mediterranean sea. Across the north it has land borders with France, Switzerland, Austria and Slovenia, while the rest of the country borders the Adriatic Sea to the north-east, the Ionian Sea to the south-east, the Tyrrhenian Sea to the south-west and the Ligurian Sea to the north-west. The Italian Alps The north of the country is dominated by the Alps: the western Alps with Gran Paradiso; the central Alps with Monte Rosa and the Matterhorn (on the Swiss border), Mont Blanc (on the French border) and the Brenner Pass leading into Austria; the Dolomites with Mount Marmolada in the east. The other major mountain range, the Apennines, runs down through central Italy from the western end of the Alps to the end of the peninsula in Calabria and into Sicily. The widest point of the Apennines is in the centre of Italy, where there is also the highest peak with the Gran Sasso Mountain.

RIVERS and LAKES

The Tiber winds its way through the centre of Rome

The River Po, the longest Italian river at 652km, starts in the western Alps and flows through a fertile plain to the Adriatic Sea. The River Arno starts in the north central Apennines, then flows through Florence to end in the Tyrrhenian Sea near Pisa. The other major river in Italy is the Tiber which passes through Rome on its way to the Tyrrhenian Sea. The north of the country has several subalpine lakes: the largest are Lakes Maggiore, Como and Garda.

ISLANDS

Italy has two major islands. Sicily, the biggest, is situated in the south and is separated from the mainland by the Strait of Messina. Off the coast of Sicily there are several groups of islands: the Aeolian Islands to the north, the Aegadian Islands to the west and Lampedusa and the other Pelagian Islands between Sicily and Tunisia. Sardinia, the second largest island, is to the west of the mainland and the Maddalena Archipelago is located off its north coast. There are also many archipelagos and smaller islands off the coast of mainland Italy, including the Campanian Archipelago with Capri and Ischia in the Gulf of Naples and, further north, the Pontine Islands off the coast of Lazio, and the Tuscan archipelago, including Elba. On the Adriatic coast, there are the Tremiti Islands off the coast of Puglia.

CLIMATE

Italy has a temperate climate but, given the length of the peninsula, there are marked differences between the north and south of the country. The north has a more severe climate with cold winters and a lot of snow, although there can be sudden snowfalls in central and southern areas too. The summers are hot and often humid. The winter season becomes less intense the further south you go and the summers become hotter, with temperatures in the coastal areas often more bearable than inland. The extreme south and the islands tend to have short, very mild winters, with much higher average temperatures than the rest of Italy during the whole year.

210

UNI T 7 | HIGHLIGHTS

VOLCANOES

The volcanic island of Stromboli

Italy is a geologically unstable country with frequent seismic activity, especially in the central and southern Apennines. It also has many volcanoes, both active and dormant. The most famous is of course Vesuvius, but two others – Etna and Stromboli – persistently manifest activity with frequent eruptions.

LOOK CLOSER What are the twenty Italian regions called in English? Well, five of them have translations in English that are frequently used: Piedmont, Lombardy, Tuscany, Sicily and Sardinia. You may also find Aosta Valley, The Marches and Apulia as translations, though their use is not as common. The names of the other regions remain in Italian.

ITALY Area:

301,338km2 ion: Populat 60.7 million Capital:

Rome Government:

Parliamentary Republic Main religion:

Christianity (Catholicism) Language:

Italian and many regional dialects

www.italia.it/en/ home.html

Political system The first article of the Italian constitution, in effect from 1st January 1948, states that the country is a democratic republic, founded on labour, and that sovereignty belongs to the people. It is a parliamentary republic where the power is divided between the executive, legislative and judicial branches. Executive power lies with the Council of Ministers, led by the Prime Minister. The legislative branch is formed by the two chambers of Parliament, the Chamber of Deputies and the Senate. The judicial branch is independent from the other two branches. Voted for by Parliament and representatives from the 20 regions for a seven-year term, the President of the Republic is responsible for nominating the Prime Minister (President of the Council), who is usually the leader of the major coalition party which won the election. Five Italian regions – Sicily, Sardinia, Valle d’Aosta, Trentino-Alto Adige and FriuliVenezia Giulia – are autonomous regions with special statute.

There are two independent states situated within the Italian peninsula. What are they and what do you know about them?

Reading comprehension 2 Read the texts on pages 210 and 211 and answer these questions.

1 What are the land and sea borders of Italy? 2 What are the major mountain ranges and where are they located? 3 What is the climate of Italy like?

4 Which areas register more seismic activity? 5 What is the structure of the Italian parliament? 6 How is the President of the Republic elected?

Explore Italy | UNI T 7

211

READY TO GO

A brief history of Italy

PREHISTORY

How important do you think it is to know something about the history of a country before visiting it? What would be useful for tourists to know about Italy’s ancient and recent history?

draining marshes bonificando le paludi

An Etruscan amphora

There is evidence of Paleolithic and Neolithic settlements in Italy and many rock drawings have been found in the Alpine areas showing A nuraghe scenes of hunting and social life. Quite sophisticated civilisations developed in the late Bronze Age, like the Terramaricoli in Emilia who built villages beside rivers and worked metal to make tools. Other tribes left traces of their civilisations like the Ligurians, in the north of Italy, and the Sards, who farmed and raised livestock in Sardinia and built the nuraghi, conical-shaped stone huts.

GREEKS AND ETRUSCANS In the 8th century BC, Greek settlers established colonies in the Bay of Naples and parts of the southern coast, and then Naxos and Syracuse in Sicily. The area was known as Magna Graecia and the settlements were successful and wealthy, dominating trade in the Mediterranean. At the same time, another important civilisation, the Etruscans, created settlements in the area north of the Tiber and around the Arno. The Etruscans were technically advanced, building hilltop cities and creating agricultural land by draining marshes and using irrigation systems. Their skill as artists, particularly with terracotta sculptures, pottery, bronze objects and the decoration of tombs with wall paintings, can be seen in Cerveteri and Tarquinia in Lazio today. The Etruscans also traded with the Greeks in the south and, by the 6th century BC, became the most powerful population in central and northern Italy. CLIL – Architecture, pages 328-329

THE ROMAN EMPIRE The myth regarding the birth of Rome is that it was founded by Romulus in 753 BC on the site where he killed his brother Remus. In reality, history tells us that Latin communities settled on the Palatine Hill and formed the first nucleus of Rome which gradually expanded. In 509 BC, after about two centuries of monarchy, the Romans established a republic. The city prospered and the last Etruscan kings were overthrown. In 27 BC, under the Emperor Augustus, the Roman Empire was born. Over the following centuries the Romans quickly became a dominant power, invading much of Europe and taking control of mainland Greece, Spain, as well as parts of North Africa and Asia minor. The Romans also made great innovations in engineering and architecture, such as using concrete and constructing true arches. CLIL – Architecture, pages 330-333

THE FALL OF THE ROMAN EMPIRE

The Emperor Constantine

212

UNI T 7 | HIGHLIGHTS

From the middle of the 3rd century AD, invasions and civil wars began to disrupt and weaken the Empire. The Emperor Diocletian, trying to restore order and stability, divided the empire into east and west, but he also began a persecution of Christians; his successor, Constantine, united the two empires briefly under his reign and also, in 313 AD, declared Christianity the state religion. The Western Empire went into decline as Constantinople, capital of the eastern empire, rose in power. In the 5th century there was the sack of Rome by the Goths, then the invasion by the Vandals from Spain and North Africa and, in 476, the Germanic troops finally deposed the last emperor and named Flavius Odoacer as the first king of Italy.

THE MIDDLE AGES

The coat of arms of the four maritime republics

The early Middle Ages was a period of repeated invasions and the struggle for domination between the conquerors and the popes who had begun building an independent papal state. By the end of the 11th century, trade had started to develop again. Thanks to their domination of the seas and trade routes, the four maritime republics – Genova, Pisa, Amalfi and Venice – became important political and commercial powers. Many central and northern Italian cities set up local governments called comuni within the Holy Roman Empire. These had a degree of autonomy and effectively became a series of city states in order to serve their own best interests.

THE RENAISSANCE This period, from the late 14th century to the 16th century, saw a proliferation of intellectual and artistic ideas which emerged from increasing interest in ancient Greek and Roman art and literature. The popes in Rome, and wealthy families such as the Medici in Florence, were patrons of art and they financed architectural projects, paintings and sculpture from emerging artists like Leonardo da Vinci and Michelangelo. There was also progress in the fields of science, philosophy and literature, and the Tuscan dialect became established as Italy’s literary language.

FOREIGN RULE From the 16th to 18th century, Italy was subject to a number of invasions and wars by the French and Spanish, and later the Austrians. When the Atlantic and Indian Ocean trade routes opened up, Italy lost much of its importance and the country went into economic decline. In 1796, Napoleon invaded Italy and forced the Austrians to withdraw. For a brief period the northern and central areas of the country were annexed to France. After the defeat of the Napoleonic Empire, in 1814 the Congress of Vienna divided Italy into ten states and recreated the previous divisions of the country, with most areas under foreign control.

UNIFICATION The increasing discontent with the political and social situation led to the foundation of secret societies, like the Carbonari, and rebellions in Sicily, Naples and Piedmont. Giuseppe Mazzini and Giuseppe Garibaldi, two radical Italian nationalists, played a central role in the Risorgimento, the movement to reform and unite the country. In 1860, Garibaldi and his troops conquered Sicily and from there moved onto Naples and the rest of the Kingdom of Two Sicilies (the largest state before unification, covering Sicily and the south of the peninsula). The Kingdom of Italy was officially proclaimed on 17th March, 1861 and ten years later Rome became the capital.

2 Read the texts on pages 212 and 213 and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. 1 There are traces of Paleolithic and Neolithic civilisations in Italy. 2 The Etruscans and Greeks were both advanced civilisations who traded together. 3 The Roman Empire didn’t expand much outside Italy. 4 The fall of the Roman Empire was due to several factors including foreign invasions. 5 During the early Middle Ages, the country was peacefully ruled by the papal powers. 6 The Renaissance was a period of intense growth in arts and science. 7 The economy of the country improved thanks to the new Atlantic and Pacific trade routes. 8 The Risorgimento is the name given to the period after the unification of Italy.

T F

Explore Italy | UNI T 7

ACT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension

213

Key moments in the 20th and 21st centuries THE TWO WORLD WARS When World War I began, Italy first remained neutral and then negotiated with both Austria and the Triple Entente (Britain, France and Russia) with the hope of enlarging its territories. It eventually joined the war on the side of the Triple Entente in 1915 and fought against Austria-Hungary, with particularly brutal battles and difficult conditions in the mountainous regions of northern Italy. At the end of the war, Trentino, Alto Adige and the city of Trieste became part of Italy. World War I trenches in Asiago

The postwar period was marked by serious political and economic crises as the country was unable to absorb the cost of the war. The atmosphere of division and resentment was the perfect environment for the formation of militant movements. Mussolini’s fascist movement, founded in 1919, soon became a major political force and in 1922 he became prime minister, appointed by the king. He formed a close alliance with Hitler’s Nazi Germany and joined their side in World War II in June 1940.

Destroyed by bombs in World War II, the abbey of Monte Cassino was later rebuilt according to its original design

In July 1943, the Allies landed in Sicily and only a few weeks later Mussolini was dismissed as prime minister, replaced by Pietro Badoglio. An armistice was negotiated and the Anglo-American army moved up through mainland Italy to fight against the Germans. Mussolini, liberated from prison by the Germans, tried, without success, to set up the republic of Salò on Lake Garda. In April 1945 he was Allied soldiers greeted by Sicilians, 1943 captured and killed by partisans while he was trying to escape to Switzerland. After the war, in May 1946, King Vittorio Emanuele III formally abdicated in favour of his son Umberto II but in a referendum a month later, the Italian people voted in favour of a republic and the Savoy family was forced to leave the country. The new Italian constitution was signed in December 1947 and took effect as of 1st January 1948.

The Marshall Plan, officially known as the ‘European Recovery Program’, was introduced by the USA to help European countries recover after the war. Countries were given food, fuel and machinery to solve the immediate problems, but also loans and grants for industrial development.

THE ECONOMIC MIRACLE

The Marshall Plan

trade unions sindacati

214

UNI T 7 | HIGHLIGHTS

The post-war period in Italy was one of industrial growth and economic success, firstly helped by Marshall Plan aid from the USA to rebuild basic industries, then by the intensified production for the Korean War and by participation in Middle Eastern oil exploration. This period (particularly the years between 1958 and 1963), is known as the economic miracle or boom. In the industrial triangle of the north-west, prominent industries such as FIAT, Olivetti, Innocenti, Candy and Piaggio, were leaders in the production of cars, scooters, office machinery and electrical goods such as fridges and washing machines. These companies and their products soon became famous across the world thanks to their technological solutions, design, and low production costs. Other important exports at the time were clothes, furniture, plastics, sewing machines and artificial fibres. Taxes were low, trade unions were weak, labour was not expensive and it was easy for businessmen to expand by borrowing from state-owned banks and credit institutes. There was a lot of migration from the south to the north as people moved to work in the factories and industries, and Italy changed from a predominantly agricultural nation to an industrial one. However, this period also had its downsides: investments were made in the road and motorway network, but this meant that the railways suffered; many workers and families from the south faced discrimination in the north; work-related injuries and deaths in factories and on building sites were common; unregulated construction work destroyed many natural environments and historical centres.

Read the texts on page 214 and complete these sentences.

1 In World War I, Italy fought with __________________ against __________________. 2 There were __________________ in the post-war period. 3 Mussolini founded __________________ and became __________________. 4 Italy entered World War II in __________________ on the side of __________________. 5 After World War II there was a referendum in Italy and the country became __________________. 6 During the economic boom period, goods such as __________________ were produced by factories in the north. 7 Businesses were able to expand because __________________. 8 The negative effects of the economic boom included __________________.

ACT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension

Reading comprehension & Speaking 2

ES Read this article and discuss the questions below in pairs.

Italy and the EU On 25th March 2017, the EU celebrated 60 years since the Treaty of Rome with 27 EU leaders signing a new declaration of unity. The original Treaty of Rome, signed by Belgium, France, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands and West Germany on the Capitoline Hill in Rome in 1957, founded the European Economic Community, which later became the European Union. Since then, Italy has been very active in the European Union, but the dissatisfaction of some Italian citizens with the EU has also been increasing. In 1999, when the euro was introduced for financial and commercial transactions, and in 2002 with the circulation of euro notes and coins to replace the Italian lira,

many people felt that prices had doubled. Later, there was the 2009 eurozone crisis, and more recently the refugee crisis, with thousands of people arriving from the Middle East and Africa. This latest crisis has put a strain on Italy’s budget and welfare system, with many people thinking that the EU has not supported the country sufficiently against the huge number of arrivals. The rise in extreme right wing political parties in several European countries and the risk of fragmentation within member states, such as Catalonia in Spain, have also been seen in Italy. The initial shock of Brexit and the UK’s decision to leave the European Union has diminished, together with the fear that other member states would immediately follow. However, it is clear that in the face of the current

challenges, the EU will need more than a new declaration of unity to keep voters, especially the younger generation in Italy, convinced of the Union’s ability to protect and help European citizens.

has put a strain on ha messo a dura prova

1 What was the Treaty of Rome and who signed it? 2 Why were some Italians unhappy with the introduction of the single currency? 3 Why has the refugee crisis caused problems for Italy and the EU? 4 Do you think the EU has dealt/is dealing efficiently with the refugee situation? 5 How could the increase in extreme right wing political parties be a problem for the EU? 6 Do you think Italy will have a referendum over its membership of the EU? What about other EU member states? 7 What do you think about the role and future of the EU? 8 What relevance/benefits does the EU have for young Italian citizens?

Writing 3

FCE Write an article (140-190 words) on the following topic.

What do you think the key moments in recent Italian history have been, and why? What major events or situations will Italy have to face in next twenty years? Explore Italy | UNI T 7

215

SURVIVAL GUIDE BRING The type of clothes you need to bring will depend on the season, destination and activities planned. It is usually very hot in July and August, so you’ll need sunglasses and sun cream wherever you are. Insect repellent is also a good idea. You need to be dressed appropriately when visiting a church, which means shoulders and knees have to be covered. For sightseeing, bring comfortable shoes for walking long distances, often over cobbled streets, in the historical centres. If you’re planning to go to trendy clubs and upmarket restaurants, pack some suitable clothes to help you fit in with the well-dressed and fashionable clientele. Don’t forget to bring an adaptor for your electrical items, a camera or phone and charger. Note that some places, such as the Vatican Museums, have banned selfie sticks. Although credit cards are more widely accepted nowadays, it is still a cash-based economy so bring some euros.

TRAVEL Most intercontinental flights arrive at Rome and Milan airports, while the many regional airports are well served with European flights and some domestic routes too. There are good rail links with France, Austria and Switzerland as well as road tunnels and mountain passes for those who prefer to drive. The scenery is exquisite, but you need to be prepared for bad weather in winter when some passes might be closed due to snow. To drive, you need either an EU or international driving licence and you drive on the right. For travel within the country, there are high-speed rail connections between major cities like Milan, Florence, Rome and Naples. Rail services are reasonably priced with frequent departures. The motorways are toll roads: you get a ticket on entering and pay at your exit with cash or credit card. The Telepass lanes are for holders of an electronic payment system. The road network can get extremely busy at peak periods like the summer. City centres are extremely busy too: many of them have a congestion zone with limited access for private cars so it is cheaper and easier to use public transport. Sicily and Sardinia can be reached by plane and regular ferry services; the smaller islands have catamaran or hydrofoil services, but crossings may be stopped during extreme weather in the winter months. Venice, Bari, Civitavecchia and Genoa are some of the major ports of call for cruise ships on routes within the Mediterranean.

SLEEP

ACT IV IT IE S

cobbled acciottolate toll roads strade a pedaggio

When staying in a hotel in a small town or city, choosing a bed and breakfast option is a great idea so you can have the opportunity to try the local food in lots of different restaurants. Self-catering is another popular choice as many people like to take advantage of the local specialities and fresh produce at local markets. In recent years agritourisms and country houses have increased in popularity for tourists staying in rural locations but close to important cities, for example in Tuscany, Umbria and Le Marche. They are popular thanks to the idyllic locations, the rustic, traditional style of the accommodation and the tranquil environment they offer. Accommodation in high season (July and August, and the Christmas/New Year/Easter periods when many Italians are also on holiday) is much more expensive and you need to book well in advance.

Reading comprehension 1

Read the texts on pages 216 and 217 and answer these questions.

1 What is it important to remember when visiting a church in Italy? 2 Why is it a good idea to bring cash? 3 What information is there about driving in Italy?

4 Why are agritourisms so popular? And Italian food? 5 What problems might tourists have if they wish to take foodstuffs to their home country? 6 What numbers should you phone in an emergency?

Speaking & Writing 2 In pairs, discuss what you could include in the Survival Guide for a paragraph called SEE AND DO. Then write the paragraph together, using a maximum of 150 words.

216

UNI T 7 | HIGHLIGHTS

EAT AND DRINK Italian cuisine is one of the main attractions for tourists, which is hardly surprising given the variety and quality. Each region, and often each town within the region, has its own traditional product, dish or variation on a national dish. The ingredients for brodetto (fish soup), for example, change as you travel between every coastal town on the Adriatic coast. Cheeses and cured meats are a mainstay of many regions, with many delicious varieties: buffalo mozzarella from Campania, sheep’s cheese from Sardinia, Parma ham, San Daniele ham from the province of the same name in Udine, Parmigiano Reggiano from Parma, Reggio Emilia and nearby areas. Genoa is famous for its pesto, Modena for balsamic vinegar, Pantelleria for capers and Alba for truffles. The ice cream is fantastic just about anywhere; the pizza, according to many, is best in Naples, and you can be sure of a good local wine all over the country, from Chianti in Tuscany to Prosecco in Valdobbiadene.

BUY Depending on your budget, you can max out your credit card on designer clothes in Via Montenapoleone in Milan and Via Condotti in Rome or go bargain hunting in outlet stores and markets. Wine, olive oil and other foodstuffs are great to take back home, but do check the laws on importing food items into your country, and put any liquids over 100ml in your hold luggage. There are lots of galleries and shops where you can buy original artwork such as water colours and sketches of famous landmarks, as well as other handicrafts. Venice is famous for its glass, Vietri sul Mare and Deruta for ceramics, Turin and Perugia for chocolate, and Florence for leather goods. Negotiating a discount is acceptable in markets but not in shops. NEED TO KNOW! Time zone UTC + 1 (The clocks go forward one hour at the end of March and back at the end of October) Currency Euro International dialling code +39

Emergency numbers 112 Police (Carabinieri), 113 any emergency service, 115 Fire Brigade, 118 Ambulance Principal bank holidays 1 January, 6 January, Easter Monday, 25 April, 1 May, 2 June, 15 August, 1 November, 8 December, 25 December, 26 December

Opening hours Banks 8.30 a.m. to 1.30 p.m. / 2.30 p.m. to 4 p.m. Monday to Friday Shops approx. 8.30 a.m. to 12.30 p.m. / 4 p.m. to 8 p.m. Monday to Saturday. Many big shops and supermarkets stay open all day, and there is often Sunday opening especially before Christmas.

Eating out in Italy

3 Read this article and discuss the questions below in pairs. Surprising Things for First-Time Visitors to Italy All the things you imagine about Italy – the olive groves, the ice cream, the cathedrals, the coloured houses on steep hills overlooking the beach – actually exist. Except Spaghetti Bolognese, which is a foreign invention and should never be seen on an Italian menu. Some of the clichés – the insane traffic, the amount of pasta that is eaten, the gesticulating, the ‘no cappuccino after lunch’ rule – are also true.

you will be charged a lot for the privilege of having such a great view. The coperto in a restaurant is not a way to rip off tourists: it’s a fixed amount (one or two euros per person) for occupying the table. Shops, especially in smaller towns, but also in some big cities, do close for lunch, and for several hours.

ACT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension & Speaking

cured stagionate mainstay pilastro max out raggiungere il limite su

Finally, Italy is an extremely popular tourist destination, so be prepared for long queues at museums and other attractions, barely And the coffee – which is just about perfect everywhere – is drunk enough space to put down your towel on the most popular beaches, standing up at the bar. If you decide to sit down for something to and to have to wait for ages to take that perfect photo without eat or drink in a café overlooking a famous piazza or monument, someone’s head ruining the view. rip off spennare

1 What’s your opinion of the article? 2 Does it give a true picture of Italy?

3 In what ways are the stereotypical ideas of Italy true or not true?

Explore Italy | UNI T 7

217

HINTS & TIPS When you learn about a destination, whether in Italy or another country, note down both the location (e.g. south of Italy, on the coast) and the main theme/ attraction of the place (e.g. history, castles, nature). This way it will make it easier to find what you are looking for when planning an itinerary.

Around Italy

Go to the FLIP BOOK and explore the map.

‘You may have the universe if I may have Italy.’ Giuseppe Verdi, Attila This quotation sums up why so many people want to visit Italy. It is a country of contrasts, with medieval borghi and modern skyscrapers, sophisticated city life and rural charm, high mountain peaks and white sandy beaches, flowering meadows and impenetrable forests.

The coast PUGLIA

Puglia, the heel of Italy with the Adriatic Sea on one side and the Ionian Sea on the other, offers amazing stretches The coast of the Gargano, of coastline with busy tourist villages and campsites as well as and also Abruzzo, is famous secluded and quiet spots. The Gargano is a promontory with for the characteristic spectacular caves and bays to be discovered by boat. trabucchi. How would you Popular destinations are Vieste and Peschici, as well as the explain what they are to a nearby Tremiti Islands. Away from the beaches, you can foreign visitor? explore the forests in the national park on foot, horseback and by bike. San Giovanni Rotondo, the burial place of Polignano a Mare Padre Pio, is a huge centre for pilgrims with a striking church designed by the architect Renzo Piano. The coast between the cities of Bari and Brindisi, both important cities and ports with ferry connections to Greece, alternates sandy beaches and jagged cliffs with many popular tourist resorts. Polignano a Mare is perched on the edge of the cliffs overlooking the sea and has a fascinating historical centre with Arab, Byzantine, Spanish and Norman influences, while Monopoli has a small and picturesque fishing port. Santa Maria di Leuca is the southernmost point of the Salento area. It is worth taking a boat trip with a local fisherman to visit the many caves and grottoes and find out the legends and stories surrounding them. Alberobello A beach holiday in Puglia can be interspersed with culture and history, such as a short trip inland to places like Alberobello to admire the trulli, the traditional white drystone huts with conical roofs, and Ostuni where the whitewashed houses stand out against the green of the surrounding olive groves.

LIGURIA

The coast of Liguria, also known as the Italian Riviera, is divided into two parts by the city of Genoa. To the east from Genoa up to the border with France, there is the Riviera di Ponente (the coast of the setting sun), while the Riviera di Levante (the coast of the rising sun) stretches out in the other direction towards Tuscany. Genoa itself is a city with a fascinating history: a warren of medieval alleyways in the old town with wonderful palazzi built by wealthy mercantile families, and the old port transformed with the modern Aquarium and Biosphere, which attract hundreds of thousands of visitors. The first part of the Riviera di Ponente is the Riviera delle Palme, a popular destination for Italian holidaymakers from the northern cities. Finale Ligure, named as one of Italy’s most beautiful villages, has a palm-lined promenade perfect for the early evening passeggiata, and the sandy beaches of Pietra Ligure are surrounded by hills and vegetation. Further Genoa along the coast is the Riviera dei Fiori, which, as the name suggests, is famous for its horticultural industry thanks to the temperate climate. San Remo, with its grand hotels overlooking the sea, is famous for its music festival and casino. One of the first towns of note on the Riviera di Levante is Camogli with its small port and charming multi-coloured houses which line the waterfront. The A-list often head to Portofino for a break, maybe mooring their yacht just off the shore to enjoy the idyllic surroundings. To admire the wild and dramatic coastal scenery, head to the Cinque Terre National Park and the villages of Monterosso, Vernazza, Corniglia, Manarola and Riomaggiore, best visited on foot or by sea. These incredibly scenic villages cling to the edges of the cliffs with narrow steps down to the sea and are flanked by terraces for the cultivation of vines. Manarola

218

UNI T 7 | HIGHLIGHTS

SARDINIA

With its crystal clear, turquoise and emerald waters, snow-white beaches and wonderful weather, Sardinia can certainly compete with the Caribbean. The peak tourist season is July and August, but the summer season can last from about May to October so in spring and early autumn it is possible to enjoy the island without the crowds that make travelling between locations and finding accommodation quite difficult. The Costa Smeralda, popular with the rich and famous from all over the world, is full of luxury resorts, marinas for mega yachts, exclusive restaurants and chic clubs. The Costa Smeralda Strict controls mean the area is kept pristine and the two main locations, Porto Cervo and Porto Rotondo, are not overdeveloped. The Maddalena Archipelago has seven main islands which are surrounded by the most incredible crystal clear waters. The area has been a national park since 1996 in order to protect places like Budelli, with its pink-hued beach, and Caprera with its parkland and Garibaldi’s home and museum. The former fishing village of Stintino is now a popular resort and is surrounded by golden stretches of beach such as La Pelosa and Le Saline. Travelling south from here will take you to Capo Caccia and some amazing grottoes like Grotta Verde and Grotta di Nettuno. There are also many caves and coves on the east coast around Orosei, as well as extraordinarily white beaches and wild nature. The area around Villasimius in the south has extensive sandy beaches, surrounded by the transparent sea and the perfumes of the myrtle, juniper and broom plants. This popular area offers various types of accommodation from campsites to luxury villas. As well as enjoying the swimming and sunbathing, tourists can also visit some of the towers built by the Spanish, as defense against attacks by the Arabs, and the nuraghi, the unique stone constructions that are dotted across the landscape, remains of the prehistoric Nuraghic civilisation.

LOOK CLOSER I borghi più belli d’Italia – Italy’s most beautiful villages – is an association with the aim of valorising and maintaining the historical, cultural and artistic heritage of the small villages in Italy which would otherwise be at risk of disappearing. http://borghipiubelliditalia.it

interspersed with inframmezzato con warren labirinto alleyways vicoli cling to si aggrappano a mooring ormeggiando flanked fiancheggiati pink-hued tinta di rosa coves insenature broom ginestra

Read the texts on pages 218 and 219 and match each place to the description which best corresponds to the information given.

1 The Gargano 2 Santa Maria di Leuca 3 Genoa 4 Portofino 5 Maddalena Archipelago 6 Orosei

a b c d e f

a a a a a a

protected area of incredible beauty fascinating medieval city and port promontory whose coast is best explored by boat favourite with the rich and famous combination of white beaches and wild nature place where each grotto has a legend

ACTIVITIE S

Reading comprehension

Listening 2

2.08 FCE Listen to a travel agent talking about Taormina in Sicily and complete the sentences.

1 Taormina was a mandatory stop on the _______________ during the 19th century. 2 The ______________ from the Greek theatre are almost as stunning as the theatre itself. 3 It was founded in the _______________ but most of the remains are Roman. 4 You can get down to the beach on foot, by bus or _______________. 5 The best periods to visit are _______________ and _______________. 6 Nearby, you can explore the _______________ of barren black lava on Mount Etna.

Speaking 3 In pairs, talk about which other coastal areas of Italy are popular with tourists, both domestic and international, and why.

Internet research & Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

4 Which coastal destinations would you suggest for visitors interested in:

• nature and wildlife? • night-time entertainment? • unspoilt and uncrowded beaches?

• scuba-diving? • surfing and other watersports? • fun for families and children?

Do some research in small groups and then write a short description of the best places.

Explore Italy | UNI T 7

219

READY TO GO

Mountains

VALLE D’AOSTA

Which mountainous areas of Italy have you visited? Why? Which areas would you like to go to?

The Valle d’Aosta, the smallest region in Italy, is home to some spectacular mountain peaks, ski resorts, valleys and castles. Courmayeur is perhaps one of the region’s most popular ski resorts: from here you can take a cable car to the heart of the Mont Blanc Massif and, in the summer, to Chamonix in France. The Gran Paradiso National Park, in the valleys at the foot of the homonymous mountain, is popular especially in summer with walkers and trekkers who follow the well-marked trails between the mountain rifugi. The area near Aosta is full of castles. The fairy-tale Castello di Fenis is an enchanting castle with towers and battlements and a well-preserved fresco of St George slaying the dragon. The elegant Castello di Aymavilles, with four round towers, has its origins in the 12th century but was subsequently changed several times and by the 18th century it had become more of a stately home than a castle.

How would you explain the term rifugio to a foreign visitor?

battlements bastioni

THE DOLOMITES

Ladin is an ancient language dating back to the presence of the Romans in the Alpine regions of Italy, with its roots in the mountain landscape, agricultural traditions and craftsmanship. It is spoken by about 30,000 people, mainly in Val Gardena and Val Badia.

ACTIVITIE S

Marmolada, Queen of the Dolomites

Across the other side of Italy, the pinnacles and towers of the Dolomites and its highest peak, Marmolada (3,343m), attract both summer and winter visitors. In the summer, climbers looking for an adrenaline rush will appreciate the via ferrata near Sesto/Sexten in the Tre Cime National Park. These ‘iron paths’ – iron ladders and cables fixed to the mountains – were used by soldiers in World War I. Easy footpaths through the evergreen forests and meadows, and cable cars, such as the one at Sass Pordoi at 2,950 metres, means there are also opportunities for those with different levels of ability to admire the incredible scenery. At sunset, the pale tones of the rock faces turn to pink and fiery red. In the winter, places like Canazei, Ortisei, Madonna di Campiglio and Cortina D’Ampezzo welcome hoardes of skiers, professional as well as amateur, given that four races of the Men’s World Ski Cup take place in Alta Badia every year.

LOOK CLOSER

Reading comprehension

Go to the FLIP BOOK and explore the map.

2 Read the texts and complete the mind maps with the things to see and do in each place in the summer and winter.

summer

VALLE D’AOSTA

DOLOMITES winter

winter

Listening 3

2.09 FCE Listen to a guide from L’Aquila talking about the Apennines and complete the notes in the table.

REGION

LOCATION

Abruzzo

Gran Sasso National Park Campo Imperatore

FEATURES • • • •

the (1) _______________ peak of the Apennines drystone walls, shelters for (2) _______________, rupestrian churches a high-altitude (3) _______________ perfect for (4) _______________ excursions in the summer

Tuscany

Abetone

• famous for wild (5) _______________ and other fruits of the forest • (6) _______________ of ski slopes

Lazio

Monti Ernici

• rare examples of different (7) _______________, for example bears, (8) _______________, golden eagles, edelweiss • one of the most popular places for (9) _______________ • (10) _______________ on 4km of slopes

Monte Terminillo

220

Castello di Fenis

UNI T 7 | HIGHLIGHTS

Lakes

Go to the FLIP BOOK and explore the map.

The most famous lakes in Italy, and those most popular with tourists, are the subalpine lakes in the north of the country: Lake Como, Lake Garda, Lake Maggiore and Lake Orta.

LAKE COMO

The forked Lake Como, with the town of Como at the bottom of the western arm, Lecco at the bottom of the eastern arm, and Bellagio at the point protruding into the lake, has been the inspiration for many poets, writers, artists and film directors. Incredible villas from the 17th to 19th centuries line the shores of the lake, framed by the striking background of the wooded hillsides and mountain slopes. Some are still private homes, others are hotels or congress centres, such as Villa dâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;Este in Cernobbio, and some villas or their luxuriant gardens are open to visitors, such as Villa Serbelloni in Bellagio.

LAKE GARDA

Lake Garda is a sought-after holiday destination thanks to its temperate climate, flourishing vegetation and combination of culture, history and leisure activities. Wider at the south, it narrows at its northern point, Riva del Garda, which is enclosed by mountains creating dramatic scenery to contrast with the intensely blue, clear water. In the many lakeside towns and villages, accommodation is plentiful and varied, from campsites to B&Bs and luxury hotels. This, together with the wide variety of entertainment, sports and activities on offer, make it an ideal destination for families.

LAKE MAGGIORE

Lake Maggiore, partly in Italy and partly in Switzerland, has a peaceful and serene air. Stresa, on the western shore, is a refined town which has been a tourist destination since the start of the 20th century. The cable car up the Mottarone Mountain offers excellent views. From the town you can take a boat trip to the charming Borromean Islands. Isola Bella, Isola Bella the most famous, has sumptuous Baroque gardens and a lavish palazzo which are really worth exploring. Near Pallanza, a picturesque town on the other side of the lake, you can find the wonderful gardens of Villa Taranto, full of tropical plants and rare species which thrive thanks to the mild climate.

LAKE ORTA

The village of Malcesine on Lake Garda

Bellagio

Which three regions is Lake Garda situated in? Which locations on the lake are popular with tourists?

The beauty of Lake Orta, a small lake situated to the west of Lake Maggiore, is outstanding. The romantic town of Orta San Giulio, on the eastern shore, has a web of narrow cobbled lanes, winding their way to the waterside main square from where you can see the island of San Giulio. A five-minute boat ride takes you across to the island, dominated by a convent and the Basilica di San Giulio.

The island of San Giulio

thrive prosperano sought-after ambita

Read the texts and answer these questions.

1 What shape is Lake Como? 2 What is the scenery like around this lake? 3 What excursions can you do from Stresa? 4 What can you see at Villa Taranto?

5 Why does Lake Garda attract so many tourists? 6 Where is the town of Orta San Giulio and what is it like?

Speaking 2 Discuss these questions in pairs.

1 Which lakes in other areas of Italy are popular tourist destinations? With Italian or foreign tourists? 2 What kinds of tourist do they appeal to?

AC TI V ITIE S

Reading comprehension

3 What can you see and do there? 4 Are there any lakes in Italy which you think should be better known?

Explore Italy | UNI T 7

221

READY TO GO

How well do you know Rome? What are your favourite parts? Read the introduction: are any of the places you know mentioned?

treasure troves tesori meander serpeggiare in awe sbigottiti lavish sontuoso has withstood ha resistito a

The Aventine Hill is one of the seven hills of Rome. What are the other six?

INSIDER TOP TIP For an unusual and semi-secret view of the dome of St Peter’s if you happen to be on the Aventine Hill, head for Piazza dei Cavalieri di Malta and look through the brass keyhole!

Rome

Go to the FLIP BOOK and explore the map.

Rome wasn’t built in a day, as the adage goes, and you certainly can’t expect to visit the city in a day either. Ancient stories of Roman soldiers, emperors and citizens will be revealed by the Colosseum and Forum; layers of Renaissance intrigue and art are waiting to be discovered; the rivalry between Bernini and Borromini and the beauty of the Baroque will be disclosed. Admire the treasure troves of great art in the city’s churches, museums and streets; watch the Tiber meander its way through the city; avoid the hundreds of mopeds whizzing around. Stand in awe in front of the immensity and majesty of St Peter’s Square; take part in the evening passeggiata along the cobbled streets of Trastevere; mix with groups of young people gathering in Piazza Campo de’ Fiori until the early hours of a summer morning. Climb the Spanish Steps; see the view from the Janiculum Hill on one side of the River Tiber, or from the Aventine Hill on the other and, lastly, throw a coin in the Trevi Fountain to ensure your return to the eternal city.

THE ANCIENT CITY

DID YOU KNOW? Rome has its own 36 metre high Egyptian-style pyramid. Next to Porta San Paolo in the Ostiense district, it is the tomb of Caius Cestius who died in 12 BC. Today it is also one of the favourite haunts of the city’s infamous stray cats!

The Roman Forum

The area stretching south from the Capitoline Hill is where the main concentration of remains from the Roman era can be found. The Roman Forum, the centre of Ancient Rome’s politics, economy and religion, is an immense and impressive group of ruins of temples, basilicas and public squares. It is possible to see the Via Sacra, along which emperors travelled to reach the Temple of Juno on top of the Capitoline Hill; the Arch of Septimus Severus constructed in the early 3rd century AD; the Corinthian columns of the Temple of Castor and Pollux; the Curia where the Senate met, and many other ruins. At the nearby Imperial Forums, the largest forum is the Forum of Trajan which incorporates the crescent of shops and arcades known as Trajan’s Markets. Rising above the Roman Forum is the Palatine Hill, where the city of Rome was supposedly founded. It was the city’s most exclusive neighbourhood and the various emperors built lavish palaces and residences here. The Colosseum, perhaps the most iconic site in Rome, has withstood over 2,000 years of wars, fires, earthquakes and pollution since construction first began in 72 AD, by order of the The Colosseum Emperor Vespasian. The Flavian Amphitheatre, its original name, had three levels with room for 50,000 spectators, seated according to their importance with the emperors and rich private citizens in the best seats. Below the arena, under a wooden floor, there were the underground chambers and passageways where the wild animals and gladiators were held, ready for the bloody battles. There are numerous catacombs hidden beneath the city of Rome, but the most famous and well-preserved are those that can be reached along the Via Appia Antica, the consular road that led down to Brindisi. These underground passages were used as burial sites by both pagans and Christians. Many popes were buried in the Catacombs of San Callisto, founded in the 2nd century; the Catacombs of San Sebastiano, under the Basilica of the same name, were the temporary burial places of the apostles Peter and Paul, and there are also three pagan tombs with wall paintings.

222

UNI T 7 | HIGHLIGHTS

CLIL – Architecture, pages 330-331

THE PANTHEON

The most complete Roman structure in the city, the Pantheon was commissioned by Marcus Agrippa in 27 BC, then rebuilt by Hadrian and completed in around 125 AD. It was a temple dedicated to the classical gods which was then consecrated as a church in 608. It contains the tombs of two Kings of Italy and of the artist Raphael, but it is the architectural achievement of the immense concrete dome which is most amazing and has all visitors staring upwards. The diameter is equal to its height, and the oculus – the hole in the ceiling – is 9 metres wide and the only source of light. Despite what many believe, it does let the rain in: if you look closely, you can see the drainage holes in the marble floor.

AND AROUND PIAZZA DI SPAGNA

PIAZZA NAVONA

The name of the square and the steps leading down into it derive from the fact that it is the location of the 17th-century Spanish Embassy. In the centre of the square is the boat-shaped Fontana Barcaccia, created by Gian Lorenzo Bernini’s father. Like a waterfall, the Spanish Steps curve down into the square from the 16th-century church Trinità dei Monti at the top. The area around Piazza di Spagna was historically the artistic quarter of the city, attracting the Grand Tourists in the 18th and 19th centuries. Leading away from the square, Via Condotti, full of designer shops, takes you to Via del Corso, a long straight road lined with a mix of boutiques and chain stores. Via del Corso leads straight from the iconic Piazza del Popolo at one end to the Vittoriano (the spectacular Vittorio Emanuele Monument erected to commemorate Italian Unification) at the other.

Rome’s most famous and popular square, Piazza Navona used to be the Stadium of Domitian, where sporting events were held in the 1st century AD. It got its current look in the mid-17th century thanks to Pope Innocent X. He had Borromini design the façade of the church of Sant’Agnese in Agone, while Bernini created the Fontana dei Quattro Fiumi. This fountain, one of three in the square, represents the four great rivers of the world (as known at that time) and is topped with an Egyptian obelisk. CLIL – Architecture, page 342

Which British Romantic poets are associated with the area around Piazza di Spagna? Why?

INSIDER TOP TIP Make use of the good public transport system of buses, trams and metro in Rome. A basic ticket is currently €1.50 and is valid for 100 minutes: alternatively you can buy a 24-hour or 48-hour ticket. Hop-on hop-off buses operate too and they are perfect for those with limited time or those who are worried about navigating the city by themselves.

Fontana Barcaccia, the Spanish Steps, Trinità dei Monti

Reading comprehension 2 Read the texts on pages 222 and 223 and write notes about each of the following: • Roman monuments • Roman ruins

• fountains • artists and architects

• churches • shopping

Internet research & Speaking 3 Choose one of the places on these two pages that particularly interests you. Do some research online and prepare a short oral presentation to give to the rest of the class.

Explore Italy | UNI T 7

223

FOUNTAINS

The Trevi Fountain

As well as Fontana dei Quattro Fiumi and Fontana Barcaccia already mentioned, Rome has many other important fountains. The huge Baroque Trevi Fountain is the most famous one in the city. Designed by Niccolò Salvi in 1732, it took thirty years to complete. Taking up the side of the 17th-century Palazzo Poli, the fountain depicts sea god Oceanus in a shell-shaped chariot led by tritons and seahorses, one calm and one wild to represent the different moods of the sea. The Fontana del Tritone, in Piazza Barberini, was sculpted in travertine by Baroque artist Bernini and depicts a muscular triton kneeling on four dolphin tails. Commissioned by Pope Urban VIII for his family, the Barberini, the fountain’s decorations also include bees, the heraldic symbol of the family. Many other city squares have impressive fountains from different eras, such as the Fontana delle Tartarughe and Fontane delle Naiadi, which are worth looking out for as you stroll through the city.

VILLAS AND PARKS

AC TIVITIE S

Rome’s huge villas and parks offer some peace and quiet away from the traffic and crowded piazzas. Above Piazza del Popolo, you can find Villa Borghese with its woods, lakes and lawns to relax in or to explore by bike. The Galleria Borghese, on the eastern edge of the park, is a museum you shouldn’t miss, with sculptures by Bernini and paintings by Caravaggio, Titian and Raphael. Further north is Villa Ada, the second-largest public park in Rome. Once belonging to the House of Savoy, the Royal Palace is now the seat of the Egyptian Embassy. Most of the park is woodland with many species of trees, including tropical ones. Villa Doria Pamphilj, in the west of the city, is a 17th-century villa surrounded by the largest park in Rome. There are beautifully landscaped gardens, as well as more natural areas. Villa Pamphilj is perhaps not as famous as Villa Borghese, but it is probably the most popular with Romans at the weekend for jogging and enjoying the nature.

Reading comprehension

Villa Pamphilj

CLIL – Sculpture, pp. 348-349

4 Read the texts and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. T F 1 The Trevi Fountain was designed by Borromini and the style is Baroque. 2 You can walk all around the fountain. 3 Pope Urban VIII commissioned the Fontana del Tritone for his family. 4 Villa Borghese is composed of gardens and lawns but no buildings. 5 You can see some non-native species of plants and trees in Villa Ada. 6 Villa Pamphilj is one of the smallest parks in Rome.

Listening 5

2.10

FCE Listen to a tour guide talking about the Capitoline Museums and complete the sentences.

1 A wide-ramped ___________ leads to Piazza del Campidoglio, where the Museums are situated. 2 The Piazza, designed by Michelangelo, was completed in the late ___________. 3 Palazzo dei Conservatori and Palazzo Nuovo have ___________ façades. 4 In the Capitoline Museums, you can see the ___________ of the she-wolf nursing Romulus and Remus. 5 A new glass-covered wing contains the ___________ statue of equestrian Marcus Aurelius. 6 Parts of the Colossus of Constantine, such as a giant ___________ and ___________, are on display here.

Internet research & Speaking

6 The information on pages 222-224 is grouped according to themes: ancient Rome, fountains, villas and parks etc. In pairs, list other ideas that might be used as a starting point for a themed tour in the city.

Then have a look on the official websites of the city and the Lazio region to see if they have any suggestions for themed tours, and compare them to the ideas you had.

www.turismoroma.it/?lang=en www.visitlazio.com/en/home

224

UNI T 7 | HIGHLIGHTS

THE VATICAN

Just across from the city centre on the west bank of the Tiber, Vatican City was established as an independent sovereign state in 1929. The first view you have as you approach the Vatican is of St Peter’s Square with the basilica rising behind it. There are two fountains in the square (by Bernini and Maderno) with an Egyptian obelisk in the centre. The two colonnades (Bernini again) surrounding the piazza symbolically welcome you to the heart of the Catholic Church. They are four columns deep but each column is so perfectly positioned that, from a specific spot near each fountain, they line up exactly, making the colonnade appear to be formed of a single line of columns. The first church was built here by Emperor Constantine in the 4th century AD on the site where it is believed that St Peter was buried. The church was then rebuilt and worked on by some of the greatest architects of the 16th and 17th centuries – Bramante (the original design), Michelangelo (the dome), Maderno (the façade) – and consecrated in 1626. The lavish interior includes Michelangelo’s Pietà and Bernini’s baldachin (the sculpted bronze canopy over the high altar made with the metal removed from the roof of the Pantheon). The bronze statue of St Peter Enthroned, with its right foot almost worn away by the reverent touch of thousands of pilgrims, can be found in the nave. The dome is supported by four piers, each pier containing a niche with a statue related to the main relics of the basilica: a piece of the Holy Cross, the sword that pierced Christ’s side, Saint Veronica’s veil used to wipe Christ’s face and St Andrew’s Cross. It is possible to access the gallery around the interior of the dome, from where you can sense the enormity of the space and get a close-up view of the decorations. You can also access the lantern on the roof of the dome with awesome views of the city below. Incredible collections of Egyptian, Etruscan, Greek and Roman art are kept in the Vatican Museums, but the major attractions are undoubtedly the masterpieces A detail from the ceiling of Renaissance art in the Raphael Rooms and the Sistine frescoes in the Sistine Chapel Chapel. Pope Julius II commissioned Raphael to decorate his private apartments: he painted The School of Athens, while his students completed the Mass of Bolena after his death. In the Sistine Chapel, the awe-inspiring ceiling frescoes by Michelangelo depict scenes like the Creation of the World, the Creation of Adam and The Temptation, while his magnificent Last Judgement on the altar wall – with Christ condemning sinners to the underworld – will leave you speechless.

LOOK CLOSER

The Swiss Guard are in charge of security in Vatican City and are responsible for the personal safety of the Pope. This elite group of guards are all male, Swiss nationals, and between the ages of 19 and 30. They carry traditional weapons, but all have training in modern weapons and unarmed combat. Their brightly-coloured uniforms were inspired by Raphael’s paintings.

CLIL – Painting, page 344

7 Read the text and answer these questions.

1 When did the Vatican City become a sovereign state? 2 What is so particular about the columns that make up the colonnades in St Peter’s Square? 3 Why did Emperor Constantine decide to build a church in this place? 4 Which architects were involved in the re-design of St Peter’s?

5 What is a baldachin and what metal did Bernini use to make the one in the Basilica of St Peter? 6 How is the dome of the Basilica supported? 7 Why do most tourists visit the Vatican Museums? 8 What are the subject matters of Michelangelo’s frescoes in the Sistine Chapel?

Explore Italy | UNI T 7

ACTIVITIES

Reading comprehension

225

regalia vesti

Cities of art Venice

The Most Serene Republic of Venice (La Serenissima) was one of four maritime republics in Italy that dominated the Mediterranean. What were the other three? What do you know about them?

Ponte di Rialto, the most famous of the four bridges that cross the Canal Grande

INSIDER TOP TIP

ACTIVITIES

Take a gondola ferry from one side of the Canal Grande to the other. It costs only a couple of euros compared to the very expensive tourist gondola ride. The trip might last just a few minutes, but at least on your return home, you can tell people you went in a gondola!

The heart of Venice is certainly Piazza San Marco, described by Napoleon as ‘the finest drawing room in Europe’, with the Basilica di San Marco, the Palazzo Ducale and the Campanile. The Basilica was first built as a private chapel for the doge and to house the relics of St Mark, stolen from Alexandria. Its sparkling façade and the interior mosaics make it an opulent place of worship, and one where you can admire a succession of styles from Byzantine to Gothic and Renaissance. The Palazzo Ducale, the home of the doge and the power of the Venetian Republic, houses works of art by Tintoretto and Veronese. The Ponte dei Sospiri crosses over from the palazzo to the prisons on the other side of the canal. The Campanile, a replica of the ancient tower which collapsed in 1902, offers fantastic views of the Serenissima.

Piazza San Marco, with the Palazzo Ducale and the Campanile

There is a church around nearly every corner in Venice, all hiding wonderful works of art and architecture. Santa Maria della Salute, with its Baroque dome dominating the end of the Canal Grande, was built as a votive offering for saving the city from the devastating effects of the plague in the 17th century. Inside the large Dominican church Basilica di San Giovanni e Paolo, in Italian Gothic style, you can find works by Bellini and Lorenzo Lotto. The Frari is the imposing Franciscan equivalent on the other side of the Canal Grande, with Titian’s altarpiece The Assumption.

You can continue to explore the city’s artistic heritage in its many museums: the Galleria dell’Accademia follows the history of Venetian painting from the 14th to the 18th century; the Museo Correr shows Venetian history through a collection of coins, weapons, regalia and paintings; the Guggenheim Collection has some excellent pieces from artists like Ernst, Picasso and Kandinsky, and every two years there is the Biennale, a world-class contemporary art exhibition held in the Arsenale and gardens in the east of the city. While all these churches and museums should be at the top of any tourist’s list, it is also important to remember that much of Venice can be appreciated by wandering the calli without a specific aim: you will certainly come across a quiet canal crossed by a little stone bridge or an enchanting campiello with a café where you can have a spritz, a typical aperitif drink.

Reading comprehension 1

Read the text and complete these sentences.

1 Approximately 30 million tourists… 2 In Piazza San Marco you can find… 3 The Ponte dei Sospiri links the…

4 Santa Maria della Salute was built to celebrate… 5 Titian’s painting The Assumption can be seen… 6 Go to the Guggenheim Museum if you want to…

Listening 2

2.11 Listen to this tourist guide talking to his group of tourists as they travel across the lagoon to visit the islands of Murano and Burano. Choose the correct alternative.

1 The trip will last three/five hours in total. 2 The visitors will see a film about glass-blowing/ a glass-blower in action. 3 The entrance fee to the Glass Museum is/is not included in the price of the tour.

226

A truly inimitable city, every year Venice welcomes around 30 million visitors from all around the world, hundreds of thousands of them in just two weeks when the famous Carnival is on. The city, composed of 118 islands and hundreds of canals, is divided by the Canal Grande which curves gently through its centre.

UNI T 7 | HIGHLIGHTS

4 The houses on Burano are painted in different pastel/bright colours. 5 A romantic place for a photo is the leaning bell tower/the Three Bridges. 6 The guide mentions that not all/none of the lace for sale is made in Burano.

Milan The obvious focal point of Milan is Piazza Duomo and the awe-inspiring cathedral. Construction work on the Duomo started in 1386, but it was only completed in 1813, resulting in the mix of European Gothic and Lombard styles. The white marble used for the construction was carried into the city on speciallybuilt canals. The interior of the cathedral is shaped like a Latin cross, with five aisles and 52 towering piers. The tabernacle above the choir contains the cathedral’s most holy relic – a nail from Christ’s cross. It is possible to climb to the roof to see some of the pinnacles and statues up close, as well as the gilded statue of the Madonna which stands at the top of the highest spire.

Piazza Duomo

The Madonnina is often considered the symbol of Milan but do you know who the patron saint of the city is and which Milanese church holds his remains?

Galleria Vittorio Emanuele II leads off from the square. A cruciform glass domed structure, the gallery is full of shops, cafés and restaurants and has always been considered the city’s ‘parlour’. The symbol of the bull on the central mosaic under the dome is permanently indented, caused by the thousands of visitors who spin round three times on it for good luck! At the other end of the Galleria, we find the neoclassical façade of Teatro alla Scala. Originally opened in 1778, the building was reconstructed after being bombed in World War II. A visit to the Galleria Vittorio Emanuele II museum, where you can see costumes, sets and objects relating to the many composers whose works have been performed in the theatre, also includes a visit inside the auditorium if there are no rehearsals. Heading north-west out of Piazza Duomo leads you to the red-bricked Castello Sforzesco with its crenellated towers. It was rebuilt several times over the centuries and was a defence fortress, military barracks, and a private residence. Today, it is home to several museums. Other important museums in the city are the Biblioteca and Pinacoteca Ambrosiana and Pinacoteca di Brera. The former houses a huge art collection started by its founder Cardinal Federico Borromeo, including the collection of drawings and writings by Leonardo da Vinci, known as the Codex Atlanticus. The Pinacoteca di Brera contains, amongst others, masterpieces of Renaissance art by Piero della Francesca and Raphael. The terracotta and brick church of Santa Maria delle Grazie, with the famous mural The Last Supper by Leonardo da Vinci in the Refectory, is one of the biggest tourist magnets in the city. You must book a ticket and time slot well in advance, especially in summer, and all visits are limited to 15 minutes. As well as history and art, Milan is a contemporary city at the cutting edge of fashion and design. After a busy day’s sightseeing, make sure you have time for window shopping in the designer boutiques of the Quadrilatero d’Oro, the fashion district, and then head for the neighbourhoods of Brera, Corso Como, Isola and Navigli with their hip bars, chic cocktail lounges and trendy clubs for an evening of fun.

gilded d’oro spire guglia crenellated merlato time slot fascia oraria

CLIL – Architecture, page 336

1 Read the text and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. T F 1 Milan cathedral took over 400 years to complete. 2 The marble used to build the cathedral was extracted in the city. 3 Teatro alla Scala is the original building from the 18th century. 4 Castello Sforzesco was always intended to be a museum. 5 The Codex Atlanticus is on display in the Biblioteca and Pinacoteca Ambrosiana. 6 The Last Supper is housed in a chapel inside the church of Santa Maria delle Grazie.

Internet research & Speaking

AC TI V IT IE S

Reading comprehension

Castello Sforzesco

2 Find out about modern architecture in Milan. Choose one of the following places and prepare a short oral presentation, including some visual material, to give in class.

Diamond Tower − Vertical Forest − Isozaki Tower − Piazza Gae Aulenti Explore Italy | UNI T 7

227

Florence

READY TO GO

Which artists do you associate with Florence?

On arrival in Florence, a visitor is impulsively drawn towards Brunelleschi’s majestic cupola which crowns the Duomo of Florence, the Cathedral of Santa Maria del Fiore and dominates the skyline of the city. It is the Duomo perfect place to begin a tour of the city and its incredible works of art. The construction of the cathedral was begun at the end of the 13th century by Arnolfo di Cambio, but it was only completed with Brunelleschi’s dome in 1436. The decorative mix of pink, green and white marble on the façade was completed in the 19th century, repeating the bands on the Baptistery and Giotto’s Campanile which stand in the same square. The octagonal Baptistery is one of the oldest buildings in the city and is an example of Romanesque style. The gilded bronze doors with relief sculptures were created by Andrea Pisano and Lorenzo Ghiberti.

relief a rilievo blacksmiths fabbri tanners conciatori evicted sfrattò goldsmiths orafi

Ponte Vecchio

What biblical moment does the statue of David represent?

INSIDER TOP TIP

A CT IV IT IE S

If it is open, a visit to the Corridoio Vasariano is a must. Designed by Giorgio Vasari in the 16th century, it runs from the Uffizi Gallery, along the eastern side of the bridge above the shops and on to Palazzo Pitti.

Heading south, away from Piazza del Duomo, we come to the magnificent broad expanse of Piazza della Signoria, flanked by the Palazzo Vecchio and the Loggia dei Lanzi, a showcase for sculptures like Giambologna’s Rape of the Sabine and Cellini’s Perseus. Standing in front of the entrance to Palazzo Vecchio, the centre of the city’s political life for many centuries, is a replica of Michelangelo’s David (the original is now found in the Galleria dell’Accademia). The medieval exterior of Palazzo Vecchio, with rusticated stonework and crenellated battlements, contrasts with the Renaissance interior, such as the courtyards and the Salone dei Cinquecento.

Adjacent to the piazza, is the Uffizi Gallery, the world-renowned art gallery showcasing the best in Italian art from the Pre-Renaissance to the 18th century. Formed of two wings with a long, narrow internal courtyard and a view of the River Arno at the end, visitors can spend hours in the gallery’s many rooms, set out in chronological order, stopping to admire masterpieces by Cimabue, Giotto, Paolo Uccello, Piero della Francesca and of course Botticelli’s Birth of Venus and Primavera. From here, it is a short walk to busy Ponte Vecchio, the bridge which crosses the Arno. Blacksmiths, butchers and tanners used to work on the bridge. However, in 1593 Ferdinand I evicted these noisy and dirty workers and replaced them with more pleasant goldsmiths, so today you will find a large number of jewellery shops. South of the river is the gargantuan Palazzo Pitti, started in the mid-15th century for Luca Pitti, a rival of the Medici family, who wanted to show off his power and wealth. Not long after the building was completed, however, the Pitti family was forced to sell and it became the main residence of the Medici family. The Giardini di Boboli are the delightful formal gardens behind the palace, with grottoes, statues and fountains.

Reading comprehension 2 Read the text and answer these questions. 1 Which two architects were involved in the design of the Duomo? 2 What are the façades of the cathedral, baptistery and campanile made from? 3 What is the difference between the interior and exterior of Palazzo Vecchio?

Listening 3

228

CLIL – Architecture, page 341; CLIL – Sculpture, page 348

2.12 FCE Listen to a tour guide in front of the Duomo talking about Brunelleschi’s life and works. Complete the sentences.

UNI T 7 | HIGHLIGHTS

4 What works of art can be seen in the Uffizi Gallery and how are they organised? 5 What kind of commerce used to be carried out on Ponte Vecchio? 6 What are the Giardini di Boboli?

Filippo Brunelleschi (1377-1446) He started work as a (1) _______________. His first (2) _______________ was the Ospedale degli Innocenti. He spent a lot of time on the concept of (3) _______________. His rival was (4) _______________ who beat Brunelleschi in a competition to design the (5) _______________ for the Baptistery. He invented some (6) _______________ for the construction of the dome.

Lecce A triumph of Baroque architecture, Lecce is sometimes called the Florence of the South. Situated in the area known as Salento, it had two distinct periods of prosperity: during the Roman era and in the 16th and 17th centuries under the The Roman amphitheatre Kingdom of Naples. Remains from the Roman period are the amphitheatre in Piazza Sant’Oronzo and the nearby theatre. The amphitheatre, which once had seating for over 20,000 spectators, dates back to the 2nd century AD and was excavated in the 1930s. In the square, there is also a Roman column which once stood on the Via Appia. It was moved to Lecce and topped with a bronze statue of Saint Oronzo, the patron saint of the city, in 1666.

The Basilica di Santa Croce showing the central rose window

Thanks to the arrival of some wealthy religious orders around the turn of the 16th century, opulent churches and palazzi began to enrich the city. The finest is perhaps the Basilica di Santa Croce with its decorative façade covered with carvings of garlands and flowers around a central rose window. Piazza Duomo is encircled by the Palazzo del Seminario and Palazzo Vescovile as well as the cathedral itself, which was rebuilt in the mid-seventeenth century with a five-storey bell tower. All of these buildings have the impressive complex and delicate stone carvings known as the Leccese Baroque style.

carvings intagli

Leccese Baroque is the name given to the flowery and flamboyant style used in particular by three local architects and sculptors: Zimbalo, Penna and Cino. The type of stone used, a soft local sandstone, meant that the skilled craftsman were able to create intricate ornamentations.

Other places that merit a mention are the castle, built in an austere style as a defensive structure in the mid-16th century, and the various city gates, such as the majestic Porta Rudiae which was rebuilt in the 1700s as a decorative arch given that its defensive role as a gate guarding the city within was no longer really necessary. The gate takes its name from the nearby ruined city of Rudiae, birthplace of the poet Quintus Ennius who is considered by many to be the founder of ancient Roman literature.

Read the text and answer these questions.

1 In which two periods did the city of Lecce flourish? 2 What Roman remains can be seen in the city? 3 What is the exterior of the Basilica di Santa Croce like?

4 Which buildings are there in Piazza Duomo? 5 Why is the choice of stone important for the Leccese Baroque style? 6 Why is Porta Rudiae considered to be only a decorative gate to the city?

Speaking

ACTIVIT IE S

Reading comprehension

2 Italy is full of cities of art, both small and large, some more and some less well known. In pairs, discuss these questions, then compare your ideas with the rest of the class.

1 Which other cities or towns of art in Italy do you think are worth visiting? Why? 2 What are their most famous buildings or monuments? 3 What types of tourist do they appeal to?

COMPITO DI REALTÀ

Recommending local cultural attractions

A group of students from the UK are coming on an exchange trip to your school and have asked for suggestions for some day trips. What would you show them in terms of art and architecture in your town and region? Why would you choose these places?

Write a report giving your recommendations and reasons. Include some practical information regarding travel times and prices.

Explore Italy | UNI T 7

229

UNIT

READY TO GO What is an itinerary and where might you find one? Read the introduction and check your ideas.

ACTIVITI E S

Explore Italy Planning an itinerary – A practical guide

An itinerary is a suggestion or plan for a trip with a list of places to visit, as well as information such as the date and length of the trip, the method of transport, the cost, the accommodation and things to see and do. You can find an itinerary in different places and with different aims, for example on a tourist board website as a suggestion for visitors to the area, in a tour operator’s brochure aimed at selling a holiday, in a promotional leaflet for a trip offered by a local company or in a personalised proposal by a travel agent for a specific client.

Reading comprehension 2 Read the things to include in an itinerary (1-9) below, then look at the leaflet on page 231. Match the texts to the correct parts of the itinerary (A-I).

FEATURES OF AN ITINERARY 1 The tour or itinerary needs to have an appealing title to catch the reader’s attention. It can also give an idea of the location or area and the type of tour it is. 2 A brief presentation, written in an engaging manner, gives an overview of the itinerary. 3 As an alternative, or in addition to the presentation, you can list some of the highlights of the places included in the itinerary. 4 Present the practical information such as dates, length of the trip, method of transport and times so that it is clear and easy to read. If you need to indicate distances, you can choose miles or kilometres, but be consistent throughout the itinerary. Times are always local. 5 You can specify the price with the rest of the practical information, or on another part of the itinerary so that it is not the first thing the client notices. You should indicate, if appropriate, the price for adults and children, and any discounts. You may also need to state what is included or excluded, for example entrance fees.

230

ITINERARIES

UNI T 7 | ITINERARIES

6 If the tour includes accommodation, you will need to give brief details of the type and meal basis. 7 A map is always useful. It only needs to be small if it is a guided tour, but for walking or driving tours, for example, a more detailed map will be useful. 8 The main part of the itinerary is a description of each stage of the trip (for example, a day-by-day description) with the places to visit, the activities planned or suggested and some photos. The length and style of the descriptions will vary according to the type of itinerary. 9 In order for clients to request further information or make a booking, the company name and contact details need to be clear and easy to find. This is particularly important as they might pick up many leaflets or brochures with similar offers.

HISTORICAL AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL DELIGHTS TOUR

NEAPOLITAN DELIGHTS Tour Company A

Our three-day coach tour of the city of Naples and the archaeological sites of Pompeii and Herculaneum is the ideal way to discover this fascinating corner of Italy and its rich history. Carefully planned to give you plenty of time in each location, you are guaranteed a comfortable and exclusive experience.

B Schedule: March-October

Departure: Every Monday, 9 a.m. Departure/Arrival: Naples Airport or Central Rail Station Maximum group size: 24 people Transport: Luxury coach

TOUR DETAILS E

Day 1 Naples Morning walking tour of Naples. Starting in the beautiful Piazza del Gesù, we will see the Church of Santa Chiara. A short walk takes us to Via San Gregorio Armeno to admire the wonderful workshops making traditional (and not) figures for Nativity scenes. After some free time when you can explore the city on your own and have lunch, we will continue the guided tour with Napoli Sotterranea, the Roman aqueducts and cisterns 40 metres below the city. Other stops include the Gothic cathedral, dedicated to San Gennaro, and Piazza del Plebiscito. Overnight stay in Naples.*

NAPLES Herculaneum

volcanic eruption in 79 AD. Our guide will expertly lead you through some of the most important areas such as the forum, theatre, the palatial mansions and villas, restaurants and thermal baths. Overnight stay in Castellammare di Stabia.*

Day 3 Herculaneum ➔ Naples

Our last day will be spent with two professional guides in the archaeological site of Herculaneum. The site was covered with mud and lava from the eruption of Vesuvius so everything is incredibly wellpreserved: the frigidarium and caldarium of the thermal baths, various villas with rich ornamental mosaics, the shops.

The tour ends at approximately 4 p.m.

Vesuvius

Gulf of Naples

Pompeii

*Accommodation is in 3-star hotels (standard double rooms) with continental breakfast included.

Castellammare di Stabia

Day 2 Vesuvius ➔ Pompeii

HIGHLIGHTS

• Two guided walking tours of Naples city centre

D • Chance to climb Vesuvius

• Learn the fascinating history of Pompeii and Herculaneum

In the morning, you have the chance to climb to the crater of Vesuvius, the active volcano which dominates the Bay of Naples. We will stop for lunch in a typical restaurant before heading to Pompeii, destroyed by the ashes and gases of the

Cost per person

Adult €385

Child (4-15) €295

The above price includes travel in an air-conditioned luxury coach, two nights’ accommodation, two evening meals (wine excluded), lunch in a typical restaurant on day two, all entrance fees and guided tours in English.

Neapolitan Delights Tour Company Registered Office Via Amalfi 127, Naples Tel 447 11122299

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 3 Plan a one-day tour leaving from Naples, aimed at families with children. Select which attraction(s) to visit, give a brief description and also indicate the form of transport, departure and arrival times, the price and what is/is not included in the offer (food, entrance fees, guide etc.).

HINTS & TIPS As we have seen, major Italian cities or attractions often have a translation in English which you can use (for example, Naples, Vesuvius), while other place names remain in Italian. Street names are never translated and names of local festivals and traditional dishes, for example, are usually best left in the original language rather than using an awkward translation. If necessary, you can provide a description or explanation in the text.

Explore Italy | UNI T 7

231

Itinerary 1 – A walking tour in Rome

BERNINI’S ROME This walking tour will take you on an enchanting discovery of Baroque Rome and the work of the master Gian Lorenzo Bernini (1598-1680). Accompanied by an English-speaking guide, you will discover Bernini’s masterpieces across the city and learn something about the man himself and life in Rome at that time. From his small, quirky fountain with three bees to the dramatic and theatrical statue of Saint Teresa about to be pierced by the angel’s spear, Bernini’s creativity and artistic skill will be revealed. Meeting point: Outside the Church of Santa Maria della Vittoria in Via XX Settembre (Metro Repubblica or Barberini) Finishing point: Piazza Navona* (Bus 64 to Termini Station)

Tours depart: 9 a.m. and 3 p.m. every day except Monday Total distance: approx. 4km Time: approx. 3½ hours Prices from €32.00

ACTIVITIE S

The Ecstasy of Saint Teresa • Fontana del Tritone • Fontana delle Api Highlights Palazzo Barberini • Church of Sant’Andrea al Quirinale • Piazza Navona r u to of the *On request, it is possible to extend this tour to St Peter’s Square.

Reading comprehension 1

Read the leaflet and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. T F T F 1 The theme of the tour is all Baroque 5 The tour includes visits to churches, architecture and sculpture in Rome. fountains and squares. 2 The tour takes place on foot. 6 The tour can last longer than 3½ hours 3 It starts and finishes at the same place. if you prefer. 4 It takes place every day of the week.

Speaking – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 2 In pairs, act out this conversation. Remember to swap roles. TOURIST

TIC ASSISTANT

You are an English-speaking tourist. You are currently in Rome and want to go on a walking tour of the city. You are interested in art and architecture. Go to the tourist office and ask for some information.

You work in a tourist office in Rome. Listen to the tourist’s request, propose the above tour and answer any questions.

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 3 Use the information on this page and on page 222 to help you write a short leaflet advertising a walking tour of Ancient Rome. You can decide the length of the tour (full day or half day) and which monuments to include.

HINTS & TIPS Planning a walking tour • Mark the places of interest on a map and plan the best route between them. • Plan the length of the tour carefully. • If it is a guided tour, leave plenty of time for people to stop, take photos and ask questions along the route. • If you are planning on seeing inside attractions, you need to check the opening times and book tickets in advance to avoid queuing.

232

UNI T 7 | ITINERARIES

• Give the starting/end times and an indication of the total distance. • It is useful to indicate how to reach/leave the starting/end points by public transport. • Provide your clients with a tour map.

Itinerary 2 – Day trips from Rome Two days in Rome

A week in Rome

Ancient Rome

Renaissance Rome

If you are lucky enough to be spending a week in the Eternal City, here are two suggestions for day trips away from the centre. The first is to Ostia Antica, the site of the port of ancient Rome; the second to Tivoli to explore the Renaissance villas. Both are easily reached by public transport. Ostia Antica The huge area of archaeological excavations at Ostia Antica are some of the best in the country and they really give you a clear idea of the structure of a Roman town and what life might have been like there. Now situated a few kilometres inland, Ostia Antica was once on the coast, a thriving port of vital importance for the city of Rome. There is so much to explore that we recommend spending several hours just wandering around the tree-lined ancient streets and picturesquely overgrown ruins. The Decumanus Maximus, the main street, leads to the commercial centre of the town where you can find the remains of shops around the central square. Look at the mosaics to understand what type of businesses were here. The theatre, which has been restored, could hold up to 4,000 people. The Casa di Diana is a well-preserved private house; the Domus di Apuleio has some beautiful mosaics; in the Thermopolium, an ancient Roman café, there are display shelves, a counter and wall paintings.

Tivoli Tivoli has always been an area favoured by the wealthy for their relaxation and entertainment. The Romans first, and then the well-off families of the Renaissance, built their country villas here. It is also well known for its travertine quarries. Villa D’Este, restored to its former glory, has some beautiful Mannerist frescoes representing scenes from the life of the Este family, but the biggest attraction is the garden with a series of terraces and numerous splendid fountains, such as the Fontana dell’Organo and Fontana del Nettuno. The wilder gardens with waterfalls and a river in a deep ravine at Villa Gregoriana are worth visiting too. Make sure you also leave enough time to see Villa Adriana, the remains of a sumptuous Roman villa spread over an enormous site at the foot of the hill. Home to the Emperor Hadrian for only a few years before his death, many of the buildings were inspired by what he had seen during his travels around the empire.

Read the web page and discuss these questions in pairs.

1 What kind of website do you think this information is from? 2 What type of tourist could be interested in these suggestions? Why?

3 Is there enough information to create interest in the two places? Why/Why not? 4 What information would you expect to find under the link ‘public transport’?

EXPLORE GRAMMAR

ACTIVITIE S

Reading comprehension & Speaking

QUANTIFIERS We use some (+)*, any (- / ?) and a lot of (+ / - / ?) with plural countable nouns and uncountable nouns; we use a few/few (+ / ?) and many (- / ?) with plural countable nouns, a little/little (+ / ?) and much (- / ?) with uncountable nouns. Are there any paintings by Raphael in the museum? Leave a little time to see the ornate gardens surrounding the villa.

How many years did it take to complete? Unfortunately, few original mosaics remain.

*Some is also used in questions for making offers and requests. Would you like some information on the villa?

Go to the FLIP BOOK and do the exercises.

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 2 Using the website on this page as a model, write a short paragraph (100-150 words) to describe one of the following places that can be reached on a day trip from Rome.

Tarquinia − Cerveteri − Lake Bracciano − Lake Bolsena − The Castelli Romani − Anzio Explore Italy | UNI T 7

233

Itinerary 3 – A personalised fly-drive holiday in Sicily Arrival/Car rental pick-up: Palermo Airport Stop 1 Cefalù (104km) Start your holiday with a couple of days on the beach at Cefalù. A popular tourist resort, the town has a long sandy beach and plenty of activities and sports on offer. Cefalù itself is lovely to walk around, with a large selection of restaurants, cafés and shops. Within easy reach there are many less crowded beaches in little bays and rocky coves. Stop 2 Taormina (215km) Your next stop, Taormina, is a great base for a couple of days. The picturesque town, with incredible views, has some valuable historical buildings and the worldrenowned Greek theatre. For day trips, there is the volcano, Mount Etna, for a unique experience. The Cyclops Riviera, with pretty coastal towns and beautiful rocky beaches, is worth exploring too. Catania, Sicily’s second largest city, has some interesting Baroque architecture and lively markets and shopping. Stop 3 Sampieri (183km)

Noto

On the drive down to your next destination, Sampieri, it would be a shame to miss Syracuse. On the Unesco World Heritage List, the Archaeological Park includes a Greek Theatre, a Roman Amphitheatre, the Latomia del Paradiso and the Ear of Dionysius. The historic centre of Syracuse on the offshore island is an intriguing mix of Greek, Roman, medieval and Baroque buildings. Sampieri and the other coastal villages nearby are unspoilt and are perfect for relaxing on the wide sandy beaches. The wonderful Baroque towns of Noto, Modica and Ragusa make a ideal destination if you fancy a day away from the beach. The Valley of the Temples

Stop 4 Licata (106km) You can choose which beach to go to around Licata depending on your mood: a beach protected from the wind by rocky promontories, a busy beach full of life and facilities or a beach with great snorkelling opportunities. A visit to the Valley of the Temples in Agrigento is a must. Stop 5 San Vito lo Capo (227km)

Despite the long drive, your final stop is undoubtedly worth the effort. The beautiful surroundings of San Vito lo Capo are the perfect place for the last few days of your tour of Sicily. The beaches with pristine white sands and crystal clear waters have an almost tropical feel, and there are superb sunsets.

Departure/Car rental drop-off: Palermo Airport (105km) 234

UNI T 7 | ITINERARIES

CLIL – Architecture, pages 328-329

A UK travel agent has prepared an itinerary for a holiday in Sicily for some clients. Read the itinerary on page 234 and the memo below which lists the clients’ requests. Analyse the itinerary and write notes saying which parts correspond to the clients’ wishes. Are there any details that have not been covered? Is there too much/too little of anything?

The itinerary doesn’t specify how many days to stay in each place. Kevin and Sally Webster – Sicily • Two weeks in June • Car rental • Plenty of beaches and relaxation • Not too many archaeological sites • Not too much driving every day • Enjoy exploring towns

HINTS & TIPS Personalised fly-drive tours • If you need to prepare a personalised fly-drive tour for a client or group, it is important to fully understand their needs, interests and expectations. • Prepare a day-by-day itinerary, with suggestions of what to do and see. • Give some indications of the time needed or the distance for each part of the trip. • Provide a map with the names and addresses (or GPS coordinates) for the accommodation (if requested) and where to pick up and drop off the rental car. • Extras could be notes on any particular regulations for driving in the country such as speed limits and parking fines.

Mediterranean H O L I D AY S

65 ROYAL PARADE, BRIGHTON

ACT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension

The itinerary gives the pick-up and drop-off points for the rental car.

PASSEPARTOUT DESCRIBING A DRIVING TOUR • Take a leisurely drive along the back roads to… • After a long day’s driving yesterday, take it easy today with… • You can stop off anywhere along the coast road. • You’re bound to come across a little hamlet/beachside restaurant. • Why don’t you take a detour to visit one of the beaches/ fishing villages/monuments? • Leave the car today and stroll around the town on foot. • Climbing slowly upwards, the scenery begins to change. • Take care on the hairpin bends as you descend the mountain. • The city centre is closed to traffic at certain times.

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

2 You work for Mediterranean Holidays. Write an email to your clients, Kevin and Sally Webster, to accompany the proposed itinerary on page 234. In the email, you should give a few of the highlights, mention the reasons why you chose certain places and why you think they are suitable. Close the email by asking for their feedback so you can finalise the details as soon as possible.

3 You have to prepare an itinerary for some other clients, also interested in a fly-drive holiday. Study their requirements and then plan a suitable holiday for them in a different part of Italy.

Mediterranean H O L I D AY S

Group of four friends, age about 20

65 ROYAL PARADE, BRIGHTON

• Ten days at the end of July, with a rental car • Beach holiday with lots of activities like snorkelling and sailing, and vibrant nightlife • Maximum two or three destinations to limit the amount of long-distance driving • Accommodation close to the beach Explore Italy | UNI T 7

235

Itinerary 4 – An independent tour of central Italy Discover the beauty of central Italy: Le Marche, Umbria and Tuscany Follow our suggested route to explore some of the most beautiful towns and countryside in these three magical regions. We purposely haven’t indicated the number of days so that you can take it at your own pace: choose the scenic route to drive along, try the local specialities at a restaurant, sample the wine in a vineyard, stop off at a beauty spot to admire the view. This area of Italy mustn’t be rushed, but gently experienced.

(Closest airports Rimini and Ancona, or Pisa and Florence if doing the trip in reverse.)

LE MA

RCHE Stop 1 URBINO Birthplace of the Renaissance painter Raphael and home to perhaps the most spectacular Palazzo Ducale in Italy, Urbino is practically an open-air museum. A visit to the Palazzo Ducale requires at least a couple of hours to appreciate the fine Renaissance architecture and decoration. UM

ACTIVITIES

BRIA Stop 2 GUBBIO With the Apennine Mountains as a backdrop, the medieval, rosy-pink stone Gubbio is a delight for the eye. Look out for the 14th-century Palazzo Consoli, Palazzo Pretorio, the Duomo and Palazzo Ducale. You’ll also find plenty of events and festivals in town, especially during the summer. If you have a head for heights, take the cable car to the Basilica di Sant’Ubaldo on the hillside above the town.

Stop 3 PERUGIA A busy university town with plenty to see and a good base for exploring the area. Points of interest are the Duomo, Fontana Maggiore, the Gothic Palazzo dei Priori with the Galleria Nazionale dell’Umbria and Pozzo Etrusco (a massive underground cistern). The main street, Corso Vannucci, is named after the artist Perugino (Pietro Vannucci) and is perfect for your evening stroll, before and after sampling the local cuisine. Stop 4 ASSISI The first thing you notice as you drive up towards Assisi is the imposing Basilica of St Francis which stands proudly at one edge of the town. The Lower Church is a somber space, with the crypt of St Francis; the Upper Church is a light and airy space with Giotto’s series of frescoes on the life of the saint decorating the walls. Other points of interest include the Duomo, the Basilica di Santa Chiara and the Ancient Roman Forum under the Piazza del Comune. stroll passeggiata somber austero

Reading comprehension 1

An independent tour of Veneto

Read the itinerary on pages 236 and 237 and complete these sentences.

1 The length of the itinerary isn’t indicated in order to… 2 Urbino is famous for… 3 Corso Vannucci in Perugia is the ideal place to… 4 The frescoes in the Basilica of St Francis in Assisi were… and show…

5 Bagno Vignoni and Chianciano Terme are both well known for… 6 Montepulciano and Montalcino should be explored on foot in order to…

Speaking 2 Discuss these questions in small groups. 1 How long do you think it would take to cover the above itinerary? Do you agree it should be a leisurely trip or can it be done quickly? 2 Do you think the itinerary is more suitable for someone who is visiting these three regions for the first time or someone who has already been there? Why? 3 Which other places would you suggest if a tourist wanted to explore further and spend more time in these three regions?

236

UNI T 7 | ITINERARIES

TUSCANY

Stop 5 MONTEPULCIANO

Take the scenic route from Perugia round the bottom of Lake Trasimeno to the hill-top town of Montepulciano, home to the red wine Vino Nobile di Montepulciano. The town, set on a long, narrow ridge, has to be thoroughly explored on foot to appreciate the beauty of the Renaissance palazzi and the tiny alleyways, stairways and passages which offer glimpses of the beautiful countryside and vineyards below the town.

Stop 6 PIENZA – CHIANCIANO TERME – BAGNO VIGNONI From Montepulciano you can drive around the picture-perfect countryside of Tuscany, stopping off at any of the attractive villages and towns. Of particular note: Pienza, a perfectly preserved Renaissance village with wonderful civic and religious buildings; Bagno Vignoni, with the arcaded Roman pool occupying the entire main square and its sulphur springs just outside the village; Chianciano Terme, the spa town known since antiquity for the healing powers of its waters.

Stop 7 MONTALCINO Another giant of Italy’s wine production – Brunello di Montalcino – is grown and produced on the hillsides around this town. The town is surrounded by walls with a fortress on the top of the hill. Again, the best way to get to know the town is by wandering around from piazza to piazza, perhaps sitting outside one of the many restaurants and cafés, or buying local cheese, cold meats, and bread for a picnic in the grounds of the fortress. Just over a three-hour drive will take you back to your starting point on the Adriatic Coast, or you may decide to extend your tour on the way back, exploring towns like Arezzo, Cortona and Città del Castello. Alternatively, remain in Tuscany and head for the cities of Siena, Florence and Pisa. ridge crinale

PASSEPARTOUT

3 In pairs, act out this conversation. Remember to swap roles.

DESCRIBING AN INDEPENDENT TOUR • You should plan to spend at least 10 days in the area. • Feel free to add one or two days to the suggested schedule. • The best time of year/day is… because… • Choose from the many B&Bs that are in the town centre/in nearby villages. • Points of interest in the area are… • This is the ideal tour/place/route because… • You shouldn’t miss the fishing festival/the historical pageant/the village fair which is held in June. • Visiting/Seeing… is a must. • Pick one or two of these recommended restaurants/highlights/walks. • To get a deeper insight into the culture/the history/the art/the natural wonders, we recommend...

CUSTOMER You are interested in a holiday in Italy, but are unsure about which area to visit. You like nature, good food and exploring old towns. You don’t like crowds and organised tours.

TRAVEL AGENT You work in a travel agency in the UK which is specialised in holidays in Italy. Using the above itinerary to help you, or your own ideas, make suggestions to the client about the best region and type of holiday for him/her.

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 4 Choose an area of Italy that interests you and prepare an itinerary for a holiday that lasts between 5 and 7 days. Provide a short description of each place to make it appealing.

ACT IV I TI ES

Speaking – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

Explore Italy | UNI T 7

237

UNIT

Creating your itinerary

Guided itinerary 1

Two students, studying Italian and Art History at university in the UK, are planning a two-week trip around Italy in June. They are going to travel by train with InterRail and they have a limited budget. They have already visited Rome several times and have been on a previous study trip to Venice. Suggest an itinerary, with the route and details of some places they could visit. Include suggestions of places to stay and relative costs, as well as any advice on what to bring and how to stay safe.

What to think about • Which cities of art, perhaps less well known, could the students visit? Do you think it is best to stick with one or two regions or is it possible to travel the length of Italy? • Plan a logical order to visit the places. • What other things could interest the two students? Include some different activities to break up their trip. • What kind of accommodation is likely to be the cheapest? Is it available in all the places on your itinerary? What alternative could there be? • Think about the time of year of their trip and the places they are visiting. What do they need to bring? • Are there any risks for the students? What advice could you give them?

2 You work for a travel agency. Some English clients, who are very keen amateur cyclists, have asked you to organise a tour following part of the route of last year’s Giro d’Italia. They will bring their own bikes. The tour should be for six days and accommodation should be fairly cheap. Plan their tour, taking into consideration the distance they could cycle each day, and prepare an itinerary including:

• the distance, approximate time and level of difficulty for each day’s cycling; • a short description of the places on the route, with any interesting facts or details; • accommodation for each overnight stay and suggestions for restaurants with prices.

3 You work for a company offering tours in and around Bologna. You wish to update your website with a larger selection of guided day trips to nearby cities. Use the map to help you choose one or more places that can be reached within a maximum of 1½ to 2 hours from Bologna then plan a guided day trip. Prepare the text (and images if you wish) for the webpage, including details of the arrival and departure times, the means of transport, the main attractions, the price and what it includes.

4 Now write a circular letter to promote your tour company in Bologna. Use the information given in exercise 3 and invent other details about the company such as its history, experience and professionalism.

238

UNI T 7 | Creating your itinerary

5 You work for a tour operator which specialises in religious tours in Italy. Plan a new tour to add to your catalogue, using the information given.

Length: Arrival/Departure: Transport: Accommodation: Target:

3 or 4 days any major airport or city coach with guide three-star hotels, bed and breakfasts American tourists in the over-50 age group

6 Prepare a leaflet to advertise a 3-hour walking tour in one of the cities below. Decide your target market and the monuments and places you would like to include. You should state the arrival/departure points and time, details of the places to visit, and the cost. Think of an interesting title for your tour to attract attention.

• Trieste • Turin

• Matera • Verona

• Mantua • Palermo

7 Write a circular letter to promote your walking tour in the city you chose in exercise 6. Describe your company and its experience, adding details of your choice.

Traditional house in the Sassi, Matera

Façade of an art nouveau building in Trieste

8 An American woman, whose parents emigrated to the USA from Trento, is coming to Italy for the first time with her teenage son. As well as visiting her parents’ home town, she wishes to go on a few trips by car to explore the area and learn more about the heritage of the country. Suggest a day trip and a two-day trip that they could do, giving details of the distance/ travelling time, the highlights of the destinations and some suggestions on typical food or traditions they MuSe, the Science Museum in Trento, could experience. designed by the architect Renzo Piano

9 You work for your region’s tourist board and have been asked to update the website with proposals to appeal to different categories. Choose one of the following categories and write a general introductory text and then give details on two possible itineraries/destinations.

• Art lovers

• Fashion bloggers

• Outdoor enthusiasts

10 You work for a UK travel agency and have been asked to prepare an itinerary for a week’s holiday in Italy for four adults. You have booked their flight and car rental already, with arrival and departure from Orio al Serio Airport, Bergamo, from 11th to 18th March. Their requests are:

• no mountain driving; • no more than 200km driving per day;

Prepare the itinerary, giving information regarding the driving distances and what to see and do in each place. Write a letter to your clients to accompany the itinerary, explaining the reasons for some of your choices and pointing out some of the highlights.

• a visit to one or two Unesco World Heritage Sites; • a chance to explore the ‘real’ Italy.

Explore Italy | UNI T 7

239

UNIT

Professional competences

How to present a church Watch 1

Watch the video on the Basilica of St Francis of Assisi and choose the correct alternative.

1 The Lower Church is an example of Romanesque/Gothic style. 2 There are allegorical frescoes of Poverty, Chastity and Obedience in the first chapel on the left/above the altar. 3 The façade of the Upper Basilica has a Gothic rose door/ window. 4 The plan of the Upper Church is with a single/double nave. 5 The ribbed vaults of the ceiling are decorated with a blue/ gold background and blue/gold stars 6 The colours of Cimabue’s frescoes in the Upper Basilica have deteriorated due to the 1997 earthquake/the type of paint used.

www.sanfrancescoassisi.org/en/

PASSEPARTOUT TALKING ABOUT A CHURCH Date and architectural style • Built over a period of 60 years using travertine/marble/brick… • Construction took/lasted two centuries and was finally completed in… • Constructed under the orders of Pope... • A fine example of Romanesque/late Gothic architecture… • It unites different architectural styles. • The bell tower was added much later.

The exterior • The façade has a large, ornate rose window/is richly decorated. • The portal in gothic style is flanked by two columns. • The large wooden/bronze door dates from the 15th century. • There are tall, stained glass windows depicting scenes from the Bible. • The bas-reliefs represent/depict/ show several saints/biblical figures.

The interior • The triptych behind the altar is attributed to… • The tomb of … can be found in the crypt. • The interior is cruciform in shape/is shaped like a Greek/Latin cross. • The statue of ... by ... stands in the chapel. • The chapel houses the shrine of/the reliquary with… • The austere interior contrasts with the ornate decorations on the main façade. • The walls are decorated with frescoes/mosaics. • The wooden choir has been intricately carved.

Practise 2 Complete this description of the Duomo in Orvieto, using some of the expressions in the box above. (1) _______________ of Pope Urban IV to celebrate the Miracle of Bolsena, the Duomo of Orvieto is a magnificent building that (2) _______________ styles. (3) _______________ almost three centuries from when the first stone was laid in 1290. The side walls of the cathedral, which are plain alternating layers of grey and white stone, (4) _______________ the richly decorated and ornate façade. The golden mosaics are dedicated to the Virgin Mary. The bas-reliefs on the piers (5) _______________ biblical scenes from the Old and New Testaments. The interior of the church, (6) _______________ in shape, is spacious and the theme of the vertical bands of different stones is continued on the walls and columns.

Do 3 You are a tourist guide who is accompanying a group of foreign tourists on a tour of a town in your area. Choose a church in the town and find out about it. Then prepare a short presentation to give to the class.

240

UNI T 7 | Professional competences

Churches/Cathedrals FAĂ&#x2021;ADE FACCIATA bell tower torre campanaria Lady chapel cappella assiale

rose window rosone gallery galleria

tracery traforo stained glass vetrata

spire guglia

niche nicchia gable timpano

apsidiole cappella radiale

PLAN PIANTA

ambulatory deambulatorio

apse abside

transept transetto

choir coro

aisle navata laterale

crossing crociera

porch portico

nave navata centrale

archivolt archivolto lintel architrave portal portale

tympanum lunetta

pier piedritto

transept spire guglia di transetto flying buttrees arco rampante tower torre

altar altare altarpiece pala da altare baldachin baldacchino tomb tomba diptych dittico triptych trittico polyptych polittico

belfry torretta

pinnacle pinnacolo VAULT VOLTA keystone chiave di volta

abutment spalla side chapel cappella laterale buttress contrafforte

arcade arcata

pillar pilastro Explore Italy | UNI T 7

241

How to present a painting Watch 1

Watch the video on the Scrovegni Chapel in Padua and answer these questions.

1 Who was commissioned to paint the interior of the Scrovegni Chapel? 2 When were the frescoes painted? 3 Which fresco technique did the artist use? 4 What is the subject of the fresco on the entrance wall? 5 What scenes are portrayed on the side walls? 6 What is ‘grisaille’?

www.cappelladegliscrovegni.it/index.php/en/

PASSEPARTOUT TALKING ABOUT A PAINTING The artist • The artist was born in ... and was one of the most influential of the time. • This helped establish him as a radical artist/leader of the … Movement • He created an entirely new personal style. • His brief/long career culminated in…

• The inspiration came from… • The composition is balanced with ... in the foreground/in the background/on the right/left. • The figure of … dominates the scene/ the centre of the picture. • It captures/portrays/represents the mythological figure of… /a moment in The painting the life of… • The title of the painting is … and it is one • It evokes an intense response/ of the artist’s earliest/latest works. a feeling of… • It was commissioned by… • It creates the illusion of… • Probably made for the private collection • The eye is captivated by… of…

Technique • Painted in oil/in watercolour/in acrylic on canvas/on paper/on wood. • It is remarkable for its use of linear perspective. • The use of light/shadow/movement/ space... • The flowing/delicate/simple/bold lines/ brushstrokes... • The subtle/muted/dramatic/contrasting/ vibrant colours...

Practise 2 Complete this description of the Birth of Venus by Botticelli, using some of the expressions in the box above. (1) _________________ is the Birth of Venus and it is an icon of Renaissance art, known across the world. The artist, Sandro Botticelli, (2) _________________ in Florence in 1445 and this painting was made around the mid-1480s. It was probably painted for the (3) _________________ of Lorenzo de’ Medici. It (4) _________________ the moment that the mythological figure of Venus, the goddess of love, is brought to the shore on a shell. The figure of Venus (5) _________________ the centre of the picture and the inspiration certainly (6) _________________ a classical Greek statue of the goddess. Botticelli was interested in fluid and graceful figures and this can be clearly seen here in this painting.

Do 3 You are a tourist guide who is accompanying a group of foreign tourists around an art gallery of your choice. Prepare a talk on a painting and artist, using the Internet to help with the details. Then give your talk to the rest of the class.

242

UNI T 7 | Professional competences

Paintings MEDIUM

oil

watercolour

acrylic

pencil

charcoal

pastel

tempera

SUPPORT

paper

canvas

metal

wood

glass

portrait

landscape

still life

religious

genre

painting

engraving

fresco

sketch

graffiti

GENRES

TYPES

space spazio volume volume light luce

shadow ombra intensity intensitĂ movement movimento

texture consistenza proportion proporzione perspective prospettiva

chiaroscuro chiaroscuro trompe lâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;oeil illusione ottica brushwork pennellata

at the top

COMPOSITION

in the background in the middle/centre on the right on the left in the foreground at the bottom Explore Italy | UNI T 7

243

UNIT

Test your knowledge and skills

The Miracle of Matera Once described by writer Carlo Levi as a place where Christ wouldn’t go, Matera is today an Airbnb hotspot, attracting around 600,000 visitors a year. Less than 70 years ago, 15,000 peasants and farmers still lived in limestone grottoes from the prehistoric era. These homes were damp and cold, with no natural light, ventilation, running water or electricity. Diseases like malaria, cholera and typhoid were widespread and the child mortality rate was high. Those who survived, grew up poor and illiterate. There wasn’t much room to sleep: children and parents shared beds and animals were kept indoors. Large families sat around a small table once a day to share a simple meal of bread with pasta or pulses. It took a visit in 1950 from the Italian prime minister Alcide De Gasperi to force the government to take drastic steps to change the city and people’s lives. He designed a plan to move all the inhabitants out of the Sassi – literally ‘the stones’ – and house

them in new homes with modern comforts. Then, after years of abandonment, there was a competition to decide what to do with these cave homes. The older generation wanted to obliterate them from the landscape, but the younger generation saw an opportunity. The winning idea was to bring the caves back to life and, in 1986, a law was passed to move people back in. The government encouraged the Sassi’s revival by subsidising restoration work. Artisans moved in, setting up workshops; bars, restaurants and boutique hotels started to open; private residents began to restore homes. Matera was then brought to the world’s attention when the Sassi were added to the UNESCO World Heritage List in 1993 and, in 2004, by the filming of The Passion of the Christ, directed by Mel Gibson. However, tourism really picked up in 2014 when the city won the bid to become a European Capital of Culture for 2019. Today, the once poor cave homes of the Sassi are providing the economic platform

for a more prosperous future for the city. People have started using their homes as holiday lets and B&Bs. A report by the University of Siena said that around 25% of Matera’s housing stock is available to rent on Airbnb, more than anywhere else in Italy. People in popular tourist destinations, such as Florence and Venice, are resistant to the Airbnb phenomenon because it threatens the historic city centres and pushes locals out. Residents of Matera are determined to avoid this by maintaining a sustainable number of tourists and by ensuring they offer good quality services. One local tour guide has said that this change in the economy has helped people reconnect to the Sassi: ‘Even though we lost that connection for some time, our souls are back there.’ The Sassi are, and will remain, the most significant and emotional aspect of the city, whether you live there or stay for only a few days. Source: The Guardian

Reading comprehension 1

ES Read the article and answer these questions.

1 What was life like 70 years ago for the inhabitants 4 How did Matera become well-known in the rest of of the grottoes of Matera? the world? 2 When and how did things start to change for 5 Why is Matera’s difficult past now an advantage them? for the city? 3 What happened in 1986? 6 What does ‘this’ (in bold in the text) refer to?

Tourism theory 2 Write two short paragraphs on: 1 the geographical features in Italy which appeal to international tourists; 2 the importance of cities of art for domestic tourism.

244

UNI T 7 | Test your knowledge and skills

Listening & Phraseology 3

FCE You will hear a conversation between a journalist and a regional expert for tourism in Piedmont. Listen and choose the correct option. 2.13

1 Why is the region of Piedmont unique? A because of its culture and history B because of its geography C because of its people

4 What can you learn about in Piedmont? A ancient Rome B architecture C film-making

2 What aspects of the region have a French influence? 5 When were the religious sites of the Sacred A art and architecture Mountains built? B customs and history A in the 6th and 7th centuries C style and fashion B in the 15th and 16th centuries C in the 16th and 17th centuries 3 Which sports can you practice in summer in Piedmont? A snowboarding and ice skating B mountain biking and trekking C boating and sailing

6 Where can you throw flags in a competition? A in Asti B in Ivrea C in Turin

2.13 Listen again and complete the journalist’s questions.

1 _________________ 2 _________________ the area? 3 _________________ 4 _________________

in the region? French influences in regional dish? cultural activities?

5 _________________ tradition in the area? 6 What else _________________ to visitors? 7 _________________ take place? 8 _________________ special attractions in the area?

Writing 5 You are a tour guide. Prepare a tourist itinerary for your city or region for a group of senior citizens. In your itinerary you should include the places tourists will visit, the timescale needed, the means of transport and any specific themes, areas of interest and unique features.

Video role play & Speaking 6

Watch this video of a conversation between a travel agent and a client who wants to book a holiday. Read the prompts on the screen and take the role of the travel agent.

Now watch the full version of the video and compare your answers.

8 In pairs, role play a similar conversation between a travel agent and a customer who wants to book a holiday in Italy. Remember to swap roles. Ask and answer about: • location • weather • things to see and do

• transport • accommodation • group travel/independent travel

• special interest/events/itineraries • ways of combining all these elements

Explore Italy | UNI T 7

245

UNIT

READY TO GO

Have you ever been to the UK or Ireland? Which area did you visit or would you like to visit?

LOOK CLOSER Get the name right! The United Kingdom (full name: The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland) includes the countries of England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland. Great Britain (or sometimes just Britain) refers to the largest island which includes the countries of England, Scotland and Wales. The British Isles refers to the entire group of islands including Great Britain, Ireland and all the smaller islands such as the Channel Islands.

Explore the British Isles Geography LOCATION

The British Isles is a group of islands off the north west coast of mainland Europe, covering an area of over 310,000km2. The two main islands are Great Britain and Ireland, and there are hundreds of smaller islands, the most well-known being the Isle of Man (in the Irish sea), the Shetland Islands, the Hebrides and the Orkney Islands (off the coast of northern Scotland) and the Channel Islands (in the English Channel).

CLIMATE

Its location between the Atlantic Ocean and mainland Europe means the climate in the British Isles is notoriously variable, but can be classified as temperate. The west is generally the wettest zone, the eastern parts are drier and less windy, while the north is the coldest. Snow can fall almost anywhere, though it is most common in the north of England and in Scotland. The average maximum temperatures in July are 20.6째C (England) and 16.9째C (Scotland); the average minimum temperatures in January are 1.2째C (England) and -0.2째C (Scotland).

LANDSCA The landscape of the British Isles ranges from marshland to forests, from farmland and gentle hills to large lakes and mountains. The highest peak is Ben Nevis (1,344m) in the Grampian Mountains in Scotland, with the second highest mountain in Wales (Snowdon 1,085m). Although the largest lake is Lough Neagh in Northern Ireland, the Lake District in northwest England offers incredible scenery with its many lakes as Ben Nevis does Scotland with, for example, the famous Loch Ness. The Pennines are the hills which run down the centre of England. The east of England is the flattest region with fens and reclaimed marshland, while the south is characterised by gentle hills and fertile farmland. S

COAST AND RIVER

marshland regioni paludose fens paludi reclaimed bonificate

ACT IV I TI ES

www.visitbritain.com

246

HIGHLIGHTS

Limerick

The island of Great Britain has over 11,000 miles of coastline, with high cliffs and rocky headlands, long stretches of sandy beaches and dunes, and several important fishing, container and ferry ports like Felixstowe, Harwich and Plymouth. The River Thames, in southern England, flows through important towns like Reading, Oxford and, of course, London. The River Severn starts in Mid Wales and flows through central England to the Bristol Channel, while the River Shannon, the longest in the British Isles, runs through 11 counties of Ireland, ending in the Atlantic Ocean at Limerick.

Reading comprehension 2 Read the texts and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. T F 1 The British Isles are part of mainland Europe. 2 Weather conditions are influenced by its position in the Atlantic Ocean. 3 Scotland is generally warmer than England in the summer and winter. 4 The most mountainous countries are Scotland and Wales. 5 The centre of England is quite flat. 6 The coastline of Britain is very varied. 7 The Thames is the longest river in the British Isles. 8 You can use the terms Great Britain and the United Kingdom interchangeably. UNI T 8 | HIGHLIGHTS

ENGLAND

SCOTLAND

Area:

130,347km2 Population:

Edinburgh

52.3 million

REPUBLIC OF IRELAND

Capital:

Area:

London (also the capital of the UK)

NORTHERN IRELAND Belfast

68,891km ion: Populat 4.2 million

Government:

ENGLAND

Constitutional monarchy

Main religion: Dublin

Capital:

Christianity

REPUBLIC OF IRELAND

Dublin

Language:

English

Government:

Parliamentary republic

WALES

Main religion:

Cardiff

Christianity (Catholicism)

London

SCOTLAND Area:

Language:

78,772km2

English, Irish

Population:

5.2 million Capital:

DID YOU KNOW? The national flag of the UK is the Union Flag (often called the Union Jack) and is made up of the flags of Scotland, England and the cross of St Patrick, patron saint of Ireland.

NORTHERN IRELAND Area:

14,120km

Edinburgh

WALES

Government:

Area:

Constitutional monarchy

Population:

20,779km2

1.8 million

Population:

Capital:

3 million

Belfast

Capital:

Government:

Cardiff

Constitutional monarchy

Government:

Main religion:

Constitutional monarchy

Christianity

Main religion:

Language:

Christianity

English, Gaelic

Language:

Main religion:

Christianity Language:

English, Scots, Scottish

Gaelic

English, Welsh

UK political system The United Kingdom is a parliamentary democracy with a constitutional monarch, which means that the king or queen is the Head of State and a prime minister is the Head of the Government, which is voted into power by the people. The monarch, who must remain politically impartial, has ceremonial duties but very limited powers. In 1999, UK devolution created a national Parliament in Scotland, a national Assembly in Wales and a national Assembly in Northern Ireland. This process transferred varying levels of power from the UK Parliament to these countries â&#x20AC;&#x201C; but kept authority over the devolved institutions in the UK Parliament itself. The devolved powers include areas like education, environment, culture, transport, justice and health. CLIL â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Law, pages 350-351

Reading comprehension & Speaking 1

Read the fact files and the text and discuss these questions in pairs.

1 How do the five countries of Great Britain and Ireland differ (in size, population, languages and so on)? How do they compare to Italy? 2 What political system is there in the UK?

3 What role does the monarch have? 4 What is devolution and when did it happen in the UK? 5 Are there any forms of devolution in Italy?

Explore the British Isles | UNI T 8

247

READY TO GO

A brief history of the UK

Scan the texts quickly and match these historic figures to the correct description. 1 Claudius 2 William I 3 King John 4 Henry VIII 5 Oliver Cromwell 6 Wellington a

b c

d e f

formed the Church of England won the Battle of Waterloo important figure in the Civil War signed the Magna Carta ruled under the feudal system first Roman Emperor to conquer Britain

Prehistoric history The first people to inhabit the British Isles were hunters and gatherers. Around 4,500 BC the introduction of farming marked the beginning of the Neolithic period, when people started to have more settled lives and introduced rituals and ceremonies. Famous monuments, like Stonehenge, were built in this period. Through the Bronze and the Iron Ages the population increased and defensive forts were built.

The Romans (43-410 AD) The Romans first arrived under Julius Caesar in 55 and 54 BC but the first conquest was carried out by Claudius and his troops in 43 AD. They gradually conquered all of what is now England and Wales but never managed to conquer Scotland. In fact, they built Hadrianâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Wall across the north of Bath the country to protect them from the Scottish tribes. The Romans founded many important settlements, such as London, Bath, Manchester and York. They also built roads and introduced sanitation and sewage systems. 248

UNI T 8 | HIGHLIGHTS

The Anglo-Saxons (410-800) With the departure of the Romans, Britain was vulnerable to attacks from the Anglo-Saxons, from northwest Europe. They invaded and eventually settled in most of England, parts of Scotland, but not Wales or Ireland. The country was divided into several kingdoms.

The Vikings (800-1066) The next invasions came from the Vikings from Scandinavia. They settled in many areas and dominated a large part of the country, taking over political control. Yorvik (now York) was their capital. Their legacy was the formation of the independent kingdoms of Scotland and England.

The Normans (1066-1154) In 1066, William, the Duke of Normandy, defeated the Saxons at the Battle of Hastings. He became King William I of England and ruled the country under the feudal system, where the king had complete control and owned all the land. The Normans built many stone churches and cathedrals, as well as castles to protect the land.

High and Late Middle Ages (1154-1485) This part of the Middle Ages was marked by war (the Hundred Years War between England and France), natural disasters (such as the plague of 1348 which killed between 30% and 45% of the population) and public rebellion. The monarchy was starting to become less dominant and in 1215 King John was forced by his feudal barons to sign the Magna Carta, the oldest constitutional charter in Europe, which imposed limits on the monarch’s power.

The Tudors (1485-1603)

The Stuarts

This period had perhaps two of the country’s strongest monarchs: Henry VIII and his daughter Elizabeth I. Henry, who had six wives in his attempt to have a male heir, separated from the Catholic Church as the Pope would not allow him to divorce and remarry. He appointed himself head of the Protestant Church of England. Queen Elizabeth I reigned over a period of great discovery and exploration as well as cultural renewal. On her death, the crown passed to her cousin James Stuart, King of Scotland.

(1603 -1714) With James I now king of Ireland and England, as well as Scotland, it started to be difficult to maintain peace between the Catholics and Protestants. Civil War broke out in 1642 between Royalists, who supported the monarch, and Parliamentarians, led by Oliver Cromwell, who were against the absolute power held by the king and in favour of a more powerful parliament. King Charles I, who succeeded James, was executed in 1649 and later Cromwell became Lord Protector of England, Scotland and Ireland. The monarchy was restored in 1660.

The Georgians (1714-1837) After Queen Anne, the last of the Stuarts, the crown passed to George, from the House of Hanover. The Georgian period (there were four kings of the same name) saw social change, for example the abolition of slavery, and the increase in the power of Parliament. It was also a period of wars, notably the American War of Independence and the Napoleonic Wars, with Nelson beating Napoleon at the Battle of Trafalgar and Wellington’s victory at Waterloo.

The Victorian period (1837-1901) The period of Queen Victoria’s reign saw dramatic changes: the Industrial Revolution, with the invention of the steam engine, railways and telegraph; increased urbanisation and a move away from rural life; the expanding power of Britain and its empire; increased wealth for the upper and middle classes. The values of the Church and the patriarchal family were fundamental, but this morality and respectability was not reflected in the reality of society: the working classes faced terrible poverty, deprivation and injustice. The Industrial Revolution and the Victorian period

2 Now read the texts more carefully and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. 1 The Romans invaded Britain before the Anglo-Saxons. 2 The Anglo-Saxons settled in Wales. 3 The kingdoms of England and Scotland were formed under the Vikings. 4 The building of stone churches and castles was common under the Normans. 5 During the Middle Ages the figure of the king became even more important. 6 Queen Elizabeth I was one of Henry VIII’s wives. 7 The Civil War was between supporters of the king and supporters of Parliament. 8 During the Stuart Age, the country became a republic for a short period of time. 9 Slavery became illegal during the Georgian period. 10 The working classes in the Victorian period became richer.

T F

Explore the British Isles | UNI T 8

A CT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension

249

READY TO GO

Key moments in the 20th and 21st centuries

Read the texts quickly and match them to the correct title.

• Britain fought in World War I (1914-1918) and World War II (1939-1945), both of which left the country in serious economic difficulties. SOCIETY AND • In April 1982, Argentina invaded the Falkland Islands, CULTURE a British Overseas Territory in the South Atlantic WAR AND Ocean. The British government decided to send troops CONFLICT to regain possession of the islands. In June 1982 POLITICS AND Argentina surrendered. ECONOMY • Although the conflict and its reasons date much further back, the Northern Ireland ‘Troubles’, regarding the status of Northern Ireland within the UK, cover the period between the riots in 1969 and the ‘Good Friday Agreement’ in 1998. During these three decades, there was much violence and killing from both the unionist community (mainly Protestant, in support of remaining part of the UK) and the nationalist community (mainly Catholic, in favour of a united Ireland). • British troops were part of the coalition force involved in the Gulf War (1990-1991), after Iraq invaded Kuwait, and in the Iraq War (2003-2011), which toppled Saddam Hussein’s government. • After the 2001 terrorist attacks on the Twin Towers and the Pentagon, British forces were also involved in military action in Afghanistan against al-Qaeda and Osama Bin Laden. • On 7th July 2005, four suicide bombers attacked central London tube stations and buses, killing 52 people. • In 2017 there were several terrorist attacks in London and one in Manchester, causing many deaths and injuries. B

• Between World Wars I and II, there was an economic recession as exports fell and unemployment rose. Trade unions became stronger and there was a 9-day general strike in 1926, over plans to cut wages and increase working hours. • After World War II, Labour won the general election and the modern welfare state was created, with the foundation of a national health service. The government also nationalised major industries like coal mining and the railways. • In 1979, Margaret Thatcher, the leader of the Conservative Party, became the country’s first female Prime Minister. Her Government’s policy included cuts in government spending and the closure of many industries. This created massive unemployment in the north of England and strikes, such as the coal miners’ strike of 1984-1985. It was also a period of economic boom with the privatisation of state-owned industries and the liberalisation of the stock market. • After 18 years of Conservative governments, New Labour won the General Election in 1997 and Tony Blair became Prime Minister. Under his government, constitutional reforms were made regarding devolution for Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland. • The global financial crisis which began in 2007-2008 had severe effects on the British banking system and economy. It led to a recession and a five-year government austerity programme in an attempt to lower the country’s debt. • Scotland held a referendum in 2014 about becoming an independent country but 55% of the voters said ‘no’ and, for now, the country remains part of the UK. • In 2016, the UK held a referendum on the country’s membership of the EU. Those in favour of Brexit won, with 52.5% of the vote, and official notification to leave was given to the EU on 29th March 2017. 250

UNI T 8 | HIGHLIGHTS

• The period during and after World War I saw a big change in the role of women in society. With so many men involved in the war, women started to work in factories and to do jobs for which they had previously been considered unsuitable. In 1918 women over the age of 30 won the right to vote, but it was not until 1928 that all women over 21 were able to vote. • The ‘Swinging Sixties’ are often considered a liberal and permissive decade. The laws regarding divorce, abortion and homosexuality were liberalised. Fashion had a new look with Mary Quant and the mini-skirt. Groups like The Beatles and The Rolling Stones were changing the music scene. England even won the football World Cup in 1966! • In 1971 a new decimal currency (100p = £1) was launched in the UK. In 1973 the UK joined the European Economic Community, but it did not adopt the Euro as its currency in 1999 like most other EU member states did. • Tragedy struck the royal family in 1997 with the death of Diana, the Princess of Wales, in a car crash. Charles and Camilla got married in 2005, and in 2011 Prince William and Kate Middleton tied the knot in London’s Westminster Abbey. Queen Elizabeth II celebrated her diamond jubilee in 2012. • 2012 was also the year that the summer Olympics were held in London. • In 2014, same-sex marriage became legal in England, Scotland and Wales, but not in Northern Ireland.

The wedding of Prince William and Kate Middleton

The Olympic Stadium

tied the knot si sono uniti in matrimonio

2 Read the texts on pages 250 and 251 and answers these questions. 1 What international wars or conflicts has the UK been involved in since the start of the 20th century? 2 What were the ‘Troubles’ in Northern Ireland? 3 How has the UK been involved in the war against terrorism? 4 What was the economic situation like between the two World Wars? 5 Who was Margaret Thatcher and what were the positive and negative aspects of her Government? 6 What reforms did Tony Blair introduce? 7 What two referendums were held in the last few years and why were they important? 8 How did the role of women change after World War I? 9 What were the 1960s like in the UK? 10 What events have the Royal family been involved in over the last 25 years?

ACTIVITIES

Reading comprehension

Internet research & Writing 3 In pairs, using the information on these pages as a starting point, prepare a timeline of significant events and situations (political, economic, cultural) that have affected the UK in the 21st century. Add similar key moments for Italy. Then write a short report to answer these questions: 1 What key moments or events were both countries involved in? 2 Which events affected the other nation? How and to what extent?

Explore the British Isles | UNI T 8

251

SURVIVAL GUIDE BRING Given the extremely variable nature of the British weather, it is advisable to bring a warm sweatshirt, waterproof jacket and umbrella even in the summer. Comfortable shoes for walking long distances are essential, not just for the countryside but for cities too where it is often best to explore on foot. Don’t forget to bring a plug adaptor for your phone recharger and other electrical items.

TRAVEL Getting to the UK or Ireland from abroad is no problem. There are many airports (Heathrow is the world’s 3rd busiest airport for passenger traffic), there is the Channel Tunnel with high-speed rail links between England and France, and there are ferries from France, the Netherlands and Belgium. To travel around Great Britain, as well as renting a car and using domestic flights, you can go by train (currently many improvements are being carried out to create highspeed rail links) particularly between the north and south. There is also an extensive coach service, with operators like National Express, Megabus and Scottish Citylink, which cover most major cities and towns. Connections from Great Britain to the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland are by plane and also ferry, from ports such as Liverpool and Holyhead. Don’t forget that distances indicated on road signs, and the speedometer in your car, are in miles rather than kilometres.

SLEEP

ACT IV ITIE S

Would you like to sleep in a castle, a caravan, a cottage or a university campus? The range of accommodation available across the British Isles is vast and caters for all tastes and budgets. Family-run B&Bs and rental cottages are popular in the countryside, while boutique and chain hotels can be found in the towns and cities. London is particularly expensive and you need to choose your accommodation carefully. The star ratings issued by the Tourist Board will give you a guide to the level of quality and services.

Reading comprehension & Speaking 1

Read the texts on pages 252 and 253 and complete the table with your suggestions for these people. Then work in pairs and compare your suggestions, giving reasons for your choices.

People

How to travel

Where to sleep

What to eat

What to buy

An English family with young children A group of teenagers from Europe A retired couple from the USA A young couple from Japan You

2 Now read the Need to Know! box and, in pairs, discuss how the UK is different from your country. 3 In small groups, talk about what information you would add to the five categories in the Survival Guide. Think about your own experience, if any, as a visitor to the British Isles, as well as things you have learnt from books, films, TV and the Internet.

252

UNI T 8 | HIGHLIGHTS

EAT AND DRINK Each country in the British Isles has its own specialities which you should try. The classic dish of fish and chips is best eaten on a windy seafront, direct from newspaper, with seagulls flying overhead, in order to get the whole experience. Scotland is famous for its fresh seafood, haggis (a traditional meat dish), and whisky; Ireland for its soda bread, Irish stew, beer and whiskey; England for pork pies, cheese, Cornish pasties and real ale (a kind of beer); Wales for its lamb and beef. You can start the day with a Full English breakfast in your hotel, pick up a quick snack in a sandwich shop or a takeaway, have lunch with a pint of real ale in a country pub, sit down for afternoon tea in a quaint tearoom, and dine in a traditional or Michelin-starred restaurant.

BUY Wherever you are, you’ll certainly have no trouble finding classic souvenirs such as fridge magnets, tea towels and mugs with Union Jacks, all the different countries’ flags and symbols, and images of the Royal family, together with statues and models of cathedrals, black cabs, red telephone kiosks and London buses. But alongside these typical tourist souvenirs, you can pick up a Fair Isle jumper or Harris Tweed jacket from Scotland; Celtic jewellery from Ireland; pottery and craft items from England; designer clothes from Selfridges and Harvey Nichols, or second-hand and vintage items from a market stall. quaint pittoresca

NEED TO KNOW! Time zone UTC + 0 (British Summer Time – the clocks go forward one hour at the end of March and back at the end of October) Currencies Pound Sterling (UK); Euro (Ireland)

International dialling codes +44 (UK); +353 (Ireland) Emergency numbers 999 or 112 (Police, Fire Brigade, Ambulance Service, Coastguard) Principal bank holidays 1 January, 17 March (Ireland), Good Friday, Easter Monday, 30 November (Scotland), 25 December, 26 December

Opening hours Banks 9.30 a.m. to 4/5 p.m. Monday to Friday (some open on Saturday morning too) Shops 9 a.m. to 5.30/6 p.m. Monday to Saturday, 11 a.m. to 5 p.m. Sunday; many big shops and supermarkets stay open later or 24/7 Pubs approx. 11 a.m. to 11 p.m. or later on Friday and Saturday

The Art, and Heart, of Talking About the Weather It’s one of the most criticised conversation starters in the Englishspeaking world, and yet not only is it important, it’s good for us. I’m talking about the weather. Again. Yes, especially when we’re in the middle of a heatwave or it’s snowing in summer, or there’s a terrifying thunderstorm going on. All of which seem to be happening more often these days. One of the small benefits of starting off a conversation about the weather is that the person’s response may provide clues

as to how – or whether – you should continue beyond that. For example if, in a lift, you make a banal comment about the temperature outside, and the respondent comes up with a clever remark that makes your heart flutter, it could be love! Or friendship! Or, at the very least, you might leave the lift with a smile on your face that wasn’t there when you entered. And that’s why I persist in talking about the weather; it is the simple joy of talking to a stranger.

We know that talking to strangers is good for us because it improves our mood and makes time pass more quickly. Now more than ever, we need to reach out to people we don’t know; to find human connection in a world that seems determined to keep us apart. The weather is a force that we cannot control but affects us all. What easier way is there to remind us of our shared humanity?

ACTIV IT IE S

Eating out in the UK

4 Read this article and discuss the questions below in pairs.

Source: The Guardian

1 What aspect of British lifestyle is the article talking about? 2 According to the article, why is talking to a stranger good for us? Do you agree? 3 Do you think the title of the article is appropriate? Why/Why not? 4 Is talking about the weather a good way to start a conversation with a stranger? 5 Is it a common topic of conversation in Italy? What would Italians talk about in similar situations?

Explore the British Isles | UNI T 8

253

Around England

Go to the FLIP BOOK and explore the map.

THE COAST

The Jurassic coast, 95 miles of incredible coastline in the south-west from East Devon to Dorset, tells the story of 185 million years of history with its layers of sedimentary rock formations. The museums and visitor centres provide fascinating information for all ages, and on the beaches you can hunt for fossils which have been exposed by landslides and the erosion of the cliff faces.

In the east of the country, the North Norfolk coast, from the seaside resort of Hunstanton to the small town of Sheringham, has miles of spectacular beaches. Stretching endlessly to the horizon, the appearance of each beach changes with the tide and seasons. The area is particularly popular with birdwatchers thanks to the huge variety of wildlife, and there are many small seaside communities where you can find somewhere to stay or something to eat.

Blackpool, on the north-east coast, is a favourite destination with British holidaymakers looking for fun and entertainment. There is the huge Pleasure Beach, an amusement park with more than 145 rides, and the famous Blackpool Tower with its observation deck and great views.

VILLAGE LIFE

With its half-timbered houses (see CLIL â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Architecture, page 340), thatched cottages, crooked town houses and Market Square, Lavenham in Suffolk maintains the same medieval street layout as it had in the 15th and 16th centuries when it was an important centre for the wool trade. The 16th-century Guildhall is now a local history museum where you can find out about the wool trade and medieval guilds.

An oast house which has been converted into a holiday cottage. crooked sghembe hops luppoli

254

UNI T 8 | HIGHLIGHTS

If you have travelled to Canterbury to see the cathedral and town, it is worth taking a short trip into the countryside to see the village of Littlebourne, just four miles to the east. The Little Stour river runs to one side of the village where you can find a water mill. There is a traditional village green and 13th-century church. The village is also home to many oast houses, which were once used for drying hops as part of the brewing process and are common across the Kent countryside.

A picturesque village situated in North Yorkshire, Hutton-le-Hole lies in a natural hollow surrounded by the hills of the North York Moors National Park. A stream winds its way through the village green, where you are likely to see sheep grazing on the grass, and past the traditional pubs and tea rooms. There are plenty of countryside walks that start in the village, as well as a Folk Museum and craft workshops to visit.

INDUSTRIAL HERITAGE

Many of the mining towns in West and South Yorkshire were almost destroyed by the high unemployment and poverty after the closure of the coal mines in the late 1980s and 1990s. The National Coal Mining Museum near Wakefield is a good place to find out about this history and to go down a pit. Ironbridge Gorge, in Shropshire to the north-west of Birmingham, was the birthplace of the Industrial Revolution (with the development of a method for the mass production of cast iron) whose story is told in 10 separate museums in the area and by the Iron Bridge itself. This bridge was built over the River Severn in 1779 and is a mixture of delicate beauty and strength.

cast iron ghisa limestone dales valli calcaree

The National Railway Museum in York provides a fascinating look at 300 years of history of the steam engine. It houses a replica of Stephenson’s Rocket and the Mallard, the fastest steam locomotive ever built.

NATIONAL PARKS

The Lake District

The Peak District National Park, at the southern end of the Pennines, is a vast area of exposed moorland, limestone dales, and hills and valleys. There are ancient stone villages, stately homes and manor houses to visit, like Haddon Hall and Chatsworth, and activities such as climbing, hiking and caving to try. The Lake District is England’s biggest and most popular national park. For many, the attraction is the fell-walking (hiking) up to places like Scafell Pike and Helvellyn; for others the appeal is the enormous lakes like Coniston and Windermere with their charming hamlets and traditional villages.

What else is the city of York famous for?

Which famous British Romantic poet is associated with the Lake District? What do you know about his life and works?

Read the texts on pages 254 and 255 and answer these questions.

1 How does the English coastline differ from region to region? 2 Which coastal area would you recommend for families? For nature lovers? Why? 3 What are the main characteristics of Lavenham? 4 What kinds of tourist might be interested in visiting places like Littlebourne and Hutton-le-Hole? 5 Which area of England is associated with the Industrial Revolution? 6 Apart from enjoying the natural environment, what other things can you do in England’s national parks?

Vocabulary

ACTIVITIE S

Reading comprehension

2 Find nouns in the texts for these categories and underline them. Nature − Entertainment/Culture − Buildings

Listening 3

2.14 FCE Listen to a tourist guide talking about the city of Cambridge and complete the sentences with one or two words.

1 Cambridge is _____________ to London for a day trip. 2 The oldest _____________, Peterhouse, was founded in 1284. 3 _____________ started the building of King’s College Chapel in 1441. 4 The Fitzwilliam Museum has a large collection of _____________ by Turner. 5 The Round Church dates back to the _____________ period. 6 Punting is a fun activity for tourists to do on _____________.

Internet research & Speaking 4 Where in England would you suggest for visitors interested in (a) Roman history, (b) 20th-century architecture, (c) theatre? In small groups, do some research and then give a short oral presentation to the class.

Explore the British Isles | UNI T 8

255

READY TO GO

Have you ever been to London? What did you see and do there? What was your favourite part? If you haven’t been, what places would you like to see?

London

Go to the FLIP BOOK and explore the map.

‘London isn’t a place at all. It’s a million little places.’ Bill Bryson London, the capital of the UK and England with a population of over 8.5 million, is exciting, multicultural, cosmopolitan, historical, sophisticated, chic, colourful… the adjectives to describe it are endless. London is the red of the buses, old phone boxes, Arsenal football team and the central line on the Tube map. It is the excitement of world-class theatre and musical productions, the history and splendour of past kings and queens, the variety of shopping from Harrods to Portobello Market, the black cabs and the Tube. It is the Catholic Westminster Cathedral, the Anglican St Paul’s Cathedral and the Hindu temple in Neasden. It is the River Thames that flows through the city, under its famous bridges, past its famous monuments and on towards the sea. Most of the popular tourist sights are within the centre of London, in areas called Westminster, the West End and the City, but just a short bus ride away (or a few Tube stops) there are many other attractions that you shouldn’t miss.

WESTMINSTER

What do you know about the division of the Houses of Parliament and how they operate?

256

UNI T 8 | HIGHLIGHTS

Standing on the banks of the River Thames are the Houses of Parliament (see CLIL – Law, page 350) which are flanked by Elizabeth Tower, the clock tower with the famous bell Big Ben. The oldest part of the Houses of Parliament is Westminster Hall, dating from the 11th century, as most of the rest of building was destroyed by fire in 1934 and then rebuilt in neo-gothic style. Just the other side of the road, we can find Westminster Abbey (see CLIL – Architecture, page 337). A fine example of early English Gothic style, it was founded by Edward the Confessor and his shrine is situated behind the main altar. It is where most royal weddings, funerals and coronations are held. Poet’s Corner is the resting place of, amongst others, Dickens, Tennyson and Chaucer. Walking along Whitehall, past 10 Downing Street and various Government departments, you will reach Horse Guards Parade. Here you can take a photo of yourself standing next to the one of the guards on duty, and also see the Changing of the Guard ceremony from closer than you would be able to see it at Buckingham Palace. A quiet walk through St James’s Park, maybe seeing the pelicans being fed, will lead you to Buckingham Palace, official residence of the monarch. Tours inside the State Rooms are possible during the summer months. www.royalcollection.org.uk

THE WEST END

Home to many of the capital’s best shops, theatres, restaurants and clubs, the West End encompasses Oxford Street, Leicester Square, Piccadilly Circus and Covent Garden. Here you can find shops like Lego, Hamleys and M&Ms for the children, Nike and Top Shop for teenagers, and upmarket Fortnum & Mason for a glimpse of the wonderful food hampers and elegant shop assistants. Soho, Chinatown (great for good quality food at reasonable prices), and Carnaby Street, which was the centre of the swinging sixties, are also here. Trafalgar Square Just to the north, is an area called Bloomsbury. Here you can find the British Museum, famous for the collection of Egyptian antiquities, the Parthenon Sculptures and the Rosetta Stone. To the south, there is Trafalgar Square, with Nelson’s Column, and the National Gallery and National Portrait Gallery. Like most of London’s museums, these are free and are absolutely worth visiting if time permits. The National Gallery houses works from the mid-13th century to the early 20th century, including masterpieces by da Vinci, van Gogh and Monet.

INSIDER TOP TIP Never take the Tube to Covent Garden Station at busy times like the weekend or in the evening. There are only lifts up from the platform to street level so it gets very congested. It’s much quicker to walk from nearby stations like Leicester Square.

Have you heard of the Bloomsbury Group? Which famous writer founded it and what was its aim?

THE CITY

The City, or the Square Mile, which is the capital’s financial and business district, has some of the oldest as well as the most modern buildings in London. Here you can find the few Roman remains left, parts of the walls that were once the settlement of Londinium, next door to modern office blocks and skyscrapers (see CLIL – Architecture, page 332). The Museum of London is the best place to find out about this history, with interesting interactive displays. To get a view of the city from up high you can visit the Sky Garden in 20 Fenchurch Street (the 'Walkie The iconic Tower Bridge and some of London's Talkie'), or climb to the top of the Monument, designed by Sir modern skyscrapers (from the left: the Walkie Talkie, the Cheese Grater and the Gherkin). Christopher Wren as a memorial to the Great Fire of London of 1666. The height of the monument is the same as the distance that separates it from the bakery in Pudding Lane where the fire is thought to have started. St Paul’s Cathedral, also designed by Wren, was built between 1675 and 1710. Inside, climb the stairs to the Whispering Gallery for the acoustic trick of talking close to the wall on one side and being clearly heard on the other, or descend into the crypt to see the many tombs and memorials, including those of Wellington and Nelson. At the Tower of London (see CLIL – Architecture, page 338), go on one of the Beefeater tours to learn about the bloody history of the tower, to see the Crown Jewels and to hear about the legend that if the ravens leave, the tower will fall. Tower Bridge is probably the most iconic bridge over the Thames. You can visit the exhibition, see the Victorian engines that once lifted the bridge, walk across the walkways and look through the glass floor 42 metres above the river.

Beefeater is the nickname given to the Yeoman Warders who have guarded the Tower of London since Tudor times. Today, they are all retired members of the Armed Forces and are responsible for guarding the Crown Jewels and giving guided tours.

hampers cestini da picnic ravens corvi

2 Read the texts on pages 256 and 257 and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. 1 The River Thames flows past the Houses of Parliament. 2 The famous clock tower is called Big Ben. 3 The only place to see the Changing of the Guard ceremony is Buckingham Palace. 4 The West End is ideal for those who like shopping. 5 At the British Museum you can see objects from Ancient Egypt. 6 The National Gallery only has paintings from lesser-known artists. 7 Londinium was the Roman name for London. 8 The Monument was built in the exact place where the Great Fire of London started. 9 The Whispering Gallery is under St Paul’s Cathedral. 10 A legend says that ravens bring bad luck to the Tower of London.

T F

Explore the British Isles | UNI T 8

A CT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension

257

SOUTH OF THE RIV

Crossing over Tower Bridge to the other side of the Thames, you can step aboard HMS Belfast, a cruiser which served in the World War II. It is impossible to miss the imposing Shard skyscraper, designed by Renzo Piano, rising 309.7 metres into the air with views for miles from its observation deck – clouds permitting. Borough Market is a well-known food market and the surrounding area is full of great bars and restaurants. The next place of interest is the Globe Theatre, built in the same style as an Elizabethan theatre with an outdoor stage and the audience standing around the edges. The Tate Modern, situated in a former power station, is home to a supreme permanent collection of modern art and many temporary exhibitions. The pedestrian Millennium Bridge crosses the river here, but continue walking along the riverside path, past pavement cafés and bookshops, to reach the London Eye. The capsules on the 135-metre wheel take about 30 minutes to complete a rotation and, on a good day, you can see for 25 miles in all directions.

SOUTH KENSINGTO

South Kensington is home to the Natural History Museum, Science Museum and Victoria and Albert Museum, all of which are free to enter, except for special exhibitions. They are so huge, with incredible collections, that you could spend days looking around. A short walk away there is Hyde Park, the largest London park which was once a royal hunting ground, and Kensington Gardens with Kensington Palace, home to several members of the royal family.

HIDDEN CORNERS

Video: The Shard

ACTIVITIE S

William Shakespeare and the Globe

Did you know that London has a cable car and an area called Little Venice? You can take a ten-minute cable car ride high across the River Thames between the Royal Docks and Greenwich Peninsula. From there, it is a just a short walk to see the National Maritime Museum, Royal Observatory and Cutty Sark, a clipper that brought tea from the Far East to England. Little Venice is the name given to the area where the Regent’s Canal and Grand Union Canal meet. From this picturesque area, home to the rich and famous, you can walk along the quiet canals or take a boat trip past the zoo and to Camden Lock with its fantastic markets, food from Little Venice all corners of the globe and trendy bars.

Reading comprehension 3 Read the texts and answer these questions. 1 What is HMS Belfast and where is it? 2 From which two places, mentioned in the text ‘South of the river’, can you get a good view? 3 Which area of London has three of the capital’s most important museums?

4 What did Hyde Park use to be used as? 5 Which two areas are linked by a cable car and what can you do there? 6 What are the characteristics of Little Venice?

Listening 4

2.15 Listen to a Londoner talking about shopping and food in the city and

Portobello Road Market

choose the correct alternative.

1 Shoreditch is in the east/west of London and has a lot of trendy restaurants/ shops. 2 You can find modern/antique items at Old Spitalfields Market. 3 Portobello Road Market is busiest on Saturday/Sunday. 4 Brick Lane is famous for its Indian/Chinese restaurants. 5 Pie and mash/Fish and chips were a traditional dish in the East End of London. 6 Hotels often serve afternoon tea with as many cakes/cups of tea as you like.

Speaking 5 In small groups, look at the information about London on pages 256, 257 and 258 and decide which place(s) you would recommend to a visitor who...

1 is with young children on a rainy day. 2 only has one day to spend sightseeing. 3 is on a tight budget.

4 wants to see good views of the city. 5 loves shopping. 6 wants to escape from the busy streets and traffic.

6 What would be on your own must-see and must-do list for London? Work with a partner to compile a list, then compare your list with another pair, giving reasons for your choices.

258

UNI T 8 | HIGHLIGHTS

TFL – Transport for London Public transport in London is well-organised and operates 24/7 with night buses and some Tube lines. It is divided into zones and ticket prices depend on which zones you travel through. Most tourist attractions are located in Zone 1. Visitors can buy paper travel cards or single tickets, but the easiest and cheapest way to pay for a ticket is with an Oyster card. This is a smartcard which you tap on the yellow reader at the start and end of your journey, and can be easily topped up with credit. You can also use a contactless debit or credit card in the same way. Tickets and Oyster cards are valid for travel on the Tube, buses, Emirates Air Line, River Bus services and most National Rail services in London. Although travelling by Tube is a must at least once when you’re in London, you should also look at taking the bus – a regular double-decker bus, not one of the tourist hop-on hop-off services. If you get on the number 15, for example, and manage to sit in the front seats on the top, you’ll have an excellent view as the bus drives past some of the city’s most famous sights from Trafalgar Square, to St Paul’s Cathedral and onto the Tower of London. A chance to save both your feet and money! https://tfl.gov.uk/travel-information/visiting-london/visitor-oyster-card

Go online and find out how to get a Visitor Oyster card. How does it work and how much does it cost?

tap on appoggi su topped up ricaricata

INSIDER TOP TIP When travelling by Tube, remember to stand on the right of the escalators and mind the gap!

Read the text and complete these sentences.

1 Public transport in London operates both during the day and _______________. 2 Zone 1 is where most _______________. 3 An Oyster card is _______________ than a paper or single ticket. 4 A good alternative to an Oyster card is _______________.

5 The number 15 bus takes you past _______________ such as Trafalgar Square and St Paul’s Cathedral. 6 Taking a regular bus instead of a tourist hop-on hop-off bus means you can save _______________.

ACTIVITIE S

Reading comprehension

Speaking 2 In pairs, look at the extract from the London Tube map and find your way from:

• High Street Kensington to Covent Garden • Marble Arch to Leicester Square • Westminster to Oxford Circus

Then go to the Journey Planner on the TFL website and see what alternatives they suggest. When giving directions for the Tube, say the name of the line you need and the direction of travel, for example: Take the Central line eastbound and change at Notting Hill Gate.

https://tfl.gov.uk/plan-a-journey/

Internet research & Speaking 3 Find out more about the Emirates Air Line, a River Bus service or a regular bus service in the centre of London. Prepare a short oral presentation to give to the class, including details on the costs, the timetable and the sightseeing opportunities the form of transport offers.

Explore the British Isles | UNI T 8

259

READY TO GO

What do you already know about Wales (history, geography, climate, tourist attractions)?

Around Wales

Go to the FLIP BOOK and explore the map.

THE CAPITAL

keep torrione flamboyant vistose

Slate is a type of rock which can be split easily into thin, flat plates. It can have shades of grey, blue/purple or green. This rock has been quarried in Wales since the 3rd century and, especially in the 18th and 19th centuries, was used to cover the roofs on houses and factories.

Cardiff, the capital of Wales since 1955, lies on the south coast and has a population of around 355,000. During the 18th and 19th centuries the city grew in both size and importance thanks to the iron and coal mining industries in the valleys to the north. It became Britain’s biggest port for the export of coal by the beginning of the 20th century. After the deterioration of the docks due to the decline in the coal industry, the port area was subject to a massive regeneration project and today it is a popular area with open spaces, bars, restaurants, shops and the arts complex, Wales Millennium Centre. This modern structure has a façade of slate , in different colours, with an inscription in Welsh and English. In the centre of the city it is worth visiting Cardiff Castle and Bute Park which surrounds it. Within the castle, you can see the remains of the walls of a Roman fort, the medieval keep and the flamboyant Victorian additions to the castle, like the clock tower and banqueting hall.

Cardiff Castle

The Wales Millennium Centre houses the national orchestra and opera, dance, theatre and literature companies.

The National Museum houses natural history and geology collections as well as an impressive selection of art. For rugby fans, a tour or a match at the Principality Stadium is a must. With its capacity of 74,500 and retractable roof, it is almost as impressive as the matches that are held there. Cardiff is also a good base for exploring nearby places like Tintern Abbey, a Cistercian abbey dating from the 12th century, Caerphilly Castle, the largest fortress in Wales, and Blaenavon, a Unesco World Heritage Site where you can find out about the town’s industrial past with the ironworks, steam railway and coal museum.

LOOK CLOSER Welsh (Cymraeg) and English are both official languages in Wales. Welsh is an obligatory subject at school until the age of 16, and some schools teach exclusively using Welsh as the first language. Road signs and official documents from public bodies are in both languages. It is spoken by around half a million people. The words can look complicated, but it is a phonetic language, so even the longest words are actually quite easy to pronounce. The village of Llanfairpwllgwingyllgogerychwyrndrobwllllandysiliogogogoch is one of the most famous place names! (It means ‘The Church of St Mary in the hollow of the white hazel near the rapid whirlpool and the church of St Tysilio near a red cave’.)

Reading comprehension 2 Read the texts and answer these questions.

260

1 Where is Cardiff located? 2 Why was it an important city in the 18th and 19th centuries? 3 What is the port area like today? UNI T 8 | HIGHLIGHTS

4 Evidence of which different historical periods can be seen in Cardiff Castle? 5 What places of interest are there near Cardiff? 6 How much is Welsh spoken and used in Wales?

ACTION AND ADVENTURE

THE COAST In 2012, the Wales Coast Path was opened: the world’s first uninterrupted route along an entire national coast. Along the 870 miles, visitors can admire the wonderful nature with beaches, cliffs, woods and hills. There are also small coastal towns, harbours and historic castles to explore along the way.

St David's Head on the coast of Pembrokeshire

At Abereiddi, along the Pembrokeshire coast, the black sand on the beach is full of tiny fossils and you should be able to spot seals out at sea, as well as gannets and other birds on the nearby cliffs. This stretch of coast is also full of Celtic and pre-Celtic sites, such as Carreg Samson, an exposed Neolithic burial chamber, near Abercastle.

The town of Aberaeron in Mid Wales is a picturesque seaside town with colourful Georgian style houses lining the harbour, full of small fishing and pleasure boats. The town centre was planned in the early 19th century by a local reverend, and is a rare example in Wales of a deliberatelyplanned town. The village is popular with tourists and has many good restaurants, hotels and shops, with a series of cultural events organised throughout the summer months.

There are six routes, with different levels of difficulty, to climb to the top of Snowdon, the highest mountain in Wales. For the less adventurous, there is the train which will take you to the summit during the summer months, weather conditions permitting. In the Snowdonia National Park you can also fly over the valleys on a zip line, go caving or try white-water rafting or kayaking on the Tryweryn River if you are looking for exhilarating and adrenalin-fuelled experiences. The Brecon Beacons have some fantastic wild natural trails for mountain biking, for both experienced riders and families. Or you could try horse Brecon Beacons National Park riding. For a more relaxing sport, you could go to Llangorse Lake and take out a boat to have a go at fishing, best done out of season when the pleasure boats are no longer on the water. gannets sule (uccelli marini)

3 Read the texts and complete these sentences. 1 Walking along the Wales Coast Path, it is possible to see ________________. 2 The coast near Abereiddi is a good place to go if you are interested in ________________. 3 Along the Pembrokeshire coast you can see many examples of ________________.

4 Many tourists visit Aberaeron because it ________________. 5 To reach the summit of Snowdon you can ________________. 6 ________________ are two of the areas where you can practice sports such as _______________.

Listening 4

ACTIVITI ES

Reading comprehension

2.16 FCE Listen to a tour guide talking about two national museums in Wales and complete these sentences.

National Slate Museum

Big Pit National Coal Museum

On the site of an old slate quarry Open every day from Easter to (1) __________ Entrance is (2) __________ See the (3) __________ workshops and buildings Visit a quarryman’s (4) __________

Located at a real coal mine Open daily from 9.30 a.m. to (5) __________ See the different (6) __________ used Take part in an (7) __________ tour Learn about the (8) __________ risks and injuries

Internet research & Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 5 Look at the visitwales.com website and find suggestions about places to go for:

• a camping holiday

• a beach holiday with children

• a weekend break

Choose one of the places and write a short description, explaining why it is a suitable destination.

Explore the British Isles | UNI T 8

261

READY TO GO

In pairs, talk about what kind of tourist you think is attracted to Scotland. Is the country popular with Italian tourists? Why/Why not?

Around Scotland THE CAPITAL

Tenement buildings in the Old Town are five or six storeys high and came from the necessity to fit more and more inhabitants into a small area as the town’s population continued to grow. They are the 16th and 17th century version of today’s skyscrapers!

ACTIVITIES

The Scottish Reformation, part of the wider European Protestant Reformation, was when Scotland separated from Rome and the Pope to develop its own national church (kirk) during the 16th century.

262

Go to the FLIP BOOK and explore the map. The Royal Mile

Edinburgh, located on the east coast of Scotland, has a population of just under 500,000. Most of the major tourist attractions are located in the Old Town, along or near the Royal Mile, and in the New Town, with its Georgian buildings. Starting at one end of the Royal Mile, we can find Edinburgh Castle, built on top of a rocky hill – the perfect defensive position and probably a fortified area since the Bronze Age. The oldest part of the castle, and in fact of all of the city, is St Margaret’s Chapel, built between 1130 and 1140. It is the highest part of the castle with magnificent views. Some of the other highlights of the castle are the Great Hall which was built for James IV to host state ceremonies; the Royal Palace and the Crown Room, housing the Scottish Crown Jewels, among the oldest in Europe; the Castle Vaults where prisoners were held in the 18th and 19th centuries. If you time your visit well, you’ll hear the One o’clock Gun, a 105mm field gun which is fired every day at exactly 1 p.m. Leaving the Castle to walk along the Royal Mile, we can find Gladstone’s Land, a tenement which shows the life of a wealthy 17th-century merchant, St Giles Cathedral, which was at the centre of the Scottish Reformation , and the Museum of Edinburgh. The modern Scottish Parliament Building and the Palace of Holyroodhouse, the royal family’s official residence, stand at the other end of the Royal Mile. The palace was home to Mary, Queen of Scots, and witnessed many dramatic events during her short reign, including the murder of her Italian secretary, David Rizzio, ordered by her husband. If you walk to the top of the rocky peak of Arthur’s Seat, you will be rewarded with the most incredible view of the city and surrounding countryside. Edinburgh’s New Town is to the north of the Old Town and is separated from it by the Princes Street Gardens and Princes Street. This street of splendid shops is built up on only one side to allow views across the gardens and to the skyline of the Old Town. New Town was built in the second half of the 18th century and is a perfect example of Georgian town planning and architecture with its elegant terraces and squares. You can visit the restored Georgian House to see how the wealthy lived at the end of the 18th century. You can also find the Scott Monument, in memory of the novelist Sir Walter Scott, and the Scottish National Portrait Gallery, National Gallery and National Gallery of Modern Art, of all which have free entrance and are well worth a visit. For entertainment and nightlife, there is always something going on in Edinburgh, but a visit between Christmas and New Year means you can take part in the Hogmanay celebrations with torchlight processions and mega street parties. Instead, in August, the whole city is taken over by the Edinburgh International Festival, with music, theatre and dance, and the Edinburgh Fringe Festival, a huge celebration of arts and culture performed by all kinds of artists, both famous and not.

Reading comprehension 2 Read the text and write notes on the following aspects of Edinburgh. Cultural − Royal − Religious − Political − 18th-century

Internet research & Writing 3 Now choose one aspect in exercise 2, research more information and write a short summary. UNI T 8 | HIGHLIGHTS

ROYAL HISTORY

Balmoral Castle, in Royal Deeside, was built for Queen Victoria in 1855, and today members of the royal family continue to use it for holidays, often during the summer months. It is possible to tour the castle, garden and grounds. It is also worth visiting the River Dee, with its famous salmon fishing and the pretty villages of Ballater and Braemar. A residence of the Stewart kings and queens, who ruled Scotland from 1371 to 1603, Stirling Balmoral Castle Castle is one of the most historically important sites in Scotland. Walk along the ramparts to get an idea of what an imposing position the fortress has, and then head for the Great Kitchens and Royal Chapel in the main courtyard. The most spectacular part is undoubtedly the Royal Palace which has been refurbished to look how it would have been in the 1540s. The Royal Yacht Britannia was the royal ship for over 40 years and sailed over a million miles around the world for state visits and official receptions, as well as being used for holidays for the royal family. It is now berthed in Leith, Edinburgh, and there are daily audio tours where you can learn about life on board and see the bridge, royal apartments, crew quarters and the engine room.

LOCHS

Loch Katrine, in the Loch Lomond and the Trossachs National Park, is only 13km long and perfect for a combination of a boat ride and cycle ride or walk. You can go for a cruise on the steamship Sir Walter Scott, in operation for more than 100 years, or take a one-way trip to the other end of the lake and then walk or cycle back, discovering the local wildlife and nature as you go. One of the best ways to see Loch Lomond, a few kilometres away, is by renting a boat and exploring the islands in the middle of the lake.

Loch Tummel, a long narrow loch, is located in Perthshire, about 6 miles west of Pitlochry. It is a great place for walking and cycling, with trails over the hillsides from where there are incredible views of the lake and the changing colours of the trees during the different seasons. There is also an excellent cycle route along the lake’s south shore.

Which is probably the most famous loch in Scotland? Why? Go online and find out what else the area has of interest.

ramparts bastioni refurbished ristrutturato berthed ormeggiato

4 Read the texts and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). If there is not enough information, choose doesn’t say (DS). 1 Balmoral Castle is no longer used by the royal family. 2 You have to pay an entrance fee to visit the castle. 3 The Royal Palace at Stirling Castle is unfortunately in ruins. 4 A tour of the ship Britannia includes a chance to see where the staff lived on board. 5 You can see Loch Katrine by taking a trip on a historic boat. 6 The best season to visit Loch Tummel is summer.

T F DS

ACTIVITIE S

Reading comprehension

Listening 5

2.17

FCE Listen to a tour guide talking about Scottish traditions and culture and complete these sentences.

Kilts and tartan

Highland Games

Tartan originated in the (1) ___________ and traditionally local (2) ___________ were used to dye the wool. Kilts were originally a piece of cloth which measured (3) ___________. They are worn with a sporran, which is a kind of (4) ___________, and also a (5) ___________ inside the wearer’s socks.

Held in the summer, there are many (6) __________ events. There are also (7) ___________ and piping competitions. A traditional sport is the caber toss, where athletes throw a (8) ___________ which weighs nearly (9) ___________. (10) ___________ players take part in competitions both as solo pipers and in bands.

Internet research & Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 6 Look at the visitscotland.com website and find out about these cities:

• Glasgow

Write a short description of one, concentrating on what would appeal to young Italian tourists.

• Aberdeen

• Perth

Explore the British Isles | UNI T 8

263

READY TO GO

Why do you think Ireland is a popular tourist destination? Does it appeal to you? Why/Why not?

LOOK CLOSER St Patrick is credited with bringing Christianity to Ireland in the 5th century. There are many legends surrounding his life and actions. The two most popular are that he rid Ireland of all snakes and that he used the shamrock with its three leaves to explain the Holy Trinity. St Patrick’s Day is on 17th March and it is celebrated throughout Ireland and by the Irish in many other countries.

Around Ireland

The island of Ireland is divided into two countries: Northern Ireland (capital Belfast), which is part of the UK, and the Republic of Ireland (capital Dublin), a separate country and member of the EU and Eurozone. The island has a rich history, with ancient archaeological sites, pagan monuments, early Christian monasteries and incredible scenery from green rolling hills to rugged cliffs. Add to these, the traditional pubs, music, and warmth of its people and it is not surprising that Ireland is such a popular holiday destination.

BELFAST

If your arrival point in Ireland is Belfast, you should visit the Titanic Experience to learn about the construction, launch and ill-fated voyage of the ship. Alternatively, go on a political tour to learn about the history of the conflict between the two religious/national communities of Belfast, also through the murals that have been painted throughout the city.

DUBLIN

ACTIVITIES

Which writers and musicians are associated with Dublin?

264

Go to the FLIP BOOK and explore the map.

Dublin, located on the River Liffey, is well known for its cultural and literary history. Trinity College, Ireland’s most prestigious university, was founded by Elizabeth I in 1592. Here you can visit the Old Library which houses the Book of Kells. This 9th-century medieval manuscript is a richly decorated copy of the Four Gospels. At Dublin Castle, as well as the late 17th and 18th-century buildings, you can also see parts of the original Viking fortress and the remains of the 13th-century castle, in particular the tower. In the medieval heart of the city, you can find the architectural masterpieces of Christ Church Cathedral and St Patrick’s Cathedral. Christ Church is famous for its incredible floor tiles and the 12thcentury crypt. St Patrick’s, the national cathedral of the Church of Ireland, was built between 1220 and 1260 in honour of Ireland’s patron saint. Dublin is also home to numerous galleries and museums, in particular The National Gallery, with Caravaggio’s The Taking of Christ, and the National Museum of Ireland – Archaeology, with outstanding examples of Celtic and Medieval art. For examples of Georgian architecture, of which Dublin is full, head for Dublin City Hall, with its rotunda, and the General Post Office (GPO) on elegant O’Connell Street. No trip to Dublin would be complete without a tour of the Guinness Storehouse where you can learn all about the making of this worldfamous beer. In the evening, walk across the cast iron Ha’penny Bridge (the name originates with the halfpenny toll that had to be paid to cross it), and then stroll around the Temple Bar district where you can find some of the city’s oldest pubs and great entertainment with traditional Irish music. CLIL — Georgian architecture

Reading comprehension 2 Read the texts and answer these questions.

1 Which two countries form the island of Ireland and what are the two capital cities? 2 What suggestions are given for things to do in Belfast? 3 Why is Trinity College, Dublin, famous? 4 Buildings of which different centuries can be seen at Dublin Castle? UNI T 8 | HIGHLIGHTS

5 When were the two main cathedrals built? 6 What kind of museums can you find in Dublin? 7 Where can you see examples of Georgian architecture? 8 Why is Temple Bar famous?

ASTERIES ABBEYS AND MON

AINS

PREHISTORIC REM

One of the world’s most important prehistoric landscapes can be found at Brú na Bóinne, in the bend of the River Boyne, 40km north of Dublin in County Meath. There are three large passage tombs, Knowth, Newgrange and Dowth, which were built 5,000 years ago in the Neolithic or Late Stone Age. The entrance to Newgrange, a large circular mound with inner passageways and chambers, is aligned with the rising sun of the Winter Solstice and it is possible to view inside with a guided tour. Knowth, with one large mound and 18 smaller ones, has excellent examples of Neolithic art and it is possible to walk over the large mound to admire the view.

Clonmacnoise, near Shannonbridge, was an important centre of religion and learning from the 6th century onwards. Today you can visit the remains of a cathedral, seven churches and see some of the most splendid high crosses in Ireland. The most famous is the Cross of the Scriptures, with intricate carvings on all four sides. In the Wicklow Mountains National Park, you can find the Christian monastic site of Glendalough founded by St Kevin in the 6th century. The settlement included a round tower, a gateway building, a cathedral and several churches, as well as a farm and houses. Most of the buildings that you can see today were built between the 10th and 12th centuries. The valley where it is situated is perfect for hiking.

Rock of Cashel

Knowth

A well-preserved round tower (c.1100), the ruins of the Romanesque Cormac’s Chapel and a 13th-Century Gothic cathedral can all be viewed at the Rock of Cashel, Tipperary. The chapel contains some incredible frescoes, extremely rare in Ireland.

On Boa Island in Lough Erne, County Fermanagh, Northern Ireland, you can find two carved stone figures in Caldragh Cemetery. The larger of the two figures has two sides, one male and one female, and is thought to represent a Celtic deity. While in this area, you can go on a boat trip to see the other islands on the lake, taking in the spectacular scenery and wildlife, or see a slice of history at the mansion Castle Coole and Enniskillen Castle.

3 Read the texts and decide which place(s)...

1 has Christian origins? 2 can be explored inside? 3 has representations of Celtic gods?

4 had a round tower? 5 is something quite unique in Ireland? 6 is five thousand years old?

Vocabulary 4 Find the English equivalents in the texts for these expressions.

1 abbazia ______________ 2 chiesa ______________ 3 croce ______________

4 incisioni ______________ 5 torre ______________ 6 affreschi ______________

7 tomba 8 cumulo 9 divinità

______________ ______________ ______________

ACTIVITIE S

Reading comprehension

Listening 5

2.18 Listen to this tourist information assistant talking about Irish culture and folklore and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). T F 1 Irish music is the same all over the country. 2 A bodhrán is a type of drum used in traditional Irish music. 3 Stepdance is a type of dance where both the arms and legs have to move. 4 The origins of Irish folklore date back to the arrival of Christianity. 5 Leprechauns are said to be friendly and happy creatures. 6 According to legends, if you catch a leprechaun it must give you its gold.

Internet research & Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 6 Look at the Irish tourist boards’ websites and see how they promote the country. Which aspects are the most evident? If you had to promote Northern Ireland or the Republic of Ireland as a tourist destination, which aspect would you choose? In small groups, use your ideas to plan an www.discovernorthernireland.com www.ireland.com advertisement to promote one of the countries.

www.discoverireland.ie

Explore the British Isles | UNI T 8

265

UNIT

Explore the British Isles

ITINERARIES

Itinerary 1 – A coach tour in southern England

GOLDFINCH TOURS Two-day escorted coach tour to WINDSOR, OXFORD, BLENHEIM PALACE,

THE COTSWOLDS

Schedule: April – September. Every Tuesday, Thursday and Saturday Departs from and arrives at Victoria Coach Station, London HIGHLIGHTS • Luxury air-conditioned coach, with WC and free Wi-Fi • Guided walking tour of Oxford colleges • Optional lunch in an Oxford riverside pub • Entry to Blenheim Palace with audio tour in several languages • Free time to explore Bibury, ‘the most beautiful village in England’

Windsor

Oxford

TOUR DETAILS

Day 1 London ➔ Windsor Castle ➔ Oxford Departing from central London, we head directly to Windsor Castle, the monarch's favourite weekend residence. Our guide will show you around the lavish State Apartments and St George’s Chapel. Free time to roam the rest of the castle and grounds before leaving for Oxford. Optional lunch in a riverside pub before embarking on our guided walking tour of this famous university city. Stroll through the captivating courtyards and cobbled lanes and find out about the Bodleian Library, one of the oldest libraries in Europe. Overnight stay in a hotel in the centre of Oxford, continental breakfast included.

Day 2 Oxford ➔ Blenheim Palace ➔ Cotswolds ➔ London We set off early to avoid the crowds at Blenheim Palace, a magnificent country mansion and the birthplace of Sir Winston Churchill. After an audio tour of the State Rooms and their priceless treasures, you will have time to explore the landscaped gardens and lake. Back on the coach, we will drive through the quintessential English countryside of the Cotswolds. Stopping in the picturesque villages of Bibury and Burford, you are free to have lunch in a traditional pub and spend the afternoon wandering along the quiet streets, discovering the beauty of these untouched places. Estimated arrival time in London is 7.30 p.m.

Adult COST* £210

Child (3-16) £185

Blenheim

Senior/Student £200

*The price includes coach travel, one night in a 3-star hotel in Oxford (double room) with breakfast, entrance fees and guided tours of Windsor and Blenheim, walking tour of Oxford. The price does not include any meals or drinks unless specifically mentioned, or entrance to any other attractions. Bibury

266

UNI T 8 | ITINERARIES

ACT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension & Speaking Look at the leaflet on page 266 and answer these questions in pairs.

1 What area of England is the tour in and what cities/attractions are included? 2 How long is the tour and what is the transport? 3 Where does it depart from?

4 What is not included in the price? 5 What kind of tourist is it aimed at? Why? 6 What title would you give to the tour in order to make it appealing?

Vocabulary 2 Find the verbs used in the leaflet for these categories and underline them. Travelling − Walking − Learning

Speaking – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 3 In pairs, act out this conversation. Then choose a different option and swap roles. TOURIST

TIC ASSISTANT

You are one of these tourist types: retired couple; family with children; group of young adult friends; business traveller. You’d like to go on a short trip to see some sights outside London. Go to the tourist office and ask for some information.

You work in a tourist office in London. Listen to the tourist’s request, propose the tour on page 266. Present it in the best way to appeal to the type of tourist, and answer any questions.

EXPLORE GRAMMAR THE -ING FORM We use the -ing form: • after certain verbs like avoid, deny, enjoy, give up, miss, postpone, risk, suggest; They are going to postpone leaving until next week. • after prepositions; You can’t visit England without trying fish and chips.

• with after, before, when, while; After visiting the museum, we will stop for lunch. • with expressions like There’s no point, It’s worth, It’s no good/use. It’s worth buying a city pass as you get lots of discounts.

Go to the FLIP BOOK and do the exercises.

HINTS & TIPS Planning a coach tour • You need to consider the distance and time needed for travelling between different places. • Limit the length of each stage of the journey. • Consider your target market and whether they might have any special needs or require frequent stops. • Don’t try to fit in too many places and activities in each destination: people will appreciate some free time. • Decide if a guide will accompany all/some of the tour.

• Meals can be included or optional. • If staying overnight, consider the type of accommodation and location. • Remember that these last three factors will influence the cost of the tour, as well as any entrance fees to attractions. • Think of an attractive title for your tour. • List some of the highlights to catch attention. • For each day or part of the tour, provide the most important details. • Be clear about the price and what it does and doesn’t include.

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 4 You work for Goldfinch Tours. Write a circular letter to tourist offices and travel agencies to promote this tour, explaining your company’s experience in the sector, professional service and competitive prices.

5 Plan a one-day tour, aimed at the over 60s, from London to the same area described in the leaflet on page 266. Select which attractions to visit, give a brief description and also indicate the form of transport, departure and arrival times, the price and what is/is not included in the offer (food, entrance tickets, guide, etc.).

Explore the British Isles | UNI T 8

267

Itinerary 2 – A walking tour in London

A walking tour in York

Walking Tour of Kensington Gardens and Hyde Park The Royal Albert Hall was built in the late 19th century. It has an ellipse plan, with a wrought iron and glass domed roof. There is a mosaic, representing advances in the arts and sciences, which encircles the building. Concerts and events of all types are held there and guided tours are available.

Kensington Palace, built in 1605, is a historic royal residence. Inside you can visit the King’s Gallery, State Apartments, the Sunken Garden and changing exhibitions, such as one on Princess Diana’s fashion story. Tickets from £15.50 (adults). Children under 16 free.

In 1536, Henry VIII acquired Hyde Park from the monks of Westminster Abbey and used it as a private hunting ground. It was opened to the general public in 1637. The Serpentine lake was added to the park in the 1730s. There are various places where you can have something to eat or drink in the park. You can take a pedal boat out onto the lake or hire a deckchair to sit out on the grass and relax.

268

UNI T 8 | ITINERARIES

After having spent the morning in one of the museums in South Kensington, here is a suggestion for a walking tour that will take you through Kensington Gardens and Hyde Park.

1 With the Science Museum on your

left, walk along Exhibition Road towards Kensington Road. Turn left to visit the Royal Albert Hall. 2 Cross over the road to see the Albert Memorial. 3 Continue along Kensington Road and then turn right into the Broad Walk which takes you through Kensington Gardens with Kensington Palace on the left. 4 Head to the other side of the Round Pond and back into the heart of Kensington Gardens. When you reach the Long Water, you have two choices: • going to the left will take you past the statue of Peter Pan and then, on the north edge of the park, to the Italian Gardens. From here you can then walk into Hyde Park and head south east towards the Serpentine, the lake which separates Kensington Gardens from Hyde Park. • going to the right will take you to the Serpentine Galleries, two contemporary art galleries with free admission, one either side of the Serpentine. 5 Walk around part of the Serpentine and through Hyde Park. 6 Head off in a north-easterly direction to get to Speakers’ Corner, the traditional space for public speeches and debates where anyone can stand and speak on any subject, as long as it is lawful. From here you can go shopping along Oxford Street or take the Tube from Marble Arch Station to a London location of your choice.

The Albert Memorial is a huge gothic revival-style statue in memory of Queen Victoria’s husband, Albert. The gilded prince is surrounded by allegorical sculptures representing the continents, the arts, industry and science.

The Peter Pan statue is a bronze sculpture, about 4 metres high, which celebrates the famous character in J.M. Barrie’s novel. The boy on the top of the statue is playing a musical instrument and the base is covered with the figures of small animals and fairies. wrought iron di ferro battuto domed a cupola

ACT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension Read the itinerary on page 268 and mark the route on the map.

Speaking 2 Now answer these questions in pairs. 1 What kind of tourist do you think the itinerary will appeal to? 2 Are the directions clear and easy to follow?

3 Does the itinerary contain enough description? Why/Why not? 4 Is there enough practical information? Why/Why not?

PASSEPARTOUT GIVING DIRECTIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS ON A TOUR • Head for the museum on the corner. • Turn right/left. • Take the second road on the left. • Go straight on past the library. • Cross over the road.

• Take the Tube/bus to Baker Street. • Walk around/Explore/Visit the gardens. • Stop off at Keat’s house/at the Museum of Childhood. • Don’t miss Chaucer’s tomb/Cleopatra’s Needle. • Look out for the statue/inscription/plaque which commemorates...

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

Internet research & Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

3 Do some research to find out about the parks in or near the city centres of Edinburgh, Cardiff, Belfast or Dublin. Plan a walking tour of one park and the surrounding area which is aimed at one of the following types of tourist. Make sure you include things to do or see in the actual park, as well as in the area nearby, and any practical information such as distances, opening times and prices.

• A family visiting in the summer • A group of over 50s interested in plants, flowers and history, visiting in the spring • A group of young adults visiting in the winter

COMPITO DI REALTÀ

Planning a sightseeing trip

An Italian high school is organising a study holiday in London for 4th-year students and has asked you to

plan sightseeing trips for two free afternoons. • In small groups, work together to plan the two trips. They should be different in terms of the area of London and type of attractions. • Then, split into smaller groups to work on one itinerary each. Plan all the details, bearing in mind the information below. Include transport Number of students 18 (most have been to London once before) (all students will have Oyster cards), Time available Thursday and Saturday 2.00 p.m. to 6.30 p.m. times, itinerary and description, and Departure point Ealing Broadway Tube Station (West London) any entrance fees. • Finally, present your itinerary to the rest of the class.

Explore the British Isles | UNI T 8

269

Itinerary 3 – A tour of Scottish islands Island hopping in Scotland From Arran in the Firth of Clyde to the Isle of Skye in the Highlands: discover the amazing scenery and island life with this five-day tour by ferry and car. Day 1 Ferry from Ardrossan to Arran.

Suggested stops • Brodick Castle and Country Park, a perfect Victorian Scottish estate. The gardens have a famous collection of rhododendrons and you might see rare red squirrels in the woodlands. • Stone circles of Machrie Moor, dating back 4,500 years, with views of the mountain of Goatfell and the sea. • Lochranza, for a distillery tour. Learn about the history of whisky on the island, see the distilling process and sample the malt whisky whilst enjoying local delicacies.

Day 2 Ferry from Arran to the mainland. Drive to Kennacraig. Ferry to Port Ellen on Islay.

Suggested stops • Museum of Islay Life, located in a former church. Admire an assortment of objects dating from the 15th century onwards, and an interesting collection of material collected from shipwrecks. • Loch Gruinart, a nature reserve. Take a gentle walk along the beach to admire the views of the island of Colonsay and spot the wonderful wildlife. • Bowmore distillery, started in 1779, the oldest legal distillery in Scotland. Islay is a recognised whisky region and there are seven other distilleries on the island you could visit, too.

Day 3 Ferry to Kennacraig. Drive to Oban. Ferry to the Isle of Mull. Suggested stops • Glen Seilisdeir, a fantastic place to spot white-tailed sea eagles, the largest bird of prey in Britain. Local guides can tell you about magnificent birds and the other wildlife in the area. • Duart Castle, a fortress on the top of a cliff. This ancestral home of Clan Maclean has an interesting exhibition on the clan’s history. Visit the 12th-century keep and the beautifully furnished Great Hall. • Tobermory, a picture-perfect sheltered bay, with colourful shop fronts. Here you’ll also find a good selection of craft shops, restaurants and pubs.

Day 4 Ferry from Mull to Iona (foot passengers only). Ferry from Tobermory to Kilchoand. Drive to Mallaig. Suggested stops • Iona Abbey, founded by St Columba in 563 AD. Admire the restored abbey, with architecture from the 13th to 16th centuries, St Columba’s shrine, dating from the 9th or 10th century, and several high crosses. Explore the beaches and bays on this tiny island before taking the ferry back to Mull. • Mallaig, a thriving fishing community. Be sure to sample the fish in a local restaurant. Day 5 Ferry to Armadale on the Isle of Skye. Return to the mainland via the road bridge to Kyle of Lochalsh. Suggested stops • Armadale Castle and Gardens. The mature gardens offer several walking routes and nature trails, while the castle has a museum dedicated to the history of Clan Donald. • Elgol, for a gentle walk with magnificent views of the Cuilin hills across Loch Scavaig. • Old Man of Storr, a standing formation of rock in an area popular with hill walkers. • Dunvegan Castle, ancestral home of the Chiefs of Clan Macleod for over 800 years which houses important heirlooms and paintings. The surroundings, with a lake on one side and formal gardens on the other, are perfect for exploring. heirlooms cimeli di famiglia

Reading comprehension & Speaking 1

Read the itinerary and, in pairs, discuss what the purpose of this itinerary is, who you think it is aimed at and what kind of website it is likely to be on.

Internet research & Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

2 Have a look at a map of Scotland and find the Shetland Islands. Use the Internet to plan an island-hopping tour for a group of adventurous travellers interested in history.

270

UNI T 8 | ITINERARIES

Itinerary 4 – A themed tour in Wales D avies Tours

At Davies Tours, a family-run business since 2008, we pride ourselves on offering the best of Wales on our personalised, small group tours. We will take care of everything from transport and accommodation to food and entertainment, or you can choose exactly which areas you need our help with.

SNOWDONIA

CASTLES OF NORTH WALES

PEMBROKESHIRE

CARDIFF

If history and castles are your passion, then this is the tour for you. Our suggested itinerary is set out below, but we will adjust all elements of the tour to fit in with your schedule and needs. Minimum group 4 people. We are used to having children on our tours so you can rest assured they will enjoy the visits and activities as much as the adults. Conwy Castle

Dolbadarn Castle

Harlech Castle

Day 1 Conwy, Beaumaris and Caernarfon

Day 2 Dolbadarn and Dolwyddelan

Day 3 Criccieth and Harlech

In the late 13th century, King Edward I of England ordered the construction of several castles in North Wales as part of his campaign to defeat the Welsh. These spectacular castles, in commanding positions, were virtually impregnable.

These two castles, built by the Welsh Llewellyn the Great in the early part of the 13th century, were in strategic positions to defend against attacks by the English.

Both these castles are in impressive positions high up on the cliffs, with outstanding views of the coast.

Read the web page and answer these questions.

1 What kind of company is Davies Tours? 2 What services does it offer and where? 3 What kinds of people would this tour interest?

4 How long does the tour last? 5 What changes can you make to the tour? 6 What historical information is on the website?

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 2 Write a circular letter from Davies Tours to send to travel agencies and tourist information offices to promote the business. Use the information above to help you and invent any other details.

ACTIVIT IE S

Reading comprehension

Internet research & Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 3 Use the Internet and guide books to help you prepare an itinerary for a coach tour from Glasgow or Edinburgh to see some of Scotland’s most important castles. Decide how many days the tour will last and the order in which to see the castles. Add a short description for each place.

4 You work for a travel agency which organises niche holidays in the UK and Ireland. In groups, research and prepare an itinerary for a short break for one of the following: • 18th- to early 20th-century English literature lovers

• steam railway enthusiasts • Harry Potter fans • foodies

Each group should choose a different category and then present their itinerary to the rest of the class.

HINTS & TIPS Planning a themed tour • If you are planning a themed tour, make sure you know the relevant vocabulary to describe the topic: food and drink, wildlife, architecture, etc. • Make a list of the landmarks/places related to the theme and plan the best route, form of transport and duration. • Mix a themed tour with other elements too. Even the most passionate birdwatcher will want to know something about local history, culture or food and not just the birds.

Explore the British Isles | UNI T 8

271

Itinerary 5 – A coach tour in Ireland

Southern Ireland in Six Days Take our fantastic coach tour to discover the beauty of the southern part of Ireland, including Galway, Cork, the Dingle Peninsula and the Ring of Kerry. ‘A fantastic tour. The guide was so friendly and knowledgeable and everything was really well-organised.’ A. Monroe, Idaho, USA Our company, based in Dublin and Cork, has been running tours of Ireland for more than twenty years and has shown thousands of people the delights of the Emerald Isle. We look forward to seeing you on one of our tours soon. Prices start from e 670 per person

ACT IV IT IE S

Day 1: Dublin – Golden Vale – Dingle Peninsula We set off for the lush, green midlands of Ireland to visit the beautiful Rock of Dunamase Castle, steeped in Irish legend. Our next stop is Adare in the area called Golden Vale. One of Ireland’s prettiest towns with thatched cottages, we’ll have lunch and time for a wander around to see the abbeys and castle. Tonight, you’ll stay in a real Irish pub in a small village on the Dingle Peninsula. A complimentary welcome drink – Guinness or whiskey of course – awaits you, and then you can chat to the locals, sit by the fire or sing and dance Adare to the traditional music.

272

Reading comprehension 1

Day 2: Dingle Peninsula – Day 3: Killarney – Ring of Kerry – Killarney Killarney In the morning, there is the chance to We’ll spend the morning in Dingle, a explore Killarney National Park on charming Gaelic-speaking fishing foot or on horseback (optional), village, which has been featured then we’ll start our trip to see the in many films and is famous incredible views of cliffs, villages, for the number of pubs. There mountains and ancient pagan is plenty of time for looking forts situated in the middle of around the shops selling local A beehive hut emerald pastures. arts and crafts, and for lunch in a The highlight is definitely the boat trip to traditional pub. After lunch, we will head Skellig Rocks, with the bird sanctuary off for a trip around Slea Head with and monastic settlement. After lunch in amazing views of the Blasket Islands and the town of Waterville, the ancient Beehive Huts. There are lots once home to Charlie of opportunities to take photographs of Chaplin, we’ll continue the fabulous scenery and beaches before our panoramic tour of we end the day with a visit to Ireland’s the Ring of Kerry with longest beach, at Inch, which connects highlights such as Moll’s Dingle Peninsula to the Ring of Kerry. Gap, Ladies View, Torc In the evening, we arrive in Killarney, Waterfall and Muckross House. staying at a B&B for the next 2 nights. lush lussureggianti emerald pastures pascoli verde smeraldo

Read the leaflet on pages 272 and 273 and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. T F 1 This is a suggested itinerary for driving around southern Ireland. 2 The tour starts and ends in Dublin. 3 The type of accommodation for the first night will be decided on arrival. 4 In Dingle you might hear people speaking another language apart from English. 5 The trip to Skellig Rocks on day 3 is on foot. 6 The organisers have scheduled very little time for visiting Blarney Castle. 7 You will particularly like the Cliffs of Moher if you are interested in bird watching. 8 There is only time to visit one place on the last day before returning to Dublin. UNI T 8 | ITINERARIES

Day 4: Killarney – Blarney – Cork – Cobh The plan for today is to set off early in order to give us plenty of time to visit Blarney Castle and the majestic gardens. Don’t forget to kiss the Blarney Stone, so you will have the, gift of the gab, (eloquent speech) for 7 years! Our next stop is Blarney Castle Cork, Ireland’s second largest city. Your guide will take you around the city on foot to show you the sights, including the magnificent English Market, selling a wonderful selection of local Irish produce, and Patrick Street, the main shopping street. We’ll then visit the nearby town of Cobh to learn about Irish emigration, see the Titanic monument and St Coleman’s Cathedral. Overnight in the centre of Cork.

Day 5: Cork – Cliffs of Moher – Galway Leaving Cork, we will first make a quick stop at the beautiful Bunratty Castle, before continuing our trip to the Cliffs of Moher. Often called the most spectacular cliffs in Europe, they are over 700ft high Corcomroe Abbey and home to a variety of birdlife, including puffins and gannets. From there we will move on to Cliffs of Moher explore the unique landscape of Burren National Park. Driving along the West Coast of Clare and Galway Bay, with Galway fabulous vistas of the Aran Islands, we will then visit Corcomroe Abbey, an early 13th-century Cistercian monastery. Overnight stay in Galway, where you can try some fantastic seafood before going to one of the many traditional Irish music venues.

Aasleagh Falls

Cobh

2 In pairs, act out a conversation between an assistant in a tourist information office in Dublin and a tourist who wants information about the coach tour. Invent any other details, like accommodation or meals.

Internet research & Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 3 The Dingle Peninsula and the Ring of Kerry, mentioned in the leaflet, are part of the Wild Atlantic Way, a route covering 2,500km of Ireland’s coast. Find out more about the Wild Atlantic Way and plan a guided tour for a group of young people who wish to spend a further week in Ireland after finishing their language course in Dublin.

www.wildatlanticway.com/home

PASSEPARTOUT DESCRIBING A GUIDED TOUR • We begin/end our day with… • After a leisurely breakfast, we leave for… • Our next stop is.../Our final destination is…/ Our tour ends in... • After visiting/exploring…, we will head for/set off for… • You can visit/see/find out about/explore… • You’ll have a chance to… • You’ll be captivated by… • Today’s highlights include… • Free time for shopping/individual sightseeing... • You’ll have plenty of time for exploring/shopping/ relaxing/sightseeing... • Marvel at/Enjoy/Take in…

AC TI V IT IE S

Speaking – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

Day 6: Galway – Connemara – Dublin Our first visit today is to Maam Cross and the Maam Valley in the Connemara region. This area was ravaged by the famine of 1845, when more than a million people died of starvation. On our way to the village of Cong, where we will have lunch, we will stop to photograph Aasleagh Falls and Killary Harbour, Ireland’s only fjord. There will be time to visit the ruins of Cong Abbey before heading back to Dublin where our tour ends.

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

Explore the British Isles | UNI T 8

273

UNIT

Creating your itinerary

Guided itinerary 1

You work for a company which specialises in sport and activity holidays in the UK and you wish to promote a new holiday for young people, where they can try new and exciting activities in beautiful surroundings. Decide the location for this holiday and prepare a promotional page for your website. The holiday should be for five days and the web page should include:

• a short description of the area; • travel arrangements to/from the location; • the type of accommodation;

What to think about • Look at the information about the UK in this unit and choose an area where it is possible to do a lot of outside sports and activities (for example, a National Park in Wales). Look it up on the Internet or in a guidebook. • Which is the nearest town or city? Is there an airport for international travellers? What is the best way to get to the location? • What kind of accommodation is likely to be in the area? And what would suit groups of young people? What about food? • What activities would interest young people? Think about different age groups and abilities. • What could be an extra activity that is not sport-based? (for example, a day trip) • The price has to be profitable for your company, but affordable for young people and their families. What kind of special offer could you have? (for example, early-bird discount, group bookings)

• the activities included (and any optional activities); • the cost, any special offers or reductions.

2 You work for an independent travel agency in Italy and your clients, a couple in their fifties, have requested an itinerary for a seven-day holiday in England and Scotland during May. They arrive at Leeds Airport and leave from Edinburgh, and will rent a car. They are particularly interested in history and heritage. Look at a map and various websites or guidebooks and decide which places to include in the itinerary and the best route. Give an indication of driving time/distance, as well as details of the main attractions in each place. Here are some ideas for locations to help your search:

• York • Castle Howard • North York Moors National Park

• Yorkshire Dales National Park • Fountains Abbey • Whitby

3 You work for a company which organises walking tours of London. Plan a new tour called ‘Royal London’ and prepare the itinerary, using this map to help you. Prepare a leaflet to promote the tour, not forgetting to include departure and arrival points/times, prices and any other useful information.

274

UNI T 8 | Creating your itinerary

• Durham • Newcastle • Beamish • Hadrian’s Wall

• Alnwick • Bamburgh • Holy Island • Border Abbeys

4 An Italian amateur sports association is going to Sheffield to take part in a two-day event in April next year. The accommodation and transport for this part have already been organised, but they have asked you to plan a short holiday after the event for a further three days. There will be approximately 18 people, including adults and teenagers, and their flight will leave from Manchester in the late afternoon. In your proposal, you should include:

• • • •

the itinerary with a description of the places; an indication of the distance/time; the method of transport; the accommodation and, if necessary, any indications for eating out; • any tips for clothes or things to bring; • the cost and what it includes.

The Peak District National Park near Sheffield

5 A language school in Eastbourne, on the south coast of England, would like to offer other day trips to its foreign students, apart from those they already organise to London. Find a suitable destination and prepare an itinerary. Then write a circular letter to inform the school’s clients about this addition to the programme. Your letter should include: • • •

the method of transport, times and costs; outline of the itinerary; a short description of the place(s), saying why they are interesting for students.

6 Prepare a week’s holiday for a family from Rome (two adults, a ten-year old and a teenager) in the British Isles for next June. They do not want to stay in just one place and are happy to rent a car for part of the holiday, although they would prefer not to spend too much time travelling. Provide them with indications of flights, itinerary, accommodation and cost.

7 Look at a map of the British Isles and see which places could be visited in a day by coach from the capital cities of England, Wales, Scotland, Northern Ireland and Ireland. Choose one of the capitals and plan a one-day guided coach tour departing from and arriving back in that city. Follow these steps:

• select which destinations/attractions to visit in order to appeal to students and young adults on a budget; • plan the itinerary, giving a brief description of the tour and the places included; • add practical details such as transport, departure and arrival times and the cost.

8 You are in charge of updating the website for the Lake District tourist board. Choose a town or area and write a description aimed at people interested in nature and local traditions. You can provide some history, suggestions of places to visit and explore, details of local wildlife, places to stay, eat and drink.

Scafell Pike

Derwent Water

Bowness-on-Windermere

Explore the British Isles | UNI T 8

275

UNIT

Professional competences

How to present a museum Watch 1

Watch the video on the British Museum, London, and answer these questions.

1 How can you get to the museum? 2 When was it built? 3 How much does it cost to get in? 4 What are some of the highlights of the museum’s collection? 5 How can the audio guides help visitors? 6 What facilities are there at the museum?

www.britishmuseum.org

PASSEPARTOUT PRESENTING A MUSEUM Talking about a museum • It was built in… and designed by… • The new wing was added in… • Originally built as…, it was transformed into a museum in… • It hosts/contains/showcases a vast collection of art/artefacts/Greek pottery/Egyptian jewellery/ 17th-century paintings. • The collection is one of the biggest/ most interesting/oldest in Italy.

Giving practical information • The nearest bus stop/Tube station is… • It is open every day from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. • It is closed on bank holidays. • The entrance fee is £7. Children under 10 are free. • Facilities include free Wi-Fi, a café and a gift shop. • Photography is (not) permitted inside the museum. • Audio guides are available in several languages. • You should allow at least 3 hours for your visit.

Giving recommendations • I (highly) recommend seeing the… • The … is worth a visit. • If you are interested in/keen on Renaissance art/Greek history, don’t miss the special exhibition on the first floor/in the basement. • The highlight of the collection is certainly… • The hands-on/digital displays are perfect for young children/teenagers.

Practise 2 Complete this description of the National Museum of Scotland, in Edinburgh, using some of the expressions in the box above. The various galleries at the National Museum of Scotland (1) ____________ treasures from all over the world. If you (2) ____________ animal life, don’t (3) ____________ the Natural World galleries, with examples of animals from the Arctic to Australia. The interactive Adventure Planet section (4) ____________ children because they can touch and explore the exhibits. I (5) ____________ seeing the Scottish Galleries, especially the part dedicated to the Kingdom of the Scots with relics like the coronation ampulla of Charles I. Other (6) ____________ of the museum include the Millennium Clock and the Fashion and Style Gallery.

Do 3 You are a tourist guide who is accompanying a group of foreign tourists on a tour of a town or city in your area. Choose a museum in the town and imagine that you are giving a short presentation outside it, after which they can enter and visit it in their own time. Prepare your presentation, then practise in front of the class.

276

UNI T 8 | Professional competences

Museums

entrance

ticket office

hall

cloakroom

museum shop

floor plan

permanent/temporary display mostra permanente/temporanea

display cases

specimen

label

Types of museums archaeological archeologico aviation dellâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;aviazione childrenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s per bambini folk di cultura popolare maritime marittimo

collection collezione exhibition esposizione

gallery galleria archive archivio

curator curatore custodian custode

model

artefact

relic

guide

audio guide

interactive display

military militare natural history di storia naturale railway delle ferrovie science della scienza

space dello spazio technology della tecnologia toy del giocattolo war della guerra working del lavoro

open-air allâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;aperto local locale national nazionale private privato public pubblico Explore the British Isles | UNI T 8

277

UNIT How to present a castle Watch 1

Watch the video on Bodiam Castle in the south of England and choose the correct alternative.

1 Bodiam Castle was built in 1485/1385 to defend against attacks from the German/French. 2 The moat at Bodiam is impressive because of its size/ accessibility. 3 The castle is built in a square/circular shape. 4 The reason for building machicolations and murder holes is the same/different. 5 The interior was designed to be functional/ comfortable. 6 The interior of the castle is well preserved/in ruins.

www.nationaltrust.org.uk/bodiam-castle

PASSEPARTOUT TALKING ABOUT A CASTLE Location • This imposing fortress stands dramatically on a cliff/hill/ overlooking the river/sea. • Dominating the surrounding countryside, the castle… Construction • Construction began in … and it took over 50 years to complete. • It was built between the 12th and 13th centuries. • There is evidence that it was built on the site/ruins of a Roman/ Viking/Medieval fort. • Built to withstand attack, the walls are over 4 metres thick. • … is the oldest surviving part of the castle. • The different periods of the castle’s history can be seen in the stonework. • The … was altered and added to in the … century. • After being burned down, it was rebuilt in … style.

History • It was seized/attacked by… during the battle of… • The scene of many battles and sieges… • The ruins bear witness to the long and tumultuous history of the city/region. • It fell into disuse in the 17th century. • It was restored to its former glory by the National Trust in… • It has been home to the … family since… • Today, we can get a glimpse of what medieval royal palace life was like. • Myths and legends surround the castle. • Today the grandeur of the great hall is a stunning backdrop for weddings and events. • Home to the wealthy and powerful ... family, the castle was...

Practise 2 Complete this description of Dunluce Castle in Northern Ireland, using some of the expressions in the box above. One of the most spectacularly-located castles in Northern Ireland, Dunluce Castle (1) ____________ on a cliff overlooking the Irish Sea. Today, the ruins (2) ____________ to its long history of riots, rebellions, violence and intrigue. It (3) ____________ around 1500 by the MacQuillan family and the earliest written record of the castle dates from 1513. It (4) ____________ by the MacDonnell clan during a battle in the 1550s. The castle (5) ____________ in the 16th and 17th centuries, and it is mostly these additions that can be seen today. Like any ancient castle, there are several (6) ____________ that surround it, including one about a banshee and one about the castle kitchens falling into the sea during a storm.

Do 3 You are a tourist guide and are about to give a guided tour of a castle to some American tourists. Choose a castle in your area, or another region of Italy, and prepare a general talk to give them at the start of the tour. You should outline some of the history, features and details of the castle. You can use the Internet and guidebooks to help you. Then give your talk to the rest of the class.

278

UNI T 8 | Professional competences

Castles tower torre covered parapet walk cammino di ronda coperto

keep maschio pinnacle pinnacolo

conical spire pinnacolo conico circular turret torretta circolare

stables scuderie

merlon merlo

chapel cappella

arrow-slit feritoia well pozzo

parapet walk cammino di ronda

moat fossato

barbican barbacane

bailey cortile

drawbridge ponte levatoio

rampant cinta muraria cannon-port feritoia per cannone

portcullis saracinesca walkway passerella/vialetto

armoury

battlement parapetto defensive tower torre difensiva

catapult/trebuchet

dungeon

palisade Explore the British Isles | UNI T 8

279

UNIT

Test your knowledge and skills

Snowdonia’s Transformation

From sleepy park to adrenaline junkies’ paradise Once the sleepy Welsh National Park, Snowdonia attracted visitors with hill walking, slate mine tours and steam railways. Nowadays it’s become the UK’s adrenaline junkie capital, offering groundbreaking and world-class extreme adventure pursuits. Here are some of them: • Slide down Europe’s first four-man zipline with friends or family. You descend in parallel down three wires totalling 2km in length. The trick to flying down faster is to roll up as tightly as possible. Just don’t miss the fantastic views over the surrounding lakes and valleys. • Surf the perfect wave at the world’s first inland surf lagoon. It’s a 300m-long fresh-water lagoon, built on the site of a derelict factory. Experienced surfers can enjoy head-height waves for 150m, while beginners can learn at their own pace with instructors. • On a ‘Go Below’ adventure you can climb, hang, sail and zip deep underground in a

Velocity

former Victorian slate mine. The action-packed subterranean assault course includes: climbing a waterfall, crossing an abyss, ascending a vertical shaft and abseiling down one of the deepest points in the UK. The cavern has the longest and deepest network of zip lines in the world, culminating in a 21m freefall jump. • ‘Velocity’ is both the world’s fastest zip line and Europe’s longest. It’s arguably the most unique too, as you zip lying flat, face down and head first, rather than upright. You fly at speeds of more than 160km/h at 150m high on a 1.6km zip line. And if you can keep your eyes open, there are spectacular views too! • Europe’s highest and first five-seater giant swing lifts you around 25 metres into the air, swinging you over the Zip World Fforest Caffi, with magnificent views of Conwy Valley far below. • Have a go at riding waves and dodging boulders on nature’s very own rollercoaster. The National White Water Centre offers white-water rafting on a dam-controlled river, so it is never dry. Or you can try the orca adventure, navigating rapids in a small two-man inflatable canoe. • Slip on a wetsuit, scramble into a gorge then slide, skim and swim. Based in a wild ravine, ‘Canyon Xtreme’ is a step-up from ordinary canyoning, with extra-long slides down rock ledges, an abseil or zip wire off a waterfall and a 15m-jump.

Bounce Below

• The 171-year-old Llechwedd slate mine has been skilfully converted into the world’s first giant underground trampoline park. But don’t be deceived by the red jumpsuits, net overshoes and hard hats you’re given – or the quaint train ride down. Once in ‘Bounce Below’ there’s a cathedral-sized cavern containing six layers of bouncy net surfaces, all linked by narrow aerial bridges, steep walkways and terrifying sheer-drop chutes. Source: The Independent adrenaline junkie adrenalina dipendente groundbreaking all’avanguardia

Reading comprehension 1

ES Read the article and answer these questions.

1 What is the fastest way to get to the bottom of 4 Why is experiencing ‘Velocity’ like flying? the four-man zipline? 5 Which activity do you need to wear a wetsuit for? 2 How high and long are the waves in the surf lagoon? 6 What did ‘Bounce Below’ use to be and what is it 3 What does the ‘Go Below’ assault course involve? now?

Tourism theory 2 Write two short paragraphs to explain: 1 some essential tips for visiting the British Isles; 2 the attraction of the English countryside for international tourists.

280

UNI T 8 | Test your knowledge and skills

Listening & Phraseology 3

2.19 FCE You will hear five short extracts from visitors to the UK. Listen and decide what each speaker (1-5) thinks about the UK (a-h).

Speaker 1

a British people are more fun-loving than expected. b It’s difficult to find good food there. c London tourist attractions are expensive. d People are very formal in style and manners. e Public transport works well. f The weather is unpredictable. g There aren’t many free activities to do in the UK. h The museums are well-organised and inclusive.

Speaker 2 Speaker 3 Speaker 4 Speaker 5

Tate Modern

2.19 Listen again and complete the sentences you hear.

1 ________________ museums in my country is very different. 2 You don’t ________________ to be able to enjoy yourself. 3 I ________________ most of the museums are free. 4 ________________ are good: the people are very polite and helpful.

5 I ________________ my way around. 6 The water ________________ I thought I was going to die! 7 ________________ there are free things to do, but it is very expensive for people like us that want to do the tourist things. 8 ________________ that a lot has changed since then.

Writing 5 Write short leaflet for a specific-interest holiday in the UK. Its focus could be linguistic, historical, cultural or activity-based. In your leaflet remember to give information about: • the location • the period and duration • the accommodation provided

• the itinerary and programme • any equipment needed

Video role play & Speaking 6

Watch this video of a conversation between a tourist information assistant and a tourist. Read the prompts on the screen and take the role of the tourist information assistant.

Now watch the full version of the video and compare your answers.

8 In pairs, role play a similar conversation between a tourist information assistant in a town or city in your country and a tourist. Remember to swap roles. Ask and answer about: • transport • attractions • places to eat and drink

• exhibitions and shows • free events • ways of saving money/getting discounts

Explore the British Isles | UNI T 8

281

UNIT

Explore the USA Geography

READY TO GO

HIGHLIGHTS

BORDERS

Have you ever been to the USA? Which area did you visit or would you like to visit?

The United States of America is situated between the Pacific Ocean and the Atlantic Ocean. It has borders to the north with Canada and to the south with Mexico and the Gulf of Mexico. There are two states which are separated from the rest of the country: Alaska, located to the north west of Canada, and Hawaii, a volcanic archipelago in the middle of the Pacific Ocean.

The island of Kauai in Hawaii

MOUNTAINS

Alaskaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Mount Denali

LAKES AND RIVERS

The Appalachian Mountains run along the eastern coast of the country from the border with Canada and down to South Carolina. The Rocky Mountains, running from north to south, form the continental divide of North America: to the east there are the Great Plains, while to the west there are the arid deserts of Utah, Nevada and Arizona. The Pacific Coast is quite mountainous with the Sierra Nevada mountain range in southern California and the Cascade Mountains in the states of Oregon and Washington. Alaska is also mountainous and has the highest peak in the USA (Mount Denali, 6,194m).

ACT IV IT IE S

In the north, and partly shared with Canada, there are the Great Lakes. They are connected to the Atlantic Ocean by the St Lawrence Seaway. Lake Superior is the largest at over 560km long. The Niagara River, which connects Lake Erie and Lake Ontario, is the location of the world-famous Niagara Falls. The longest river in the USA, the Missouri, starts in Montana in the north and flows into the Mississippi River, the second longest river in the USA, which ends in the Gulf of Mexico near New Orleans. This city, and others near the Mississippi Delta, are at great risk of flooding after hurricanes and tropical storms, which often hit the area in late summer. The Colorado River, which created the spectacular Grand Canyon, starts in the Rocky Mountains and flows through several states before it Niagara Falls ends in the Gulf of California.

282

CLIMATE

Due to its size, the USA has a very wide range of climatic conditions, from the tropical and sub-tropical Early-morning fog in San Francisco climates of Hawaii and Florida, to the sub-arctic climate of Alaska, where mountains have snow all year. The south west is arid and the north east has cold, snowy winters and hot summers. The Central Plains can be subject to warm humid air from the south or cold air from the north, which means dramatic changes in weather and temperature in the same day. The coastal areas of California have a Mediterranean climate, but San Francisco, for example, has its own microclimate and is often cooler with wind and fog.

Reading comprehension 2 Read the texts and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. T F 1 The USA has land borders with two countries. 2 The Rocky Mountains stretch from east to west across the centre of the country. 3 The Pacific Coast is quite flat with no mountains. 4 The St Lawrence Seaway connects the Great Lakes with the Pacific Ocean. 5 The Missouri converges with the Mississippi River. 6 Alaska is a mountainous region with areas of permanent snow. 7 The Central Plains area has frequent and dramatic changes in weather. 8 San Francisco is hot most of the year with a Mediterranean climate. UNI T 9 | HIGHLIGHTS

The USA Area: 9,826,675km2 on: Populati

326,473,000 States: 50 states (48 contiguous plus Alaska and Hawaii) and one federal district Capital: Washington DC Government: Constitutional Federal Republic Major religions:

Christianity Language: English (and about 13% of the population speak Spanish)

DID YOU KNOW? The US flag, known as the Stars and Stripes, has 50 white stars to represent the number of states and 13 stripes to represent the original 13 colonies.

The federal district is the District of Columbia where the capital city Washington DC is located. The land was donated by the State of Maryland specifically to build the nation’s capital and is not part of any state.

Political system The US Constitution, which entered into force in 1789, is the framework for the American system of government. It defines the three separate branches of government – legislative, executive and judicial – and their powers. Each of the branches of government has a form of power over the other two in order to ensure that no single branch can become dominant. The legislative branch, Congress, is separated into the House of Representatives and the Senate, with some shared and some unique powers. The executive branch is led by the President, who is elected every four years and can serve for a maximum of two terms. The judicial branch is led by the Supreme Court, which has the responsibility to ensure government actions and laws do not violate the Constitution. The US also has overseas territories, such as the United States Virgin Islands and Puerto Rico in the Caribbean and American Samoa in the South Pacific, which are controlled to varying degrees by the US government. CLIL – Law, pages 356-357

Reading comprehension & Speaking 1

Study the fact file and the text and discuss these questions in pairs.

1 What type of government is there in the USA and how is it structured? 2 What is the District of Columbia?

3 Why is the US Constitution important? 4 Are there any similarities with the Italian Constitution?

Explore the USA | UNI T 9

283

READY TO GO

A brief history of the USA

NATIVE AMERICANS

Why are these dates important in American history? 1492 – 1776 – 1861

There are several theories regarding the arrival of the first inhabitants, which is estimated to be around 20,000 to 60,000 years ago. They probably arrived by crossing the bridge of land that once linked Asia to Alaska and then gradually moved south and settled along the Pacific Ocean, in the mountains and deserts of the south-west, and along the Mississippi River. Each tribe of Native Americans adapted to their environment and lived by gathering or hunting their food, farming and fishing. Their lives were, and often still are, closely linked to the land.

ARRIVAL OF THE EUROPEANS After Columbus arrived in America in 1492, the next century was dominated by explorers and settlers. Following their conquest of Mexico, the Spanish moved into the south (New Mexico, California, Texas) as well as Florida. The French colonised parts of Canada and Louisiana in the south, while the English founded settlements along the Atlantic Coast. Their first successful colony was Jamestown in Virginia in 1607. The Pilgrim Fathers arrived on the ship The Mayflower in 1620 and established a colony in Plymouth, Massachusetts. There were also German and Dutch colonies. This period saw the drastic reduction in the number of Native Americans, killed by fighting or by the diseases brought by the European explorers and settlers.

WAR OF INDEPENDENCE During the 18th century, the thirteen Colonies grew in terms of population and economic strength. However, Britain imposed more and more oppressive restrictions and taxes on them so resentment grew. In 1773 there was the famous Boston Tea Party, where a group of protesters attacked British ships and threw their cargo of tea into Boston Harbour. On 4th July 1776 the Declaration of Independence was signed, but fighting continued until a peace treaty was signed with Britain in 1783. A new Constitution was formed and George Washington became the first President of the United States of America in 1789.

MOVING TO THE WEST The USA grew dramatically in size when, in 1803, a massive area of land around the Mississippi and the Great Plains was bought from the French (the ‘Louisiana Purchase’). Then Florida was purchased from the Spanish in 1819 and, by 1848, Mexico had been forced to hand over Texas, New Mexico and California. People had started to move westwards across the continent to settle in the Great Plains, the Rocky Mountains and California, where gold had been discovered. To make settlements, they fought the Native Americans and forced them to move from their land.

284

UNI T 9 | HIGHLIGHTS

CIVIL WAR By now the USA was an enormous country but with some fundamental differences between the states. The northern states were the main centres of finance, commerce and manufacturing. Here, slavery was illegal. The southern states were mainly agricultural and used slave labour to produce tobacco, sugar and cotton. Tension increased between North and South, and when Lincoln was elected President the southern states left the Union and formed the Confederate States of America. The Civil War between the Union (the northern states) and the Confederacy (the southern states) lasted from 1861 to 1865 and was eventually won by the north but with the loss of hundreds of thousands of lives on both sides.

ECONOMIC GROWTH AND INDUSTRIALISATION The last twenty years of the 19th century were a time of great change for the country and one of exceptional economic growth. A period of depression followed the Civil War but then the USA began to change from a rural nation to an urban one. The railroads were expanded, linking the Midwest with the Pacific Coast. Industrialisation led to the construction of more factories and mills, especially in the steel, iron and textiles industries, and the demand for labour grew. There was an enormous population growth, mostly due to the millions of immigrants who arrived on the West Coast from Asia and on the East Coast from Europe. Slave trade

Immigrants arriving at Ellis Island, New York, late 19th century

2 Read the texts and answer these questions. 1 When and how did the first inhabitants of North America probably arrive? 2 In which part of the country did the English form their first colonies? 3 What happened to the Native Americans during the period of colonisation? 4 What were the protestors at the Boston Tea Party protesting against?

5 Who was the first President of the United States? 6 What was the â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Louisiana Purchaseâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;? 7 What were the main differences between the northern and southern states before the Civil War? 8 How did the country change after the Civil War?

AC TI V IT IE S

Reading comprehension

Critical thinking & Speaking 3 Read the information below and discuss this topic with the class. The late 19th and early 20th centuries saw millions of immigrants arrive in the USA, among them many Italians. What was the situation in Italy at that time? What led so many Italians to face this journey? At the beginning of the 21st century, are there many Italians that decide to migrate? Where to and why? Explore the USA | UNI T 9

285

READY TO GO

Match these quotations to the people or moments in history on pages 286 and 287.

Key moments in the 20th and 21st centuries PEARL HARBOR

1 ‘Tear down this wall!’ 2 ‘A date which will live in infamy.’ 3 ‘Yes, we can.’ 4 ‘I have a dream.’ 5 ‘Today, our very freedom came under attack in a series of deliberate and deadly terrorist acts.’

On the 7th December 1941 the Japanese attacked the American naval base in Pearl Harbor, Hawaii. In the surprise attack, hundreds of Japanese fighter planes destroyed or damaged 18 American naval ships and hundreds of planes. More than 2,000 American Army and Navy personnel died, and many more were injured. There were also many civilian casualties. The following day, US Congress declared war on Japan. Before that, the USA had sent war material to the Allies, but was not at war itself. After Germany and Italy had declared war on the USA, the US troops also joined the Allies fighting in Europe. Victory in Europe was celebrated on 8th May 1945 with the surrender of Nazi Germany. However, it was only after the USA dropped nuclear bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki in August 1945 that the Japanese surrendered and the war ended.

MARTIN LUTHER KING JR

In 1955, Martin Luther King Jr, a minister of a Baptist Church in Montgomery, Alabama, was chosen as the head of a new group to support the Montgomery bus boycott – a protest where the town’s black citizens boycotted the bus system for 13 months. This protest ended with the US Supreme Court deciding that segregation on the city’s public buses was unconstitutional. King quickly became a national civil rights leader against racial discrimination and segregation, taking his non-violent protest strategy from Gandhi and combining it with Christian gospel ideas. In 1963 he led the Birmingham campaign, an enormous civil rights protest, with mass meetings, marches and a boycott of city shops. Later the same year, he gave his famous ‘I have a dream’ speech during a civil rights march in Washington. He won the Nobel Peace Prize in 1964. He was assassinated on 4th April 1968 while he was in Memphis to support a sanitation workers' strike.

The statue of Martin Luther King Jr in Washington DC, inspired by his quotation ‘Out of the mountain of despair, a stone of hope’

286

UNI T 9 | HIGHLIGHTS

The atomic bomb over Nagasaki, 1945

THE COLD WAR

Bush and Gorbachev, 1989

Much of the second half of the 20th century was marked by the Cold War between the world’s superpowers, the USA and the USSR. Although there was no direct military conflict, there was extremely strong political and military tension, and both countries developed an arsenal of nuclear weapons. The Cuban Missile Crisis almost brought the world to a nuclear war in 1962. US President Ronald Reagan and General Secretary Mikhail Gorbachev were fundamental in ending this conflict, as they met at various summits to negotiate the reduction in nuclear arms. The end of the Cold War can be said to be at the Malta Summit in 1989, with an agreement between President George Bush and Gorbachev a few weeks after the fall of the Berlin Wall, a symbol of this East-West divide.

THE 9/11 ATTACKS

In the early morning of 11th September 2001, al-Qaeda terrorists hijacked four passenger airlines to carry out terrorist attacks on the USA. Two planes hit the north and south towers of the World Trade Center in New York, one hit the Pentagon in Washington DC and the last plane crashed into a field in Pennsylvania. There were almost 3,000 victims and thousands more injured in these co-ordinated attacks which prompted the USA and other nations to strengthen their anti-terrorism legislation and declare a global War on Terror. This included the invasion of Afghanistan to overthrow the Taliban; the invasion of Iraq; the capture and execution of Saddam Hussein Firefighters after the 9/11 attacks and, in 2011, the killing of Osama Bin Laden, leader of al-Qaeda. The repercussions of the terrorists attacks and the War on Terror are still felt today with the rise of the terrorist organisation ISIS, terrorist attacks in major cities like London, Berlin and Paris by Islamic extremists, and an increase in anti-Islamic feeling and extreme right-wing, white supremacy political groups in the West.

BARACK OBAMA

Barack Obama, born on 4th August 1961 in Honolulu, Hawaii, was the first African-American President of the USA. His first presidential campaign used the slogan ‘Yes, we can’ in order to send a message of hope and change to the nation and in particular to new voters, many of them young and black. During his two terms as President, he introduced a healthcare reform bill, known as Obamacare; ended US combat operations in Iraq; announced the death of al-Qaeda leader Bin Laden and proposed plans for improved diplomatic relations with Cuba. In 2009 he was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize. In 2016, after 8 years of Democratic presidency, the Democratic candidate Hilary Clinton was defeated by the Republican Donald Trump who was sworn in as the 45th President of the United States on 20th January 2017. hijacked dirottarono was sworn in ha prestato giuramento

2 Read the texts on pages 286 and 287 and answer these questions. 7 What happened on 11th September 2001? 1 What happened at Pearl Harbor? 2 How was America involved in the war until that point? 8 In what way are we still living the effects of these terrorist attacks? 3 What was the Montgomery bus boycott? 4 What methods of protest did King believe in and use 9 What message did Barack Obama give to voters during his first presidential campaign? to fight racial discrimination and segregation? 10 What events was he involved in during his 5 Which two countries were involved in the Cold War? presidency? 6 Why do you think the word ‘war’ was used even if there was no fighting?

ACTIVITIES

Reading comprehension

Critical thinking & Speaking 3 Read the statement and have a class debate using the ideas below to help you. ‘The election in 2008 of Barack Obama, the first African-American President, proved that racial equality had been achieved in the USA and this situation continues today.’ • education

• justice system

• job opportunities

• home ownership

• income level

Explore the USA | UNI T 9

287

SURVIVAL GUIDE BRING The first thing on the list is comprehensive travel insurance giving medical coverage for all eventualities, including operations and repatriation. A credit card is essential as a deposit for renting a car, even if you have already paid, and as a guarantee for any extra items like room service at a hotel. If you are travelling to multiple places, bring more than one credit card to avoid exceeding your credit limit with the various deposits. Electrical sockets are for two-pronged plugs and electricity is 110V, so make sure you have a suitable adaptor. Check your mobile will work in the USA and find out from your operator the roaming charges for using it.

TRAVEL The USA is a huge country and you will probably only be able to visit a small area of it. Hiring a car, motorbike or motorhome is a great way to travel around one or two states. You drive on the right, all distances and speed limits are in miles and many motorways (or highways as they are called in American English) are toll roads so you have to pay to use them. For longer distances, the best travel options are rail (Amtrak is the national service), bus (Greyhound is the main long-distance operator) and plane (Southwest and JetBlue are two discount airlines). Within major cities, public transport is the best option, with buses, trams and subway/underground systems. If you take a taxi, remember to tip the driver around 15% of the fare.

SLEEP

AC TI V IT IE S

In major cities and near tourist attractions, accommodation is quite expensive, especially in high season. However, you might be able to find discounts online or by booking a long time in advance. Some cities charge a hotel tax which is added to the cost of the room. When travelling by car, motels are a great option and national chains like La Quinta and Motel 6 offer reasonable rates. You can find a good selection of boutique hotels, B&Bs and historic hotels, as well as cabins and lodges in national parks. Another option in the national parks is camping: wild camping is often allowed with a permit. Be careful with Airbnb and similar sites: renting a house for fewer than thirty days may be illegal in some cities, like New York.

Reading comprehension & Speaking 1

Read the texts on pages 288 and 289 and complete the table with your suggestions for these people. Then work in pairs and compare your suggestions, giving reasons for your choices.

People

How to travel

Where to sleep

What to eat

What to buy

A retired couple from Europe A family with young children from Italy A group of teenagers from China You

2 Now read the Need to Know! box and, in pairs, discuss how the USA is different from your country. 3 In small groups, talk about what information you would add to the five categories in the Survival Guide. Think about your own experience, if any, as a visitor to the United States, as well as things you have learnt from books, films, TV and the Internet.

288

UNI T 9 | HIGHLIGHTS

EAT AND DRINK You’ll be able to eat whatever you want, whenever you want as there is such a wide variety of restaurants, 24/7 diners, fast-food places, cafés and street trucks to choose from. You can get hamburgers and hot dogs, of course, but each region has its own specialities: southern food with crispy fried chicken or grits (made from ground maize, similar to polenta); lobsters and clam chowder in New England: enormous steaks in Texas. Vegetarian and vegan options are quite easy to find, and followers of raw food diets will be at home in California where people are crazy about all things healthy. Remember you need to be 21 to buy and consume alcohol. Service is almost always prompt and friendly, but don’t forget to tip between 15% and 20% of the cost of your meal.

BUY The percentage of sales tax, if any, on retail goods (and food in restaurants) is decided at a state (not a national) level, so it is a different amount in each state. Prices in stores are generally indicated before the sales tax is added, so it is important to bear this in mind (as well as considering the current exchange rate) if you want to compare prices with home. You can find bargains at the big outlets and shopping malls, especially for American clothing labels like Abercrombie & Fitch, Calvin Klein, Nike and Ralph Lauren. Remember that the sizing system for shoes and clothes is different from the UK and Europe. There are numerous tourist souvenirs in all the major cities. Particularly common are T-shirts, baseball caps and team shirts from the local baseball, basketball or American football teams. NEED TO KNOW! Time zones Six time zones (four in the contiguous states plus Hawaii and Alaska). Most states observe daylight saving time from March to November. Currency US dollar International dialling code +1

Emergency number 911 Principal bank holidays 1 January, Martin Luther King Day (3rd Monday in January), President’s Day (3rd Monday in February), Memorial Day (last Monday in May), 4 July (Independence Day), Labor Day (1st Monday in September), Thanksgiving (4th Thursday in November), 25 December

Opening hours Banks 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. Monday to Friday Shops opening times vary, but generally 9 a.m. to 8 p.m. Monday to Saturday and from 11 a.m. to midday and 5 p.m. to 7 p.m. on Sundays. Large supermarkets may be open 24/7.

Eating out in the USA

4 Read this article and discuss the questions below in pairs.

The melting pot There are immigrants from all over the world so there is no ‘one’ type of American. There are different ethnicities, races, religions, cultures and political beliefs that form the country and make it so rich and unique. Mother nature With such a wide variety of landscapes from mountains and hills to deserts, green valleys and empty beaches, you will never be short of somewhere to admire the view and the beauty of mother nature’s creations.

Hidden gems So many lesser-known places are waiting to be explored: drive down the back roads to discover a small town or attraction; step off the main tourist route to see a lively neighbourhood where locals hang out. The museums With more than 35,000 museums, you will find one to explore wherever you are in the country and whatever your interests. Everything is covered, from Native American history and contemporary art, to science, maths and geology.

The food You will find every kind of food you could possibly want, usually in large portions. But you can always ask for the remainder ‘to go’ without any kind of embarrassment. Trends Style and fashion are always being reinvented. Trends are born and die before they even hit other parts of the world. Creativity is abundant in all areas from clothes and music to technology and film.

ACT IV IT IE S

Why It’s Worth Exploring the USA

1 Why is the USA often referred to as a melting pot? 2 What kind of natural landscapes can you see there? 3 Why can it be important to look for hidden gems when visiting a country? 4 Do you agree that the food is a good reason to visit the USA? Why/Why not? 5 Do you think that the USA is at the forefront of fashion and design? Why/Why not? 6 What reasons for visiting the USA would you add to this list?

Explore the USA | UNI T 9

289

LOOK CLOSER The southern point of Florida is covered by the Everglades, part of which is a National Park. This huge subtropical wilderness has a variety of ecosystems including mangrove swamps and coastal lowlands. There is abundant wildlife such as turtles, herons and alligators, as well as endangered species like manatee, crocodiles and the Florida panther. You can go on bike rides, walks and boat trips to explore the area.

Around the USA

The American Dream. Whether it is your dream to visit or to make a new life there, the USA is an exciting destination, familiar yet always surprising. This huge, varied country has something and somewhere for everyone.

The coast FLORIDA

lifeguards huts torrette dei bagnini laidback feel atmosfera rilassata craggy stretch tratto roccioso

Aptly named the Sunshine State, Florida has some of the best weather and best beaches in the United States. With over 825 miles of beaches, it is not easy to choose which to visit. Miami and South Beach, however, are a must for any visitor to the state. Walk out of your Art Deco hotel on Ocean Drive, cross the grassy, palm-filled Lummus Park, down to the wide expanse of beach with brightly-coloured lifeguard huts and the Atlantic Ocean. At night, enjoy A beach at Key West ‘people-watching’ from one of the many bars and restaurants along Ocean Drive. From Miami, you can follow Route 1 down through the Florida Keys. Here you’ll find a calm, island pace of life and plenty of opportunities for exploring beautiful beaches and nature reserves, sport fishing, snorkelling and diving on the coral reef and shipwrecks. The southernmost point in the continental United States, Key West was once home to the novelist Ernest Hemingway and the town has a liberal and laidback feel. The streets are full of typical picturesque pastel-coloured, wooden-framed houses with peaked roofs and covered verandas.

CALIFORNIA

McWay Falls

DID YOU KNOW? Actor Clint Eastwood was mayor of the town of Carmel in the 1980s and another actor, Arnold Schwarzenegger, was Governor of California from 2003 to 2011.

290

Go to the FLIP BOOK and explore the map.

UNI T 9 | HIGHLIGHTS

The coast of California offers a variety of scenery along its length, from isolated cliffs to long sandy beaches and trendy promenades. For ‘people-watching’, sunbathing and surfing, head to the famous beaches of Los Angeles: Santa Monica for the pier, amusement park and aquarium; Venice Beach for rollerbladers, body builders and all kinds of colourful characters; Malibu for celebrity-spotting and surfing. Driving along the central coast of California, between LA and San Francisco, will give you spectacular views and a chance to explore some beautiful areas. The wild and craggy stretch of coastline called Big Sur has been carefully protected so there is little development. For example, at the Julia Pfeiffer Burns State Park, an easy walk takes you to the edge of a cliff from where you can admire the McWay Falls which drop over the granite cliff to the sandy cove below.

Further north, the Monterey Peninsula is a rocky headland covered with cypress trees, one of the few plants to resist the fog and salty air. The town of Carmel is a quaint, well-maintained village, with a tranquil cove with emerald blue water and white sand. Monterey used to be the capital of California under the Spanish and it still retains some features of its Hispanic past. Your last stop before San Francisco could be Santa Cruz. This quintessential beach town is famous for its Beach Boardwalk, an old-style amusement park with a wooden rollercoaster from the 1920s.

Monterey

HAWAII

The six major islands in the state of Hawaii – Kauai, Oahu, Molokai, Lanai, Maui and Hawaii – each have their own personality. Their coastlines offer incredible and diverse scenery as well as activities like surfing, kitesurfing, paddleboarding, top-quality snorkelling, diving and whale watching. All the islands have airports, served either by international flights or domestic ones between the islands. Honolulu, the State’s capital, is on the island of Oahu, where around three quarters of the population lives. Waikiki, two miles east of the city, is where most of the island’s hotels and resorts are located. A busy place, full of tourists, it offers plenty of surfing, sunbathing and shopping. The crescent-shaped Hanuma Bay has outstanding snorkelling due to its strict conservation policies put in place to protect the marine life. The Kohala Coast on the Island of Hawaii has some of the island’s finest luxury resorts and golf courses and the idyllic turquoise lagoons of Kiholo Bay. The Hamakua Coast on the eastern side of the island has lush tropical rainforests, spectacular waterfalls and green valleys. In the Puna region there are some wonderful heated tide pools, where water flows through the rocks and is heated by the magma before mixing with the cooler ocean water. The lava that flows from the active volcanoes continues to shape and change the southern stretch of the coastline. Punaluu is one of the most famous black sand beaches.

Honolulu and Wakiki Beach

Which places in Italy have similar natural features?

Read the texts on pages 290 and 291 and answer these questions.

1 What is South Beach in Miami like? 2 What is the atmosphere like in Key West? 3 What beaches are there in Los Angeles and what are they like? 4 What is Big Sur and what can you see there?

5 What can you see and do on the Monterey Peninsula? 6 What activities are popular on the Hawaiian Islands? 7 Why is the snorkelling so good at Hanuma Bay? 8 What effect do the volcanoes on Hawaii Island have?

Vocabulary 2 Complete the table with nouns from the texts for each category. ACTIVITIES

NATURAL FEATURES

surfing

bay

ACTIVITIE S

Reading comprehension

MAN-MADE FEATURES

airport

Listening 3

2.20

FCE Listen to a presentation of Long Island, New York, and complete the information.

Long Island, New York • Situated less than (1) __________________ from New York City • Ends in two (2) __________________ • North Shore is surrounded by Long Island Sound – The (3) __________________ was once home to some of the wealthiest families in the USA – Visit three (4) __________________ at Sands Point Preserve – Go on a (5) __________________ trip from Huntingdon Marina • South Shore is surrounded by the (6) __________________ – The Hamptons region is frequented by the rich and famous – Stay in a beachfront, shingle style (7) __________________ – Visit Montauk Point (8) __________________ at the easternmost point

Montauk Point

Internet research & Writing 4 Choose one of the three states mentioned in the texts. Look at visittheusa.com and the state tourism website to find suggestions about places on the coast to go for: bird and marine life watching •

• a camping holiday with children

• a weekend city break

Choose one of the places and write a short description.

Explore the USA | UNI T 9

291

READY TO GO

Have you heard of any national parks in the USA? What do you know about them?

National parks GREAT SMOKY MOUNTAINS

The most-visited National Park in the USA, with more than 10 million visitors every year, is Great Smoky Mountains National Park, in the east of the country on the border between Tennessee and North Carolina. The mountains take their name from the bluish haze that hangs over them caused by the hydrocarbons which are released by the vegetation. They offer breathtaking mountain scenery, hardwood forests, streams and an incredible diversity of plant and animal life. Most of the other US National Parks are located in the west of the country in North and South Dakota, Wyoming, Colorado, Utah, Arizona, California and Alaska.

LOOK CLOSER The famous skywalk – the horseshoe shaped glass and steel walkway projecting over the Grand Canyon – is on Hualapai Tribal lands and not part of the National Park. It is in the Grand Canyon West area. This part is the closest to Las Vegas, where many tourists come from on a day trip. A quicker but certainly more expensive way to see the Grand Canyon is with a helicopter tour, many of which actually land at the bottom of the canyon too.

GRAND CANYON

YOSEMITE

Even knowing the figures regarding its depth (1.6km), its width (up to 39km) and its length (446km of river), it is impossible to imagine the sheer size and majesty of the Grand Canyon. The Canyon’s walls, carved by the Colorado River, reveal 2 billion years of geological history which scientists are still studying today. Most visitors to the Grand Canyon National Park go to the South Rim, which is open all year and where there are lots of tourist facilities, like lodges and a free shuttle bus to the various viewpoints. The North Rim is closed in winter as it is higher and more isolated. For the more adventurous, the inner canyon offers plenty of opportunities for hiking, backpacking and river trips.

Yosemite National Park, within the Sierra Nevada Mountain Range in California, is best known for its waterfalls. You should visit during spring after the snow has melted in order to get the full effect of the force of the water as it rushes down A tunnel through a giant sequoia in Mariposa Grove the nearly vertical granite cliffs in Yosemite Valley. Here, the jagged domes and pinnacles of the peaks stand out starkly against the sky, while outside the valley there are grassy meadows, full of wild flowers in early summer. Mariposa Grove, at the park’s southern entrance, is a grove of giant sequoia trees, one of which is thought to be more than 2,700 years old. 292

Go to the FLIP BOOK and explore the map.

UNI T 9 | HIGHLIGHTS

YELLOWSTONE

The oldest and most famous national park in the USA is Yellowstone , which attracts over 4 million visitors every year. Nearly all of them come during the summer months meaning there is inevitably traffic on the Loop Road which circles round the park and gives fairly easy access to a lot of the park’s top sights. The thermal activity from the volcano is what creates Yellowstone’s most spectacular features of geysers, fumaroles, mud pots and hot springs. The most popular geyser that tourists want to see is Old Faithful. Every hour or 90 minutes it expels a column of water over 100 feet into the air. The wildlife in the park is varied and abundant, with grizzly bears, bison, wolves, coyotes and eagles.

DEATH VALLEY GLACIER

Glacier National Park, Montana, is a spectacular area of glacier-carved valleys, lakes, rivers and mountain peaks. It is popular with hikers and white-water rafting enthusiasts in the summer months. The most amazing road, Going-to-the-Sun Road, crosses through the park for fifty miles. Travelling along it from east to west, you are faced with fantastic views around every hairpin bend, with waterfalls and alpine meadows where you are sure to be able to spot bighorn sheep and mountain goats. The area is also full of black bears, grizzlies and wolves. The road is not open all year and you do need to check conditions before you set off.

Death Valley, in California and Nevada, is the largest US National Park outside Alaska and, despite its name, there is a great diversity of life which survives there. However, you might not survive if you venture out there in the summer, when temperatures average 44°C, without taking plenty of water for yourself and your vehicle! It can be quite a surreal landscape of ever-changing sand dunes, mountain peaks (which are covered with snow in winter), and sculpted rock layers of different colours. Dante’s View is a great place to see the sun as it rises and covers the mountains with shades of pink and gold. hairpin bend curva a tornante

2 Read the texts on pages 292 and 293 and study the mind map below on the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Then compile similar mind maps for the remaining five parks.

Facts and Figures 10 million visitors

Wildlife diverse forms of plant and animal life

GREAT SMOKY MOUNTAINS

Natural features blue haze, hardwood forests, streams

FCE Listen to a National Park Ranger talking about the National Park Service and how to stay safe. Complete the sentences with a word or short phrase.

1 The National Park Service was set up __________ ago. 2 Entrance fees to the parks can be per person or per __________. 3 Park rangers organise activities like __________ and campfire talks. 4 Always find out up-to-date information on __________ before starting your hike or walk. 5 In some parks, __________ may need to be stored in lockers. 6 If you come face to face with a bear, it is important __________ or climb a tree.

ACTIVITIE S

Reading comprehension

2.21

Critical thinking & Speaking 4 Read this statement and have a class discussion using the ideas below to help you. ‘National parks should limit the number of visitors in order to protect our natural heritage.’ • traffic congestion • accessibility to all • conservation of wildlife • educational opportunities • pollution

Explore the USA | UNI T 9

293

Washington DC

READY TO GO

Washington DC – chosen as the capital of the newly independent states by George Washington – has been home to the US president for over 200 years. The main tourist attractions, which are all free to visit, are on Capitol Hill and along the National Mall, although the other areas of the city, such as Georgetown and Dupont Circle, are great for getting away from the crowds and for finding boutiques, restaurants, hotels and bars.

What do you think the main tourist attractions are in Washington DC? What aspect of life are they mostly related to?

CAPITOL HILL

The US Capitol, home to Congress and the Supreme Court, is located on the top of this small hill. The Rotunda, with its massive iron dome, links the House of Representatives in the south wing to the Senate in the north. You need to book in advance for a guided tour of the building, but there is the Capitol Visitor Centre with exhibitions explaining the history and function of the building, as well as a restaurant and several gift shops. The Library of Congress, the largest library in the world with over 164 million items, is in three buildings on Capitol Hill. The most interesting for visitors is the Thomas Jefferson Building, an Italian Renaissance-style building opened in 1897 with a magnificent Great Hall and domed Reading Room, decorated with statues, paintings and carvings related to learning, literature and intellectual achievement.

The Library of Congress

NATIONAL MALL – WEST

INSIDER TOP TIP One of the best times of year to visit Washington is early to mid-April when all the Japanese cherry trees around the Tidal Basin are in blossom.

Abraham Lincoln

294

UNI T 9 | OVERVIEW

The National Mall stretches over 2 miles between Capitol Hill and the Lincoln Memorial at the western end of the Mall. Inspired by Greek temples, the Lincoln Memorial has 36 Doric columns – one for each state at the time of Lincoln’s death – and in the centre there is a huge statue of Lincoln on a throne-like chair. To his left his famous Gettysburg Address is carved into the stone, while to the Lincoln Memorial right there is his Second Inaugural Address. At the other end of the Reflecting Pool, a large rectangular expanse of water in front of the memorial, the stone obelisk of the Washington Monument pierces the sky. Go to the top for some amazing views. The Jefferson Memorial and the FDR Memorial are located in the park around the Tidal Basin, an area of water off the Potomac River, which is also a good spot for relaxing. There are also memorials to the soldiers and veterans of World War II, the Vietnam War and the Korean War, as well as a striking memorial dedicated to Martin Luther King. The White House is at the northern edge of the Mall. If you wish to tour inside, you need to arrange a visit several months in advance through the US Embassy, so most tourists just take a photo of the outside. Don’t be surprised if the building looks much smaller than it does on TV and in films! You should go to the nearby Visitor Center to see the exhibits and videos relating to the architecture, furnishings and the past presidents and their families.

The US Capitol building

NATIONAL MALL – EAST

The other end of the National Mall is dominated by museums, mostly part of the Smithsonian Institution, a world-renowned museum and research complex. The Castle, a towered, Neo-Gothic building completed in 1855, is a great starting point for information on the many museums, galleries and zoo which are part of the Institution. On the National Mall, you can find the National Museum of African American History and Culture, the latest to be opened; the National Museum of American History, with the country’s oldest functioning steam locomotive and a battered red, white and blue flag from the War of 1812; the National Museum of Natural History, with a popular dinosaur section and the 45-carat Hope Diamond which once belonged to Marie Antoinette; and the National Air and Space Museum, with Charles Lindbergh’s plane, the Spirit of St Louis, and a room dedicated to the Apollo 11 and 17 moon missions.

The Smithsonian Institution

ARLINGTON NATIONAL CEMETERY A short metro ride or a walk across the bridge over the Potomac River will take you to Arlington, in the state of Virginia, and the National Cemetery. The identical white headstones, neatly laid out in rows and contrasting dramatically with the green grass, mark the graves of more than 400,000 US military personnel. It is also the burial place of several past presidents, including John F. Kennedy (an eternal flame burns next to his tombstone). At the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier, which is guarded 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, there is a Changing of the Guard ceremony every hour or half hour. As the Cemetery is so large, and built on a hill, there is a tour bus that takes visitors to the various areas of interest.

LOOK CLOSER The island in the middle of the Potomac River is dedicated to President Theodore Roosevelt, an early campaigner for the environment and conservation. It is only accessible by a footbridge and the trees in the woods here were planted in his honour.

2 Read the texts on pages 294 and 295 and complete these sentences.

1 You ____________________ pay to enter the main tourist attractions on the National Mall. 2 Congress and the Supreme Court are situated on ____________________. 3 The Thomas Jefferson Building is worth a visit to see ____________________. 4 The inspiration for the Lincoln Memorial came from ____________________. 5 To get a good view of the city you can ____________________. 6 Visits to the White House have to be ____________________. 7 Many ____________________ make up the Smithsonian Institution research and museum complex. 8 ____________________ are buried in Arlington National Cemetery.

A CT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension

Internet research & Speaking 3 Find out more about one of the museums belonging to the Smithsonian Institution in Washington DC and prepare a short oral presentation to give to the class, saying what there is to see and what kind of tourist it would appeal to (see page 276).

www.si.edu

Explore the USA | UNI T 9

295

READY TO GO

Have you ever been to New York? What did you see and do there? What was your favourite part? If you haven’t been, what places would you like to see?

LOOK CLOSER Most of Manhattan’s roads are straight and form a grid pattern. ‘Streets’ go from east to west and are numbered progressively as you head uptown . ‘Avenues’ run in a northsouth direction and Fifth Avenue is the dividing line between the East Side and the West Side. Each section is called a block. The downtown area, the tip of Manhattan, is older and the layout is more random with streets that have names instead of numbers.

Uptown and downtown are often used when talking about American cities. Downtown refers to the business and commercial centre of the city, while uptown refers to the part of the city away from the centre, usually a residential area. Midtown is the area between the two.

Other major cities New York City

Go to the FLIP BOOK and explore the map.

‘I wanna wake up in a city that doesn’t sleep’, Frank Sinatra, New York, New York The Big Apple, the city that never sleeps, the financial capital of the world: New York City seems very familiar thanks to film and TV, but nothing can prepare you for actually seeing the iconic skyscrapers and famous streets and experiencing the energy and social diversity for yourself. New York City is composed of five boroughs: Manhattan, Brooklyn, Queens, the Bronx and Staten Island. Most first-time visitors will concentrate their sightseeing on the central island of Manhattan.

D STATUE OF LIBERTY AND ELLIS ISLAN In the middle of New York Harbour, the Statue of Liberty has been standing as a symbol of freedom since 1886. The statue, 93 metres high, depicts Liberty holding a torch as a beacon of light to the world, and was donated to the American people by the French. There is a museum in the pedestal and you can access the observation deck. Nearby is Ellis Island which served as an immigration station from 1892 to 1954. The museum recaptures the lives of those who passed through the immigration process with photographs, maps and personal stories. Boat trips leave from Battery Park or you can catch the free Staten Island Ferry for a good view if you do not actually want to stop on the islands.

FINANCIAL DISTRICT

Why is the number 1776 symbolic for the USA?

The area on the tip of Manhattan is home to the financial district, with its symbols of economic strength like the New York Stock Exchange and Wall Street. The National September 11 Memorial commemorates the 9/11 terrorist attacks (see page 287). There are two pools in the original footprints of the twin towers, with waterfalls cascading down the sides and the names of the victims inscribed on bronze panels around the pools. White oak trees are planted in the plaza. The underground museum provides a moving account of that day’s events. Built to a symbolic 1,776 feet, One World Trade Center opened to the public in 2015 and there are high speed lifts to take you to the observation decks, where, as you can imagine, the views are breathtaking. One World Trade Center towering above the other skyscrapers

Reading comprehension 2 Read the texts on pages 296 and 297 and answer these questions.

296

1 Where is the Statue of Liberty situated and what does it represent? 2 What can you see at Ellis Island? 3 What is the National September 11 Memorial? UNI T 9 | HIGHLIGHTS

4 Which two skyscrapers with observation decks can you find in midtown Manhattan? 5 What can you do and see at the Rockefeller Center? 6 Where is a good place to go shopping?

MIDTOWN

In Midtown, a lot of the major sights are situated along or near Fifth Avenue. The 102-storey, art deco Empire State Building has two observatories on the 86th and the 102nd floors with fantastic 360° views. Further uptown, the observation decks at Top of the Rock in the Rockefeller Center also offer fantastic views of the city’s skyline. Perhaps it is best to do one skyscraper in daylight and the other at sunset or night when the city lights create a whole new atmosphere. The other buildings and the underground concourse of the Rockefeller Center Times Square contain shops, restaurants and the famous ice rink and tree in the plaza during the winter holiday season. Times Square, in the heart of the theatre district, is full of neon advertising signs and places selling theatre tickets for the many Broadway shows. The Museum of Modern Art (MoMA) houses one of the finest collections of modern and contemporary art in the world, with masterpieces such as van Gogh’s The Starry Night, Picasso’s Demoiselles d’Avignon, Dali’s Persistence of Memory and Warhol’s Gold Marilyn Monroe. Some of the best shopping is on Fifth Avenue between 39th and 60th Streets, with designer boutiques and icons like Tiffany & Co and Sak’s.

INSIDER TOP TIP GPS not working on your phone? No need to panic! Each lamppost in Central Park is marked with a number: the first two or three digits tell you the nearest street, while the last number tells you if you are on the West Side (odd number) or East Side (even number).

CENTRAL PARK

Right in the middle of Manhattan, Central Park stretches from 59th to 110th Street and covers an area of more than 300 hectares. This immense green space offers visitors and residents a break from city life. There is a lake, several ponds and a large reservoir, beautiful green areas for sunbathing, picnics and relaxing, ball fields for playing sport, tennis courts, two ice rinks, a zoo and many paths and walks. On the West side of the park, there is the American Museum of Natural History, which showcases everything from dinosaurs to outer space. On the East side, you will find the Metropolitan Museum of Art, also known as the 'Met Fifth Avenue', with more than two million works of art covering over 5,000 years of history. Nearby, there is also the distinctive Guggenheim Museum, designed by Frank Lloyd Wright with a curving structure and spiral ramp, which houses an impressive collection with works by the major Cubists and Chagall and Kandinsky.

2.22 FCE Listen to a tour guide describing different districts of New York and complete the information.

Chinatown

The West Village

• Stores selling (1) _________, traditional porcelain and Chinese foodstuffs. • Columbus Park where people practise (2) ________ or play traditional card games. • Museum of (3) ________ with the history of immigration.

• Home to rebellious countercultural groups in (4) ________. • Washington Square Park is typically full of (5) ________ and students.

Chelsea & the Meatpacking District • Home to many renowned (6) ________. • High Line Park built on a former elevated (7) ________. • Whitney Museum of American Art opened in (8) ________.

ACTIV IT IE S

Listening

Speaking 4 In small groups, decide which place(s) in Manhattan you would recommend to a visitor who...

1 is interested in history. 2 has teenage children. 3 loves shopping.

4 wants to see good views of the city. 5 doesn’t have much time. 6 wants to escape from the busy streets and traffic.

5 What would be on your own must-see and must-do list for New York? Work with a partner to compile a list, then compare your list with another pair, giving reasons for your choices.

Explore the USA | UNI T 9

297

READY TO GO

In which state is San Francisco situated? What do you know about the city?

The Beat Generation was a social and literary movement in the USA, centered in the bohemian, artistic areas of cities like San Francisco, Los Angeles and New York. The dot-com bubble was a period of technological fever in the late 1990s: numerous internet-based companies were rapidly founded and equally rapidly collapsed when the ‘bubble’ burst.

Which other cities do you know about that have an important Chinatown?

298

UNI T 9 | OVERVIEW

San Francisco

Go to the FLIP BOOK and explore the map.

San Francisco is situated on the tip of a peninsula on the northern coast of California, surrounded by water on three sides and built on steep hills. Founded by Spanish colonists, destroyed by an earthquake and fire in 1906, home to the Beat Generation in the 1950s, hippies in the 1960s, and the dot-com bubble in the 1990s: it is a progressive and unconventional city. Fisherman’s Wharf, the historic fishing port area of the city, is now a popular tourist attraction full of souvenir shops and restaurants. Boat trips around the bay and to the tiny island of Alcatraz start from here. Alcatraz was a maximum-security prison from 1934 to 1963 for some of the country’s most notorious criminals, such as Al Capone. Today you can visit the abandoned prison buildings and cells, learning about its history, prisoners and escape attempts, as well as walk around the rest of the island to see the marine, bird and animal life, together with the great views. Start your tour of San Francisco’s waterfront area at Ghirardelli Square, where you can buy some of the famous Ghirardelli chocolate, a company which has been in business since the mid-19th century. A short walk will take you to Pier 39, home to hundreds of sea lions that live in the bay and take over the floating platforms to relax in the sun. The area has great seafood restaurants and food stalls selling dishes made with local seafood such as clam chowder, a rich soup served in sourdough bread bowls. The Embarcadero is a wide promenade along the bay, often full of joggers and skaters, with plenty of hotels and restaurants. Just off the Embarcadero, there is the Levi Strauss & Co Global Headquarters and Plaza Store where you can learn all about the history of the company and its blue jeans, first patented by Levi Strauss in 1873. You can take an iconic cable car to reach Chinatown, one of the largest Chinese communities outside Asia. The large green decorated gateway takes you onto Grant Avenue, one of the main streets of the district, full of souvenir stores and restaurants. There are many examples of typical Chinese architecture, with gold decorations and brightly painted houses, such as the red and green pagoda-style building which was once the Chinese Telephone Exchange.

Video: The Golden Gate Bridge

LOOK CLOSER The Golden Gate Bridge with its orange towers is probably one of the most famous bridges in the world. This suspension bridge was built between 1933 and 1937 and connects the city with Marin County on the other side of the Golden Gate Strait. You can drive, walk and cycle across the 1.7 mile bridge to get excellent views of the city. Although the views won’t be quite as good, it is quite evocative and almost haunting when the fog starts rolling in and begins to cover it. At the southern end of the bridge there is a Visitors Centre with information on the history and construction, and several great viewpoints where you can admire this incredible masterpiece of engineering.

California Academy of Sciences

The cable cars in San Francisco first started operating in 1873 and are an iconic symbol of the city. Only three lines (ten miles of track) remain today and they are classified as a National Historic Landmark. You can see how the motors and system work at the Cable Car Museum and Powerhouse.

The Golden Gate Park stretches to the Pacific Ocean. It is an enormous area of lakes, woods, paths and bicycle routes. Of particular interest are the Japanese Tea Gardens, with carp-filled ponds, cherry trees and bridges, the Conservatory of Flowers, a glass and wooden greenhouse, and the Botanical Gardens. The park also houses several important museums including the California Academy of Sciences, whose building was designed by Renzo Piano, with a planetarium, aquarium, a rain forest and a ‘living roof’.

The Painted Ladies

There are many other places of interest to visit during your tour of San Francisco. The Painted Ladies are rows of pretty painted Victorian-style houses on the streets around Alamo Square. If you’re feeling adventurous, you could drive down Lombard street, famous for its eight extremely tight hairpin bends, or even walk up it if you have the energy. Another place for a great view is the Coit Tower, situated on the top of Telegraph hill. Built in 1933, it is 210 feet tall pillar with an open-air viewing platform and some interesting murals in the lobby which depict life in San Francisco during the 1930s.

2 Read the texts on pages 298 and 299 and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. 1 An earthquake hit San Francisco at the beginning of the 20th century. 2 The only thing to see on Alcatraz island is the former prison. 3 On Pier 39 you can see lots of sea lions in captivity. 4 The area known as Chinatown is quite large. 5 The Golden Gate Bridge connects the two halves of San Francisco together. 6 The Golden Gate Park is all natural with no man-made structures. 7 Painted Ladies is the name given to the shopping district of San Francisco. 8 You can travel everywhere in the city by cable car.

T F

AC TI V IT IE S

Reading comprehension

Internet research & Writing 3 In pairs, decide which tourist attractions and districts in San Francisco you would like to visit. Look at a map, including transport options, to plan the best order in which to see them. How many could you feasibly see in a day? Now write your itinerary for a day’s sightseeing in San Francisco.

www.sftravel.com Explore the USA | UNI T 9

299

READY TO GO

Entertainment

Do you enjoy going to theme parks? Are there any in the USA that you would like to visit?

Kennedy Space Center

ORLANDO

Florida is one of the first states that comes to mind when thinking about family fun and entertainment. And Orlando, a city in the middle of the peninsula, is the centre of the The Magic Kingdom world of theme parks. Here, Walt Disney World has four main theme parks: the Magic Kingdom, Epcot, Disney’s Hollywood Studios and Disney’s Animal Kingdom Park, as well as two water parks, sports, shopping and hotel complexes. The Magic Kingdom is the park that everyone immediately thinks of, with Cinderella’s fairy-tale castle, Mickey Mouse and other characters walking around to greet visitors, lots of rides and firework displays. Accommodation is available in themed hotels within Walt Disney World or you can choose to rent a villa or stay in one of the many hotels along International Drive in Orlando, within easy reach of a huge range of shops and restaurants. Other big attractions in the area are Universal Orlando, with high-tech film-themed attractions and thrilling rides, and LEGOLAND® Resort Florida, which is a popular attraction for younger visitors. There is also SeaWorld, a large marine park, though this has been subject to recent controversy regarding some shows which use killer whales. On the east coast of Florida, less than an hour’s drive from Orlando, is the Kennedy Space Center – the centre of the US space programme since 1964. Visitors can see spacesuits, lunar modules, mission capsules and a flight deck, as well as try the simulated shuttle launch experience.

LAS VEGAS

DID YOU KNOW? Currently, six of the ten largest hotels in the world are situated in Las Vegas!

300

UNI T 9 | HIGHLIGHTS

Las Vegas, an oasis of neon in the middle of the Nevada desert, is the destination for entertainment, luxury shopping and first-class dining. It is a sensory overload of sound and light which continually reinvents itself. Once a city of dark casinos controlled by organised crime groups, it is now home to colossal casino-hotel complexes, run by huge corporations. These are extravagant examples of architecture recreating famous cities and landmarks from around the world: The Venetian has the Rialto Bridge, Palazzo Ducale and Campanile from Venice; Paris has the Eiffel Tower and Arc de Triomphe; Luxor has an Ancient Egyptian theme with a pyramid-shaped hotel and giant sphinx. Bellagio, inspired by the town on Lake Como, is an elegant complex famous for its botanical gardens and spectacular dancing fountains, with synchronised music and light shows. As well as the casinos, these hotels all offer world-class entertainment and shows, with international artists and dance and theatrical groups like Cirque du Soleil. There are plenty of opportunities for luxury shopping, and you can eat in a variety of places from all-you-can-eat buffets to celebrity chef restaurants. All the hotels are situated along either side of The Strip – the four mile long road that runs through the city. At the southern end is the famous Las Vegas Welcome Sign, perfect for a photo, while at the northern end you can try the thrilling rides at the top of the Stratosphere Tower.

LOS ANGELES

Los Angeles, as the home of the film and entertainment industry, has everything film fans could want. For many, it is Hollywood which captures the glamour of the film industry. First you can visit the Hollywood and Highland Centre, which includes the Dolby Theatre where the Oscar Ceremony is held. Guided tours of the theatre come with the chance to see a real statuette. On Hollywood Boulevard, there is the historic TCL Chinese Theatre with the handprints, footprints and signatures of Hollywood’s big names in concrete blocks. The Walk of Fame, with hundreds of brass stars embedded in the sidewalk, celebrates the achievement of actors, musicians, directors and producers. And looming above all of this is the Hollywood Sign, once a property advertisement. You can also take your choice of film studio tours. Paramount Studios, which are still located in Hollywood and date back to 1917, offer several types of tour to give you a behind-the-scenes look at the work of a film studio. You can see the Bronson Gate, the iconic arched entrance to the studios, a New York Street Backlot and the Prop Warehouse. During the Warner Bros. Studio Tour, in Burbank, you explore the sets and soundstages which were used to create series like The Big Bang Theory and Gilmore Girls and see some original props used in many films. Universal Studios, also in Burbank, is more of a theme park than a studio tour with a 3D simulator, live stunt shows and a carousel, though it also includes an hour’s tram ride through some of the areas where filming happens.

INSIDER TOP TIP One of the best places to get a good view of the Hollywood sign and the rest of the LA Basin is from the Griffith Observatory. This art deco building has been used as a backdrop for many films and is worth a visit in its own right.

looming che appare

2 Read the texts on pages 300 and 301 and decide which location(s)...

1 has theme parks. 2 presents the history of US space exploration. 3 has reproductions of famous monuments. 4 has connections to the company Universal.

5 offers simulated experiences. 6 has caused some disagreement over its practices. 7 has changed dramatically over the years. 8 lets you get close to the ‘stars’.

Listening 3

2.23 FCE Listen to a presentation of Six Flags amusement parks in the USA and complete the sentences with a word or short phrase.

1 The Six Flags company has _____________ amusement parks in the USA. 2 It has been in operation for over _____________. 3 They hold several records for the biggest, fastest and tallest _____________.

ACTIV IT IE S

Reading comprehension

4 At Six Flags Great America, near Chicago, the _____________ is the fastest in the world. 5 Some of the parks also have _____________. 6 The parks are not cheap: tickets can cost over $75, but you can find _____________ online.

Internet research & Writing 4 Look on the Internet and find out about these places:

• Memphis, Tennessee

• Myrtle Beach, South Carolina

• Bandera, Texas

Choose one of them and write a short description, concentrating on the attractions and entertainment on offer that you feel would appeal to young adult, Italian tourists.

Explore the USA | UNI T 9

301

UNIT

Explore the USA

ITINERARIES

Itinerary 1 – A tour of a New York borough BROOKLYN IN A DAY! Brooklyn, one of New York City’s outer boroughs, is an essential part to any visit to NYC, so here are our suggestions on how to see some of Brooklyn’s best sights in a day.

Start: City Hall (Subway Station: Brooklyn Bridge – City Hall)

ACTIVITIES

Brooklyn Heights

From opposite City Hall, you can access the pedestrian walkway to cross the iconic Brooklyn Bridge, opened in 1883. The walk takes just over 20 minutes, but you’ll want to allow more time so you can take a lot of photos, looking back towards Manhattan, out over the East River and across to Brooklyn Heights. The pedestrian exit from the bridge is not directly on the waterfront, so first you can walk through the historic district of Brooklyn Heights, one of New York’s most beautiful neighborhoods. Pierrepoint and Montague streets are lined with magnificent brownstone houses with the steps up to the front door, just like you will have seen in numerous movies. From here, you will reach the tree-lined walkway along the waterfront with amazing views of the Lower Manhattan Skyline.

Reading comprehension & Speaking 1

Look at the web page on pages 302 and 303 and answer these questions in pairs.

1 How much time is recommended for this itinerary? 2 Where does it start and finish? 3 What suggestions are there for how to get to and around Brooklyn? 4 What can you see from Brooklyn Bridge?

5 What are the waterfront areas of Brooklyn like? 6 What is there to do in and around Prospect Park? 7 What is the area of Williamsburg like? 8 Which areas of Brooklyn offer good places to eat?

Vocabulary 2 Read the itinerary again and underline the adjectives used to describe the district, views and places.

Speaking – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 3 In pairs, talk about what kind of tourist might enjoy this tour and why. 4 In pairs, practise a conversation between an assistant in a tourist information office in New York and a tourist who wants information on what to see and do in Brooklyn. Use the information on the web page to help.

302

UNI T 9 | ITINERARIES

Brooklyn Bridge Park

Further along in the direction of the bridge, you’ll find Brooklyn Bridge Park with more great, sweeping views. There are plenty of food vendors, as well as playgrounds and a roller rink. Continuing further north, past the bridge, you will be in Dumbo, a trendy area where the old warehouses have been converted into homes, galleries, performance art spaces and restaurants.

Brooklyn Museum

If the weather is not too great, head straight for the Brooklyn Museum. With approximately 1.5 million works, this museum is certainly worth a visit. Highlights include Ancient Egyptian art, the American Identities Exhibition and the Elizabeth A. Sackler Center for Feminist Art.

Prospect Park

A few stops on the subway will take you to Prospect Park. The main entrance to this pleasant park is an impressive beauxarts memorial arch. Within the park itself, laid out by the same landscapers who designed Central Park, you can relax or have a picnic. There is also an interesting zoo or you can visit the Brooklyn Botanic Garden with its Rose, Japanese and Shakespeare Gardens.

Williamsburg

You can end your day of sightseeing with some shopping in the trendy district of Williamsburg where you will find independent boutiques, bookstores, vintage shops and lots of street art. There are also plenty of bars, cocktail lounges and beer halls if you wish to spend the evening in Brooklyn. You can easily return to Manhattan and your hotel by subway or taxi.

Video tutorial

FIRST CONDITIONAL In the first conditional we use: main clause subordinate clause will + base form if + Present simple or modal verb Note that the two clauses can be inverted.

You’ll find plenty of bargains at the mall if you want to go shopping. If you have young children, they'll love the interactive exhibits at the museum. It is possible to use unless with the meaning of ‘if not’. You won’t get a table at the weekend unless you book in advance.

1 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.

ACT IV IT IE S

EXPLORE GRAMMAR

1 Unless you ____________ now, you ____________ the start of the show. (leave/miss) 2 If you ____________ a city pass, you ____________ a discount on the entrance ticket. (have/get) 3 If the weather ____________ bad on Saturday, they ____________ the parade. (not be/hold) 4 They ____________ you an audio guide in your language if you ____________ English. (give/not speak) 5 The guide ____________ you to the top of the tower if there ____________ time. (take/be)

Internet research & Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 5 Use the Internet to find out about what to see and do in the other outer boroughs of New York: the Bronx, Staten Island and Queens. Choose one of them and write an itinerary suitable for half a day which will appeal to a wide audience.

Explore the USA | UNI T 9

303

Itinerary 2 – A fly-drive holiday on the East Coast Travel plan for Jake Prescott and Eva Thompson Arrival

Boston Logan International Airport (BOS) 11.45 Delta Air Lines

Departure

Washington Dulles International Airport (IAD) 21.15 American Airlines

Car rental

Hertz Car Hire, 20 days, airport pick up/drop off (automatic, convertible Chevrolet Camaro or similar)

Accommodation 19 nights, 5* hotels, bed and breakfast basis Price Boston

£4,840 (per adult, excluding insurance)

Itinerary Boston – 4 nights

Boston was the birthplace of the American Revolution and is a great city in which to explore this important moment in American history. You can take a guided tour along the Freedom Trail, or walk it by yourself, to see places like Boston Common and Paul Revere House. The Museum of Fine Art has a great collection of French Impressionist paintings. A Boston Duck tour will give you a view of the city from water and land. Newbury Street has high-end stores and boutiques, while the out-of-town outlets have most major stores. We recommend a day trip to Cape Cod for some local seafood and to admire the typical New England architecture.

The Atlantic City boardwalk

New York City – 5 nights The hotel is in midtown Manhattan, not far from Fifth Avenue, so perfect for shopping in the street’s famous department stores and boutiques. The Rockefeller Center also has excellent shopping and food. For sightseeing, you won’t want to miss Central Park, the Empire State Building, the 9/11 Memorial, the Statue of Liberty and the Met. We suggest wandering around the Village, SoHo, Chelsea and the Meatpacking District for trendy shops, food and evening entertainment. You could also go to a Broadway show or a concert at Carnegie Hall. Atlantic City – 1 night This coastal city, famous for its Las Vegas-style resorts and the boardwalk along the beach, will give you a day and night full of entertainment and fun.

Philadelphia’s Museum of Art

304

UNI T 9 | ITINERARIES

Philadelphia – 2 nights An easy city to get around, you should definitely see the places connected to the birth of the United States including Independence Hall, the National Constitution Center and the Liberty Bell. You’ll probably want to take a photo at the top of the steps to the Philadelphia Museum of Art, even if you decide not to run up them like Rocky Balboa! The area of Reading Terminal Market is great for lunch with its restaurants and food stands, and South Street has some unusual boutiques.

Virginia Beach – 4 nights

A few days’ rest, sunbathing, walking along the beautiful beaches and boardwalk and sampling the local food. The hotel here has a spa where you can spend a few hours in complete relaxation and, if you feel like some sightseeing, the Chrysler Museum of Art and Currituck Beach Lighthouse and Museum are nearby. The out-of-town shopping malls are excellent, so make the most of this last opportunity to get some great bargains. Williamsburg – 1 night A horse-drawn carriage tour of historic Williamsburg

The colonial town of Williamsburg in Virginia is a living history museum of 18th-century colonial life and your hotel is a historic lodging right in the centre, so you can step back in time for a day. Washington – 2 nights

On the way to Washington, you could stop at Mount Vernon, George Washington’s original plantation home. Then, in Washington, see the sights along the Mall and choose from the many Smithsonian Institution museums. You’ll find the best restaurants, bars and boutiques away from the Mall in areas like New Downtown, Georgetown and Dupont Circle. Mount Vernon

Read the itinerary on pages 304 and 305 and discuss these questions in pairs.

1 How long is the trip for and what is the means 5 Who do you think has prepared this tour and of transport? why? 2 What is included in the price? What is not 6 Analysing the details of the tour (the budget, included? locations, activities suggested, etc.), what kind 3 What type of accommodation has been included? of brief do you think Jake Prescott and Eva 4 What kind of activities have been suggested for Thompson gave to the travel agent? each location?

ACTIVITIE S

Reading comprehension & Speaking

Phraseology 2 Read the itinerary again and underline the expressions which are used to make suggestions and give advice.

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 3 Write an email from the travel agent to the clients, Jake Prescott and Eva Thompson, to accompany this itinerary. Explain the most important parts of the trip and the reasons for the choices. Close the email by asking them if everything is OK, so you can confirm the bookings.

Speaking – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 4 In groups of three, role play a face-to-face meeting between the travel agent and the clients, Jake Prescott and Eva Thompson. The travel agent should explain the details of the proposed holiday, while the clients should ask questions about the itinerary, price, places to stay and so on.

Internet research & Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 5 Choose one of the following areas and plan a self-drive tour for 10 days which is suitable for a young couple. Use the itinerary on these pages to help you. • Texas and New Mexico • Florida • Lake Michigan

• Southern Atlantic Coast from Washington DC to St Augustine Northern Pacific Coast from Seattle to San Francisco •

Explore the USA | UNI T 9

305

Itinerary 3 – A river cruise on the Mississippi

ALL-AMERICAN CRUISE LINE COMPANY A six-day Mississippi River cruise from New Orleans to Memphis on board our luxury paddlewheeler The Mississippi Princess Day Two – Baton Rouge Despite being the state capital of Louisiana and home to two universities, Baton Rouge remains a sleepy, relaxed town. Our experts will take you to the art deco Louisiana State Capitol and the Old State Capitol, in pseudo Gothic style. After a tour of the historic neighborhoods, the day finishes at the interactive Louisiana State Museum.

This cruise will take you from the jazz of New Orleans to the blues of Memphis, discovering the history and culture of the region along the way. On board, you will experience our Southern hospitality, taste the finest cuisine prepared by our master chefs and be entertained in the evenings by our band. Our opulent staterooms have all the modern comforts of a premium hotel, with private balconies from which to admire the banks of the Mississippi passing by. Day One – New Orleans The cruise departs late afternoon, so arrive one or two days earlier to explore this vibrant city at your leisure. Walk around the bohemian French Quarter with its fine architecture and hidden courtyards, visit one of the many museums, stop at a club for some world-class jazz and try some of the best Cajun and Creole cuisine.

Day Three – St Francisville This picturesque Southern town will give you a glimpse of the region’s rich history as you walk around the centre with its churches, homes and courthouse. But the real appeal for most people is a visit to the plantations. The spectacular mansion of Rosedown reveals what life was like for the rich owners and for the slaves working on the cotton plantation in the 1800s. Day Four – Vicksburg We are now in the state of Mississippi where the city of Vicksburg played an important role during the Civil War (1861-1865). We will visit the battlefields and the National Military Park to learn about the campaign, siege and defense of the city with our expert local guide and historian. The 13,000 tombstones marked ‘unknown’ are a moving reminder of the loss of lives on both sides.

Day Five – Day on board Today you can relax on board as we cruise towards Memphis, Tennessee. You can choose to attend one of the optional cooking or history courses, or just sit back and admire the views of the passing countryside from one of our sun decks.

Day Six – Memphis Our tour ends today in Memphis: the home of the Blues and the birthplace of Rock ’n’ Roll. Add at least one extra day on to your holiday to tour the city’s famous locations like Beale Street, the National Civil Rights Museum and Sun Studios. You’ll also want to try some of the famous Memphis-style barbecue and, of course, take a trip to Graceland to celebrate Elvis.

Five nights/Six days

Prices from per person

(based on departures in April) *River cruise package includes all meals on board The Mississippi Princess, with water and sodas, and select wines at dinner. 2 cocktail evenings and 2 Afternoon Teas. All regular shore excursions, with guide and entrance fees.

paddlewheeler battello con ruote a pale

306

UNI T 9 | ITINERARIES

$1,285*

staterooms cabine siege assedio

Read the itinerary on page 306 and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. 1 The cruise promises the luxury and standards of a top class hotel. 2 One night’s accommodation in New Orleans is included in the package. 3 Baton Rouge is a vibrant town thanks to the two universities located there. 4 The plantations in St Francisville are the main attraction for many visitors. 5 Visitors will be given a guidebook to learn about the military history of Vicksburg. 6 On Day five of the cruise, there are no organised events. 7 Suggestions for what to do in Memphis include what local speciality to eat. 8 The price indicated is the highest price for departures in April.

T F

ACT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension

PASSEPARTOUT DESCRIBING A CRUISE • You can combine the cruise with a hotel stay in… • The ship sets sail from … and the cruise is for seven days. • There are five ports of call with many interesting shore excursions. • All staterooms have an ensuite bathroom with shower. • Pools, waterslides, hot tubs, a fitness centre and sports courts are available for all guests.

• It offers 28 dining choices and 22 bars and lounges. • There is a kids’ club and a teens’ club, open 10 hours a day. • An inside stateroom offers good value for money. • There is a 20% discount for bookings made this month/for cruises in October.

ALTERNANZA SCUOLA-LAVORO

Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

2 Write a circular letter from the company All-American Cruise Line to send to UK travel agencies to promote the company and this Mississippi cruise. Use the leaflet on page 306 to help you and invent any other details.

HINTS & TIPS How to choose a cruise When choosing the most suitable cruise for a client, it is essential to think about: • destination Would the ports of call be interesting for the clients? • weather Are they looking for sunny weather or isn’t it important? • length, starting/end points How much time do the clients have and do they want a fly-cruise or a cruise-stay option?

COMPITO DI REALTÀ

• company Many nationalities prefer travelling with a specific cruise company. • size of the ship / amenities Do the clients want a large ship or a smaller, more intimate experience? • budget How much do they want to spend and what kind of cabin would they like to stay in?

Choosing a cruise

Work in small groups. Each group should choose a different combination of destination and client from the table below. Using the Internet and/or brochures from travel agencies, compare existing offers for cruises which could be suitable. Then prepare a presentation on the best cruise option, including details of the cruise, the ship, the itinerary, the cost and the reasons for your decision. DESTINATIONS

CLIENTS

The coast of New England

An Italian couple in their late sixties who can travel at any time of the year.

Pacific Northwest and Alaska

An American family with two young children, looking for some hot weather and family-friendly activities.

Hawaii Islands

Two English friends who are interested in nature and have a limited budget.

Explore the USA | UNI T 9

307

Itinerary 4 – Two package holidays in National Parks

Jones & Maskill

Specialists in US travel since 2002

You will not be disappointed by the Great Outdoors in the USA. Here we propose two self-drive tours of by far the most spectacular National Parks in the west of the country which are guaranteed to take your breath away.

Self - Dr ive

12 days/ 11 nights

8 days/7

nights

CALIFORNIA’S NATIONAL PARKS

UTAH’S NATIONAL PARKS

Flight Inclusive Package from

£1,759 Accommodation only from £769

Flight Inclusive Package from

Based on selected departures in May Admission fees not included

TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

• Explore dynamic San Francisco at the start or end of your tour • See the incredible granite rock formations in Yosemite National Park • Look up at the giant sequoias in Sequoia and Kings Canyon National Parks • See an eerie ghost town in Death Valley National Park • Admire the strange shape of the Joshua Trees in the National Park of the same name • Spend a day in thrilling Los Angeles • Enjoy the wildlife and remote beauty of the Channel Islands

• Start or end your tour with a night of fun in Las Vegas • Immerse yourself in the stunning scenery of Zion National Park, the oldest park in Utah • Take a moonlight tour of Bryce Canyon with a park ranger • Explore the hundreds of red and gold arches and pinnacles of Arches National Park • View the deep canyons and dramatic cliffs of Canyonlands National Park • Drive into Monument Valley for the archetypal Wild West scenery

£1,459 Accommodation only from £469

Want an even more exciting way to tour the parks? Contact us for details of renting a classic Harley Davidson motorcycle! Want to add on another destination? Contact us and our experts will help organise your dream itinerary. Itinerary – Route 66 308

UNI T 9 | ITINERARIES

eerie inquietante

Read the itineraries in the brochure on page 308 and answer these questions.

1 What kind of company is Jones & Maskill? 2 What features do the two tours that they present have in common? 3 What two booking options have clients got with these tours? 4 How long is the California tour and what can you see or do? 5 How long is the Utah tour and what can you see or do? 6 How can clients personalise the tour?

ACT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension

Vocabulary 2 Underline the adjectives and expressions used in the brochure that describe the beauty of the parks and the experiences offered by the tours.

Speaking – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 3 In pairs, act out this conversation in a travel agency. Then swap roles. TRAVEL AGENT

CUSTOMER

You work in a travel agency in the UK and a customer is interested in touring some of the National Parks in California or Utah. Listen to his/her requests and suggest one of the tours on page 308, recommending any changes or additions.

You go to a travel agency in the UK as you are interested in touring some of the National Parks in California or Utah. Add one of the following to your request for information: travel by motorcycle/campervan; add on two days in San Francisco/Los Angeles/Las Vegas; visit the Grand Canyon.

EXPLORE GRAMMAR INTENSIFYING COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES • We use a lot, much, far and even with comparative adjectives as intensifiers. It is NOT possible to use very. Exploring the parks with a ranger is a lot more interesting than doing it alone. The walk up the mountain was far harder than I imagined. This is very more exciting than... • We use a lot, much, far and even with more + noun as intensifiers. With plural nouns we can also use many. I would have liked to spend much more time in Monument Valley. In the past, there were many more species of plants in the forest. • We use by far, quite and almost with superlative adjectives as intensifiers. That part of the trip was by far the most exciting.

Go to the FLIP BOOK and do the exercises.

Internet research & Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 4 Following a similar style to the one on page 308,

WYOMING

prepare a page for the Jones & Maskill brochure for a package tour of Wyoming’s National Parks. Decide the length of the tour, the arrival/departure points, the means of transport and accommodation, the itinerary and highlights of the things to do and see. Remember to include the price, some photos and a map.

Explore the USA | UNI T 9

309

UNIT

Creating your itinerary

Guided itinerary 1

You work for a tour company which wants to add a package holiday to Florida to its brochure. Decide the destination(s) for the holiday and prepare a package holiday using this information:

• aimed at families

• 7 nights/8 days

• medium budget

Your description of the package holiday should include:

• a short description of the place(s), the weather and what to do there; • flights and travel arrangements; • the type of accommodation and board; • the cost, any special offers or reductions.

What to think about • Look at the information about Florida on pages 290 and 300 and on the Internet. Choose the area(s) you think are most suitable for families. • Which is the nearest international airport? Will you include car rental or provide transport? If you include more than one area, think about how long it will take to travel between the places. • Think about what kind of accommodation would be best for families. Would full board or self-catering be best? Which would be the most economical? • The package needs to be attractive. Are there any extras you could include to make it more appealing? • The price needs to be affordable. What kind of special offer could you have (for example, for advance bookings or an out-of-season discount)?

2 You work for a travel agency and two clients have asked you for a fly-drive holiday to the USA, driving along Route 66 from Chicago to Los Angeles. They have a maximum of 18 days and would like to stay in low-cost accommodation en route to allow them more money for some entertainment and shopping in Los Angeles.

• Plan the route and which towns/cities they should stop in, giving reasons. • Give details of the distance for each day’s driving and any tips for driving in the USA. • Provide details of the type of accommodation. • Suggest what to do and see when they arrive in Los Angeles.

3 You work for visittheusa.com and have been asked to prepare some webpages presenting winter sports possibilities for visitors. Choose one of the following states and prepare a text to promote winter sports there, including details of the resorts, amenities, accommodation options and other attractions. Also indicate how to get there and, if appropriate, possible itineraries so that visitors can include more than one destination during their trip.

310

• California

• Colorado

UNI T 9 | Creating your itinerary

• New York

• Utah

• Vermont

• Wyoming

4 Prepare a leaflet to advertise a full-day walking tour in one of the cities below. Decide your target market and the monuments and places you would like to include. You should state the arrival/departure points and times, details of the places to visit and the cost. Think of an interesting title for your tour to attract attention.

• Atlanta • Birmingham • Chicago

• Nashville • Detroit • Philadelphia

• San Diego • Santa Fe • Seattle

5 Now write a circular letter to promote your tour from exercise 4 to local travel agencies, tourist information offices and visitor centres. Use the information from the leaflet you wrote, and invent the other details about your company (its experience, reputation, guides and so on).

6 You work for a US travel agency and have been asked to prepare an itinerary for a two-week holiday for four adults. Their requests are:

• to rent a large campervan; • to travel from Seattle to Chicago (where they live); • maximum 15 days; • to visit the Cascade Mountains, Glacier National Park, Little Bighorn, Mount Rushmore and Badlands National Park, South Dakota. Prepare the itinerary, giving information regarding the driving distances for each day and what to see and do in each place.

7 You work for an events organiser in Atlanta, Georgia, and are looking for some places outside the city as options to include in the conference and events packages you offer companies. Use this map and the Internet to help you choose two different locations: one suitable for a guided tour with historical/cultural points of interest and one for outdoor pursuits. Then prepare a short presentation of both places and the things to do.

8 Plan a four-day trip to New York City for a group of Italians aged between 19 and 25. Write the itinerary for each day’s sightseeing, including information on:

• what and where to eat; • shopping; • evening entertainment.

Explore the USA | UNI T 9

311

UNIT

Professional competences

How to present a national park Watch 1

Watch the video on Denali National Park, Alaska, and choose the correct option.

1 Denali National Park is an area of around six million acres located 240 miles north/south of Anchorage. 2 Private vehicles can access all/some of the road through the park. 3 Savage River Loop Trail offers an easy/a difficult walk. 4 The Park bus doesn’t offer/offers a chance of seeing wildlife like moose and caribou. 5 It is rare/common to see black bears. 6 You can/cannot camp within the park.

www.nps.gov/dena/index.htm

PASSEPARTOUT PRESENTING A NATIONAL PARK General description and services • It is the largest park in the state/country, with over 4 million visitors per year. • The park is open all year/seasonally, but some roads are closed in winter. • Covering an area of about … acres/hectares, it is one of the smallest in the country. • There are five visitor centres where rangers/staff will be happy to help you. • You can pick up maps at the entrance. • There is an entrance charge of $15 per car. • You can rent mountain bikes and helmets at the visitor centre. • Camping is/isn’t permitted in the park.

What to see and do • The awe-inspiring/breathtaking/jaw-dropping views of the mountains/pinnacles/arches/rock formations... • The immensity of the river/waterfall/glacier/lake… • There is an abundance of wildlife/flora. • The park is at its most beautiful in winter/at sunset. • The best period for bird watching/wild flowers is spring. • If you are lucky, you will see eagles/bears/deer/wolves. • The best place/time to observe elk/prairie dogs/bison is… • The easiest way to explore is with a guided walk. • Drive around the scenic road and stop at one of the many viewing points. • There are plenty of opportunities for rock climbing/ white-water rafting/canoeing with trained guides.

Advice • Avoid leaving food in your car. • Do not leave the marked footpaths or trails. • Always check the weather forecast before going on an off-trail hike. • You should be well-prepared with warm clothes/plenty of water/sturdy walking boots. • Don’t forget sunglasses/ binoculars/insect repellent. • Pay attention: the rocks/paths may be dangerous when wet.

Practise 2 Complete this description of Theodore Roosevelt National Park, North Dakota, using some of the expressions in the box above. This park, which bears the name of the President and conservationist Theodore Roosevelt, is divided into two units. Both the South Unit and North Unit have (1) ____________ located just inside the park entrances, where you can get information and maps and where rangers (2) ____________. In the South Unit, you can (3) ____________ the scenic loop road, 36 miles long, with many places to stop and learn about the park’s features. The Painted Canyon area is open (4) ____________, usually from May to October, and offers (5) ____________ views of the badlands. The North Unit has a shorter scenic drive and is spectacular at sunrise or sunset, which are the (5) ____________ deer, elk, bison and other animals.

Do 3 You are a guide in a national park in Italy and need to give an introductory talk to a group of tourists before taking them on a guided hike. Prepare your talk, using the Internet and guidebooks to help you with the details, then give your presentation to the rest of the class.

312

UNI T 9 | Professional competences

National parks park entrance

AT THE PARK ranger/guide guardia forestale signpost cartello/indicazione volunteer volontario warning sign segnale di pericolo weather report previsioni meteo

viewpoint

picnic site

conserve conservare damage danneggiare endanger mettere in pericolo explore esplorare hike fare unâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;escursione protect proteggere respect rispettare save salvare spoil rovinare

shuttle bus

horse/hiking trail

campsite

toilet facilities cycle path

FAUNA

FLORA

deciduous deciduo evergreen sempreverde

native plants piante native rare species specie rare

amphibians

birds

fish

insects

mammals

reptiles

endangered species specie a rischio extinct estinto

native species specie nativa wildlife natura

EQUIPMENT

hiking boots

rucksack / backpack

trekking poles

torch/flashlight

cool box

penknife

rope

insect repellant

binoculars

first aid kit

compass

GPS Explore the USA | UNI T 9

313

How to present a theme park Watch 1

Watch the video of a travel agent talking about Universal Orlando Resort, Florida, and complete the sentences.

1 As well as a theme park, Universal Studios is a working _______________. 2 There are _______________ rides like Despicable Me Minion Mayhem as well as real, physical rollercoasters. 3 One of the newest attractions is the Wizarding World of Harry Potter and the Hogwarts Express which _______________ the two theme parks. 4 It is helpful to download the resort’s app to see show times and _______________ for the rides. 5 With an on-site hotel and park entry package you have many benefits, such as ____________ to the park.

www.universalorlando.com/web/en/us/index.html

PASSEPARTOUT PRESENTING A THEME PARK Giving practical information • The park is located about 1 hour by car from the airport/the city. • You can reach the parks on foot or by shuttle bus. • There are various tickets for multiple-entry to one or more parks. • You can save time and avoid the queues with an express ticket. • Opening times vary during the year, but are usually from 8 a.m. to midnight. • There are height or age restrictions on some of the rides. • With the app, you can see the waiting times for each ride. Saying where to stay/eat • With an on-site hotel you are in the heart of the excitement. • Accommodation packages include entry to all the parks, plus other benefits. • You can choose from over 30 different restaurants for your meals.

Describing the park's characteristics • The park offers something for everyone, with rollercoasters, water rides and carousels. • Rides which are suitable for wheelchair users are clearly indicated. • The park is divided into six lands or areas, each with a different theme. • This area of the park is ideal for young children. • Be prepared to get wet/to scream with this state-of-the-art ride. • There is the opportunity for children to meet their favourite cartoon characters around the park. • The parade/The firework display is probably the highlight of the day for younger visitors. • All generations will be amazed by the entertainment/the shows/ the live music. • Last year they introduced two new rides/attractions and updated the dining facilities.

Practise 2 Complete this description of Disneyland, California, using some of the expressions in the box above. The original Disneyland (1) ____________ about 45 minutes by car from downtown LA. It first opened in 1955 and today it (2) ____________ eight areas, each with a different theme, with rollercoasters, water rides, a haunted house and many other attractions. There are (3) ____________ on some of the rides, but you will still find plenty for children to do, such as the live shows or (4) ____________ their favourite Disney characters. Staying in a Disneyland (5) ____________ will give you entry to the park, just a short walk away, (6) ____________ such as advance entrance and discounts on merchandise.

Do 3 You are a travel agent with a customer interested in a family holiday at a theme park. Choose a theme park of your choice in Italy or the USA, and use the Internet to find out about it. Prepare a short talk to give to the rest of the class, including details about how to get there, what to do and see and where to stay.

314

UNI T 9 | Professional competences

Amusement parks RIDES AND ATTRACTIONS

big wheel/ferris wheel

bumper cars/dodgems

drop tower

haunted house

house of mirrors

rollercoaster

swing ride

monorail

castle

3D cinema

show

parade

childrenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s rides

merry-go-round/carousel

cup and saucer ride

inflatables

log flume

water raft ride

water slide

wave pool

Types of parks amusement park parco divertimenti aquarium acquario funfair luna park safari park parco safari/zoosafari theme park parco a tema water park parco acquatico zoo zoo

Facilities baby changing fasciatoio cash machine bancomat entrance gate/exit cancello d'ingresso/uscita first-aid point punto di primo soccorso gift shop negozio di articoli da regalo information/guest services point punto informazioni lockers armadietti lost property oggetti smarriti

queue coda fast track ticket biglietto saltafila wait-time app applicazione per i tempi dâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;attesa

Explore the USA | UNI T 9

315

UNIT

Test your knowledge and skills

Native American Culture in the USA There are plenty of places to experience Native American culture in the USA. Here are some of the best. The name Oklahoma comes from the Choctaw Native American language, meaning ‘red people' and the state is permeated with Native American history and culture. The National Historical Trail, known as the 'Trail of Tears', is the route along which, in 1838-1839, the Cherokee were forcibly removed from their land to reservations, and there are many museums and heritage sites. In June, the three-day Red Earth Festival is when over 40,000 indigenous people meet to parade, dance, sing, tell stories and exhibit their artwork. Named after Native American Olympic gold medal athlete, James Thorpe, known as Wa-Tho-Huk, or `Bright Path', the Jim Thorpe Native American Games in Shawnee see over 1,500 Native American athletes from 70 different tribes compete in 10 different sports. On the fourth weekend of April, the Gathering of Nations takes place in Albuquerque, New Mexico. People come for the world's largest Native American cultural event, known as a ‘powwow’ (a ceremony with feasting, singing and dancing). This powwow has live performances, a market of Indian goods and delicious Native American food. But the best part of the powwow is the opening,

or the Grand Entry, when thousands of dancers enter the arena wearing traditional dress and beating drums. New Mexico’s Santa Fe is also full of Native American culture. You can see it in the street-sellers with their crafts and jewellery in the historic Plaza, and in the city’s many art galleries and museums. Every August there is a market where you can buy traditional art and crafts made of stone, bronze or pottery, as well as jewellery and paintings. It is a great opportunity to learn about Native American traditions, entertainment, food and culture. Crow Fair in Montana becomes the tepee capital of the world in August, when it hosts 1,500 traditional Native American tents in an enormous camp. Every day there are parades and every evening there are powwows. There is also a rodeo and a closing dance event in the camp. Nearby, you can visit the Custer Battlefield Museum, where the famous Battle for Little Bighorn began, or the Little Bighorn Battlefield National Monument, the site of the American Army’s defeat by the Sioux and the Cheyenne tribes. For Native American museums, try the National Museum of the American Indian in New York City, home to one of the world’s largest collections. Highlights include objects from everyday life such as traditional jackets for mothers to feed and carry babies

in, ceremonial headdresses, pipes and costumes, and beautiful examples of Native American artwork. There is also a multimedia exhibition of Native American dance ceremonies and a Tipi Room, explaining their origin and purpose. Also Washington DC is home to an extensive Native American collection at its Smithsonian National Museum of the American Indian. It has beautiful objects and interactive displays, an extensive photographic archive and exhibitions tracing American Indian life and philosophy. But the museum’s highlights are the imagiNATIONS Activity Center, where you can explore transport, clothes, homes and tools, and the Mitsitam Native Foods Cafe, where you can eat traditional Native American food, like fry bread and corn totopos.

Reading comprehension 1

ES Read the article and answer these questions.

1 Why is the National Historical Trail in Oklahoma known as the Trail of Tears? 2 What’s the best part of the Gathering of Nations’ powwow? 3 What traditional arts and crafts can you find in Santa Fe’s market?

4 What attractions can you visit near Montana’s Crow Fair? 5 What everyday objects can you see in the National Museum of the American Indian in New York? 6 What are the highlights of the Smithsonian National Museum of the American Indian?

Tourism theory 2 Write two short paragraphs to explain: 1 the essential information a tourist needs to know before visiting the USA; 2 the reasons why Florida is an attractive destination for international tourists.

316

UNI T 9 | Test your knowledge and skills

Listening & Phraseology 3

FCE You will hear five short extracts from visitors to the USA. Listen and decide what each speaker (1-5) thought about the USA (a-h). 2.24

a I couldn’t believe just how big the USA is. b I didn’t realise you have to leave at least 20% gratuity in bars and restaurants. c I didn’t know that Americans like to keep their distance from each other. d I found it incredibly difficult to cross the road in big cities. e I realised how amazing the national parks are in the USA. f I liked the fact you get a free refill when you order a coffee or soft drink. g I loved seeing the colours of the trees in the autumn. h I was surprised just how friendly Americans are.

Speaker 1 Speaker 2 Speaker 3 Speaker 4 Speaker 5

2.24 Listen again and complete these sentences. Then match them to the functions they express.

1 They’re awesome and ___________ if you have time. 2 ___________ I’d had more time to explore though. 3 A ___________ about crossing the road on red. 4 If ___________, they should get a decent wage in the first place. 5 ___________ a great idea! 6 It was ___________ revelation.

a b c d e f

expressing enthusiasm giving a warning making a recommendation expressing regret giving an opinion expressing surprise

Writing 5 You are a tour operator. Plan a road trip around California or New England for a group of young Italian students. In your itinerary you should include: • the route and optional stopovers • the timescale needed with/without the stops • the best time to take the trip

• accommodation or dining suggestions. • the main attractions in different destinations

Video role play & Speaking 6

Watch this video of a conversation between a tour guide and a tourist who wants to book a guided tour of New York. Read the prompts on the screen and take the role of the tour guide.

Now watch the full version of the video and compare your answers.

8 In pairs, role play a similar conversation between a British tourist, who wants to book a sightseeing tour of a city of

your choice in the USA, and an American tour guide. Remember to swap roles. Ask and answer about: • the start and end points of the tour • the length of the tour • the sights visited • the number of people on the tour • additional features (shopping, lunch, dinner, shows, etc.) • the cost of the tour for adults and children

Explore the USA | UNI T 9

317

ESW

Canada

ITINERARIES

A rail and coach trip across the Canadian Rockies

WESTERN ADVENTURE TOURS Experience the spectacular scenery of the West! This escorted tour takes you from Vancouver through the stunning natural beauty of the Canadian Rockies to Calgary.

Day 1

Spend the day exploring Vancouver, where you can see either the Pacific Ocean or the Coast Mountains from just about everywhere in the city. Cycle along the seawall, relax on the beach, visit the Museum of Anthropology to learn about the First Nations peoples or wander around downtown, with wonderful food and art stalls. Overnight in Vancouver.

Day 2

Leave early in the morning for the scenic train journey to Kamloops. From the panoramic upper level of the train, admire the landscape as it changes from green fields to winding rivers and canyons, forests and peaks. Lunch on board. Overnight in Kamloops.

Day 3

Continue your adventure as the train heads north east into the Canadian Rockies. Admire Mount Robson, the highest peak in the Canadian Rockies, and Pyramid Falls. The climb over Yellowhead Pass takes us into Jasper National Park, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Lunch onboard. Overnight in Jasper.

Vancouver – Kamloops – Jasper Lake Louise – Banff – Calgary Includes:

• 6 nights hotel accommodation with breakfast • 2 days train travel with lunch onboard • 5 days coach travel

• All hotel/station transfers and luggage handling • National parks entrance fees, guided tours and excursions

Packages start from CAN $3,400

Reading comprehension 1

Read the itinerary on pages 318 and 319 and answer these questions.

1 Which part of Canada does the tour take place in? 2 What are the means of transport? 3 Which two big cities can you see on the tour and how much time is included in each place? 4 What is the landscape like during the train journeys?

318

UNI T 8 | ITINERARIES

5 Are all the tours or excursions mentioned in the text included in the price? 6 What kind of tourist do you think would be interested in this tour? Why?

Day 4

The morning will be spent with our expert guide exploring Jasper National Park. The largest national park in the Canadian Rockies, it is a mountain wilderness where you could be lucky enough to spot grizzly bears, moose, caribou and wolves. Choose one of our optional hiking tours for the afternoon or explore on your own, perhaps on horseback. Overnight in Jasper.

Day 6

A half-day tour of Banff, including the Banff Sightseeing Gondola at Sulphur Mountain to take in the views from 7,486 feet, a trip to Lake Minnewanka and to Surprise Corner, a picture-perfect viewpoint. In the afternoon, discover more of the natural beauty of the area, relax in the hot springs or take our optional panoramic helicopter tour. Overnight in Calgary.

Day 5

Today we change form of transport and take a comfortable coach to travel along the Icefields Parkway towards Lake Louise. Along the way, we stop for an exhilarating ride across the glacier on all-terrain vehicle. Our guide will explain the formation of the glacier and its interesting geological features. In the afternoon, we head for the natural wonders of Yoho National Park, including Emerald Lake and the Natural Bridge over Kicking Horse River. Overnight in Lake Louise.

Day 7

The tour ends with a free day to visit Calgary, a city of sport, culture, good food and nightlife. Your first stop is likely to be the 190 meter Calgary Tower for its 360° view of the city. Head downtown to Stephen Avenue Walk for unique shopping or to Fort Calgary and the Heritage Park Historical Village to learn about the history of the city.

2 Act out this phone conversation in pairs. Remember to swap roles. TRAVEL AGENT You work for a travel agency in Italy and you have two clients interested in a holiday in Canada. Phone Western Adventure Tours to ask for some details of their escorted tour, the availability for May and prices.

TOUR OPERATOR You work for Western Adventure Tours and receive a phone call from an Italian travel agent. Use the above details, and your own ideas, to answer his/her questions and promote the tour.

ACT IV IT IE S

Speaking – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

Internet research & Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 3 Your clients would like to book this tour of the Canadian Rockies but want to spend two days in Vancouver at the start of the tour and two days in Calgary at the end of the tour. They have asked you to prepare a sightseeing itinerary for these days in the two cities. Their requests are for some sport activities, some cultural or historical places to visit, but also plenty of time to get a feeling for the way of life. Go online to research the two cities and prepare your itineraries.

www.tourismvancouver.com/ www.visitcalgary.com/ Canada | ESW

319

ESW

South Africa

ITINERARIES

A city break and safari in South Africa

CLASSIC SOUTH AFRICA TOUR

Explore the vibrant city of Cape Town and the surrounding area, before heading off for a four-day safari in the Kruger National Park. Cape Town: 5 days/4 nights Kruger: 4 days/3 nights

ACT IV IT IE S

Accommodation: 4-star hotel in Cape Town, including breakfast; 5-star safari lodge in the Kruger National Park, with all meals, game drives and recreational activities included.

320

Cape Town – an exciting city with dramatic scenery and a cosmopolitan atmosphere. Your hotel is situated in the Victoria & Albert Waterfront area, a popular zone with tourists and full of shops, markets, restaurants and a fantastic aquarium. An openbus tour around the city is a great way to get your bearings when you arrive and there is plenty to see and do during your 5 days here: a dramatic cable car ride to the top of Table Mountain for breathtaking views; Bo Kaap for its cobbled streets, brightly-coloured homes and local Islamic culture and heritage; a free guided walk around the lush Kirstenbosch National Botanical Garden; the trendy district of Camps Bay for some time on the beach. We also recommend a trip to Robben Island, a Unesco World Heritage Site and memorial to Nelson Mandela and all the others who were imprisoned there, and to the nature reserve of the Cape of Good Hope and Boulders Beach, where you can see a colony of penguins.

Reading comprehension & Speaking 1

Read the brochure on pages 320 and 321 and discuss these questions in pairs.

1 Is this a brochure for a guided tour, an independent holiday or a mix of both? 2 Which two destinations does the itinerary include and how long does it last? 3 What does the price include/exclude? 4 Do you think it offers, as the title of the tour says, a ‘classic’ vision of South Africa? 5 Why do you think the days in Cape Town are left free for guests and those in the Kruger National Park are planned? 6 What is there to see and do in Cape Town? Which of the things mentioned would you choose? 7 What activities are planned for the days in the Kruger National Park? Would you enjoy them? 8 What kind of tourist do you think this holiday would appeal to? Why? ES W | ITINERARIES

Kruger National Park — home to the Big Five An internal flight, lasting about 3 hours, will take you to your safari lodge in the heart of the Kruger National Park. The lodge offers five-star comfort, with luxurious tented suites, and is run following sustainable and environmentallyfriendly policies to minimise its impact on the surroundings. Open-top game drives, with a maximum of six guests, take you into the bush in search of the Big Five – elephants, lions, leopards, rhinos and buffaloes. There will be several game drives, both at sunrise and sunset, which are the best times to spot some of these magnificent animals. Your guides at the lodge will share their knowledge of the parks eco-systems and wildlife, helping you immerse yourself totally in the experience and understand the fragility of the environment. There is also the opportunity to go on a thrilling bush walk at sunrise when you can observe some of the Park’s smaller inhabitants, such as birds, rodents and lizards.

Personalise your holiday with a stay in Johannesburg, before or after visiting Kruger National Park. This incredibly friendly city, which has undergone dramatic urban-renewal projects, offers plenty to see and do. A must-see is the Apartheid Museum which documents the history of South Africa’s chilling period of segregation and oppression and its struggle towards democracy.

Prices from US$1,350 including internal flight from Cape Town to Kruger International Airport, accommodation and activities as stated in the itinerary, airport/hotel transfers. Excluding international flights.

2 Read the brochure again and underline the adjectives and expressions used to describe the accommodation, places and activities.

Internet research & Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 3 Using the description in the brochure and online research to help you, plan a one-day sightseeing tour of Cape Town for one of the following groups:

• A family with two children under 14 who are spending their first full day in the city • A young couple who love sports and adventure and will spend a total of six days in the city • A group of friends, on their third day in the city, who are particularly interested in nature and history

ACT IV IT IE S

Vocabulary

You should indicate the itinerary on a map, provide a short description of the places and give approximate times to spend in each one.

4 The area between Cape Town and Port Alfred is popular for self-drive holidays in South Africa. Plan an itinerary for 8 days/7 nights, choosing which locations to visit and how long to spend in each one. Provide details on the distances/driving times and the type of accommodation that is available along the route.

www.southafrica.net/uk/en/travel South Africa | ESW

321

ESW

India

ITINERARIES

A package tour to the Golden Triangle and Goa

The magic of India Get a taste of incredible India with our guided tour of the Golden Triangle, visiting Delhi, the Taj Mahal, the blue city of Jodhpur and the palaces of Jaipur and Udaipur, before relaxing on the golden beaches of Goa. Add in a day of nature and tiger-spotting and you’ve got all the ingredients for a fantastic holiday of a lifetime.

Highlights

In Delhi, we’ll divide our time between Old and New Delhi. In Old Delhi you’ll visit the historic Red Fort, the Jama Masjid – one of the largest mosques in Asia – and the colourful and bustling Chandni Chowk bazaar. In New Delhi your tour will include the Mughal Emperor Humayun’s Tomb and the stone tower Qutab Minar, both UNESCO World Heritage Sites.

Delhi – Agra Ranthambore Jaipur – Udaipur Jodhpur – Goa

In Agra, we will visit the majestic Taj Mahal, the white marble mausoleum built by Mughal Emperor Shah Jahan in memory of his favourite wife.

During our game drive through a part of the spectacular Ranthambore National Park, you’ll have the chance to spot tigers and many other animals in their natural habitat. Cameras at the ready!

Reading comprehension 1

Read the itinerary on pages 322 and 323 and answer these questions.

1 What kind of itinerary/proposal is this? 2 Which parts of India does the holiday take place in? 3 How detailed is the itinerary for the first part of the trip? Why do you think that is? 4 What can you do in the second part of the holiday? 5 Who do you think the holiday would appeal to?

322

ES W | ITINERARIES

The forts and palaces with their stunning architecture and rich history characterise the next three stops on our tour. With a combination of guided tours and free time to explore on your own, you’ll be able to see the Amber Fort and city palace complex in Jaipur, the magnificent lakefront palace in Udaipur and the blue painted houses and Mehrangarh Fort in Jodhpur.

Packages start from £2,450 per person Inclusions

After a busy first week of sightseeing, you’ll spend the last five days of your holiday in the idyllic location of Goa. Famous for its relaxed and laid back atmosphere, you’ll be completely free to decide how to spend your time. You can lie back on your sun lounger soaking up the sun, walk along the miles of palmfringed sandy beaches, explore the fishing villages, try out watersports and taste the delicious seafood. Tours and excursions to places like a spice plantation, local bazaars and Old Goa, the former Portuguese capital, can all be booked on site.

• International flights in economy class, including all airport taxes and applicable fuel surcharges • Internal flight from Jodhpur to Goa and airport/hotel transfers • 13 nights’ accommodation (on a shared room basis), half board • 8 days’ exclusive air-conditioned transport (coach and train) • Sightseeing as detailed including entrance fees and guides Exclusions • Insurance and visa • Drinks and snacks, laundry and tips • Anything not detailed on the itinerary

2 Read the itinerary again and complete the table with the adjectives and expressions which make the text appealing. ADJECTIVES

EXPRESSIONS

ACTI V IT IE S

Vocabulary

Internet research & Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 3 Choose one of the locations mentioned in the itinerary and do some more research about what there is to see and do there. Then plan a sightseeing tour for one day for one of the following groups, being careful to take into consideration their possible needs and interests: • A group of 25 people, composed of families with teenage children, who are on a two-week beach and city holiday in India • A group of 15 American tourists, aged between 60 and 75, who are on a three-week tour of India • A group of 30 young adults, from different European countries, who are on a budget, DIY holiday in India

https://incredibleindia.org India | ESW

323

ESW

Australia

ITINERARIES

A multi-destination holiday in Australia Golden Wonder Tours

Sydney, Rock and Reef 11 days/10 nights The perfect tour for first-time visitors to Australia Visit three of the country’s most iconic locations – Sydney, Uluru and the Great Barrier Reef. We will organise your international flights, two internal flights and all accommodation on a bed & breakfast basis for the duration of the tour. You are free to decide to add on our guided tours in each location or to make your own itinerary and go off and explore by yourself.

Days 1-4 Sydney The capital of New South Wales is a vibrant city, full of different cultures, amazing food, great shopping and an urban beach style. The famous harbour, Opera House and Botanic Gardens should be your first stop. A sightseeing cruise around the harbour will give you fantastic views of these places, as well as the bridge and city skyline. Close by, you will find the Sydney Tower, with an observation platform, and several interesting museums and galleries, such as the Museum of Sydney. The historical Rocks District, with its narrow lanes, boutiques, markets and cosmopolitan cafés, is the perfect place for a pause for lunch. Some of the best urban beaches to visit are Bondi, Bronte and Tamarama.

Reading comprehension 1

Read the itinerary on pages 324 and 325 and answer these questions.

1 What kind of itinerary is this? 2 Which locations in Australia does it include? 3 Do clients have to follow a particular schedule in each location? 4 How do the three locations differ? What about what you can see and do in each one?

324

ES W | ITINERARIES

5 What expenses are clients going to have on this tour? 6 Do you agree that the tour is suitable for first-time visitors to Australia? Why/Why not?

Days 5-7 Uluru

Days 8-11

The internal flight to Australia’s Red centre takes about 3½ hours. The giant sandstone rock formation of Uluru rises from the surrounding stark landscape of the Outback, and it seems to change constantly as the light alters. Take an escorted tour, particularly evocative at sunrise or sunset, to learn about the history and importance of this place for the Aboriginal people and their culture. Visit the lesser-known red-rock domes of Kata Tjuta or the famous Kings Canyon in Watarrka National Park, too.

A 2½ hour flight will take you to Cairns, where you will be based for the rest of the holiday. It is the perfect base for exploring the world’s largest living structure – the Great Barrier Reef. You can decide whether to view this incredible spectacle of mother nature from the air, with a helicopter ride, from the water, with a boat tour, or below the water with a scuba-diving or snorkelling excursion. Whichever way you choose, it is truly amazing. From Cairns, it is also possible to travel north to see the beaches and rainforests of Cape Tribulation.

Prices start from £2,950* * This is based on two adults sharing a room in low season, with two international and two internal flights and all airport/hotel transfers.

2 Act out this phone conversation in pairs. Remember to swap roles. TRAVEL AGENT

TOUR OPERATOR

You work for a travel agency in Italy and you have two clients interested in a holiday in Australia. They have never been to Australia and wish to spend about two weeks in the country. They would prefer not to drive. Phone the tour operator and ask for suggestions on the best tour, as well as availability and prices for departures in November.

You work for Golden Wonder Tours and receive a phone call from an Italian travel agent. Ask questions to find out about the client’s needs and then use the above details, and your own ideas, to answer his/her questions and promote the tour.

ACT IV I TI ES

Speaking – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES

Internet research & Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 3 Your clients would like to book this Sydney, Rock and Reef tour and have asked you to prepare a two-day sightseeing tour of Sydney to help them make the most out of the city and what it offers. They would like to go on a boat trip, try surfing and visit the most important monuments and areas of the city. Carry out some research online or using guidebooks and prepare a suitable itinerary.

www.australia.com/en Australia | ESW

325

CLIL

Architecture

READY TO GO

What do you know about Stonehenge? Which sentences are true?

1 It is a prehistoric monument. 2 It is situated in Scotland. 3 It is made of stone. 4 It has a square shape.

Neolithic Neolitico (circa 10.000 anni fa) upright verticali trilithons triliti chieftains capi tribù

A megalith is a large stone used to build a structure or monument. The word comes from the Ancient Greek language, with megas meaning ‘great’ and lithos meaning ‘stone’.

LOOK CLOSER There are three types of megalith: the menhir is the simplest Megalithic structure. It is an upright slab of stone, used as a grave marker; the dolmen is a burial site which consists of ‘posts’ (upright standing stones) that support a horizontal stone called a ‘lintel’; a cromlech is the structure used for religious rites. Stonehenge is the most famous example of a cromlech.

326

Prehistoric architecture During the Neolithic period there was a new type of art called Megalithic architecture. This type of architecture gets its name from the huge rocks which were placed singularly, or on top of each other, without the use of cement. The single upright stones are called monoliths. Although they are imposing for the size of the stones, only the simplest of tools were needed for such constructions. Stonehenge is perhaps the most famous megalithic structure. This prehistoric stone monument is located in England, near the city of Salisbury. It consists of a circular pattern of standing stones. What we see today is the final stage that was completed 3,500 years ago. However, archaeologists believe that there were three main stages of construction. • Stonehenge I was built over 5,000 years ago. It was used for 500 years and was then abandoned. • The structure was completely rebuilt in the second stage, known as Stonehenge II, in about 2100 BC. The new concentric circles were built in the centre of the ceremonial area using volcanic stones which came from Wales. It had a horseshoe shape and the entrance was aligned with the rising sun at the summer solstice. • Stonehenge III was the stage between 2000 BC and 1500 BC when the monument was completely modified with the creation of a ring of sandstone units with lintels. Inside the ring there is a horseshoe structure of five trilithons. The sandstone blocks are up to nine metres tall and weigh up to 50 tons. The site was abandoned about 3,500 years ago. Why was Stonehenge built? There are many different theories about the uses of Stonehenge. Most archaeologists think that it was a ceremonial place, maybe an astronomical observatory to calculate lunar and solar eclipses and to study the sky, the stars, the moon and the seasons. Others are convinced that it was a meeting place for tribal chieftains. Some people believe that there must be some other explanation connected to extra-terrestrial beings or to occultism. There are many legends about this ancient monument, but one thing is clear – Stonehenge continues to be a very mysterious place.

CLI L | ARCHITECTURE

ACT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension 2 Read the text on page 326 and complete these sentences with the missing numbers. 1 Stonehenge was completed ________ years ago. 2 Archaeologists believe that the monument was constructed during ________ main periods. 3 Stonehenge I was built over ________ years ago. 4 Stonehenge I was used for ________ years and was then abandoned. 5 Stonehenge II was rebuilt in about ________ BC. 6 Sandstone blocks weigh up to ________ tons.

3 Now answer these questions. 1 What is a monolith? 2 What happened during the Stonehenge II period? 3 Where did the volcanic stones used during the Stonehenge II period come from? 4 What is special about the entrance? 5 When was the site abandoned? 6 Give two reasons why archaeologists believe Stonehenge was built.

Vocabulary 4 Write the words in the box next to the correct definitions. archaeologist − sandstone − horseshoe − concentric − lintel 1 a piece of stone or wood over a door or window supporting the frame 2 something which has the shape of a U 3 circles or rings with the same centre 4 a scientist who studies the history and culture of ancient societies and examines their remains 5 a type of soft rock containing a lot of sand, often used in buildings

Speaking 5 Work in pairs. Speak in turns, giving your personal

__________________ __________________ __________________ __________________ __________________

Avebury Stone Circle

opinion about Stonehenge and the reason why it was built.

Internet research & Writing 6 Look at the pictures of some other interesting prehistoric sites in the British Isles. Choose one and do some research on the Internet. Then write a short paragraph (about 100 words) summarising the information you have found.

Silbury Hill

West Kennet Long Barrow

Architecture | C LI L

327

CLIL READY TO GO

Can you name any Greek temples? Do you know any examples of Greek temples in Italy?

golden ratio regola aurea capital capitello slender slanciato scroll-like a volute sloping spiovente

Greek architecture The Ancient Greeks established the basis of Western culture, and their influence is evident in all art forms. Their idea of beauty corresponded to the idea of ‘good’, so a perfect body was the same as a perfect mind. One of the best representations of their concept of harmony is the golden ratio, a proportion which Greeks found appealing. The golden ratio often appears in nature, in the relationship between two parts and a whole, and the Ancient Greeks applied this concept to architecture as well as many works of art. Greek architecture is strictly linked to the idea of polis – or city-state – a town, usually walled, which contained a central area at its highest point (acropolis) and a marketplace (agora), with temples dedicated to the gods. The buildings were originally in wood, then in stone or marble, with columns as their basic element. Columns are composed of three main parts: the base (the platform at the bottom), upon which there is a shaft (the vertical cylinder) and a capital on the top. Columns of Greek architecture come in three types, each representing a style (or order): Corinthian order: the shaft is more slender, it has the most decorated capital, with acanthus leaves.

Ionic order: the shaft is more slender, the capital is scroll-like.

Doric order: the simplest style, with a flat, simple capital and a shaft with no base.

ACT IV IT IE S

Of all the buildings, the temples were the most imposing and magnificent, each one representing the house of the god to whom it was dedicated. The structure is regular: • a basement, upon which stands a rectangular room, the cella, containing the statue of the god; • a colonnade, which surrounds the cella, supporting an architrave (band of stone); • a sloping roof.

Reading comprehension 2

PET Read the text and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones.

1 The Ancient Greeks considered the golden ratio pleasant to the eye. 2 They were concerned about symmetry in buildings. 3 The Greeks used four types of column. 4 The most recognisable feature of Greek temples are the columns. 5 Each temple contained statues of gods and goddesses. 6 The first temples were built in marble. 7 Only the most important temples had a sloping roof.

T F

Vocabulary 3 Find the words in the text for these definitions. 1 a walled group of buildings on a high hill ___________ 2 the Greek open-air marketplace ___________ 3 the main part of a column, between the base and the capital ___________

328

CLI L | ARCHITECTURE

4 the lowest part of a temple 5 the inner room of a temple 6 a row of columns

___________ ___________ ___________

Architecture Greek temples cella cella sloping cornice cornice

pitched/gabled roof tetto a falde

tympanum timpano

frieze fregio architrave architrave abacus abaco

colonnade colonnato

capital capitello

crepidoma crepidoma

shaft fusto pediment frontone

stylobate stilobate metope metopa

pronaos pronao triglyph triglifo

abacus abaco

necking collarino

acanthus leaf foglia dâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;acanto

scroll-like/volute voluta

echinus echino Doric order ordine dorico

peristyle peristilio

astragal astragalo Ionic order ordine ionico

Corinthian order ordine corinzio

Architecture | C LI L

329

CLIL READY TO GO

How long did the Roman Empire last?

dome volta, cupola scattered disseminati aisles navate laterali

Roman architecture Roman architecture was inspired by the Etruscans, a powerful kingdom in Tuscany, and by the ancient Greeks. Romans adopted their style of temples, houses, theatres and created new types of building like basilicas, amphitheatres, triumphal arches and villas. Building materials were mainly volcanic rock, marble and travertine. The extensive use of cement, concrete and mortar allowed the Romans to hold bricks together rather than depending upon the gravity of large stones, like the Greeks and other previous cultures did. The versatility of cement encouraged them to create new Pont du Gard, Southern France shapes, as did another great innovation: the architectural use of arches. The distribution of load over a large area was applied to build aesthetically-pleasing massive structures. Arches were widely-used for bridges, aqueducts or as decorative elements, the best example of this being in the Colosseum. The technological improvements in the construction of arches led to another architectural feature of Roman times: the dome, which is a structure generated from the rotation of an arch. Domed roofs, like the dome of the Pantheon, covered wide areas and offered more stability than flat roofs.

Types of buildings Roman temples were very similar to Greek temples: they were usually rectangular, but there are also circular temples, such as the so-called Temple of Vesta (Temple of Hercules Victor), or polygonal examples. Temple of Vesta, Rome

Theatres were also inspired by the Greeks. They were built in a half-circle shape, with a stage, an orchestra and a cavea, the seating area for the audience. Few theatres have survived, but one of the best-preserved is the Theatre of Marcellus in Rome.

Theatre of Marcellus, Rome

Amphitheatres were circular or oval arenas surrounded by seats and enclosed by walls. They were decorated with rows of arches and were the place for gladiator fights and wild animal contests. The largest amphitheatre, the Colosseum, hosted 50,000 people. Other examples are in Verona or scattered throughout the ex provinces of the Roman Empire. Verona Arena

Basilicas were public buildings used for judicial purposes. There was a basilica for each town. They had a regular layout: rectangular shape, a roof, an open hall divided by two colonnades, a central part and two side aisles. At the end of the central hall, a raised platform was used to accommodate the magistrate. The form of the secular basilica was subsequently adopted for early Christian churches. 330

CLI L | ARCHITECTURE

Basilica of Maxentius, Rome

Domestic architecture Residential buildings in Roman towns were of two main types, according to the social status of the inhabitants. The insula was a building where most urban citizens lived. It was a block of flats with shops, tabernae or businesses on the ground floor, and flats on the upper floors, sometimes with balconies. They were built in concrete, brick or wood, and they had running water and sanitation. Wealthier people lived in a domus, a single-family house, while the richest Romans owned a villa, a country house which was generally lavish with elegant decorations. A villa included a portion of land, with typical buildings such as baths, sculpture gardens, theatres and pavilions.

Casa della fontana piccola, Pompeii

sanitation servizi igienici lavish sfarzosa

PET Read the introductory text on page 330 and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. T F 1 Rome was only slightly indebted to Greek architecture. 2 The Ancient Romans preferred large blocks of rocks. 3 They built impressive structures with small, cheap, local materials. 4 The architectural use of arches is one of the main Roman inventions. 5 Domes were widely used as roofs.

ACTIVITIE S

Reading comprehension

Vocabulary 3 Find the words in the texts on pages 330 and 331 for these definitions.

1 armed men who fought against each other for public entertainment 2 public shows that featured animal hunts and killings 3 an official who acted as a judge 4 the system for taking dirty water and other waste products away from buildings 5 ornamental structures, used as shelters in parks

___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________

Listening 4

2.25 PET Listen to a historian talking about the Domus Aurea and decide whether these sentences are

true (T) or false (F). T F 1 The Great Fire of 64 AD did not cause an excessive amount of damage to Rome. 2 Nero’s statue was so big that it could be seen from anywhere in Rome. 3 People were sad when the emperor Nero died, as he had been much-loved. 4 The Colosseum was built where the lake used to be. 5 Beautiful frescoes and stuccoes were discovered on the site before the Renaissance. 6 The wall paintings were called ‘grotesque’ because nobody liked them.

Speaking – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 5 In pairs, practise a telephone conversation to book a guided tour at the Domus Aurea in Rome.

Student A: you are a tourist. Ask for information (e.g. times, prices, length) for a guided tour. Student B: you are a guide. Provide the information, inventing any necessary details.

Architecture | C LI L

331

CLIL READY TO GO

Scan the texts and match the places with the information below.

1 Bath 2 Hadrian’s Wall 3 London a commerce with other countries b famous for its hot springs c defence system

springs sorgenti border frontiera, confine

Roman heritage in Britain London The origin of London dates back to Roman times. The first bridge on the River Thames was probably built by the Romans between 55 BC (during Julius Caesar’s expeditions) and 43 AD (during Emperor Claudius’ invasion of Britain). For the first time, the river was used for commercial trade with the continent. As a consequence, London became richer and larger and walls were built around it to provide protection. The Romans remained in Britain for almost 400 years. They left behind a very changed nation to the one they had invaded. They introduced a road system and established new towns that often had a rectangular space in the centre called the ‘forum’.

Bath In 43 AD the Romans called this city Aquae Sulis meaning ‘the waters of Sulis’ (a deity). Bath was the centre of fashion, luxury and leisure of Roman society in Britain. Today, Bath is famous for its healthy mineral water, hot springs, Roman baths (which are still open to the public) and Georgian buildings. It became a World Heritage Site in 1987 and today it is a major centre for tourism. Every year in May and June, there is an important festival of classical music. Bath is rich in history and it is surrounded by fascinating countryside.

Hadrian’s Wall The Roman Emperor Hadrian built this famous wall in northern England between 122 and 127 AD. He decided that the Empire needed to be more secure, and the wall served as a defence across the northern border to keep out people from the area that is now Scotland. It was 120km long and up to five metres high. Along the wall, the Romans built a series of small forts called ‘milecastles’. The Roman fort in Chester is one of the best conserved. Today, long sections of the wall can still be seen and it remains a popular attraction with many visitors every year. 332

CLI L | ARCHITECTURE

Architecture 2 Read the texts on page 332 and match the questions to the answers. 1 When was the first bridge built in London? 2 What is Bath famous for? 3 What happened in 1987? 4 What takes place in Bath every spring? 5 Who decided to build a wall across the northern border? 6 What did the Romans build along the wall?

PET Now read the texts again and choose the correct option.

1 The first bridge on the River Thames was probably built… A before 55 BC. B after 43 AD. C when Emperor Claudius invaded Britain. D from 55 BC to 43 AD. 2 London expanded because… A goods were transported up and down the River Thames all over Britain. B there were more Romans living there. C the Romans built a big forum in the middle of the city. D the river enabled them to buy and sell goods abroad.

Listening 4

a A series of forts. b Bath became a World Heritage Site. c During one of Caesar's expeditions. d Healthy mineral water, hot springs, Roman baths and Georgian buildings. e The Roman Emperor Hadrian. f An important festival of classical music.

ACT ACTIV IVIT ITIE IESS

Reading comprehension

3 In Roman times… A Bath was an industrial town. B Bath was a fashionable town. C only poor people lived in Bath. D there were no free-time activities in Bath. 4 Hadrian’s Wall… A is near London. B is in the north of Scotland. C surrounds a castle. D stretches across the north of England. 5 Nowadays… A there is nothing left of Hadrian’s Wall. B Hadrian’s Wall is a popular tourist attraction. C Chester’s Roman Fort is a complete ruin. D there is a castle at every mile along the wall.

2.26 Listen to this historian talking about the forts along Hadrian’s Wall and complete the text with the

missing words. The Emperor Hadrian built a series of forts along his famous wall. There were over (1) _____________ ‘milecastles’ and 17 larger forts. These forts could house 800 soldiers and consisted of houses, a (2) _____________, stables and barracks. They had large gates which faced (3) _____________. In between the forts there were also observation (4) _____________ where the soldiers could keep watch over the countryside. Chester’s Fort is the best preserved Roman fort in Britain. It was built almost (5) _____________ years ago to house a Roman army which guarded a bridge across the River Tyne. Today, it is a very popular tourist attraction where you can see the (6) _____________ and steam room. There is also a museum with a collection of Roman items found during the excavation of the wall.

Internet research & Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 5 Choose one of the places mentioned on page 332 and do some further research in the library or on the Internet to find more information. Write a short advertising leaflet, including the following details: • things to do and see; • historical information; • practical information (location, opening times etc.).

Architecture | C LI L

333

CLIL READY TO GO

Can you explain the meaning of the prefix paleo-?

worship culto cruciform a croce baptisteries battisteri

A CT IV IT IE S

Mausoleum of Santa Costanza, Rome

Paleo-Christian architecture Paleo-Christian art, also called Early Christian art, is the name given to architecture, paintings and sculpture from the early Christian years to the 6th century. The first examples of wall and ceiling paintings were found in catacombs, underground chambers where Christians used to bury their dead. After the Edict of Constantine in 313 AD, which established the freedom of worship and official tolerance of Christianity, the first religious buildings appeared, giving dignity and social importance to church members. Many churches were built under Constantine himself: this was the birth of the Paleo-Christian style. The architecture was closely linked to the Roman style; the shape of the secular basilica was adopted, maybe because its large hall was similar to the halls of the private houses where Christians used to pray before obtaining their right to gather. The Christian basilicas were usually five-aisled and had an apse at one end with the entrance to the church at the other end, unlike in Roman basilicas, so that the churchgoers could walk eastwards, towards the rising sun. The apse opened from the nave through a great arch called the triumphal arch. Sometimes a transept crossed the principal axe of the church to give the plan a symbolic cruciform shape; in this case, another triumphal arch separated it from the nave. The basilica plan was preserved as the basis of Christian churches in the entire Western world. Other churches, such as the Mausoleum of Santa Costanza, were inspired by temples or other buildings with a round shape. The round plan typology was mainly used for baptisteries, buildings with a central font, used to perform baptisms. Usually octagonal in plan, to symbolise the beginning of the new Christian life, baptisteries were generally roofed with a dome. Mausoleums, religious buildings containing one or more graves, were also built in this round shape.

Reading comprehension 2 PET Read the text and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. T F 1 Paleo-Christian style covered about six centuries. 2 Examples of Paleo-Christian sculptures were found in catacombs. 3 After Christianity became legal, Christians could begin to build churches. 4 Early Christians borrowed their architectural styles from the Romans. 5 Christian basilicas copied the Roman examples but with completely different techniques and materials. 6 The internal division of the Christian basilica was slightly different from the Roman basilica. 7 Round-shaped Paleo-Christian buildings were similar to other types of existing buildings.

Vocabulary 3 Find the English equivalents of these words in the text.

334

1 sotterraneo 2 seppellire 3 salone 4 abside CLI L | ARCHITECTURE

___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________

5 sole nascente 6 navata 7 battesimi 8 tombe

___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________

Architecture From 1000 to about 1150, Romanesque architecture appeared all over Europe, encouraged by great social and economic change, which led to an era of political stability, an increase in trade and larger populations. The name Romanesque refers to the Roman style, whose techniques were adopted and evolved, fusing with other independent traditions. The massive movement of people, who travelled for religious purposes, such as pilgrimages and crusades, but also for trade, contributed to the creation of this art form. Romanesque architecture is closely linked to the birth of monasticism and of monastic orders, which quickly expanded in this period and established new churches. The basic design of the typical Romanesque church was the same as the Roman basilicas, with a central nave, side aisles and an apse. However, Romanesque churches were bigger in order to accommodate a larger number of pilgrims, and stability techniques were improved so that the buildings could support massive burdens. Stone vaults replaced timber roofs, which could easily catch fire. These structural elements, originating from the Roman arch, became a feature of the Romanesque style and were developed to produce different kinds of vaults: barrel vaults (the simplest, consisting of an arch stretched along its axes) and groin vaults (made from the junction of two barrel vaults). Vaults required more support, so thicker walls with few openings were built, and the use of columns was alternated with piers. This made the interior space darker and the height of the buildings quite low. The exteriors were richly-decorated with sculptures and towers, especially at the entrance.

ACT ACTIV IVIT ITIE IESS

Romanesque architecture

Modena Cathedral

burdens carichi timber roofs tetti in legno barrel vaults volte a botte groin vaults volte a crociera piers pilastri

Reading comprehension 1

Read the text and answer these questions.

1 What period did the Romanesque style cover? 2 What elements contributed to the birth and spread of the Romanesque style? 3 What was the primary architectural model of Romanesque churches? 4 What are the most typical architectural elements of this style?

Listening 2

2.27 PET Listen to a description of the architecture of Durham Cathedral,

England, and complete the sentences with the missing words. 1 It took about _________________ years to complete Durham Cathedral. 2 The _________________ contains what is thought to be the first structural pointed arch. 3 The Galilee Chapel and the Chapel of the Nine Alters can be found respectively in the _________________ and in the _________________ end. 4 Some work of the Cloister was added _________________ the construction of the Cathedral. 5 The Medieval Undercroft has got a _________________ ceiling. 6 The roof of the Monk’s Dormitory is in _________________.

Speaking 3 What have you learnt about Paleo-Christian and Romanesque architecture? Prepare a short oral presentation (3-5 minutes) giving information about: • when and where Paleo-Christian and Romanesque architecture developed; • the connection between Roman basilicas and Romanesque churches; • structural elements typical of these styles.

Architecture | C LI L

335

CLIL READY TO GO

What do you think the characteristics of the Gothic style are, and what kind of buildings do you think were constructed using this method?

AC TI V IT IE S

pointed arch arco a sesto acuto ribbed vault volta a vela flying buttress arco rampante transept transetto clerestory cleristorio (livello più alto della navata)

Gothic architecture Gothic architecture is an architectural style that was very popular during the high and late medieval period. It originated in 12th century France and was a natural evolution of Romanesque architecture. Features of the gothic style include the pointed arch, the ribbed vault and the flying buttress. Most people associate gothic architecture with many great cathedrals, abbeys and churches in Europe which have a particularly powerful atmosphere due to the characteristics of this design. However, this style was also used in the construction of castles, palaces, town halls, guild halls, universities and, to a lesser extent, in private houses.

Gothic churches Most Gothic churches have a cruciform plan. The nave is the main body of the church and it is longer than the other three arms of the cruciform plan. Across the main body of the church is the transept. The aisles are on both sides of the nave, which is higher and wider. The nave receives direct lighting from a clerestory – the windowed area above the aisles. A middle storey between the clerestory and the arcades divides the nave from the aisles. Another feature is the tower. There is at least one tower incorporated into the main body of the church. Masonry vaulting over the aisles and nave is another typical characteristic.

Reading comprehension 2 Read the texts and complete the sentences with the words from the box. middle − impressed − longer − popularity − nave − tower

1 Gothic architecture reached its height of _______________ in the second half of the medieval period. 2 People are usually _______________ by the powerful atmosphere that the gothic style creates. 3 In a Gothic church the nave is _______________ than the other three arms. 4 There is a _______________ storey between the clerestory and the arcades. 5 At least one _______________ is incorporated into the main body of the church. 6 There is masonry vaulting over the aisles and the _______________.

Vocabulary 3 Match the words from the texts with their definitions. 1 vault 2 cruciform 3 arm 4 nave 5 storey 6 clerestory

336

CLI L | ARCHITECTURE

a b c d e f

one level of a building the main body of a church or a cathedral arched ceiling shaped like a cross long part that protrudes from the main part upper storey of a church, above the aisle roof

Architecture

English Gothic cathedrals: London’s Westminster Abbey London’s Westminster Abbey is a masterpiece of architecture and presents a unique insight into British history. Today the Abbey remains a place of worship and of celebration of great events in the life of the nation. It contains tombs of many kings and queens, including the shrine of Edward the Confessor, and has been the setting for every coronation since 1066, as well as numerous other royal occasions.

READY TO GO

What is the difference between a church and a cathedral? Look up these two words in a dictionary and find out.

The abbey was built between the 13th and the 16th centuries. Much earlier, in the mid-11th century, King Edward the Confessor decided to establish his royal palace near the River Thames. Therefore, he enlarged a nearby monastery and built a large stone church in honour of St Peter. The church was called the ‘west minster’ to differentiate it from the ‘east minster’ (St Paul’s Cathedral). The first coronation that took place in the Abbey was that of William the Conqueror in 1066. During the 13th century, the church was rebuilt in the new Gothic style by King Henry III and from that moment it also became an official site for coronations, weddings and burials of monarchs. More than 3,000 people, some of Britain’s greatest public figures, are buried here. The architect was greatly influenced by the French cathedrals of that time, and the Gothic style can be seen in the pointed arches, ribbed vaulting and rose windows. The abbey also has the highest Gothic vault in England. King Henry VII added the beautiful Lady Chapel at the beginning of the 16th century which contains a delicately-carved vaulted roof with hanging pendants. In 1745 the last phase of building was completed with the construction of the West Tower. Today you can see about 600 monuments and memorials in the abbey. In the past, one of the greatest glories of the church was the original medieval stained glass, but little of that is left today.

shrine reliquiario chapel cappella stained glass vetrata

Lady Chapel and Poets’ Corner

AACT CT IV IVIT ITIE IESS

Reading comprehension 2 Read the text and answer these questions. 1 When was Westminster Abbey built? 2 What was the church called? 3 What is the name of the cathedral known as ‘east minster’? 4 Who was the first English monarch to be crowned at the abbey? 5 How many people are buried in the abbey? How many monuments are there in the abbey? 6

Internet research & Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 3 Work in small groups. Imagine you work at a travel agency and you have received an email from a travel agency abroad, enquiring about Gothic churches in Great Britain. Research and write a short presentation (about 90 words) for each of these cathedrals: York Minster, Canterbury Cathedral, Gloucester Cathedral.

Architecture | C LI L

337

CLIL READY TO GO

Have you ever visited a castle? What was its function?

thick spessi stables scuderie barracks caserme manor houses case padronali turrets torrette battlements bastioni

Norman architecture in England

Warwick Castle

Norman architecture is the style developed by the Normans in the 11th and 12th centuries which became widespread in Europe, particularly in England. The Normans introduced large numbers of castles and fortifications – they were a sign of their power. Norman architecture in England also had a defensive purpose. Strong castles made of stone and wood were built, following a variation of the Romanesque style that was quite common in Europe during the Middle Ages. The Normans chose strategic positions for their castles, so that they could defend themselves from the attacks of the natives (the Saxons). Castles were usually surrounded by thick walls. The strongest part of the building was the inner tower, which was the last defensive point. The earlier castles were known as ‘Motte and bailey’ castles. Made with earth and wood, the castle was built on a motte (a man-made hill) and below this was the bailey (an enclosed area) with stables, kitchens and barracks for soldiers. The bailey was surrounded by a ditch called a ‘fosse’. Soon after, the Normans began to build ‘Stone Keep’ castles. These were made from stone and were much stronger (see pages 278-279). Later, these castles developed into manor houses and their defensive purpose was gradually trasformed into residential and entertainment functions. The most famous examples of this kind of architecture in England are the White Tower (part of the Tower of London), Dover Castle, Windsor Castle and Warwick Castle.

The White Tower

Tower of London

This is the name of the central tower in the Tower of London. It is 90 feet high and its walls are 11 to 15 feet thick. William the Conqueror began work on the tower, but it was not until 1087 that his sons and successors managed to complete it. Three of its turrets situated above the battlements are square, the fourth is circular and was used to contain the first royal observatory. It is an important building in British history because the medieval kings, their families and court lived here in the top storey, whereas the seat of the government was on the floor below.

ACT IV I TI ES

Video: The Tower of London

Reading comprehension 2 Read the text about Norman architecture in England and answer these questions. 1 What purpose did Norman architecture have in England? 2 What materials did the Normans use to build their castles? 3 Where did they build their castles? Why?

4 Name two types of Norman castles. 5 What happened to one of them later? 6 What are the names of some famous examples of this kind of architecture?

Internet research & Writing – PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES 3 Read the text about The White Tower. Then do some further research on the Internet. Write an advertising leaflet with the information you find (about 100 words) and what you know from the text.

338

CLI L | ARCHITECTURE

Architecture The site where Dover Castle is situated was already strategic during the Iron Age, but the Anglo-Saxons probably built a fortress here when William the Conqueror arrived in 1066. The fortifications were developed and became what is called Castle Hill today. At the end of the 12th century, the Great Tower was built. It is the largest in Great Britain, being four storeys high, all connected by staircases. Work was completed around the middle of the 13th century. During the reign of Henry III, the gatehouse and the eastern wall were repaired and the external curtain wall with twenty towers was finished. At that time, the entrance was replaced by the new Constable’s Gate. During the Civil War (1642-1651), Dover Castle was attacked but it was neither despoiled nor destroyed. Under the castle there is a network of underground tunnels built during the Middle Ages that were improved during the Napoleonic Wars at the end of the 18th century in order to create barracks for the soldiers.

ACT IV IT IE S

Dover Castle

Iron Age età del ferro gatehouse casa del custode despoiled saccheggiato

Windsor Castle Windsor Castle is a medieval castle situated in Windsor, a town to the west of London. It is one of the official residences of the British monarch and the oldest and largest inhabited castle in the world. The original castle, a wooden Motte and bailey castle, was built by William the Conqueror. It was a military base, and was part of a ring of defensive castles around London. Its design has changed and evolved over the centuries, but the position of its main features has remained the same. The oldest surviving parts of the castle date back to the time of Henry II, around the middle of the 12th century. The Round Tower divides the castle in two sections, the lower of which is occupied by St George’s Chapel. In the upper part are the private Royal Apartments and the state room including the famous St George’s Hall with its decorated ceiling. A short history of Windsor Castle

4 Read the texts and complete these sentences. 1 During the Iron Age, the site where Dover Castle is located was already of great strategic ______________. 2 Stairs connect the four ______________ in the Great Tower. 3 During the reign of Henry III, they made ______________ to the gatehouse and the wall facing east. 4 During the Napoleonic Wars, the underground tunnels were turned into ______________ for soldiers. 5 Windsor is situated ______________ of London. 6 Windsor Castle is one of the official residences of the British ______________. 7 The original castle was made of ______________. 8 The castle is divided into two sections by ______________.

A CT IV I TI ES

Reading comprehension

Vocabulary 5 Find the English equivalents of these words in the text about Dover Castle. 1 sito 2 fortezza 3 fortificazioni 4 torre

_________________ _________________ _________________ _________________

5 scalinate 6 regno 7 entrata 8 caserme

_________________ _________________ _________________ _________________

Architecture | C LI L

339

CLIL READY TO GO

Do you know what a half-timbered house is? If you don’t, try to guess by looking at the pictures.

oak quercia logs tronchi clay argilla projecting out sporgenti charcoal carbone di legna merchant fleet flotta mercantile

LOOK CLOSER In many towns in the UK you can still see today excellent examples of halftimbered buildings. Chester is full of medieval architecture; its most famous street is known as ‘The Rows’, a series of half-timbered buildings joined with long galleries. The Shambles in York is one of Europe’s oldest streets and one of the roads in England with the greatest number of halftimbered houses; the roofs of the buildings on this narrow street almost touch in the middle!

Half-timbered houses in the UK Half-timbered houses are typical of the 15th and 16th centuries during the Medieval and Tudor periods in England, although this technique had been used for centuries before then. Up to the 17th century, England had an abundant supply of wood, so it was frequently used for building. These medieval buildings have survived because oak is a very hard and durable material. Sometimes the half-timbering technique was used, cutting the logs into two parts or cutting them down to a square inner section and then filling the walls between the structural timbers with small sticks and wet clay. In this way, the skeletal framework of the building was completed. Timber framed houses were built like big boxes, with the upper floor on top of the lower one and often projecting out over it. From the 15th to the 16th century, timber framing began to be used also for its ornamental effect. Timbers which had limited structural importance were added to the frame to improve the decorative effect. This trend was most popular during the Jacobean period with the distinctive ‘black and white’ half-timbered houses. However, by this time wood was not as easily available as before, partly because it had been used for building, heating and making charcoal, partly because of the expansion of the British merchant fleet. After the Tudor period, bricks started to provide a cheap alternative to wood as a building material.

ACT IV IT IE S

Stratford-upon-Avon

340

Reading comprehension 2

PET Read the text and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones.

1 The half-timbering technique started to be used during the Middle Ages. 2 Before the 17th century, wood was easily available in England. 3 Oak, which is a resistant material, was usually used for this technique. 4 In the half-timbering technique logs are cut into two parts or they are cut down to a square inner section. 5 Timber framed houses usually have only one floor. 6 From the 15th century, this technique was used only for its structural importance. 7 The ornamental effect had a great importance during the Jacobean period. 8 During the Jacobean period, wood was not as easily available in England as before. CLI L | ARCHITECTURE

T F

Architecture

Renaissance and Classicism The term Renaissance refers to a new interest in Classical studies in Europe. It covers a period between the 14th and the 17th centuries and sees its centre in Italy, where the ruins of Rome were the source of inspiration for artists and writers. The discovery of the writings of Vitruvius, Roman architect, engineer and author of the treatise De Architectura, greatly influenced architects. During Villa La Rotonda, Vicenza the Renaissance, the idea of beauty was centred around the concept of harmony and mathematical proportion, expressed through a clear distribution of masses, in opposition to the complex forms of the Gothic style. (see CLIL – Painting, page 344) Filippo Brunelleschi is considered the first exponent of Renaissance architecture, both for his engineering of the dome of the Cathedral of Florence, and because he was the first to use the laws of perspective, producing drawings of impressive realism which focussed on the importance of proportion in architectural spaces. From Florence, Renaissance architecture spread through Italy, with many architects publishing their studies. Della Pittura by Leon Battista Alberti is just one example. The late Renaissance saw one of the style’s best expressions in the works of Andrea Palladio, architect of the Venetian Republic, author of influential treatises and beautiful architectural creations. A large part of Palladio’s work was dedicated to domestic architecture. His villas recall the ancient Roman villas built away from the city in a natural setting, with entrances similar to classical temples. In fact, they are such good examples of Renaissance architecture, that the expression ‘Palladian style’ was named after Palladio. Symmetry, the clear distribution of rectangular shapes and square block forms and the predominance of linearity and rational proportion distinguish the architecture of Palladian villas, combining the classical ideal of beauty with the humanistic idea of otium.

READY TO GO

Do you know what the ‘Palladian style’ is?

treatise trattato perspective prospettiva

Florence Cathedral

PET Read the text and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. T F 1 Renaissance architects based their theories and practices on Classical Roman examples. 2 The Renaissance was a period beginning in the 14th century. 3 It began in ancient Rome. 4 Proportion was a crucial factor of beauty for Renaissance style. 5 One of the greatest architects and engineers of the Renaissance was Vitruvius. 6 The dome of the Cathedral of Florence is a masterpiece of Brunelleschi’s architecture. 7 Della Pittura is one of the writings Leon Battista Alberti rediscovered and studied. 8 Villas played an important role in the works of Andrea Palladio.

ACT AC TI IVVIT ITIE IESS

Reading comprehension

Vocabulary

3 Find the synonyms of these words in the text. 1 remains 2 books 3 essay

_______________________ _______________________ _______________________

4 cupola _______________________ 5 printing _______________________ 6 environment _______________________

Architecture | C LI L

341

CLIL

Baroque

READY TO GO

Can you name a masterpiece of Baroque architecture?

1 ____________________________ The Baroque style dates from the end of the 16th to the 18th century. It was a period marked by deep change in how different parts of buildings related to each other: a process which resulted in the creation of complex shapes. The discovery of new materials for decorations, the wide use of perspective, and a new interest in the expressiveness of ornamentation led to the full definition of this style.

hierarchy gerarchia faithful fedele astonished meravigliato

2 _____________________________ In contrast to Renaissance architecture, which centres around the concept of harmony as expression of the human and rational dimension of a culture, Baroque develops an interest in movement and dynamism. These key concepts are communicated through the same laws of proportion as the Renaissance style, but the introduction of decorations and additions modify how the different parts of a building relate to each other. This creates a kind of hierarchy, which transforms a building into a theatrical set. Therefore, churches become places where the faithful are astonished by richness and magnificence, while palaces show the prominence of power evoked by the main building and the surrounding gardens, where fountains of spectacular design highlight the privileged social position of the owner. An important role in defining the style was played by the Counter-Reformation, when the Catholic Church paid great attention to how religious buildings were constructed and launched a great campaign for churches with elaborate furnishings and decorations.

Sant’Ivo alla Sapienza, Borromini’s dome, Rome

3 _____________________________ Complex layout, together with a predilection for round or oval shapes and curved lines, are the main characteristics communicating dynamism. Other standard features are the contrast in colours, rich surface treatments, illusory and vividly painted ceilings.

ACT IV IT IE S

4 _____________________________ Gian Lorenzo Bernini, Francesco Borromini and Guarino Guarini were influential Baroque artists in Italy. In England, the Baroque style was well-interpreted in the works of Christopher Wren, who designed St Paul’s Cathedral in London. (see CLIL – Painting, page 344)

342

Reading comprehension 2 Read the text and match each paragraph with the headings in the box. Artists − Baroque theatricality − Richness and dynamism − The Baroque style

Listening 3

2.28 PET Listen to a presentation of St Paul’s Cathedral and decide whether these sentences are true (T) or

false (F). 1 The original church was destroyed in 1666. 2 The architect, Christopher Wren, used various architectural styles. 3 The Golden Gallery is part of the inner dome. 4 The western façade has two bell towers. 5 Inside the cathedral you can see about 300 monuments. 6 The American Memorial Chapel is dedicated to soldiers killed in World War I. CLI L | ARCHITECTURE

T F

Architecture

Gothic revival and Neoclassicism

The Houses of Parliament

Gothic revival Between the middle of the 18th and 19th centuries, the Gothic style returned to British architecture. Often the churches and manor houses designed according to the new Gothic style were much more decorated than the older originals. Many buildings, such as railway stations, hotels and government buildings (for example, the Houses of Parliament, the Law Courts and Tower Bridge) were designed according to this style. The most important architect and designer during this period was Augustus Pugin, who designed the Houses of Parliament. This group of buildings is also known as the Palace of Westminster and it is situated in the centre of London beside the River Thames. Tower Bridge with its two towers, is another of the city’s famous buildings in neo-Gothic style. It was built at the end of the 19th century near London Bridge and the Tower of London.

Neoclassicism This style was influenced by ancient Greek and Roman architecture. Its main characteristics are geometrical forms, straight lines and Greek columns. The use of antique forms in a new context was the main feature of neoclassical architecture. Neoclassicism became popular both in North America and The British Museum Europe in the second half of the 18th century. The Scottish architect who started this style in British buildings was Robert Adam. After spending some time in Italy admiring Roman ruins and Renaissance buildings, he created a new mixture of styles based on different geometric patterns. Among the most famous neoclassical buildings in London are the British Museum, Mansion House (the official home of the Lord Mayor of London) and Covent Garden Theatre (the Royal Opera House).

Lord Mayor: sindaco

LOOK CLOSER Horace Jones and John Wolfe Barry were the architects who designed Tower Bridge, which crosses the River Thames. Over 400 workers spent eight years building the bridge and it was finally completed in 1894. When it was built, it was the largest and most sophisticated ‘bascule and suspension’ bridge ever completed. The word ‘bascule’ comes from the French language and means ‘see-saw’.

Video: Tower Bridge

Read the texts and answer these questions.

1 When did Gothic style reappear in British architecture? 2 What were the new buildings like, compared to the original ones? 3 What kind of buildings were designed according to this style?

4 Who was the most important designer during this period? 5 What was the Neoclassical style influenced by? 6 What are the main features of Neoclassicism? 7 Where and when did this style become popular? 8 Who was Robert Adam?

Architecture | C LI L

ACTIVITIES

Reading comprehension

343

CLIL READY TO GO

Do you enjoy visiting art galleries? Why?/Why not?

Leonardo da Vinci, The Mona Lisa (1503-1514)

Painting Renaissance The period known as the Renaissance began in Italy in the late 13th and early 14th centuries and continued into the 16th century. The term, literally meaning ‘rebirth’, describes the revival of interest in the Classical world. In addition to this expression of classical Greco-Roman tradition, Renaissance artists wanted to capture the experience of the individual man in society, the beauty and the mystery of the natural world. The movement is also characterised by the use of linear perspective and by huge achievements in the representation of light. (see CLIL – Architecture, page 341)

Giotto, Lamentation (1305)

Many Renaissance artists came from Tuscany, for example Giotto (c.1267-1337), who made great advances in representing the human body realistically. The city of Florence remained an important centre for this art form throughout the Renaissance, but the movement also spread to other parts of Europe, including France, Germany, the Netherlands and Spain. Renaissance art reached its zenith at the beginning of the 16th century during the period known as the High Renaissance. This was the period of Italian masters such as Leonardo da Vinci (1452-1519), Michelangelo (1475-1564) and Raphael (1483-1520). Leonardo da Vinci’s best-known works include the fresco The Last Supper and, of course, The Mona Lisa.

Baroque

Caravaggio, Boy with a Basket of Fruit (1593-1594)

344

CLI L | PAINTING

The Baroque era began in about 1600 in Italy and continued for more than a hundred years, spreading to other European countries such as Spain, Portugal, Austria and southern Germany. Baroque art was exuberant and dramatic, noted for its grandeur, bold and often colourful details that aimed to surprise and create a sense of awe and amazement. (see CLIL – Architecture, page 342) Baroque murals and paintings are often found in churches and cathedrals in Italy and the rest of Europe, because the Catholic church knew that this style of art could support and promote the church, giving an impression of power. Notable artists of this movement include the Italian-born Caravaggio (1571-1610) who displayed intense realism and used the technique of chiaroscuro (using violent contrasts of light and dark) that created a spotlight effect, and Rubens (1577-1640), the Flemish artist whose large-scale works of art emphasised movement and colour. Rubens, The Fall of Phaeton (1604)

Painting

Romanticism Romanticism, or the Romantic period, was a movement in art and literature that originated in Europe toward the end of the 18th and early 19th centuries. The movement rejected precepts of order, logic and rationality, preferring to place emphasis on personal experience, feelings and emotions, particularly in response to nature. Friedrich, Wanderer above the Sea of Fog (1818) Constable, The Hay Wain (1821)

The artists emphasised that sense and emotions – not simply reason and order – were equally important for understanding the world. Favourite themes were landscapes with ruins of buildings, shipwrecks and natural events like storms. John Constable (1776-1837) and William Turner (1775-1851) are the best-known British Romantic artists of the period, whilst Goya (1746-1828) is the epitome of Romanticism in Spain and Caspar David Friedrich (1774-1840) in Germany.

2 Read the texts on pages 344 and 345 and complete the table. Add the names of other artists from each period that you know, then compare your ideas with a partner.

Period RENAISSANCE

Main characteristics

Key artists

late 13th century to 16th century

BAROQUE

- exuberant and dramatic

ACTIVITIE ACTIVITI ES S

Reading comprehension and Speaking

ROMANTICISM

Internet research & Writing 3 Choose a painting from one of the three art movements above and research it on the Internet. Then write a description of the painting, including: • the artist and year it was painted; • a description of what it depicts; • which art movement it represents and in what way it is characteristic of the movement; • your personal opinion. ➔ How to present a painting, page 242

Painting | C LI L

345

CLIL READY TO GO

Have you ever been to an exhibition of Impressionist art? If you have, where was it and which artists did you see?

Mary Cassatt, Mother About to Wash Her Sleepy Child (1880)

Impressionism Impressionism developed in France in the 19th century and was based on the practice of painting ‘en plein air’ (out of doors) and spontaneously ‘on the spot’, rather than in a studio. The main subjects were landscapes and scenes of everyday life which captured the atmosphere of a particular time of day or the effects of different weather conditions on the landscape. The technique for using colour was Claude Monet, Impression, Sunrise (1872) innovative: the artists applied paint in small touches rather than long brushstrokes in order to catch the effects of light and atmosphere. ‘Plein-air’ painting was greatly facilitated by the invention in 1841 of tin tubes for oil paint, because the paint did not become dry in the open air. The name of the style comes from the title of a painting by Monet (1840-1926), Impression, Sunrise (1872), and the movement was developed by Monet along with other Paris-based artists including Manet (1832-1883), Renoir (1841-1919), Cézanne (1839-1906), Pissarro (1830-1903) and Sisley (1839-1899). The French movement had great influence overseas, and British Impressionism was dominated by artists such as Walter Sickert (1860-1942) and Philip Wilson Steer (1860-1942). Meanwhile a female artist, Mary Cassatt (1844-1926), became the only American to exhibit with the Impressionists in Paris. Her key subjects were portraits of mothers and children in everyday moments.

Post-Impressionism

Cézanne, Mont Sainte-Victoire (1885-1887)

Post-Impressionism describes the work of a diverse range of French artists including Paul Cézanne (1839-1906), Paul Gauguin (1848-1903), Georges Seurat (1859-1891) and Henri de Toulouse-Lautrec (1864-1901) as well as Dutch artist Vincent van Gogh (1853-1890). Although they all had their own individual styles, these artists were united in breaking away from the naturalism used by the Impressionists. They aimed to be more expressive and less idyllic, showing their own personal view of the world. They began to create art with a greater degree of order and structure. The variety in the movement can be seen in Van Gogh and Gauguin’s use of bold colours and expressive brushstrokes, Cezanne’s concern with structure and Seurat’s use of colour dots, known as ‘Pointillism’. The movement was highly influential in the development of Modernist painting in the early 20th century, which led to movements like Cubism and Fauvism.

Reading comprehension 2 Read the texts and answer these questions.

Georges Seurat, A Sunday Afternoon on the Island of La Grande Jatte (1884-1886)

1 What subject matter did the Impressionists prefer 3 Where did the movement get its name from? to paint? 4 How did the philosophy of the Post-impressionists 2 Why was it easier for these artists to paint differ from that of the Impressionists? outdoors than it had been for earlier artists? 5 Which artist invented the pointillist style?

346

CLI L | PAINTING

Painting This era refers to a broad movement that began in the early 20th century. It was characterised by a rejection of the styles of the past, emphasising innovation and experimentation in forms, materials and techniques. The main aim was to create artworks that better reflected modern society. Each diverse movement had a charismatic leader or group who promoted a defining idea or philosophy.

FAUVISM was pioneered by Henri Matisse (1869-1954) in the first decade of the 20th century. It was a movement that used strong colours, often with basic painting techniques that could be described as ‘wild’ and spontaneous. CUBISM was developed between 1900 and 1914 by Pablo Picasso (1881-1973) and Georges Braque (1882-1963). Cubist painters rejected the concept that art should copy nature, so they reduced objects into geometric forms. They created a flat twodimensional appearance, emphasising geometric angles, lines and shapes, and they often used neutral colours. Cubist paintings are not meant to be realistic, and the artist attempts to give a fuller explanation of the subject.

ACT IV IT IE S

Early Modernism

Picasso, Guernica (1937)

FUTURISM began in Italy in the early 20th century and was perhaps one of the most controversial movements of the Modernist era. It aimed to capture in art the dynamism and energy of the modern world. The Futurists, led by Umberto Boccioni (1882-1916), wanted an art that celebrated the modern world of industry and technology. Their preferred subjects were often cars, trains, planes and the industrial city. SURREALISM began in 1924 and was made famous by Salvador Dalí (1904-1989), René Magritte (1898-1967) and Joan Miró (1893-1983). The British surrealist painter, Paul Nash (1889-1946), also played an important role in Surrealism in English art. The movement experimented with imagination and its art depicted the world of dreams and subconscious thoughts. The artists often incorporated the technique of collage into their paintings in order to include an element of surprise.

Pop Art Pop Art was an artistic movement during the 1950s and 1960s in Britain and the United States. Its inspiration came from popular and commercial culture. Young artists felt that what they saw in museums did not reflect their everyday lives. Pop Art was bold and bright, and celebrated consumerism. Leading British pop art artists include Richard Hamilton (1922-2011) and David Hockney (1937-), whilst in the USA, Andy Warhol (1928-1987) dominated this movement. Warhol used famous brands like Coca Cola and Campbell’s Soup in his works.

Warhol, Campbell’s Soup Cans (1962)

Reading comprehension Complete the sentences with an artistic movement from this page.

1 ____________________ 2 ____________________ 3 ____________________ 4 ____________________ 5 ____________________

was a movement that used neutral colours and geometric shapes. was an art form with simple shapes and strong colours. depicted the modern world and consumerism. created images based around dreams and imagination. celebrated advances in modern technology and industrial progress.

Speaking 2 Look back at all the art movements on pages 344 and 347 and discuss these questions with the class.

ACTIVITIES

1 Which art movement or artist mentioned on these pages do you prefer? Why? 2 Do you feel that all the movements require the same degree of artistic talent? Why/Why not? 3 Which movement do you think uses the most interesting style and technique? Why? 4 Do you particularly like or dislike any of the paintings shown on these pages? Which one(s)?

Painting | C LI L

347

CLIL READY TO GO

Do you enjoy looking at sculptures when you visit a museum/art gallery or do you prefer other forms of art?

LOOK CLOSER Sculpture can be classified as ‘in the round’ and ‘relief’. In the round refers to a separate, detached sculpture. Relief is a sculpture where the scene or figures stand out from a flat background, often used for doors and friezes (decorated horizontal bands). In low relief (or bas-relief) the projection is less marked than in high relief, where the figures project much further out from the background.

mouldings mondanature (fasce sagomate) quarries cave

Sculpture Romanesque With the construction of so many churches during this period, portal sculpture became a frequent feature. Located above and around the main entrance to the church, relief sculptures are found mainly on the lintel (the horizontal band Antelami, The Deposition from the Cross (1178) above the door), the tympanum (the semicircular area above the lintel) and the archivolts (the semi-circular mouldings above the tympanum). Sculpture is also found on the capitals of interior and exterior columns and piers, in friezes and on corbels (see pages 240-245). Portal sculpture was particularly prominent in France with, for example, the church of Saint Pierre in Moissac, but there are also important examples in Italy, such as the sculptures by Benedetto Antelami (c.1150-c.1230) in the cathedral and baptistery of Parma, and the cathedral of Fidenza.

Gothic In Italy, two of the most important 13th-century sculptors were Nicola Pisano (c.1220-1278) and his son Giovanni (c.12501314). Heavily-influenced by classical sculpture, their works include a number of pulpits, including one in the baptistery of Pisa and one in the cathedral of Siena. Another Italian sculptor, coincidentally with the same surname, Andrea Pisano (c.1290-1348), is especially well-known for the bronze reliefs on one set of the doors of the baptistery in Florence. Made during the 1330s, they depict scenes from the life of John the Baptist and are set in 28 quatrefoils (a four-leafed shape). As well as church architectural decoration, the Gothic period was Nicola Pisano, Sculpted pulpit, known for its tombs and other monuments. In Italy, the work Baptistery of Pisa (1259-1261) of Tino di Camaino (c.1280-1337) as a tomb sculptor can be seen in Naples. In England, one of the best medieval mausoleums is Westminster Abbey with, for example, the elaborate tomb of Edmund Crouchback, Earl of Lancaster.

Renaissance

Michelangelo, David (1501-1504)

348

CLI L | SCULPTURE

Early Renaissance sculptor Donatello (c.1386-1466) gave his sculptures intense realism and emotion. His masterpiece is undoubtedly David. The bronze figure of this biblical character stands in contrapposto, that is the Classical convention of emphasising the rotation of the body’s axis by twisting shoulders and hips. Like Michelangelo (14751564) after him, Donatello shows an incredible knowledge and understanding of the dynamics and proportion of the human figure. Michelangelo’s David also embodies the ideal of an athletic male nude, but the artist has captured an incredible intensity of emotion in his expression, too. For his sculptures, Michelangelo is said to have personally selected his blocks of marble from the quarries: he envisaged his figures as already existing inside the marble and only needing to be set free.

Sculpture

Baroque Gian Lorenzo Bernini (1598-1690), the master sculptor of the Baroque period, transformed sculpture into theatrical moments, with vivid movements, unstable poses and undulating lines. He created the illusion of cloth, hair and other textures almost as if the stone were alive. The statue of The Ecstasy of Saint Teresa is the perfect example of his passionate and theatrical style. Alessandro Algardi (1598-1654) had a more restrained style: he is famous for his portrait busts and the relief-sculpture of Pope Leo and Attila, with its smooth and evenly-worked marble, which can be found in St Peter’s in Rome. Canova, Paolina Borghese Bonaparte as Venus Victrix (1804)

Bernini, The Ecstasy of Saint Teresa (1647-1652)

Neoclassicism

The Neoclassicists, who rejected the excesses of the Baroque and returned to a scientific interest in classical antiquity, are sometimes accused of creating lifeless imitations. However, their desire was to emulate the Classical style, to discover the ideal beauty and to convey the spirit of the original. Antonio Canova (1757-1822) is one of the greatest exponents of Neoclassical sculpture. His work Paolina Borghese Bonaparte as Venus Victrix is a perfect example. His subject is naked, only covered by a draped cloth, and depicted reclining on a couch: a contemporary portrait combined with an idealised image of Venus.

2 Read the texts on pages 348 and 349 and answer these questions. 1 In which parts of a Romanesque church can you find relief sculptures? 2 What influenced Gothic sculpture? 3 What is Andrea Pisano famous for? 4 What does contrapposto mean? Why do you think sculptors use this technique?

5 What similarities were there between Donatello and Michelangelo? 6 What are the main characteristics of Baroque sculpture? 7 How do the works of Bernini and Algardi differ? 8 What are the main characteristics of Neoclassicist sculpture?

Vocabulary

ACTIVITIES

Reading comprehension

3 Match the terms to the correct definition. 1 frieze 2 bas-relief 3 bronze 4 quatrefoil 5 marble 6 bust

a b c d e f

a sculpture showing the head, shoulders and chest of a person an ornamental design with four leaves a type of sculpture using a flat background and slightly raised figures a hard type of stone used for sculptures a horizontal band which is sculpted or painted a type of metal used for making sculptures

Internet research & Speaking 4 Find photos online of the statues of David by Donatello and Bernini. Compare them with the photo of Michelangelo’s David on page 348: look at the style, the position of the head and body, and the moment the artists have chosen to portray.

5 Find out more about one of the sculptors mentioned on these pages and prepare a short oral presentation about him and one or two of his principal sculptures. You should include:

• details about the artist’s life and the artistic movement of the time; • a description of his sculptures, any particular features or techniques;

• where his sculptures can be seen; • your personal opinion.

Sculpture | C LI L

349

CLIL

Law

READY TO GO

Who is the reigning monarch of the UK? Who is the current Prime Minister?

LOOK CLOSER The Constitution The United Kingdom does not have a single, written constitution. Instead it is formed by various written sources, including statute law (laws passed by parliament), case law (made by judges), and international treaties. There are also some unwritten sources, including parliamentary conventions and royal prerogatives.

The UK political system The United Kingdom is a parliamentary democracy with a constitutional monarch. This means that a king or queen is the Head of State and a prime minister is the Head of the Government. The monarch once had absolute power, but over the centuries this was reduced to very limited powers and ceremonial duties, such as the State Opening of Parliament. The reigning monarch also has to approve all new laws (by the so-called Royal Assent), but this is just a formality.

Parliament The business of the UK Parliament takes place in two Houses: the House of Commons and the House of Lords. Their work is similar: legislation, scrutiny of the government and debate of current issues. Generally, the decisions made in one House have to be approved by the other. In this way the two-chamber system acts as a check and balance for both Houses. There is also a national Parliament in Scotland, a national Assembly in Wales and a national Assembly in Northern Ireland. The process of devolution, which happened in 1999, transferred varying levels of power from the UK Parliament to these countries, while keeping the authority over the devolved institutions in the UK Parliament itself. The devolved powers include matters such as education, culture, environment, transport, justice and health.

THE HOUSE OF LORDS

THE HOUSE OF COMMONS The Commons is made up of 650 Members of Parliament (MPs) who are elected by the public every five years. They represent many different political parties, although the majority belong to one of the two major parties, Labour or Conservative. MPs debate the big political issues of the day and proposals for new laws. While most laws have to be approved by both houses, the Commons is solely responsible for decisions regarding financial Bills, such as proposed new taxes. Every Wednesday, MPs from all parties can question the Prime Minister on any subject, although they usually focus on the controversial issues of the moment.

LOOK CLOSER • When MPs vote in the Commons they say ‘aye’ or ‘no’. In the Lords, Members vote saying ‘content’ or ‘not content’. • MPs are not allowed to speak in the space between two red lines running along the length of the Chamber. It has been claimed that these lines are traditionally two swords’ lengths apart to prevent MPs duelling.

www.parliament.uk 350

CLI L | LAW

The House of Lords is the second chamber of the UK Parliament and it processes and revises legislation (but does not veto laws passed by the Commons), acts as a check on government and provides a forum of independent expertise. Unlike MPs, the numbers of Lords are not fixed (there are currently about 800 members), they are not elected by the public and they are not paid. In the past, hereditary peers (where the title of Lord was passed onto an heir) were automatically allowed to sit and vote in the House of Lords. Now most members are appointed by the monarch on the recommendation of the Prime Minister or of the House of Lords Appointments Commission, an independent, public body. 26 of the Lords are Church of England archbishops and bishops. Some Lords support a particular political party, while many others are ‘crossbenchers’, meaning that they are independent.

Law The UK Government and Prime Minister After a general election, it is officially the monarch who appoints the winning party’s leader as Prime Minister, asking him/her to form Her/His Majesty’s Government. The Prime Minister: • is the head of the UK Government and is ultimately responsible for the policy and decisions of the Government; • oversees the operation of the Civil Service and government agencies; • appoints members of the Cabinet; • is the principal government figure in the House of Commons. Once a week, the Prime Minister has an audience with the reigning monarch, normally in person but also by telephone if necessary.

The cabinet of Theresa May discussi Brexit negotiations in 2016

The Cabinet is the committee at the centre of the British political system and is the supreme decision-making body in government. The Cabinet is formed by the Prime Minister, Deputy Prime Minister and the heads of departments, called Secretaries of State , who are chosen by the Prime Minister. Every Tuesday they meet, together with some of the other ministers, in the Cabinet room of Number 10 Downing Street to discuss the issues regarding the government and the country. Government Cabinets have actually met in the same room since 1856. The Prime Minister can reorganise the roles of Cabinet ministers and the government to reflect changing priorities and challenges, for example by creating a new department or reallocating responsibilities.

seats seggi appoints nomina

The Secretaries of State include the Chancellor of the Exchequer (economy and finance), the Home Secretary, Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs, Secretary of State for Defence, Secretary of State for Education and others.

www.gov.uk/government/how-government-works www.number10.gov.uk

2 Read the texts on pages 350 and 351 and answer these questions. 1 What role does the monarch have in the UK political system? 2 How is the UK Parliament divided? 3 What powers do the devolved national parliaments have? 4 What differences are they in how MPs and Lords become members of the two houses?

5 What happens every Wednesday in the House of Commons? 6 What is the role of the Prime Minister? 7 Who is a Secretary of State? 8 What is the role of the cabinet?

Law | C LI L

ACT ACTIV IVI TIE IT IESS

Reading comprehension

351

CLIL

UK General Elections A

Prior to 2011, a government could decide when, within a five-year period, to call a The Fixed Term general election. 1 Parliament Act, passed on 15th September 2011, declared that general elections shall be held on the first Thursday in May every five years. Elections can be held earlier if, for example, there is a vote of no-confidence in the government, or if two-thirds of the total number of MPs agree with a motion for a general election. B

AC TI V IT IE S

For the general elections for the UK government, the UK is divided into numerous voting areas, called constituencies or wards, where candidates – who can be independent or from various political parties – stand for election. Each constituency in the UK elects one MP to a seat in the House of Commons, using a simple majority – ‘first-pastthe-post’ – system. Each voter puts a cross next to their The political preferred candidate on a ballot paper. 2 party that wins a majority of seats (326) in the House of Commons usually forms the Government, with the leader of the party becoming Prime Minister.

If no party has the majority of seats, there is what is This was the case called a ‘hung parliament’. 3 in the 2010 general election, so the Conservative party negotiated with the Liberal Democrats, whose political opinion was closest to their own, to form a coalition government. It is also possible for the largest party to form a minority government, relying on the `confidence' or support of minor parties for key issues and votes. This happened in 2017, when the Conservatives lost their majority and formed an agreement with the Democratic Unionist Party for their support. D

To be eligible to stand as a candidate in a UK general election, you must be over 18 and a British citizen, a citizen of the Republic of Ireland or a Commonwealth citizen with indefinite rights to remain in the UK. There are various other requisites which must be satisfied, as well as certain exclusions. Each candidate must be formally nominated and pay a deposit of £500 to the Electoral Commission. 4 With fewer votes, the candidate loses the deposit.

Reading comprehension 1

Read the text and choose the correct heading for each paragraph (A-D).

1 Voting system

2 Calling a general election

3 Standing as a candidate

4 Coalition government

FCE Read the text again and choose the best sentence to fill each gap (1-4). There is one extra sentence you do not need.

a For this reason, it would often try to time the election to take advantage of a positive public attitude towards the party. b In this case, it is normal to try and form a coalition with another party in order to have the majority. c This new system was adopted at the end of 2011. d These are then counted and the candidate with the most votes becomes the MP for that constituency. e This is returned if the candidate gets more than 5% of votes.

Vocabulary 3 Match the terms to the correct definition. 1 constituency a 2 vote of no-confidence b 3 first-past-the-post c 4 hung parliament d 5 coalition e

352

CLI L | LAW

the current voting system for UK government a reason to call an early election no party with a majority of seats in the House of Commons an agreement between two parties to form a government a voting district in the UK

Law Political parties The UK has a multi-party system which, however, over the last 150 years has been mainly dominated by two political parties: the Labour Party and the Conservative Party.

THE LABOUR PARTY was born out of the trade union movement in 1900 with the aim of giving a political voice to the working classes and it was a socialist party. From the mid-1990s under the leadership of Tony Blair and his ‘New Labour’, the party moved away from its previous socialist policies of government intervention in the economy and the redistribution of wealth, and adopted more free market policies and become centre-left. Jeremy Corbyn, who was elected as party leader in 2015, has more socialist, left-wing views. Traditionally, the party is stronger in the north of England. There was a Labour government from 1997 to 2010, under Prime Ministers Tony Blair and Gordon Brown. THE CONSERVATIVE PARTY – often called the Tories – is a right-wing or centre-right political party and it was the dominant party in the UK for 18 years, from 1979 to 1997, winning four consecutive general elections. Margaret Thatcher, the nation’s first female Prime Minister, led the country for much of this time, followed by John Major. Traditionally stronger in the south of England, the party supports the ideas of a free market, the promotion of private enterprise and a strong military presence. David Cameron was the Prime Minister from 2010 to 2016 and was succeeded by Theresa May. The national parties for Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland are increasingly playing a more important role within the UK Parliament. The Scottish National Party, in favour of an independent Scotland, won 56 out of 59 Scottish seats in the 2015 election. The number of this party’s MPs went down in the 2017 election, but they, together with the MPs of other national parties, are fundamental when discussing and voting on key issues. Plaid Cymru (the party of Wales) is in favour of independence for their country, while the Democratic Unionist Party in Northern Ireland supports remaining part of the UK. Sinn Féin, on the other hand, wants a united Ireland. Sinn Féin MPs do not actually sit in Parliament because they do not agree with swearing allegiance to the Crown. The Liberal Democrat Party was formed in 1988 with the merger of two existing parties, the Liberal Party, one of the two major parties of UK during the 19th century, and the Social Democratic Party. They are socially progressive and support electoral reform, progressive taxation, human rights laws and economic liberalism. They were part of the 2010-2015 coalition government with the Conservatives, but the number of MPs has fallen dramatically since then. The Green Party, established in 1990, is a left-wing political group whose primary focus is environmental and ecological issues. It is also committed to social justice and equality, particularly with reference to a living wage for everyone. It generally wins only one or two seats in Parliament. The UK Independence Party, which has right-wing, nationalist beliefs, was very prominent for several years before and during the Brexit referendum, but did not succeed in winning any seats in the 2017 general election.

ACT ACTIV IVI TI I TIES ES

Reading comprehension Read the text and answer these questions.

1 What were the origins of the Labour Party? 2 How has this party changed its political position over the years? 3 What are the political beliefs of the Conservative Party? 4 In which area of the UK does it have more support? 5 What parties are linked to specific countries of the UK? Which are in favour of independence? 6 Which party was very visible during the Brexit referendum? Why do you think that was?

Writing 2 Write a short essay comparing the political parties of the UK and Italy. Use these guidelines to help: • describe the main parties in each country and their key political beliefs; • underline any similarities or differences; • talk about any other parties and their significance in the political system.

Law | C LI L

353

CLIL READY TO GO

Can you name all member states of the European Union? How many different EU institutions can you name?

Article 50 of the Treaty of Lisbon gives any EU member state the right to withdraw unilaterally from the EU and it outlines the necessary procedures. Once invoked, the country has a period of two years to negotiate an exit deal.

The European Union (EU) A brief history of the EU The history of the EU starts after World War II with the formation of the European Coal and Steel Community and, in 1957, the Treaty of Rome which formed the European Economic Community (EEC). The founding member states were Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, Luxembourg and the Netherlands. Over the years more countries joined the EEC and more policies were made to facilitate trade and bring Europe and Europeans closer together. The single market became a reality in 1992, and in 1993 the Treaty of Maastricht established the EU. The single currency – the euro – came into force in 2002. As of Jannary 2018, the EU member states are: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, the Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden. The United Kingdom, after the Brexit referendum on the country’s membership of the EU in 2016, invoked Article 50 on 29th March 2017. This started the official process to withdraw from the European Union.

EU institutions LEGISLATIVE The legislative branch of the European Union is formed by the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union. Together they approve new EU laws which have been proposed by the Commission, and decide the EU budget. The European Parliament also has supervisory powers, for example approving the nomination of the members and President of the Commission. It is the only EU institution where the members are elected directly by the public. There are 751 MEPs from the 28 EU member states. Within parliament, the MEPs sit together as political groups – there are currently seven – rather than in groups according to nationality. The Council, on the other hand, is not composed of fixed members as such but each meeting is attended by the national minister from each EU member state for the policy under discussion. This means that if the meeting is discussing, for example, environmental issues, the 28 national ministers for the environment will attend.

EXECUTIVE The European Commission, based in Brussels and Luxembourg, is the executive branch of the EU and it is made up of 28 commissioners, one from each EU member state, which serve a 5-year term. The President of the Commission assigns specific policy areas – such as the environment, education or energy – to each commissioner. The Commission represents the interests of the EU as a whole. It proposes new laws to Parliament and the Council, manages the EU’s budget, enforces EU law and represents the EU internationally, for example, by negotiating agreements with other countries.

354

CLI L | LAW

JUDICIAL The Court of Justice is the judicial bran ch of the EU. Situated in Luxembourg, it is divided into three cour ts: the Court of Justice, the General Court and the Civil Service Tribu nal. There is one judge for each EU member state, together with eigh t impartial advocatesgeneral. These are all appointed for a term of six years. The Court of Justice is responsible for making sure EU law is applied in the same way in all member states and that they all comply with the obligations set out in the Treaties. It also reviews the legality of the acts carried out by the various institutio ns of the European Union.

Law JUDICIAL

OTHER EU INSTITUTIONS

Council of the European Union

European Commission

Court of Justice of the EU

European Council

European Central Bank

Court of Auditors

Brussels, Strasbourg, Luxembourg (administrative offices)

Brussels

Brussels and (6) _________

Luxembourg

(13) _________

(15) _________

(17) _________

(1) _________ MEPs from the 28 Member States, elected by (2) _________ every 5 years

(4) _________ for the policy under discussion

28 Commissioners, one from each EU state, with a (7) _________ term, appointed by national governments

(10) _________ judge per EU country; 8 advocates general; six-year term

National (14) _________ or Government President of the Commission

Executive Board

1 member from each EU country; (18) _________ term

Debate and pass EU laws, with the Council

(5) _________ EU laws and decide the annual EU budget

(8) _________ new laws to Parliament and the Council

Ensure the Member States comply with obligations under the (11) _________

Set the EU’s general political direction and priorities

Key responsibilities

European Parliament

Location

EXECUTIVE

Composition

LEGISLATIVE

Scrutinise other EU institutions, particularly the Commission, to make sure they are working democratically (3) _________ the EU’s budget, with the Council

Coordinate the broad economic policies of EU member countries Sign agreements between the EU and other countries

Manage the EU’s budget and allocate funding Enforce EU law Represent the EU (9) _________

Governing Council General Council

No legislative functions

Review the legality of the acts of the (12) _________ Interpret EU law at the request of national courts and tribunals

Implement the EU’s (16) _________ and monetary policy Keep prices and the financial system stable

Improve EU financial management Report on the use of public funds Present European Parliament and Council with an annual financial report

Develop the EU’s foreign and defence policies

2 Read the text on page 354 and fill in the missing information on the table (1-12).

Listening 3

2.29 Listen to this presentation of some of the other EU institutions and fill in the remaining gaps (13-18).

Internet research & Writing 4 Do some further research about one of the principal EU institutions. Then write a short essay including these points:

• its composition, including important current members; • its key functions and responsibilities;

ACT IV IT IE S

Reading comprehension

• its decision-making processes; • any recent controversial issues or decisions.

Law | C LI L

355

CLIL READY TO GO

Do you recognise the photos of the buildings on these pages? Which city are they in?

misdemeanors infrazioni, violazioni acquitted assolto

LOOK CLOSER The US Constitution is the world’s oldest written national constitution still in effect.

The US political system The Constitution The USA is a constitutional federal republic formed by 50 states. The US Constitution, which was ratified in 1788 and entered into force in 1789, is the framework for the American system of government. It defines the three separate branches of government (legislative, executive and judicial), their powers and a system of checks and balances. Each branch has some form of power over the others to ensure no single branch can become dominant. The Constitution, as the supreme law of the land, limits the legislative and executive powers of all levels of government. Any law or part of a law that is considered to be in conflict with the Constitution can be invalidated by the Supreme Court. Amendments to the Constitution are possible, but so far only 27 amendments have been made. The first ten amendments to the Constitution, called the Bill of Rights, guarantee important freedoms to every American, including freedom of speech, press, and religion. The other amendments mainly concern the expansion of political and civil liberties such as the abolition of slavery and voting rights.

The US Government

LEGISLATIVE BRANCH (Congress) SENATE

HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES

100 senators (two from each State)

435 representatives (the number for each State depends on its population) plus non-voting representatives from the District of Columbia, American Samoa, Guam, Puerto Rico and US Virgin Islands

Six-year terms; no limit on the number of terms, elected on a rotational basis so there are always experienced legislators

Two-year terms; no limit on the number of terms; all elected at the same time

Shared powers: • Legislation must pass both houses before it is presented to the President to be signed into law • Oversees the Executive Branch • Overrules a presidential veto

www.state.gov

Unique powers: • Confirms presidential appointments to the Supreme Court and key positions within the Executive Branch • Approves or rejects international treaties negotiated by the President • Conducts the trial and acts as jury in the case of impeachment of the President

Unique powers: • Can impeach the President and Supreme Court Justices • All bills for raising revenue must originate in the House • Selects the President in cases where no presidential candidate receives a majority of electoral votes

Reading comprehension 2 Read the introductory text and answer these questions. 1 When did the Constitution come into force? 2 What does it define? 3 What is the Bill of Rights? 4 How many other amendments have been made to the Constitution?

356

CLI L | LAW

impeachment is the formal process in which an official is accused of ‘treason, bribery, or other high crimes and misdemeanors.’ Three presidents have faced impeachment: Andrew Johnson was saved from conviction by one vote; Richard Nixon avoided impeachment by resigning; Bill Clinton was acquitted.

Law EXECUTIVE BRANCH VICE PRESIDENT

EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENTS

INDEPENDENT AGENCIES

Four-year term (maximum two terms)

15 departments, including Dept. of State, Dept. of Homeland Security and Dept. of the Treasury

Numerous agencies including the Federal Reserve, the Environmental Protection Agency, NASA and CIA

• Appoints Supreme Court justices, federal judges, department secretaries and agency heads • Commander-in-Chief of the armed forces • Negotiates international treaties • Vetoes or approves legislation passed by Congress

• First in line to assume the presidency if the President dies, becomes incapacitated, or is removed from office • Takes part in Cabinet Meetings • President of the Senate and can break tie votes

The secretaries of each department are appointed by the President and form part of the Cabinet.

The heads of each agency are appointed by the President.

• Advise the President, administer and enforce the law, provide various governmental services

• Help carry out policy and provide special services

JUDICIAL BRANCH

ACT IV IT IE S

PRESIDENT

www.whitehouse.gov

SUPREME COURT

LOWER FEDERAL COURTS

One chief justice and eight associate justices (the size of the Supreme Court is established by Congress)

Several courts including Courts of Appeal, Federal District Courts, Bankruptcy Courts (jurisdictions, number of judges and budgets are established by Congress)

Presidential appointment, for life (can only be removed through impeachment and conviction) • Examines laws and government actions to ensure they do not violate the principles laid down in the Constitution • Can declare legislation and presidential acts unconstitutional

• Interpret and apply the federal laws in criminal and civil cases

www.supremecourt.gov

Reading comprehension 3 Read the information on pages 356 and 357 about the US Government and say which branches/people/ institutions the following statements refer to. 1 appoints Supreme Court justices 2 declares laws to be against the Constitution 3 has the power to impeach the President 4 has non-voting members 5 confirms presidential nominations

6 has a limit on the number of terms that can be served 7 controls and checks the executive branch 8 are part of the Cabinet 9 holds the position for life 10 provide special services for the government

Speaking 4 Choose one of the three branches of the US government and prepare a short oral presentation. Use the above information, as well as additional research, to talk about the structure, functions, responsibilities and people currently in positions of power within the branch.

Law | C LI L

357

CLIL

US elections

Any natural born citizen of the United States who is over 35 years old and has been a permanent resident of the country for at least 14 years is eligible to serve as President. The President and Vice President are elected together every four years. The election is held in November – it is always on the Tuesday after the first Monday in November. But the whole process actually starts long before that. First of all, from about January to June, there are the primaries and caucuses. These are where the Republican and Democrat parties choose who they want as their presidential candidate. The next step is the party convention, which usually happens around August. At these conventions, the Republicans and Democrats formally nominate their presidential and vice presidential candidates. The conventions are huge events over several days which are closely followed by the media. They are an opportunity for the party to present its electoral programme and the candidate in the best possible way. The campaign between the Republican and Democrat candidates then starts for real. Each candidate is followed by a huge team of advisers, fundraisers and campaigners. The money spent on election campaigns runs into billions of dollars, with a lot spent on TV advertising. Candidates often look for endorsement from celebrity and political figures which are important for their image.

ACT IV I TI ES

Some states, the so-called blue or red states, are traditionally Democrat or Republican controlled, while other states change from one party to the other. These are often called purple states. Both parties generally concentrate their campaign efforts – in terms of time and money – on these states, as they want to prevent them going to the other party or they want to try to take the state from the other party.

Reading comprehension 1

Read the text and complete these sentences.

1 Only resident US citizens who are over … can stand for President. 2 Elections are held every … in November. 3 Presidential candidates are chosen in the primaries which are held from … to … 4 Party conventions are often held in …

5 The … closely follows the party conventions. 6 Party conventions are used to present the party’s … and candidate. 7 Political campaigns cost … 8 Purple states, which … from one party to another, are the most important for candidates.

Listening 2

2.30 Listen to the explanation of the election procedures and choose the correct alternative.

1 Each state has the same/a different number of Electoral College votes. 2 The president is elected directly/indirectly by the people. 3 The presidential candidate needs more/less than half the Electoral College votes to win.

358

The division of states into Democrat (blue) and Republican (red) after the 2016 election.

CLI L | LAW

4 It is/is not possible for a candidate to win the popular vote but lose the election. 5 The winning candidate is known in/before December. 6 The inauguration of the President is on 12th/20th January.

Law Political parties

READY TO GO

American politics is dominated by two political parties: the Republicans and the 1 Who is the current Democrats. The Republican Party was founded in 1854. Its nickname is ‘Grand Old President of the Party’ and its symbol is the elephant. The Democratic Party was founded in 1828 and United States and has a donkey as its unofficial party symbol. The Democrats can be said to be which party does centre-left whilst the Republicans are more conservative and represent the centre right, he/she represent? although each party naturally has members which hold different views. Republican supporters tend to be slightly older, in a higher income bracket, with more male than female supporters. The Democrats are in favour of a more active LOOK CLOSER role of government in society, social freedoms and a mixed economy. They There have been 19 Republican Presidents believe in investing in government spending, healthcare, education and to date. The first was Abraham Lincoln infrastructure. The Republicans are for a more limited role of government (1861-1865). More recent Republican in society, for free markets and the importance of the private sector. They Presidents include Richard Nixon (19691974), Ronald Reagan (1981-1989), George would like to see reduced government spending and a strong military and H. W. Bush (1989-1993), his son George national defence. Other parties include the Green Party, active since the W. Bush (2001-2009) and Donald Trump 1980s and advocating environmentalism, social justice and peace, and (2017- ). The first Democratic President the Libertarian Party, founded in 1971 and in favour of laissez-faire was Andrew Jackson (1829-1837) and the latest was Barack Obama (2009markets, strong civil liberties and non-interventionism in foreign policy. 2017). Other Democratic Presidents were The Constitution Party, formerly known as the US Taxpayers’ Party, is a Franklin D. Roosevelt (1933-1945), John right/far right political group which believes – as the name suggests – in the F. Kennedy (1961-1963) and Bill Clinton importance of the US Constitution, American sovereignty and Christian (1993-2001). morals and principles.

2 Read the text, then complete the table

on the two major US political parties.

Democratic Party

Republican Party

Foundation

_________________________

Political position

_________________________

Typical supporters

_________________________

Critical thinking & Speaking 3 How do you think the Democrats and the Republicans generally stand on the

following points? Which would they be in favour of and which against? Why? • higher tax rates for higher income • gay rights brackets • affirmative action* • an increase in minimum wages • abortion • an increase in military spending • universal health care • more gun control laws • immigration restrictions • the death penalty • drug liberalisation

4 Where do the major Italian parties stand on issues like these? And what is your opinion?

ACTIVITIE S

Reading comprehension

Affirmative action refers to the policies and programmes which are designed to offer equal opportunities, particularly in education and employment, to those minority groups that have suffered historic discrimination in the USA. This includes discrimination for race, colour, religion, gender, sexual orientation and national origin.

Writing 5 Write a short essay comparing the US and Italian electoral systems. Include the following points:

• the number of political parties; • how the election campaigns are structured;

• who can vote and how a majority vote is calculated.

Law | C LI L

359

EXPLORE

Acknowledgements

Editorial coordination: Simona Franzoni Editorial project: Sabina Cedraro Editors: Sabina Cedraro, Linda Pergolini, Sue Tremenheere Art Director: Marco Mercatali Production Manager: Francesco Capitano Page design: Sara Blasigh Page layout: Airone Comunicazione – Enea Ciccarelli Picture editors: Airone Comunicazione – Giorgia D’Angelo, Leonardo Santarelli

Illustrations: Studio Pesciblu

Cover Cover design: Paola Lorenzetti Photo: Shutterstock © 2018 ELI S.r.l. First reprint 2018 P.O. Box 6 62019 Recanati Italy Tel. +39 071 750701 Fax +39 071 977851 info@elilaspigaedizioni.it www.elilaspigaedizioni.it The Author would like to thank Giovanni and Daniel for putting up with the long hours, and everyone at ELI who worked so hard on this project. The Publisher and Author would also like to thank Carla Marmorale for her invaluable advice, Hanny Arens for the use of her company bedandbreakfast.eu, and Sonia Beccacece (Agenzia Yucatan Viaggi & Turismo, Recanati) for her professional expertise. A special thank you to Catrin Elen Morris, who is the author of the Test your knowledge and skills pages; to Lisa Suett, who is the author of CLIL – Painting; to Prof.ssa Olga Sabelli, Simona Pisauri, Barbara Andreozzi and Leonardo Santarelli, who commented on the material at different stages of its development. No unauthorised photocopying All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of ELI. This book is sold subject to the condition that it shall not, by way of trade or otherwise, be lent, resold, hired out, or otherwise circulated without the publisher’s prior consent in any form of binding or cover than that in which it is published and without a similar condition being imposed on the subsequent purchaser. All websites referred to in Explore are in public domain and whilst every effort has been made to check that the websites were current at the time of going to press ELI disclaims responsibility for their content and/or possible changes. While every effort has been made to trace all the copyright holders, if any have been inadvertently overlooked the publisher will be pleased to make the necessary arrangements at the first opportunity. Printed by Tecnostampa – Pigini Group Printing Division – Loreto, Trevi – Italia 18.83.200.0 ISBN 9978-88-536-2567-1

Photo acknowledgement Alamy: pp. 69, 72 (left), 73, 75 (right), 77, 78, 214 (middle left), (bottom), 259 (top), 261 (top left), 280 (left and right), 287 (right), 288 (middle), 308 (Harley Davidson), 348 (pulpit); ELI Archives: pp. 14 (right), 22, 25 (B, D), 39 (L), 49, 51 (right), 54, 56 (map), 81, 85 (top left), 117, 133, 136 (left), 142 (middle), 156, 168 (micro hotel), 171 (No Man’s Fort), 213 (top left, bottom right), 214 (bottom left), 233 (Tivoli), 243 (second row: wood; all the pictures on the third row; fourth row: painting, engraving, sketch), 248 (helmet, Bayeux Tapestry), 249, 250 (top), 259 (bottom), 277 (from left to right: photo 6, 10), 284 (top, middle left), 285 (left), 286 (top right), 313 (map), 327, 331 (bottom), 333, 336, 337 (bottom), 345, 346, 348 (top), 350 (head), 352, 358; Gettyimages: pp. 13 (poster), 79, 144, 180 (top right), 286 (middle), 299 (middle left), 349 (Bernini), 350 (bottom), 351; Hanny Arens: pp. 94-95 (courtesy of); Istock: p. 72 (right); Marka: p. 347; Shutterstock: pp. 2, 4, 9, 10, 11, 12 (top right, left), 13 (left), 14 (left), 15, 17, 18 (photos at the bottom), 20 (photo on the left), 23, 24, 25 (A, C), 26, 32, 33, 36, 37 (top), 38, 39 (icons), 40, 42, 43 (top), 44, 45, 46, 48, 50 (left, bottom), 51, 54 (top), 56 (photos), 57, 60, 63, 64, 66, 67, 68 (head), 70, 71, 74, 75 (left), 76, 80 (head, left), 82, 83, 85, 88, 89, 90, 92, 93, 94 (head), 97, 98, 99, 100, 101 (photos), 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114 (head), 115, 116, 119, 120, 122, 123, 124 (head), 126, 128, 129, 130, 132, 135, 136 (photos on the right), 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142 (top, left), 143, 145, 146, 148, 152, 157, 158, 160, 161 (photos), 162 (photos), 164, 165, 166, 167, 168 (top and middle photos), 169, 170, 171 (Hôtel de Glace), 172, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180 (left, bottom), 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 187, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 196, 197, 198, 200, 202 (photos), 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213 (top right, middle left), 214 (top left, middle right, bottom right), 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222 (photos), 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233 (Ostia Antica), 234 (photos), 236, 237, 238 (photos), 239 (photos), 240, 243 (all the pictures on the first row; second row: paper, canvas, metal, glass; third row: fresco, graffiti), 244, 245, 246, 247, 248 (Stonehenge, Bath, Viking boat), 250 (bottom), 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256 (photo), 257, 258, 260, 261 (photos on the right, middle right), 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 268, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274 (photos), 275, 276, 277 (from left to right: photo 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14), 278, 279 (photos), 280 (head), 281, 282, 283, 284 (bottom right and left), 285 (right), 286 (left), 287 (left), 288 (top, bottom), 289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296 (photos), 297, 298 (photos), 299 (top left, photos on the right), 300, 301, 302 (photos), 303, 304, 305, 306 (photos), 308 (parks), 310, 311 (photos), 312, 313 (drawings and photos), 314, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319, 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 326, 328, 330, 331 (top), 332, 334 (photo), 335, 337 (top), 338, 339, 340, 341, 342, 343, 348 (head, bottom), 349 (left), 354, 356, 357. Sitography: 20years.easyjet.com: p. 52; bedandbreakfast.eu: p. 94; citymapper.com: p. 58 (photo); conservatives.com: p. 353 (logo), democrats.org: p. 359 (logo); discovernewengland.org: p. 114; ehl.edu: p. 69 (logo); enit.it: p. 20 (logo); europass.cedefop.europa.eu: p. 83 (logo); fondoambiente.it: p. 21 (logo); google.co.uk: p. 39 (map); gop.com: p. 359 (logo); labour.org.uk: p. 353 (logo); libertyhotel.com: p. 171; loungebuddy. com: p. 53 (app screenshot); monster.com: p. 80; ownersdirect.co.uk: p. 174; secure.budget.co.uk: p. 153; sftravel.com: p. 58; sha.cornell.edu: p. 68 (logo and photo); southwest.com: p. 146; surrey.ac.uk: p. 68 (logo and photo); thetrainline.com: p. 150; tourism4development2017.org: p. 18 (logo); tourism.australia.com: p. 50 (top right); traveljobsearch.com: p. 80; tripadvisor.co.uk: p. 39; visitbritain.com: p. 20 (logo); visitlazio.com: p. 114; visittheusa.com: p. 20; visityork.org: p. 59; www2.unwto.org: p. 20 (logo); wwoof.net: p. 101 (logo). Article acknowledgement p. 42 Why Are Human Travel Agents Still So Much Better Than Websites? by Alex Hern © Guardian News & Media Ltd 2018; p. 101 The world needs wildlife tourism by John Scanlon © Guardian News & Media Ltd 2018; p. 128 From the Everglades to Kilimanjaro, climate change is destroying world wonders by Damian Carrington © Guardian News & Media Ltd 2018; p. 244 The Miracle of Matera by Angela Giuffrida © Guardian News & Media Ltd 2018; p. 48 Call of the Wild: Can America’s National Parks Survive? by Lucy Rock © Guardian News & Media Ltd 2018.